John Locke and the Ethics of Belief (Cambridge Studies in Religion and Critical Thought)

Nicholas Wolterstorff interprets and discusses the ethics of belief which Locke developed in the latter part of Book iv of his Essay Concerning Human Understanding. After lengthy discussions on the origin of ideas, the nature of language, and the nature of knowledge, Locke got around to arguing what he indicated in the opening Epistle to the R e a d e r to be his overarching aim: how we ought to govern our belief, especially (though by no means only) on matters of religion and morality. Professor Wolterstorff shows that w h a t above all placed this topic on Locke's agenda was the collapse, in his day, of a once-unified moral and religious tradition in E u r o p e into warring factions. Locke's epistemology was thus a culturally and socially engaged one; it was his response to the great cultural crisis of his day. Convinced also that of genuine knowledge we human beings have very little, Locke argued that instead of following tradition we ought to turn "to the things themselves" and let " R e a s o n be your g u i d e . " This view of Locke, in which centrality is given to the last book of the Essay, invites an interpretation of the origins of modern philosophy different from most of the current ones. Accordingly, after discussing Hume's powerful attack on Locke's recommended practice, Wolterstorff argues for Locke's originality and discusses his contribution to the " m o d e r n i t y " of post-sixteenth-century philosophy.

C A M B R I D G E A N D

S T U D I E S

IN

R E L I G I O N

C R I T I C A L T H O U G H T

2

Published by the Press Syndicate of the University of C a m b r i d g e T h e Pitt Building, T r u m p i n g t o n Street, C a m b r i d g e <:B2 I R P 4 0 West 20th Street, N e w Y o r k , N Y I O O I 1 - 4 2 1 1 , U S A 1 0 Stamford R o a d , Oakleigh, Melbourne 3 1 6 6 , Australia © C a m b r i d g e University Press 1 9 9 6 First published 1 9 9 6 Printed in Great Britain at the University Press, C a m b r i d g e A catalogue record for this book is available from the British Library

p.

Library

of Congress cataloguing in publication data

Wolterstorff, Nicholas. J o h n Locke and the ethics of belief Nicholas Wolterstorff. c m . - ( C a m b r i d g e studies in religion and critical thought; 2 ) Includes index. ISBN o 5 2 1 5 5 1 1 8 8 (hardback)

1 . Locke, J o h n , 1 6 3 2 - 1 7 0 4 . Essay concerning human understanding. 2. Locke, J o h n , 1 6 3 2 - 1 7 0 4 - Religion. 1. Title. 1 1 . Series. B 1 2 9 8 . R4W65 1 9 9 6 I2i-dc20 95-7256 CIP ISBN o 5 2 1 5 5 1 1 8 8 hardback

I S B N o 5 2 1 5 5 9 0 9 x paperback

VN

Contents

Preface 1

page ix

R a t i o n a l i t y in e v e r y d a y life I

T H E VISION:

(a) (b) (c) (d) (e) II

L E T REASON

i BE YOUR

GUIDE

IN B E L I E V I N G

Introduction The scope of knowledge The nature of knowledge Belief and its governance Reason's role

APPLICATIONS

i 12 38 60 86

OF T H E VISION

(a) Religion (b) Morality III

2

3

ll8

1 18 134^ OF T H E VISION

1^8

H u m e ' s attack: w h y implementing Locke's practice is not a l w a y s doing one's best

159

Locke's originality

180

I II

4

IMPLEMENTATION

I

HOW DESCARTES'S PROJECT DIFFERED WHERE

LOCKE WAS ORIGINAL

L o c k e and the m a k i n g of modern philosophy

Index

180 2l8

227

247

vii

Preface

T h e r e ' s a s t o r y m a k i n g the r o u n d s t o d a y a b o u t the b e g i n n i n g s o f m o d e r n p h i l o s o p h y in w h i c h J o h n L o c k e is e i t h e r v i l l a i n o r t r a g i c h e r o - t a k e y o u r p i c k . A c c o r d i n g to this s t o r y , the c o r e o f m o d e r n p h i l o s o p h y w a s e p i s t e m o l o g y , " t h e o r y of k n o w l e d g e " ; a n d e p i s t e m o l o g y w a s the p r o j e c t o f d i s c o v e r i n g the n a t u r e , f o u n d a t i o n s , a n d s c o p e o f knowledge. Philosophy as a discipline thus [sawj itself as the attempt to underwrite or debunk claims to knowledge made by science, morality, art, or religion. It [purported] to do this on the basis of its special understanding of the nature of knowledge and of mind. Philosophy can be foundational in respect to the rest of culture because culture is the assemblage of claims to knowledge, and philosophy adjudicates such claims. It can do so because it understands the foundations of knowledge, and it finds these foundations in a study of man-as-knower, of the "mental processes" or the "activity of representation" which make knowledge possible . . . Philosophy's central concern [was] to be a general theory of representation, a theory which will divide culture up into the areas which represent reality well, those which represent it less well, and those which do not represent it at all (despite their pretense of doing so). 1

I t is to the s e v e n t e e n t h c e n t u r y in g e n e r a l , b u t " e s p e c i a l l y to L o c k e " t h a t " w e o w e the n o t i o n of [ p h i l o s o p h y a s ] a " t h e o r y o f k n o w l e d g e " b a s e d o n a n u n d e r s t a n d i n g of " m e n t a l p r o c e s s e s . "

2

L o c k e is v i l l a i n o r t r a g i c h e r o in t h a t s t o r y b e c a u s e the s t o r y itself h a s t u r n e d o u t to b e e i t h e r p a t h e t i c o r t r a g i c : W e n o w k n o w it to h a v e been

an

illusion

autonomous upon"

3

that

philosophy-as-epistemology

could

be

"an

d i s c i p l i n e . . . d i s t i n c t from a n d sitting in j u d g m e n t

religion and art, science and morality.

I n this b o o k I tell a d i f f e r e n t s t o r y a b o u t the s a m e e v e n t s . I n this

1

R i c h a r d Rorty, Philosophy and the Mirror of Nature 1 9 7 9 ) , p. 3. Ibid., p. 1 3 1 . Loc.cit. 2

3

IX

(Princeton, Princeton University Press,

X

Preface

a l t e r n a t i v e s t o r y L o c k e is not the p h i l o s o p h e r in the t o w e r r e n d e r i n g j u d g m e n t s o n w h o k n o w s w h a t a n d h o w , b u t the p h i l o s o p h e r in the street o f f e r i n g a d v i c e to his a n x i o u s c o m b a t i v e c o m p a t r i o t s o n h o w to o v e r c o m e the c u l t u r a l crisis e n g u l f i n g t h e m . L o c k e w a s as m u c h a c u l t u r a l p h i l o s o p h e r in his e p i s t e m o l o g y as h e w a s a s o c i a l p h i l o s o p h e r in his p o l i t i c a l t h e o r y . F o r c e n t u r i e s E u r o p e a n h u m a n i t y h a d r e s o l v e d its m o r a l a n d r e l i g i o u s q u a n d a r i e s b y a p p e a l i n g to its i n t e l l e c t u a l i n h e r i t a n c e - its t r a d i t i o n . B y L o c k e ' s d a y a n d in L o c k e ' s p l a c e this t r a d i t i o n h a d split i n t o w a r r i n g f r a g m e n t s . T h u s o n the c u l t u r a l a g e n d a t h e r e w a s the q u e s t i o n : H o w s h o u l d w e f o r m o u r beliefs o n f u n d a m e n t a l m a t t e r s o f r e l i g i o n a n d m o r a l i t y so as to l i v e t o g e t h e r in social h a r m o n y , w h e n w e c a n n o l o n g e r a p p e a l to a s h a r e d a n d unified t r a d i t i o n ? T h i s a n x i o u s q u e s t i o n m o t i v a t e d L o c k e ' s Essay Concerning Human Understanding. L o c k e d o e s i n d e e d offer a " t h e o r y o f k n o w l e d g e . " B u t t h a t t h e o r y o f k n o w l e d g e , t h o u g h i m p o r t a n t in its o w n r i g h t , a n d n o d o u b t r e g a r d e d b y L o c k e as i m p o r t a n t in its o w n r i g h t , is p l a c e d in the Essay as a step on the p a t h t o w a r d a n s w e r i n g t h a t o t h e r q u e s t i o n w h i c h L o c k e r e g a r d e d as m u c h m o r e i m p o r t a n t . K n o w l e d g e , s a i d h e , is " s h o r t a n d s c a n t y . " H o w a r e w e to p i c k o u r w a y w h e n w e find o u r s e l v e s f o r c e d , as w e all a r e , to l e a v e the s m a l l c l e a r i n g o f k n o w l e d g e a n d e n t e r the t w i l i g h t o f b e l i e f a n d d i s b e l i e f ? I d i d not set out to tell a d i f f e r e n t s t o r y a b o u t the o r i g i n s o f m o d e r n p h i l o s o p h y ; I set o u t to u n d e r s t a n d b e t t e r the t r a d i t i o n a l s t o r y so as to resolve some of m y o w n perplexities. T h e alternative story e m e r g e d u n e x p e c t e d l y , s l o w l y , fitfully - b e g g i n g a r e l u c t a n t a u t h o r to tell it, like P i r a n d e l l o ' s c h a r a c t e r s in s e a r c h o f a n a u t h o r . I t is a b o u t t w e n t y - f i v e y e a r s a g o n o w t h a t I first b e c a m e p e r p l e x e d o v e r the c h a l l e n g e so w i d e l y issued to r e l i g i o u s p e o p l e t h a t t h e y m u s t h a v e e v i d e n c e for their r e l i g i o u s beliefs e v i d e n c e c o n s i s t i n g o f o t h e r beliefs. I t w a s insisted t h a t a t b o t t o m a p e r s o n m i g h t not reasonfrom his o r h e r r e l i g i o u s beliefs b u t h a d to reason to t h e m from o t h e r beliefs. W h y w a s this? I a s k e d . N o b o d y a s s u m e d , for e x a m p l e , t h a t all o u r p e r c e p t u a l beliefs h a d to b e b a s e d o n o t h e r beliefs; w h a t w a s it a b o u t o n e a n d all r e l i g i o u s beliefs t h a t m a d e t h e m different? E v e n t u a l l y I ( a l o n g w i t h c o l l e a g u e s o f m i n e at C a l v i n C o l l e g e ) c o n c l u d e d t h a t the c u l p r i t in the m a t t e r w a s the a s s u m p t i o n t h a t f o u n d a t i o n a l i s m , s p e c i f i c a l l y , " c l a s s i c a l l y m o d e r n " f o u n d a t i o n a l i s m , states the t r u t h of the m a t t e r c o n c e r n i n g p r o p e r b e l i e f - f o r m a t i o n . S o I reflected o n the 4

4

B y a classical foundationalist I mean one who holds that the only immediate (basic) beliefs which possess whatever be the doxastic merit in question are those whose content is either a

Prefaci

XI

t e n a b i l i t y o f this e p i s t e m o l o g i c a l p o s i t i o n , e v e n t u a l l y c o n c l u d i n g t h a t , w h e n c l e a r l y f o r m u l a t e d a n d t h e n h e l d u p to the l i g h t , it is d e c i s i v e l y m i s t a k e n - a n d it m a k e s n o d i f f e r e n c e w h e t h e r it is offered as a c r i t e r i o n for a c c e p t a n c e o f scientific theories, as a c r i t e r i o n for e n t i t l e m e n t to o r d i n a r y beliefs a b o u t the w o r l d a n d r e l i g i o u s m a t t e r s , o r w h a t e v e r . A l m o s t t w o d e c a d e s a g o , then, I p u b l i s h e d m y o b j e c t i o n s ; and along with m y then-colleague, Alvin Plantinga, worked out an a l t e r n a t i v e in the d o m a i n of religious belief w h i c h w e c a l l e d " R e f o r m e d epistemology." 5

B u t m y a t t a c k , a n d that o f o t h e r s o f w h i c h I w a s a w a r e , left m e feeling u n e a s y . I f c l a s s i c a l a n d n e a r - c l a s s i c a l f o u n d a t i o n a l i s m , in the v e r s i o n s o f it w h i c h I a n d o t h e r s h a d a t t a c k e d , s e e m e d to m e so o b v i o u s l y u n a c c e p t a b l e , w h y h a d so m a n y g r e a t p h i l o s o p h e r s f o u n d it c o m p e l l i n g ? W h y d i d m y o w n s t u d e n t s so often find the p r o s p e c t o f s u r r e n d e r i n g it d i s t u r b i n g ? A p p a r e n t l y s o m e t h i n g d e e p w a s at s t a k e . O u r a t t a c k r e m a i n e d too s u p e r f i c i a l ; the d e p t h s h a d not y e t b e e n p r o b e d , the m o t i v a t i o n a n d a t t r a c t i o n not y e t l a i d b a r e . S o I l o o k e d for e x p o n e n t s o f (classical a n d n e a r - c l a s s i c a l ) f o u n d a t i o n a l i s m in w h o m w h a t w a s d e e p c a m e to the s u r f a c e . T h i s led m e e v e n t u a l l y to L o c k e . N o t to D e s c a r t e s ; t h o u g h I l o o k e d t h e r e first. B u t I b e c a m e that p e r s u a d e d - I s h a l l p r e s e n t m y c a s e in the p a g e s t h a t follow D e s c a r t e s ' s f o u n d a t i o n a l i s m w a s f a r m o r e restricted a n d t r a d i t i o n a l in its s c o p e t h a n w a s L o c k e ' s . D e s c a r t e s e s p o u s e d a f o u n d a t i o n a l i s t a c c o u n t oiscientia (science) a n d o n l y o f t h a t - t h o u g h it m u s t at o n c e b e a d d e d t h a t he h a d e x p a n s i v e e x p e c t a t i o n s c o n c e r n i n g the p o t e n t i a l s c o p e o f scientia. L o c k e ' s f o u n d a t i o n a l i s m w a s m e a n t for all h u m a n b e i n g s , w h e t h e r o r not t h e y w e r e e n g a g e d in s c i e n c e . I t is t h a t w i d e r L o c k i a n f o u n d a t i o n a l i s m w h i c h h a s s h a p e d the m o d e r n m i n d . M o r e i m p o r t a n t for m e : I n L o c k e ' s f o u n d a t i o n a l i s m t h e r e is r e v e a l e d , m o r e c l e a r l y t h a n in D e s c a r t e s ' s , t h a t d e p t h for w h i c h I w a s l o o k i n g . W h a t lures a n d inspires the t y p i c a l f o u n d a t i o n a l i s t is the c o n v i c t i o n t h a t it is p o s s i b l e for us h u m a n b e i n g s to h a v e d i r e c t i n s i g h t i n t o c e r t a i n o f the facts o f r e a l i t y - to h a v e d i r e c t a w a r e n e s s . A n a d d e d benefit w a s t h a t

5

proposition self-evident to the person, or a proposition which is an incorrigible report of a mental act or object of the person. W e called it (not very felicitously) "Reformed epistemology" because w c took it to be characteristic of the Reformed tradition of Christianity. M y earliest objections to classical foundationalism can be found in Reason within the Bounds of Religion (Grand Rapids, Eerdmans, 1 9 7 6 ) . T h e best statement of Reformed epistemology was given in the essays by Alston, Plantinga, and myself in Alvin Plantinga and Nicholas Wolterstorff (eds.), Faith and Rationality (Notre D a m e , University of Notre D a m e Press, 1 9 8 3 ) .

Xll

Preface

w i t h g r e a t c a r e a n d articulateness L o c k e d r e w out o f his f o u n d a t i o n a l i s m its e v i d e n t i a l i s t i m p l i c a t i o n s for r e l i g i o u s belief. I h a d to o v e r c o m e s t r o n g p r e j u d i c e s . I n the p h i l o s o p h i c a l w o r l d I i n h a b i t , L o c k e h a s the r e p u t a t i o n o f b e i n g b o r i n g l y c h a t t y a n d p h i l o s o p h i c a l l y c a r e l e s s - h a v i n g b e e n too b u s y w i t h the p r a c t i c a l m a t t e r s o f m a k i n g m o n e y a n d p a r t i c i p a t i n g in r e v o l u t i o n a r y politics to h a v e t h o u g h t w i t h p r o f u n d i t y . Q u i t e s o m e t i m e a g o I h a d r e a d B o o k s i a n d n o f L o c k e ' s Essay. T h e r e p u t a t i o n s e e m e d to m e e m i n e n t l y j u s t . T h e p r o s e itself s e e m e d p l o d d i n g a n d lustreless, c o m p a r e d to the q u i c k g l i t t e r y sheen o f D e s c a r t e s ' s w r i t i n g . B u t n o w I l e a p e d o v e r the first t h r e e b o o k s o f the Essay a n d p l u n g e d i n t o B o o k i v , c o n c e n t r a t i n g o n its s e c o n d half. I felt m y s e l f p r e s e n t at the m a k i n g o f the m o d e r n m i n d . A s e c o n d p a t h led m e to L o c k e . I t is w i d e l y a s s u m e d n o w a d a y s t h a t a n t i - f o u n d a t i o n a l i s m in e p i s t e m o l o g y r e q u i r e s a n t i - r e a l i s m in m e t a ­ p h y s i c s r e q u i r e s e m b r a c i n g the v i e w t h a t t h e r e is n o w a y the w o r l d is e x c e p t r e l a t i v e to s o m e c o n c e p t u a l s c h e m e . I n fact t h e r e is n o s u c h r e q u i r e m e n t . I r e m a i n a t h o r o u g h - g o i n g m e t a p h y s i c a l realist w h o is a l s o a n a n t i - f o u n d a t i o n a l i s t . O n e d a y I h a p p e n e d to r e a d s o m e p a g e s o f T h o m a s R e i d ; I d o not r e m e m b e r w h y . R e i d , in spite o f his e i g h t e e n t h - c e n t u r y f a m e a n d n i n e t e e n t h - c e n t u r y i n f l u e n c e , h a s fallen o u t o f the c a n o n o f m o d e r n p h i l o s o p h y . A t o n c e I r e c o g n i z e d a s o u l - m a t e , a m e t a p h y s i c a l realist w h o w a s a n a n t i - f o u n d a t i o n a l i s t . I n d e e d , R e i d w a s the first g r e a t a n t i - f o u n d a t i o n a l i s t o f the m o d e r n t r a d i t i o n ; i n t e r v e n i n g c e n t u r i e s h a v e d i m m e d n e i t h e r the r h e t o r i c a l b r i l l i a n c e n o r the p h i l o s o p h i c a l p o w e r o f his a t t a c k . S o I r e s o l v e d to w r i t e a b o o k o n T h o m a s R e i d , not o n l y to r e s c u e h i m from his u n d e s e r v e d o b l i v i o n b u t to g i v e p r e s e n c e in the c u r r e n t d i s c u s s i o n to this o v e r l o o k e d o p t i o n o f a n t i - f o u n d a t i o n a l i s t r e a l i s m . B u t I f o u n d I c o u l d not l a y out R e i d ' s t h o u g h t w i t h o u t first l a y i n g o u t L o c k e ' s t h o u g h t . R e i d ' s t h o u g h t o n c p i s t e m o l o g i c a l m a t t e r s w a s s h a p e d b y his p o l e m i c a g a i n s t w h a t he c a l l e d " T h e W a y o f I d e a s " ; a n d t h o u g h R e i d r e g a r d e d D e s c a r t e s , M a l e b r a n c h e , L o c k e , B e r k e l e y , a n d H u m e as all e s p o u s i n g T h e W a y o f I d e a s , it c a m e to s e e m to m e t h a t L o c k e w a s the c e n t r a l f o r m a t i v e figure. S o I p l a n n e d a n i n t r o d u c t o r y c h a p t e r o n L o c k e ' s e p i s t e m o l o g y . T h a t c h a p t e r insisted o n b e c o m i n g a b o o k . T h e r e w a s y e t a t h i r d p a t h w h i c h led m e to L o c k e . I n a n e s s a y I h a d written defending religious belief against foundationalist critique, I 6

6

" C a n Religion be Rational if it has no Foundations?," in Plantinga and Wolterstorff, Faith and Rationality.

Preface

Xlll

h a d j o i n e d a w i d e r a n g e o f e p i s t e m o l o g i s t s in s p e a k i n g o f us h u m a n b e i n g s as h a v i n g r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s for o u r beliefs; a n d I h a d a n n o u n c e d t h a t I w o u l d m a k e it m y p r a c t i c e to use " r a t i o n a l " as a s y n o n y m for " p e r m i s s i b l e " : T h e r a t i o n a l b e l i e f is the p e r m i s s i b l e belief, i.e., the b e l i e f w h i c h d o e s not v i o l a t e the r e l e v a n t n o r m s . I t h o u g h t o f myself, in this r e s o l u t i o n , as f o l l o w i n g e s t a b l i s h e d l i n g u i s t i c p r a c t i c e . W h a t h a d s t r u c k m e w a s the fact t h a t discussions c o n c e r n i n g w h a t w e ought to b e l i e v e w e r e r e g u l a r l y c o n d u c t e d in the l a n g u a g e o f w h a t it w a s r a t i o n a l to b e l i e v e . I n o t i c e d t h a t t h e r e w a s a p o w e r f u l i m p u l s e t o w a r d s a y i n g o f e v e r y t h i n g j u d g e d a c c e p t a b l e for b e l i e v i n g t h a t it w a s r a t i o n a l to b e l i e v e it, a n d o f e v e r y t h i n g j u d g e d u n a c c e p t a b l e , t h a t it w a s not r a t i o n a l to b e l i e v e it. " R a t i o n a l , " I c o n c l u d e d , w a s a s y n o n y m o f " p e r m i s s i b l e " in these d i s c u s s i o n s . T h e n d o u b t s set i n . D o e s not r a t i o n a l i t y , at its c o r e , h a v e to d o w i t h r e a s o n s , o r r e a s o n i n g , o r R e a s o n ? I f so, then s u r e l y r a t i o n a l i t y is n o t s i m p l y to b e identified w i t h the root i d e a b e h i n d s u c h w o r d s as " s h o u l d , " " p e r m i s s i b l e , " " o u g h t , " a n d " r e s p o n s i b l e . " I n the i n t e r ­ w e a v i n g o f the l a n g u a g e o f r a t i o n a l i t y w i t h the l a n g u a g e o f o b l i g a t i o n w e are dealing with something deeper than mere linguistic practice. C o m i n g to the s u r f a c e is the u n s p o k e n a s s u m p t i o n t h a t w h a t w e o u g h t to b e l i e v e h a s s o m e t h i n g i n t i m a t e to d o w i t h r e a s o n s , a n d / o r r e a s o n i n g , a n d / o r R e a s o n . B u t w h y m a k e t h a t a s s u m p t i o n ? T h e r e is m o r e to h u m a n life, m o r e e v e n to the life o f the m i n d , t h a n r e a s o n s , r e a s o n i n g , a n d R e a s o n . S o w h y g i v e r a t i o n a l i t y s u c h e x a l t e d status? O b v i o u s l y a l o o k i n t o the l i t e r a t u r e o n r a t i o n a l i t y w a s c a l l e d for. I i m m e r s e d m y s e l f for a w h i l e . B u t the i m m e r s i o n h a d o n m e the o p p o s i t e effect o f t h a t h o p e d for. I h a d h o p e d to u n d e r s t a n d w h y r a t i o n a l i t y w a s a s s u m e d to h a v e s o m e t h i n g s p e c i a l to d o w i t h w h a t w e o u g h t to b e l i e v e . I n s t e a d o f i l l u m i n a t i o n I e x p e r i e n c e d b e w i l d e r m e n t . O b v i o u s l y those p a r t i c i p a t i n g in the d i s c u s s i o n s s a w t h e m s e l v e s as h a v i n g s h a r p disagreements with each other. Often intense passions w e r e a t t a c h e d to those d i s a g r e e m e n t s . O n e t h i n k e r s a w r a t i o n a l i t y as a n i n s t r u m e n t o f o p p r e s s i o n ; a n o t h e r , as a s o u r c e o f e n l i g h t e n m e n t a n d l i b e r a t i o n . O n e l a m e n t e d the s p r e a d o f r a t i o n a l i t y in the m o d e r n w o r l d ; a n o t h e r , its l a c k . B u t w e r e t h e y t a l k i n g a b o u t the s a m e p h e n o m e n o n ? A n d those w h o offered theories o f r a t i o n a l i t y : W e r e t h e y o f f e r i n g c o m p e t i n g a n a l y s e s of the s a m e c o n c e p t a n d c o m p e t i n g theories as to the c o n d i t i o n s u n d e r w h i c h t h a t c o n c e p t h a s a p p l i c a t i o n , or w e r e t h e y w o r k i n g w i t h d i f f e r e n t c o n c e p t s a n d thus j u s t m i s s i n g e a c h other?

XIV

Preface

T h e r e a r e f u n d a m e n t a l l y t w o w a y s o f e x t r i c a t i n g o n e s e l f from a n i n t e l l e c t u a l p r e d i c a m e n t o f this sort. O n e c a n c o m p o s e a t a x o n o m y in w h i c h o n e d i s t i n g u i s h e s the issues u n d e r d i s c u s s i o n a n d l a y s o u t the s t r u c t u r a l l y distinct o p t i o n s o n those issues. O r o n e c a n e n g a g e in the a r c h a e o l o g y o f c u l t u r a l m e m o r y , w i t h the a i m o f telling the s t o r y o f h o w w e g o t to w h e r e w e a r e in o u r t h i n k i n g - in this c a s e , in o u r t h i n k i n g a b o u t r a t i o n a l i t y a n d o u r a s s u m i n g t h a t w h a t w e o u g h t to b e l i e v e h a s s o m e t h i n g s p e c i a l to d o w i t h r a t i o n a l i t y . A g o o d telling o f the s t o r y w o u l d u n c o v e r the a s s u m p t i o n s b e h i n d o u r w a y o f t h i n k i n g , s o m e o f w h i c h h a v e p e r h a p s fallen o u t o f c o n s c i o u s n e s s ; a n d w o u l d u n c o v e r the p u r p o s e s w h i c h those w a y s o f t h i n k i n g o n c e s e r v e d o r w e r e t h o u g h t to s e r v e . T h u s it w o u l d h e l p us u n d e r s t a n d o u r c o n f u s i o n : W e w o u l d see t h a t c o n c e p t s w h i c h m a y o n c e h a v e h a d a function in a c e r t a i n i n t e l l e c t u a l a n d social m i l i e u n o l o n g e r h a v e t h a t in o u r s . W e w o u l d see the w h o l e to w h i c h the s h a r d s o n c e b e l o n g e d . T h u s the t a x o n o m i c a n d a r c h a e o l o g i c a l a p p r o a c h e s i d e a l l y s e r v e the s a m e e n d , that of i l l u m i n a t i n g o u r p r e d i c a m e n t a n d i n v i t i n g suggestions as to h o w to e x t r i c a t e o u r s e l v e s from it. I d e c i d e d to p r a c t i c e the a r c h a e o l o g y o f c u l t u r a l m e m o r y so as to tell the s t o r y o f h o w w e g o t to w h e r e w e a r e in o u r t h i n k i n g . T o m y c o n s i d e r a b l e s u r p r i s e I w a s o n c e a g a i n led to J o h n L o c k e . L o c k e w a s the first to d e v e l o p w i t h p r o f u n d i t y a n d d e f e n d the thesis t h a t w e a r e all r e s p o n s i b l e for o u r b e l i e v i n g s , a n d t h a t to d o o n e ' s d u t y w i t h r e s p e c t to o n e ' s b e l i e v i n g s o n e m u s t , at a p p r o p r i a t e j u n c t u r e s a n d in a p p r o p r i a t e w a y s , listen to the v o i c e o f R e a s o n . R e a s o n m u s t b e o n e ' s g u i d e . L o c k e h a d f o r e b e a r s a n d c o h o r t s in this l i n e o f t h o u g h t ; I w a n t not o n l y to c o n c e d e b u t to insist o n this. N o n e t h e l e s s , L o c k e w a s the great genius behind our modern w a y s of thinking of rationality and r e s p o n s i b i l i t y in beliefs. A n d L o c k e ' s v i s i o n b e c a m e classic: for m a n y , c o m p e l l i n g ; b y s o m e , c o n t e s t e d ; b y no o n e , i g n o r e d . L o c k e , on this issue, is the father o f m o d e r n i t y . I n short, t h r e e d i f f e r e n t p a t h s o f i n q u i r y led m e to L o c k e ' s epistemology. His thought has p r o v e d m a d d e n i n g l y elusive, h o w e v e r . O v e r a n d o v e r , lines o f i n t e r p r e t a t i o n w h i c h i n i t i a l l y s e e m e d p r o m i s i n g led to d e a d e n d s . R a t h e r soon I c o n c l u d e d , a l o n g w i t h o t h e r r e c e n t c o m m e n t a t o r s , t h a t the t r a d i t i o n a l s c h o o l - b o o k i n t e r p r e t a t i o n of L o c k e , w h i c h p l a c e s the Essay's c e n t e r o f g r a v i t y in B o o k n, m u s t b e r e j e c t e d . T h e c e n t e r o f g r a v i t y is B o o k i v ; t h a t is c l e a r from L o c k e ' s o w n c o m m e n t s a b o u t the Essay. I t ' s t r u e t h a t issues o f i n t r i n s i c interest a r e r a i s e d in the o t h e r t h r e e b o o k s , issues i n t r i n s i c a l l y i n t e r e s t i n g to

Preface

xv

L o c k e himself. N o n e t h e l e s s , these b o o k s as a whole a r e to b e r e a d as p r e p a r a t i o n for B o o k iv. T h e t r a d i t i o n a l n e o - H e g e l i a n i n t e r p r e t a t i o n o f L o c k e as a n e m p i r i c i s t is b a s e d o n e m p h a s i z i n g B o o k s i a n d n a n d all b u t i g n o r i n g B o o k iv. W h e n B o o k iv is g i v e n its d u e a n d i n t e n d e d w e i g h t , it b e c o m e s c l e a r t h a t L o c k e is o n e o f the g r e a t r a t i o n a l i s t s o f the W e s t e r n p h i l o s o p h i c a l t r a d i t i o n . M o r e p r e c i s e l y : I n his d i s c u s s i o n c o n c e r n i n g the o r i g i n o f " i d e a s " in B o o k n, L o c k e is a n e m p i r i c i s t ; b u t in his d i s c u s s i o n o f the n a t u r e o f k n o w l e d g e a n d the p r o p e r g o v e r n a n c e o f b e l i e f in B o o k iv, L o c k e g i v e s to R e a s o n a c e n t r a l r o l e . I t is not h a r d to see h o w the n e o - H e g e l i a n m i s i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , o n c e it a r o s e , g o t p e r p e t u a t e d . M o s t r e a d e r s , b y the t i m e t h e y g e t to the e n d o f B o o k n, h a v e r u n o u t o f t i m e a n d p a t i e n c e ; t h e y m o v e o n to s o m e t h i n g else. L o n g b o o k s in w h i c h the m a i n p o i n t gets d e v e l o p e d o n l y t o w a r d the e n d i n e v i t a b l y r u n the g r e a t risk o f b e i n g m i s u n d e r s t o o d ! A n o t h e r f e a t u r e o f the Essay p r o v e d to b e a far g r e a t e r o b s t a c l e to i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . E v e n t u a l l y I c o n c l u d e d t h a t to m a k e sense o f L o c k e , I h a d to d i s t i n g u i s h b e t w e e n w h a t in the f o l l o w i n g e x p o s i t i o n I c a l l the visionary p a s s a g e s o f the Essay a n d the craftsmanly p a s s a g e s . A t y p i c a l s t r a t e g y o f L o c k e , w h e n d i s c u s s i n g a t o p i c , is first to p r e s e n t his t h o u g h t in e l o q u e n t v i s i o n a r y u n q u a l i f i e d l a n g u a g e , t h e n to e l a b o r a t e a n d a r t i c u l a t e his t h o u g h t w i t h g r e a t p h i l o s o p h i c a l c r a f t s m a n s h i p , a n d then to close b y r e t u r n i n g to the v i s i o n a r y . U n f o r t u n a t e l y , h e n e v e r b r i n g s these t w o sides o f his g e n i u s i n t o h a r m o n y w i t h e a c h o t h e r . F o r w h a t he s a y s in the d e t a i l e d w o r k i n g o u t o f his t h o u g h t r e g u l a r l y u n d e r c u t s the v i s i o n a r y s t a t e m e n t ; the q u a l i f i c a t i o n s a n d e l a b o r a t i o n s not o n l y a m p l i f y b u t d e c o n s t r u c t the official f o r m u l a t i o n s . L o c k e is to b e c o u n t e d a m o n g L o c k e ' s m o s t a c u t e critics. T h u s a r i s e m a n y , t h o u g h i n d e e d n o t a l l , o f the o f t - r e m a r k e d " i n c o n s i s t e n c i e s " in L o c k e . O b v i o u s l y this p a t t e r n c o n f r o n t s the i n t e r p r e t e r w i t h a s e r i o u s p r o b l e m . T h e s o l u t i o n m u s t consist o f k e e p i n g b o t h sides o f L o c k e ' s g e n i u s in v i e w - the v i s i o n a r y a n d the c r a f t s m a n l y . B u t it takes a l o n g t i m e before o n e feels a b l e to d r a w the l i n e w i t h a n y c o n f i d e n c e . T h e difficulty o f g e t t i n g h o l d o f L o c k e ' s t h o u g h t p r o v e d , in m y o w n c a s e , to h a v e a s o u r c e d e e p e r y e t t h a n e i t h e r o f these. A s w i l l b e e v i d e n t f r o m the f o r e g o i n g , I c a m e to L o c k e w i t h m y o w n q u e s t i o n s a n d a s s u m p t i o n s . S o it a l w a y s is. I c o n c l u d e d after a w h i l e t h a t L o c k e ' s m a i n a i m in B o o k iv w a s to offer a t h e o r y o f e n t i t l e d (i.e., p e r m i t t e d , r e s p o n s i b l e ) belief. H i s p i c t u r e , so I c o n c l u d e d , w a s t h a t t h e r e a r e n o r m s for b e l i e v i n g a n d t h a t beliefs a r e e n t i t l e d if t h e y d o n o t v i o l a t e those n o r m s . I s a w h i m as e n d e a v o r i n g to formulate those

XVI

Preface

n o r m s a n d d e f e n d his f o r m u l a t i o n . I r e c o g n i z e d t h a t h e a l s o p r o p o s e d a t h e o r y o f k n o w l e d g e e a r l i e r in B o o k i v , a n d the r u d i m e n t s o f a t h e o r y o f r a t i o n a l i t y . B u t these, t h o u g h i m p o r t a n t , w e r e s i t u a t e d as c o m p o n e n t s in his l a r g e r e n d e a v o r o f offering a t h e o r y o f entitled belief. M o r e g e n e r a l l y , I s a w L o c k e as p r i m a r i l y e n g a g e d in regulative, as o p p o s e d to analytic, e p i s t e m o l o g y . I n a n a l y t i c e p i s t e m o l o g y o n e e x p l o r e s the c o n d i t i o n s u n d e r w h i c h o n e o r a n o t h e r m e r i t is p r e s e n t in beliefs. T h e o r i e s o f k n o w l e d g e a n d theories o f r a t i o n a l i t y b e l o n g to a n a l y t i c e p i s t e m o l o g y . T h e y a r e not m e a n t to offer g u i d a n c e , e x c e p t , o f c o u r s e , g u i d a n c e in a n a l y s i s for those w h o w i s h to pick out k n o w l e d g e from n o n - k n o w l e d g e a n d r a t i o n a l i t y from n o n - r a t i o n a l i t y . I n r e g u l a t i v e e p i s t e m o l o g y , on the o t h e r h a n d , o n e discusses h o w w e o u g h t to c o n d u c t o u r u n d e r s t a n d i n g s w h a t w e o u g h t to d o b y w a y o f f o r m i n g beliefs. T h e title o f o n e o f L o c k e ' s s m a l l b o o k s , The Conduct of the Understanding, w a s for m e the c l u e t h a t his c o n c e r n w a s r e g u l a t i v e e p i s t e m o l o g y that, p l u s the fact that he so r e g u l a r l y s p o k e a b o u t o u r obligation to g o v e r n o u r b e l i e f - f o r m i n g faculties. O n l y r e c e n t l y d i d I see t h a t I w a s m i s t a k e n . N o t m i s t a k e n in m y conviction that regulative epistemology was Locke's over-riding c o n c e r n , a n d t h a t his e x c u r s i o n s i n t o a n a l y t i c e p i s t e m o l o g y a r e a n c i l l a r y to t h a t . M i s t a k e n in a s s u m i n g t h a t his i n t e n t w a s to offer a c r i t e r i o n for entitled belief. F o r o n e t h i n g , I h a d q u i t e e a r l y c o n c l u d e d t h a t o n e o f the m a i n m o t i v a t i o n s o f L o c k e ' s e n d e a v o r w a s his w i s h to a d d r e s s the c u l t u r a l crisis o f his d a y ; I h a v e a l r e a d y s p o k e n o f t h a t . B u t a c r i t e r i o n o f e n t i t l e d b e l i e f w o u l d not b e a r e s p o n s e to this crisis. I t w o u l d not a d d r e s s this a n x i e t y . It took m e a l o n g t i m e to a c k n o w l e d g e this. S e c o n d l y , t h o u g h the r e c o m m e n d a t i o n s L o c k e offers for o n e ' s c o n d u c t of o n e ' s u n d e r s t a n d i n g a r e t y p i c a l l y c o u c h e d in u n i v e r s a l i s t i c l a n g u a g e , it g r a d u a l l y b e c a m e c l e a r to m e t h a t he d i d not i n t e n d t h e m to b e i n t e r p r e t e d u n i v e r s a l i s t i c a l l y that I h a d to d r a w the line b e t w e e n the v i s i o n a r y a n d the c r a f t s m a n l y p a s s a g e s d i f f e r e n t l y from h o w I h a d b e e n d r a w i n g it. " L i s t e n to the v o i c e o f R e a s o n , " L o c k e s a y s ; " l e t R e a s o n b e y o u r g u i d e . " B u t in the c o u r s e o f e x p l a i n i n g w h a t this l i s t e n i n g a n d g u i d a n c e c o m e to, L o c k e m a k e s c l e a r his v i e w t h a t o n e is o b l i g a t e d to d o this o n l y for p r o p o s i t i o n s w h i c h a r e o f m a x i m a l " c o n c e r n m e n t " to o n e , as he calls it. O n l y if a p r o p o s i t i o n is of m a x i m a l " c o n c e r n m e n t " to o n e d o e s e n t i t l e m e n t to b e l i e v e r e q u i r e l i s t e n i n g to the v o i c e o f R e a s o n . C o n c e r n i n g all o t h e r c a s e s , L o c k e h a s n o t h i n g to s a y . F o r a l o n g t i m e I tried to m a k e h i m s a y s o m e t h i n g

Preface

xvn

a b o u t a l l those o t h e r cases. B u t h e h a s n o t h i n g to s a y . L o c k e h a s n o general theory of belief-entitlement. I think w e c a n best u n d e r s t a n d w h a t L o c k e w a s d o i n g b y e m p l o y i n g the c o n c e p t o f a doxastic practice ( G r e e k doxa = b e l i e f ) . L o c k e w a s p r o p o s i n g a r e f o r m in the d o x a s t i c p r a c t i c e s o f his d a y . T h o s e p r a c t i c e s , h e t h o u g h t , w e r e i n c a p a b l e o f c o p i n g w i t h the c u l t u r a l crisis e n g u l f i n g E u r o p e in g e n e r a l a n d E n g l a n d in p a r t i c u l a r ; t h e y h a d , in fact, c o n t r i b u t e d to t h a t crisis. S o m e t i m e s the issue o f w h e t h e r o r n o t to b e l i e v e a c e r t a i n p r o p o s i t i o n is of s u c h i m p o r t a n c e to o n e - s u c h " c o n c e r n m e n t " — t h a t o n e is o b l i g a t e d to try s e r i o u s l y to d o o n e ' s best to g e t in t o u c h w i t h r e a l i t y o n this p o i n t . L o c k e ' s p r o p o s a l s , I c a m e to see, w e r e p r o p o s a l s as to w h a t doing one's best consists of. L o c k e is i n d e e d a n e a r - c l a s s i c a l f o u n d a t i o n a l i s t - b u t n o t w i t h r e s p e c t to scientia, o r k n o w l e d g e , o r w a r r a n t , o r j u s t i f i c a t i o n , o r e n t i t l e m e n t - o r a n y o f the o t h e r m e r i t s in b e l i e f so r e g u l a r l y d i s c u s s e d in p r e s e n t - d a y e p i s t e m o l o g y . L o c k e w a s a n e a r - c l a s s i c a l f o u n d a t i o n a l i s t c o n c e r n i n g d o i n g o n e ' s best to get in t o u c h w i t h r e a l i t y . A n d s i n c e L o c k e r e g a r d e d his fellow citizens as not d o i n g their best, w h e n t h e y s h o u l d b e , a n d not b e l i e v i n g w i t h a firmness a p p r o p r i a t e to the results o f t h a t e n d e a v o r , his p r o p o s a l s h a d the s t a t u s o f p r o p o s a l s for r e f o r m . L o c k e w a s u r g i n g o n his fellows t h a t t h e y r e f o r m their d o x a s t i c p r a c t i c e s ; h e w a s p e r s u a d e d t h a t if t h e y d i d r e f o r m t h e m , in a c c o r d a n c e w i t h his a d v i c e , the c u l t u r a l crisis w o u l d be o v e r c o m e . F o r d o i n g o n e ' s best, as L o c k e u n d e r s t o o d it, consists o f setting a s i d e all u n v e r i f i e d t r a d i t i o n a n d g e t t i n g d o w n to " t h e t h i n g s t h e m s e l v e s . " I h a v e b o r r o w e d the t e r m " d o x a s t i c p r a c t i c e " from W i l l i a m P . Alston. B y a doxastic practice I mean, and Alston means, a certain m o d e o f b e l i e f - f o r m a t i o n . H o w e v e r , the sort o f m o d e I h a v e in m i n d differs a bit from that w h i c h A l s t o n h a s in m i n d . F o r A l s t o n , a d o x a s t i c p r a c t i c e is a habit - o r r a t h e r , a s y s t e m o f h a b i t s . H e s a y s t h a t 7

T h e term "practices" will be misleading if it is taken to be restricted to voluntary activity; for I do not take belief-formation to be voluntary. I a m using " p r a c t i c e " in such a w a y that it stretches over, e.g., psychological processes such as perception, thought, fantasy, and belief-formation, as well as voluntary action. A doxastic practice can be thought of as a system or constellation of dispositions or habits, or, to use a currently fashionable term, mechanisms, each of which yields a belief as output that is related in a certain 7

W m . P. Alston, " A 'Doxastic Practice' A p p r o a c h to Epistemology," in M . C l a y and K . Lehrer (eds.), Knowledge and Skepticism (Boulder, Colo., Westview Press, 1 9 8 9 ) .

Preface

XV111

w a y to an " i n p u t . " T h e sense perceptual doxastic practice . . . is a constellation of habits of forming beliefs in a certain w a y on the basis of inputs that consist of sense experiences, (p. 5) A l s t o n e m p h a s i z e s t h a t , o n his u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f d o x a s t i c p r a c t i c e s , w e a l l " e n g a g e in a p l u r a l i t y o f d o x a s t i c p r a c t i c e s , e a c h w i t h its o w n sources o f belief, its o w n c o n d i t i o n s o f j u s t i f i c a t i o n , its o w n f u n d a m e n t a l beliefs, a n d , in s o m e cases, its o w n s u b j e c t m a t t e r , its o w n c o n c e p t u a l f r a m e w o r k , a n d its o w n r e p e r t o i r e o f p o s s i b l e ' o v e r r i d e r s . ' " L i k e w i s e h e e m p h a s i z e s t h a t " T h e s e p r a c t i c e s a r e a c q u i r e d a n d e n g a g e d in w e l l b e f o r e o n e is e x p l i c i t l y a w a r e o f t h e m a n d c r i t i c a l l y reflects o n t h a t t h e y " a r e set in the c o n t e x t o f w i d e r s p h e r e s o f them"; p r a c t i c e " ; a n d t h a t the h a b i t s in q u e s t i o n " a r e t h o r o u g h l y social: socially established b y socially monitored learning, and socially s h a r e d . " H e g o e s o n to s a y t h a t " T h i s is not to d e n y t h a t i n n a t e m e c h a n i s m s a n d t e n d e n c i e s p l a y a r o l e h e r e . W e still h a v e m u c h to l e a r n a b o u t the r e l a t i v e c o n t r i b u t i o n o f i n n a t e s t r u c t u r e s a n d s o c i a l l e a r n i n g in the d e v e l o p m e n t o f d o x a s t i c p r a c t i c e s . . . B u t w h a t e v e r the d e t a i l s , b o t h h a v e a role to p l a y ; a n d the final o u t c o m e is s o c i a l l y organized, reinforced, monitored and s h a r e d . " " 8

9

1 0

T h o u g h I h a v e f o u n d the n o t i o n o f d o x a s t i c p r a c t i c e s i n d i s p e n s a b l e to u n d e r s t a n d i n g a n d e x p l a i n i n g w h a t L o c k e w a s u p to, I s h a l l not be u n d e r s t a n d i n g t h e m q u i t e as habits o r constellations of habits. A s A l s t o n r e m a r k s , the a c t i v a t i o n o f a h a b i t is not a c a s e o f v o l u n t a r i l y d o i n g s o m e t h i n g . B u t the d o x a s t i c p r a c t i c e w h i c h L o c k e p r o m o t e s as d o i n g o n e ' s best i n c o r p o r a t e s v a r i o u s t y p e s of v o l u n t a r y a c t i o n - g a t h e r i n g e v i d e n c e , a p p r a i s i n g that e v i d e n c e so as to d e t e r m i n e p r o b a b i l i t y , etc. T h e p i c t u r e w h i c h L o c k e takes for g r a n t e d is not j u s t t h a t w e all possess h a b i t s o f b e l i e f - f o r m a t i o n w h i c h g e t a c t i v a t e d b y c e r t a i n e x p e r i e n c e s , these h a b i t s b e i n g the p r o d u c t o f i n n a t e d i s p o s i t i o n s w h i c h h a v e u n d e r g o n e c o n d i t i o n i n g , b u t t h a t w e h a v e all b e e n t u t o r e d self-tutored a n d s o c i a l l y t u t o r e d in h o w to p u t these h a b i t s to use. W e l e a r n h o w to use o u r s e n s e - p e r c e p t u a l h a b i t s ; w e l e a r n , for e x a m p l e , w h e n to b e s u s p i c i o u s o f w h a t o u r e y e s tell us a n d w h a t to d o to o v e r c o m e the s u s p i c i o n , h o w to m o v e a b o u t so as best to d e t e r m i n e the s h a p e o f a n o b j e c t , h o w to g o a b o u t j u d g i n g w h e t h e r the l i g h t is r i g h t for d e t e r m i n i n g the " r e a l " c o l o r o f a n o b j e c t , a n d so o n . S o let us for o u r p u r p o s e s t h i n k o f d o x a s t i c p r a c t i c e s as w a y s o f u s i n g o u r b e l i e f - f o r m i n g h a b i t s . A d o x a s t i c p r a c t i c e , thus u n d e r s t o o d , is a 8

Ibid.,

p. 5 .

9

Ibid.,

p. 7.

"> Ibid.,

p. 8.

"

Ibid.

Preface

xix

w a y of using w h a t Alston c a l l s " d o x a s t i c p r a c t i c e s . " L o c k e w a s p e r s u a d e d t h a t t h e r e w a s s o m e t h i n g s e r i o u s l y a m i s s in h o w his c o m p a t r i o t s w e r e u s i n g their belief-forming dispositions. T h e i r t u t o r i n g in h o w to use this e q u i p m e n t w a s d e f i c i e n t . H e o u t l i n e d a n e w p r a c t i c e w h i c h , so h e a r g u e d , h a d the m e r i t o f c o n s t i t u t i n g d o i n g o n e ' s best to b r i n g it a b o u t , for s o m e p r o p o s i t i o n , t h a t o n e b e l i e v e s it if a n d o n l y if it is true. W h e n e v e r o n e w a n t s to d o o n e ' s best, this is the p r a c t i c e to try to i m p l e m e n t ; w h e n e v e r o n e ought to try s e r i o u s l y to d o o n e ' s best, this is the p r a c t i c e t h a t o n e ought to t r y to i m p l e m e n t . A s w e s h a l l see, L o c k e r e c o g n i z e d t h a t the i m p l e m e n t a t i o n o f his p r o p o s a l w o u l d r e q u i r e m o r e t h a n p r e a c h m e n t s ; it w o u l d r e q u i r e t u t o r i n g — e v e n school t u t o r i n g . E u r o p e a n m e n a n d w o m e n w o u l d h a v e to b e t u t o r e d d i f f e r e n t l y in the use of their b e l i e f - f o r m i n g d i s p o s i t i o n s if the c u l t u r a l crisis w a s to b e o v e r c o m e - the crisis, n a m e l y , of a p e o p l e s c h o o l e d to c o n s u l t t r a d i t i o n w h o n o w find their t r a d i t i o n f r a c t u r e d . L o c k e ' s e p i s t e m o l o g y is the e p i s t e m o l o g y o f a c u l t u r a l l y e n g a g e d philosopher. I s a i d t h a t I w a n t e d to tell a s t o r y . B u t all I h a v e d o n e in this b o o k is talk a b o u t the role o f L o c k e a n d D e s c a r t e s in the first h a l f o f the s t o r y . A n d as to the s e c o n d half, I o n l y talk a b o u t H u m e ; in p a r t i c u l a r , I n e v e r get to R e i d . W e all k n o w K a n t ' s f a m o u s s t a t e m e n t t h a t H u m e a w a k e n e d h i m from his d o g m a t i c s l u m b e r s . T h e s c h o o l - b o o k n a r r a t i v e s o f m o d e r n p h i l o s o p h y , s t e m m i n g u l t i m a t e l y from the n e o - H e g e l i a n h i s t o r i a n s , g o s t r a i g h t from H u m e to K a n t , u s u a l l y w i t h the m o r a l i s m a t t a c h e d t h a t H u m e e x h i b i t e d the b a n k r u p t c y o f e m p i r i c i s m , w h e r e u p o n K a n t s h o w e d t h a t the w a y a h e a d w a s a s y n t h e s i s o f c o n t i n e n t a l r a t i o n a l i s m w i t h B r i t i s h e m p i r i c i s m . T h e s t o r y h a s to b e r e v i s e d . R e i d a n d K a n t a r e together the g r e a t e i g h t e e n t h - c e n t u r y r e s p o n s e s to H u m e ' s m o d e o f c h a l l e n g i n g L o c k e ' s v i s i o n . N o t o n l y t h a t ; e v e n their m o d e s o f r e s p o n s e , a n d s o m e t i m e s their l a n g u a g e , a r e s t r i k i n g l y s i m i l a r . I n w o r d s w h i c h i m m e d i a t e l y b r i n g to m i n d K a n t ' s r e m a r k , R e i d s a y s t h a t H u m e s h o c k e d h i m o u t o f his u n q u e s t i o n i n g acceptance of " T h e W a y of I d e a s . " I h o p e at s o m e l a t e r t i m e to c o n t i n u e the s t o r y b e g u n h e r e , a story of tradition, awareness, a n d interpretation. T h a t l a r g e r story within w h i c h the p r e s e n t o n e is f r a m e d is m o r e i m p o r t a n t . F o r it s p e a k s not o n l y to o u r i n t e l l e c t u a l , b u t a l s o to o u r s o c i a l , c o n c e r n s . T h e issue w h i c h L o c k e a d d r e s s e d , o f h o w to g o v e r n o n e ' s beliefs w h e n t r a d i t i o n h a s b e e n f r a g m e n t e d a n d p l u r a l i z e d , so f a r f r o m d i s a p p e a r i n g , h a s b e c o m e m o r e p r e s s i n g a n d insistent t h a n e v e r . I t r e m a i n s o n o u r

XX

Preface

c u l t u r a l a g e n d a . A n d the p r o p o s e d a n s w e r s all t u r n u p a g a i n . W e in o u r c e n t u r y h a v e b e e n r e p l a y i n g the i n t e l l e c t u a l d r a m a t h a t u n f o l d e d from L o c k e to H e g e l . W i t h these t w o b i g d i f f e r e n c e s : G o d is n o w r e g u l a r l y m i s s i n g from the p i c t u r e , a n d it is n o w w i d e l y b e l i e v e d t h a t e v e r y t h i n g is c o n t i n g e n t . F o r the p r e s e n t , t h o u g h , it w i l l b e e n o u g h to a r t i c u l a t e L o c k e ' s v i s i o n , s h o w its o r i g i n a l i t y , a p p r a i s e its t e n a b i l i t y , a n d d e f e n d this r e a d i n g o f o n e s t r a n d w i t h i n the b e g i n n i n g s of m o d e r n p h i l o s o p h y . R e i d will h a v e to r e m a i n in the w a i t i n g r o o m for a while yet. A final w o r d : I n the last c o u p l e o f d e c a d e s there h a s m e r g e d , from the s e e d b e d o f a n a l y t i c p h i l o s o p h y , a t r u l y a d m i r a b l e f l o w e r i n g o f studies in the p h i l o s o p h e r s o f the past, i n c l u d i n g studies in L o c k e . O n c e u p o n a t i m e the e n g a g e m e n t of the a n a l y t i c p h i l o s o p h e r w i t h the h i s t o r y o f philosophy I c a r i c a t u r e a bit w a s o f the m o d e : T h o u g h t s t h a t o c c u r r e d to m e o n e d a y u p o n r e a d i n g a s e n t e n c e in a n E n g l i s h t r a n s l a t i o n o f D e s c a r t e s . T h e result, u n s u r p r i s i n g l y , w a s that the p h i l o s o p h e r s o f the p a s t all l o o k e d r a t h e r like a n a l y t i c p h i l o s o p h e r s , a l b e i t b e f u d d l e d o n e s . B y c o n t r a s t , the p r a c t i t i o n e r s o f the n e w w a v e b r i n g a n a d m i r a b l y w i d e r a n g e o f l e a r n i n g to b e a r on d e t e r m i n i n g what the philosopher himself was saying. T h e results, in m y j u d g m e n t , a r e vastly more interesting s o m e t i m e s s t r a n g e , often p r o v o c a t i v e , f r e q u e n t l y i n s t r u c t i v e . I h a v e c o n s u l t e d all s u c h studies as I c o u l d d i s c o v e r t h a t w e r e r e l e v a n t to the topics I discuss h e r e - t h o u g h it r e m a i n s the c a s e , in m y j u d g m e n t , t h a t the l a t t e r p a r t o f B o o k i v of the Essay is a r e l a t i v e l y n e g l e c t e d p a r t o f L o c k e . N o t n e g l e c t e d , as before; b u t still relatively n e g l e c t e d . I h a v e b e n e f i t e d from m a n y o f those s t u d i e s . W h a t follows, t h o u g h , is not a t y p i c a l s p e c i m e n o f this n e w w a v e of h i s t o r i c a l studies. It differs in at least four respects from t y p i c a l s p e c i m e n s . F i r s t , I p a y r e l a t i v e l y little a t t e n t i o n to m a t t e r s o f i n f l u e n c e a n d d e v e l o p m e n t little a t t e n t i o n to p h i l o s o p h i c a l a n d o t h e r forms of i n t e l l e c t u a l i n f l u e n c e on o r b y L o c k e , a n d little a t t e n t i o n to the d e v e l o p m e n t o f L o c k e ' s o w n t h o u g h t . M y c o n c e r n is to u n d e r s t a n d L o c k e ' s t h o u g h t on the m a t t e r s a t h a n d in its final f o r m . A n d t h o u g h I c l a i m t h a t L o c k e ' s t h o u g h t on these m a t t e r s w a s e x t r a o r d i n a r i l y i n f l u e n t i a l , I don't here defend that c l a i m . 1 2

I y

L e t me refer any reader who might be dubious on the matter to Hans Aarsleff, "Locke's Influence," in V e r e Chappell (ed.), The Cambridge Companion hi Locke (Cambridge, C a m b r i d g e University Press, 1 9 9 4 ) .

Preface

xxi

S e c o n d l y , m y e x p l i c a t i o n o f L o c k e ' s t h o u g h t in its final form is d e f e n d e d a l m o s t e x c l u s i v e l y b y c i t a t i o n s from the texts o f L o c k e in w h i c h t h a t t h o u g h t finds e x p r e s s i o n - those b e i n g , let m e a d d , a r a t h e r w i d e r a n g e o f L o c k e ' s texts, not j u s t the Essay. I h a v e p r o f i t e d from the e n d e a v o r s o f s u c h h i s t o r i a n s as J o h n Y o l t o n a n d M i c h a e l A y e r s to i l l u m i n a t e L o c k e ' s t h o u g h t b y setting h i m w i t h i n the p h i l o s o p h i c a l d e b a t e s a n d t r a d i t i o n s o f his d a y ; b u t I h a v e not m y s e l f tried to a d d to w h a t t h e y a n d o t h e r s h a v e d o n e o n this s c o r e . M a i n l y I h a v e used o t h e r texts o f L o c k e h i m s e l f to i l l u m i n a t e o b s c u r e p a s s a g e s in the L o c k i a n text. T h i r d l y , I d o r a t h e r less t h a n most h i s t o r i a n s b y w a y o f e x p l i c i t l y i n t e r a c t i n g , e i t h e r in a g r e e m e n t o r d i s a g r e e m e n t , w i t h the h i s t o r i a n s w h o h a v e d i s c u s s e d the s a m e topics. F o r e x a m p l e : T h e r e is a w e l l - k n o w n a r t i c l e b y J . A . P a s s m o r e titled " L o c k e a n d the E t h i c s o f B e l i e f " o n L o c k e ' s v i e w s as to the r e l a t i o n o f b e l i e f to the w i l l . I t w i l l b e e v i d e n t to e v e r y o n e w h o r e a d s w h a t P a s s m o r e s a y s on this t o p i c , a n d then w h a t I s a y , t h a t I think P a s s m o r e ' s i n t e r p r e t a t i o n is seriously m i s g u i d e d ; b u t I d o n ' t d e t a i l o u r differences of i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . L a s t l y , m y a t t e m p t t h r o u g h o u t is to get b e y o n d the w o r d s o f L o c k e a n d d o w n to w h a t h e w a s g e t t i n g at. T h e best o f the n e w h i s t o r i a n s d o the s a m e . B u t m y a t t e m p t to d o so takes a f o r m c l o s e r to " r a t i o n a l r e c o n s t r u c t i o n " t h a n is t y p i c a l o f the h i s t o r i a n s . I h a v e n o interest in s u b m i t t i n g L o c k e to w h a t is n o w a d a y s b l a n d l y c a l l e d b y s o m e a s t r o n g r e a d i n g . B u t I d o see L o c k e as a d i a l o g u e p a r t n e r for c o n t e m p o r a r y epistemology; a n d that shapes m y discussion. I t is m y j u d g m e n t t h a t in his l a t e w r i t i n g s , e s p e c i a l l y in the s e c o n d p a r t o f B o o k i v o f his Essay, L o c k e d e v e l o p e d a line o f t h o u g h t o n the g o v e r n a n c e of belief which has played an extraordinarily prominent role in s u b s e q u e n t c u l t u r e a n d w h i c h r e m a i n s f a s c i n a t i n g to this d a y . L o c k e w a s b y n o m e a n s the o n l y o n e t h i n k i n g a l o n g those lines at t h a t time; he w a s , t h o u g h , the m o s t p r o f o u n d a n d i n f l u e n t i a l . I h a v e d o n e m y best to u n d e r s t a n d a n d e x p l i c a t e t h a t line o f t h o u g h t w i t h o u t letting m u c h else g e t in the w a y - o t h e r t h a n c i t a t i o n s from the texts w h i c h e x p r e s s t h a t line o f t h o u g h t . M y q u o t a t i o n s from L o c k e ' s Essay Concerning Human Understanding a r e a l l f r o m the e d i t i o n b y P e t e r N i d d i t c h ( O x f o r d , C l a r e n d o n P r e s s , 1 9 7 5 ) . I h a v e m o d e r n i z e d m o s t of the s p e l l i n g , a n d f o l l o w e d m o d e r n p r a c t i c e s o f c a p i t a l i z a t i o n . T h e e d i t i o n of L o c k e ' s Works t h a t I h a v e used is the twelfth e d i t i o n ( L o n d o n , 1 8 2 4 ) .

C H A P T E R

I

Rationality in everyday life

" W e should not j u d g e of things by men's opinions, but of opinions by things." (Conduct oj the Understanding, § 2 4 ; Works 11, 3 6 3 ) . "God has made the intellectual world harmonious and beautiful without us; but it will never come into our heads all at once; we must bring it home piece-meal, and there set it up by our own industry, or else we shall have nothing but darkness and a chaos within, whatever order and light there be in things without us." (Conduct of the Understanding, § 3 8 ; Works 11, 3 8 5 )

I

T H E

V I S I O N : G U I D E

(a)

L E I ' R E A S O N IN

B E

Y O U R

B E L I E V I N G

Introduction

E a r l y in 1 6 7 1 , J o h n L o c k e h a d a d i s c u s s i o n w i t h s o m e five o r six friends in his a p a r t m e n t a t E x e t e r H o u s e in L o n d o n o n m a t t e r s o f morality and revealed religion.' T h e discussants, says L o c k e , "found t h e m s e l v e s q u i c k l y at a s t a n d b y the difficulties t h a t a r o s e o n e v e r y side. A f t e r w e h a d a w h i l e p u z z l e d o u r s e l v e s , w i t h o u t c o m i n g a n y n e a r e r a r e s o l u t i o n o f those d o u b t s w h i c h p e r p l e x e d us, it c a m e i n t o m y t h o u g h t s t h a t w e took a w r o n g c o u r s e , a n d t h a t before w e set o u r s e l v e s u p o n e n q u i r i e s o f t h a t n a t u r e it w a s n e c e s s a r y to e x a m i n e o u r o w n a b i l i t i e s , a n d see w h a t objects o u r u n d e r s t a n d i n g s w e r e o r w e r e n o t fitted to d e a l w i t h " {Essay, E p i s t l e to the R e a d e r ) . T h i s t h o u g h t , s a y s L o c k e , " w a s t h a t w h i c h g a v e the first rise to this E s s a y c o n c e r n i n g the U n d e r s t a n d i n g " (1,1,7) •

1

See M a u r i c e Cranston, John

Locke.A

Biography I

(London, L o n g m a n , 1 9 5 7 ) , pp. 1 4 0 - 1 .

2

Rationality

in everyday life

L o c k e ' s r e s o l u t i o n w a s a l s o a r e j e c t i o n . H e d i d not p r o p o s e c o n s u l t i n g the t e x t u a l t r a d i t i o n so as to be n o u r i s h e d o n its w i s d o m . Neither did he propose reading S a c r e d Scripture. F o r about a t h o u s a n d y e a r s W e s t e r n i n t e l l e c t u a l s h a d b e e n s c h o o l e d to c o n s u l t the texts b e q u e a t h e d t h e m , w h e n t h e y f o u n d t h e m s e l v e s in q u a n d a r i e s as to w h a t to b e l i e v e o n m a t t e r s of m o r a l i t y a n d r e l i g i o n , a n d m o r e b e s i d e s , so as to e x t r a c t from those texts a n s w e r s to their q u a n d a r i e s . E v e r s i n c e A b e l a r d ' s Sic el Non {Yes and No), e v e r y E u r o p e a n i n t e l l e c t u a l h a d b e e n v i v i d l y a w a r e o f the a p p e a r a n c e o f s i g n i f i c a n t c o n t r a d i c t i o n s in the t e x t u a l t r a d i t i o n . A l m o s t all r e m a i n e d c o n v i n c e d , h o w e v e r , that o n a w i d e r a n g e o f issues, this w a s o n l y a p p e a r a n c e . O f c o u r s e , it w a s r e c o g n i z e d t h a t t h e r e w e r e heresies, e r r o r s , a n d d i s p u t e d q u e s t i o n s ; s o m e , s u c h as the f o l l o w e r s o f the Via Moderna, w e r e m o r e i n c l i n e d t h a n w e r e the T h o m i s t s a n d S c o t i s t s to identify e r r o r s in the t r a d i t i o n . N o n e t h e l e s s , the c o n v i c t i o n r e m a i n e d t h a t if o n e a s s i g n e d the p r o p e r p r i o r i t i e s a m o n g the texts ( w i t h the B i b l e b e i n g p r e e m i n e n t ) , s e l e c t e d the r i g h t senses, used the a p p r o p r i a t e s t r a t e g i e s o f i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , a n d m a d e the r i g h t d i s t i n c t i o n s , a r i c h l y a r t i c u l a t e d b o d y o f t r u t h w o u l d c o m e to l i g h t . S t . P a u l a n d V i r g i l , A r i s t o t l e a n d A u g u s t i n e , w o u l d all b e seen to fit t o g e t h e r . W h e r e o n c e the texts h a d a p p e a r e d c o n t r a d i c t o r y , n o w t h e y w o u l d be seen as g e t t i n g at d i f f e r e n t facets o f the c o m p l e x t r u t h . M a n y m e d i e v a l s a l s o h e l d that a d i a l e c t i c a l a p p r o p r i a t i o n o f this t r a d i t i o n w a s the best p r e p a r a t i o n for e n g a g i n g in t h a t h i g h e s t o f i n t e l l e c t u a l a c t i v i t i e s , the p r a c t i c e o f scienlia. In the s i x t e e n t h c e n t u r y , this v i e w o f the t e x t u a l t r a d i t i o n w a s b a t t e r e d from a l l sides; as a c o n s e q u e n c e , b y L o c k e ' s t i m e a n d in L o c k e ' s s i t u a t i o n , the l a t t e r h a l f o f the s e v e n t e e n t h c e n t u r y in E n g l a n d a n d the N e t h e r l a n d s , n o o n e w a s a n y l o n g e r e s p o u s i n g it. N o b o d y s u p p o s e d t h a t P r o t e s t a n t s in their v a r i o u s sects w e r e all g e t t i n g a t d i f f e r e n t a s p e c t s o f o n e c o m p l e x t r u t h , let a l o n e t h a t P r o t e s t a n t s a n d C a t h o l i c s t o g e t h e r w e r e d o i n g so. A n d e v e n the v i e w t h a t the pre-Reformation Christian tradition p r e s e n t e d a u n i f i e d b o d y o f truth h a d fewer and fewer defenders. W h a t w a s h a n d e d d o w n w a s f r a c t u r e d a n d seen as s u c h . H e r e is L o c k e : since traditions vary so much the world over and men's opinions are so obviously opposed to one another and mutually destructive, and that not only among different nations but in one and the same state - for each single opinion w e learn from others becomes a tradition — and finally since everybody contends so fiercely for his own opinion and demands that he be

The

Vision: Let Reason be Your Guide in Believing

3

believed, it would plainly be impossible - supposing tradition alone lays down the ground of our duty - to find out w h a t that tradition is, or to pick out truth from among such a variety, because no ground can be assigned why one man of the old generation, rather than another maintaining quite the opposite, should be credited with the authority of tradition or be more worthy of trust; except it be that reason discovers a difference in the things themselves that are transmitted, and embraces one opinion while rejecting another, just because it detects more evidence recognizable by the light of nature for the one than for the other. Such a procedure, surely, is not the same as to believe in tradition, but is an attempt to form a considered opinion about things themselves; and this brings all the authority of tradition to naught. 2

T h u s a c h a s m , w r o u g h t b y the r e v o l u t i o n a r y d e v e l o p m e n t s o f the s i x t e e n t h c e n t u r y , y a w n s b e t w e e n L o c k e a n d the m e d i e v a l s in their a t t i t u d e t o w a r d the t e x t u a l t r a d i t i o n . L o c k e w a s m o d e r n , a l i e n a t e d f r o m t h a t t r a d i t i o n . H e d i d his p h i l o s o p h i z i n g , a n d p e r c e i v e d h i m s e l f as d o i n g his p h i l o s o p h i z i n g , in a s i t u a t i o n o f c u l t u r a l crisis, a crisis i n d u c e d b y the w i d e s p r e a d c o n s e n s u s t h a t the E u r o p e a n m o r a l a n d r e l i g i o u s t r a d i t i o n w a s f r a c t u r e d a n d that n e w " f o u n d a t i o n s " for k n o w l e d g e a n d b e l i e f h a d to be d i s c o v e r e d . T h e w i s d o m o f a ( s u p p o s e d l y ) unified t r a d i t i o n c o u l d n o l o n g e r b e c o n s u l t e d to r e s o l v e o n e ' s q u a n d a r i e s . I n e s c a p a b l y t h e r e w a s o n the c u l t u r a l a g e n d a the q u e s t i o n , " H o w d o w e g o a b o u t d e c i d i n g w h a t to b e l i e v e ? " " H o w d o w e c o n d u c t o u r u n d e r s t a n d i n g s ? " T h a t is o n e o f the f u n d a m e n t a l q u e s t i o n s to w h i c h L o c k e a d d r e s s e d h i m s e l f in his e p i s t e m o l o g y . L o c k e w a s not a n a c a d e m i c a d d r e s s i n g a c a d e m i c s o n p u r e l y a c a d e m i c topics b u t a n i n t e l l e c t u a l a d d r e s s i n g i n t e l l e c t u a l s in a s i t u a t i o n w h e r e t h e y c o u l d n o l o n g e r s a y : L e t the w i s d o m o f the u n i f i e d t r a d i t i o n b e y o u r g u i d e . L e t Reason b e y o u r g u i d e , s a i d L o c k e ; in e v e r y t h i n g , b e guided by Reason. 3

It m u s t b e a d d e d t h a t in the Essay L o c k e r e p e a t e d l y e x p r e s s e s the c o n v i c t i o n t h a t all t r a d i t i o n s u p to his t i m e , unified or not, a r e i n f e c t e d w i t h a d i s e a s e w h i c h m a k e s t h e m i n c a p a b l e o f s e r v i n g as s a t i s f a c t o r y g u i d e s . S e l e c t i n g some particular tradition is n o t the s o l u t i o n to the crisis ' Essays on the Law of Nature, ed. W . von Lcyden (Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1 9 5 8 ) , pp. 1 2 9 - 3 1 . T h e writer w h o has most clearly seen the social and political intentions of Locke in his Essay is Neal W o o d in 'I he Politics of Locke's Philosophy (Berkeley, University of California Press, 1 9 8 3 ) . W o o d remarks that " F a r from being an arcane manual for a restricted audience of academicians and experts, the Essay was intended for ordinary educated readers of common sense: peers, landed gentry, merchants, manufacturers, administrators, physicians, lawyers, clerics, men of letters. T h e Essay was conceived primarily to aid them in their everyday lives, to guide them in the great practical concerns of religion, morality, politics, and law, and in normal intercourse" (p. 2 ) . T h a t is exactly correct! 5

4

Rationality

in everyday

life

c a u s e d b y the f r a c t u r i n g o f the t r a d i t i o n . T h a t f r a c t u r i n g is n o t itself the d i s e a s e , b u t a s y m p t o m . T h e d i s e a s e is t h a t p e o p l e h a v e n o t c o n d u c t e d their u n d e r s t a n d i n g s p r o p e r l y ; as a c o n s e q u e n c e , a l l traditions are repositories m o r e of error than of w i s d o m . T h a t " b y w h i c h m e n m o s t c o m m o n l y r e g u l a t e t h e i r assent, a n d u p o n w h i c h t h e y p i n their faith m o r e t h a n a n y t h i n g else . . . is, the opinion of others; t h o u g h t h e r e c a n n o t b e a m o r e d a n g e r o u s t h i n g to r e l y o n , n o r m o r e likely to m i s l e a d o n e ; s i n c e t h e r e is m u c h m o r e f a l s e h o o d a n d e r r o u r a m o n g s t m e n , t h a n t r u t h a n d k n o w l e d g e . A n d if the o p i n i o n s a n d p e r s u a s i o n s o f o t h e r s , w h o m w e k n o w a n d t h i n k w e l l of, b e a g r o u n d of assent, m e n h a v e r e a s o n to b e h e a t h e n s in J a p a n , M a h u m e t a n s in T u r k e y , P a p i s t s in S p a i n , P r o t e s t a n t s in E n g l a n d , a n d L u t h e r a n s in S w e d e n " (iv,xv,6). 4

W e c a n specify m o r e p r e c i s e l y the crisis w h i c h L o c k e a d d r e s s e d . I t w a s not m e r e l y t h a t the g r a n d t e x t u a l t r a d i t i o n w a s n o l o n g e r p e r c e i v e d as p r e s e n t i n g a unified b o d y o f w i s d o m on m o r a l a n d r e l i g i o u s m a t t e r s . I n their s i t u a t i o n o f f r a c t u r e d t r a d i t i o n , p e o p l e w e r e b e i n g s c h o o l e d i n t o b e c o m i n g u n r e f l e c t i v e p a r t i s a n s of their own parly and of its particular tradition. T h e y w e r e b e i n g s c h o o l e d i n t o u n c r i t i c a l a c c e p t a n c e o n s a y s o o f the d e l i v e r a n c e s o f the l e a d e r s o f their o w n f a c t i o n . T r a d i t i o n s h a d r e p l a c e d t r a d i t i o n ; the r e l i g i o u s w a r s w e r e a c o n s e q u e n c e : " i f a n y o n e s h o u l d a little c a t e c h i z e the g r e a t e s t p a r t o f the p a r t i s a n s o f m o s t o f the sects in the w o r l d , h e w o u l d not find, c o n c e r n i n g those m a t t e r s t h e y a r e so z e a l o u s for, t h a t they h a v e a n y o p i n i o n s o f their o w n : m u c h less w o u l d he h a v e r e a s o n to think, t h a t t h e y t o o k t h e m u p o n the e x a m i n a t i o n o f a r g u m e n t s , a n d a p p e a r a n c e o f p r o b a b i l i t y . T h e y a r e r e s o l v e d to stick to a p a r t y , t h a t e d u c a t i o n o r interest h a s e n g a g e d t h e m in; a n d there, like the c o m m o n soldiers of a n a r m y , s h o w t h e i r c o u r a g e a n d w a r m t h , as t h e i r l e a d e r s d i r e c t , w i t h o u t e v e r e x a m i n i n g , o r so m u c h as k n o w i n g the cause they contend f o r " ( I V , X X , I 8 ) . L o c k e d i d n o t v i e w the e x i s t e n c e o f these s c h o o l e d p r a c t i c e s as i n a d v e r t e n t . I f w e d i g b e n e a t h the p r a c t i c e s so as to u n c o v e r the 4

In thus interpreting Locke as responding to a crisis, I agree with J a m e s Tully, "Governing C o n d u c t , " in E d m u n d Lcites (ed.), Conscience and Casuistry in Early Modern Europe ( C a m b r i d g e , C a m b r i d g e University Press, 1 9 8 8 ) . T h e crisis to which Leites points was social as well as cultural; he calls the whole a "legitimation crisis." I entirely agree that in the totality of his work Locke was responding to a social, as well as to a cultural, crisis. I furthermore agree that the cultural crisis to which he was responding contributed to the social crisis; there was indeed a "legitimation crisis." But in my discussion I shall be focusing my attention almost entirely on Locke's response to the great cultural crisis threatening his society, that of intense partisanship in a situation of fractured tradition.

The Vision:

Let Reason be Your Guide in

Believing

5

m o t i v e s o f those w h o u r g e a n d i n c u l c a t e t h e m , w e r e g u l a r l y d i s c o v e r t h a t the p r a c t i c e s a r e i n s t r u m e n t s o f p o w e r : it was of no small a d v a n t a g e to those w h o affected to be masters and teachers, to make this the principle of principles, that principles must not be questioned: For having once established this tenet, that there are innate principles, it put their followers upon a necessity of receiving some doctrines as such; which was to take them off from the use of their own reason and j u d g m e n t , and put them upon believing and taking them upon trust, without farther examination: In which posture of blind credulity, they might be more easily governed by, and m a d e useful to some sort of men, w h o had the skill and office to principle and guide them. N o r is it a small power it gives one man over another, to have the authority to be the dictator of principles, and teacher of unquestionable truths; and to make a man swallow that for an innate principle, which m a y serve to his purpose, w h o teacheth them. (i,iv,24; f,22—7; and Conduct, § 4 1 ; Works 11,389) c

W e m u s t look to h i s t o r i a n s for a d e t a i l e d a c c o u n t o f w h y E u r o p e a n h u m a n i t y in the s i x t e e n t h c e n t u r y c a m e to see its t e x t u a l t r a d i t i o n as a l w a y s h a v i n g b e e n f r a c t u r e d a n d w h y the f r a c t u r i n g b e c a m e r a m p a n t . B u t a few b r i e f o b s e r v a t i o n s m a y be in o r d e r . T h e increasing contact of E u r o p e a n s with n o n - E u r o p e a n s certainly p l a y e d a r o l e in l o o s e n i n g the g r i p o f t h e i r o w n t r a d i t i o n on E u r o p e a n s a n d in s u g g e s t i n g a l t e r n a t i v e w a y s o f t h i n k i n g , as o n e c a n see from the w r i t i n g s o f M o n t a i g n e . B u t it d i d n ' t , as s u c h , l e a d E u r o p e a n s to see their o w n t r a d i t i o n as a l w a y s h a v i n g b e e n r i d d l e d w i t h inconsistencies. A n d for those c o n t a c t s to p l a y e v e n the r o l e t h a t they p l a y e d in M o n t a i g n e , a fundamental c h a n g e of attitude t o w a r d T h e O t h e r was required. T h e r e h a d a l w a y s been contacts with other peoples, though few, i n d e e d , c o m p a r e d w i t h the n u m b e r n o w o c c u r r i n g ; b u t s e l d o m w e r e these c o n t a c t s e x p e r i e n c e d as u n s e t t l i n g . T h e " o t h e r s " w h o m the E u r o p e a n s m e t w e r e r e g a r d e d as p a g a n s o r infidels a n d their traditions a c c o r d i n g l y rejected as inferior - c o m p a t i b l e at certain points w i t h the E u r o p e a n t r a d i t i o n , b u t o t h e r w i s e , m i s g u i d e d . S e l d o m d i d t r a v e l e r s r e t u r n h o m e l o o s e n e d from t h e i r o w n r e l i g i o u s and moral convictions. I t w a s p r i n c i p a l l y i n t e r n a l f a c t o r s w h i c h c a u s e d the p e r c e p t i o n o f d i s u n i t y ; l i k e w i s e , it w a s p r i n c i p a l l y i n t e r n a l factors w h i c h c a u s e d the i n c r e a s i n g f r a g m e n t a t i o n . A t the v e r y h e a r t o f m e d i e v a l E u r o p e a n i n t e l l e c t u a l life w e r e the C h r i s t i a n S c r i p t u r e s , a l o n g w i t h the t r a d i t i o n o f c o u n c i l s , p o p e s , a n d c h u r c h F a t h e r s . I t w a s the p e r c e p t i o n of that core of the tradition as c o n t r a d i c t o r y t h a t w a s p r i n c i p a l l y r e s p o n s i b l e for

6

Rationality

in everyday

life

the crisis in the m i n d s a n d h e a r t s o f E u r o p e a n s , this p e r c e p t i o n itself l e a d i n g to f u r t h e r a n d o b v i o u s f r a c t u r i n g . I n t u r n , it w a s e s p e c i a l l y L u t h e r ' s r e b e l l i o n a g a i n s t the m a g i s t e r i u m t h a t c a u s e d this n e w p e r c e p t i o n a n d f r a c t u r i n g . L u t h e r s u c c e e d e d in p e r s u a d i n g a g r e a t m a n y E u r o p e a n s t h a t the t r a d i t i o n o f the c o u n c i l s , p o p e s , a n d F a t h e r s w a s filled w i t h fault lines. I n i t i a l l y L u t h e r d e f e n d e d his t h e o l o g i c a l c o n v i c t i o n s from w i t h i n the t r a d i t i o n b y o f f e r i n g a n e w i n t e r p r e t a t i o n o f S c r i p t u r e a n d t r a d i t i o n . T h o s e w h o first a n s w e r e d h i m a l s o d i d so in the t r a d i t i o n a l w a y ; t h e y c o n t e s t e d his i n t e r p r e t a t i o n b y c i t i n g o t h e r F a t h e r s a n d o t h e r p a s s a g e s from S c r i p t u r e a n d d i a l e c t i c a l l y w e a v i n g a different i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . T h o u g h L u t h e r ' s a t t a c k o n the s t a n d a r d i n t e r p r e t a t i o n o f S c r i p t u r e a n d t r a d i t i o n w a s a i m e d at a v e r y d e e p p o i n t , he m i g h t n o n e t h e l e s s e v e n t u a l l y h a v e w o n this e x e g e t i c a l d e b a t e , a t least if the d e b a t e h a d b e e n p u r e l y i n t e l l e c t u a l . O f c o u r s e it w a s not; L u t h e r w a s a t t a c k i n g the p o w e r s . B u t in a n y c a s e , r a t h e r t h a n c o n t i n u i n g the d e b a t e in the t r a d i t i o n a l f a s h i o n , L u t h e r b r o k e t h i n g s w i d e o p e n in his r e j o i n d e r : H e a s s e r t e d t h a t the m a g i s t e r i a l t r a d i t i o n w a s in fact contradictory, n o t j u s t a p p a r e n t l y so; a n d t h a t m a n y o f its r e a l contradictions were not trivial but fundamental. T h e tradition w a s filled w i t h f u n d a m e n t a l f a l s e h o o d . I t w a s , a c c o r d i n g l y , m e r e l y h u m a n ; w e o u g h t to r e n o u n c e o u r d e p e n d e n c e o n it a n d r e t u r n to God's b o o k the B i b l e . P r o b a b l y the n e w r e a d i n g h a b i t s c u l t i v a t e d b y the h u m a n i s t s , h a b i t s a n d a t t i t u d e s w h i c h b r o k e w i t h the p r a c t i c e s o f e x e g e s i s , d i s t i n c t i o n , i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , a n d so o n w h i c h h a d b e e n d e v e l o p e d b y the m e d i e v a l s for e x t r a c t i n g unified t r u t h from d i s p a r a t e texts, h e l p e d to m a k e L u t h e r ' s c l a i m p e r s u a s i v e . 5

W e m u s t r e c a l l t h a t the t r a d i t i o n a l u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f the t e x t u a l t r a d i t i o n itself i n v i t e d L u t h e r ' s c a l l to r e t u r n to the B i b l e ; for the t r a d i t i o n o f c o u n c i l s , p o p e s , a n d F a t h e r s w a s officially a h e r m e n e u t i c o f the B i b l e . T h u s the C a t h o l i c r e s p o n s e to L u t h e r ' s m o v e w a s not t h a t it w a s w r o n g to g o b a c k to the B i b l e , b u t t h a t it w a s useless to d o so unless o n e a l s o h a d a v a i l a b l e a n a u t h o r i t a t i v e i n t e r p r e t a t i o n o f the B i b l e . A n d so it w a s t h a t t h e r e a r o s e the b i t t e r d e b a t e b e t w e e n C a t h o l i c s a n d P r o t e s t a n t s o v e r the s o - c a l l e d " r u l e o f f a i t h " : Is the B i b l e a l o n e to b e o u r a u t h o r i t y , o r is the B i b l e as a u t h o r i t a t i v e l y i n t e r p r e t e d b y the c h u r c h to b e that? L u t h e r was b r a n d e d a heretic. M a n y people before him h a d been 5

See R i c h a r d Popkin, The History of Scepticism from Erasmus to Spinoza (Berkeley, University of California Press, 1 9 7 9 ) , chap. 1 .

The Vision: Let Reason be Your Guide in

Believing

7

b r a n d e d h e r e t i c s . W h a t m a d e L u t h e r ' s h e r e s y different w a s t h a t h e h a d p o w e r f u l p o l i t i c a l s u p p o r t a t the r i g h t times, a n d t h a t the d e f e n d e r s o f the t r a d i t i o n w e r e w i d e l y p e r c e i v e d as c o r r u p t . B u t t h o u g h it w a s the e m e r g e n c e o f P r o t e s t a n t i s m , i n c i t e d b y L u t h e r ' s r e b e l l i o n , t h a t w a s m a i n l y r e s p o n s i b l e for l e a d i n g E u r o p e a n s to c o n c l u d e t h a t t h e i r t e x t u a l t r a d i t i o n h a d n e v e r c o n t a i n e d a u n i f i e d b o d y o f m o r a l a n d r e l i g i o u s t h o u g h t , t h e r e w e r e o t h e r m o v e m e n t s as w e l l w h i c h c o n t r i b u t e d s i g n i f i c a n t l y to the i n c r e a s i n g f r a g m e n t a t i o n in a d d i t i o n , t h a t is, to the t e n d e n c y , a l r e a d y n o t e d , to see m o r e w o r t h in the t h o u g h t a n d p r a c t i c e s o f o t h e r p e o p l e s t h a n h a d b e e n t y p i c a l o f the E u r o p e a n s . T h e r e w a s , for o n e t h i n g , the i n c r e a s i n g dissatisfaction with Aristotelian n a t u r a l philosophy a n d science, a n d the e m e r g e n c e o f n e w m e t h o d s a n d n e w s c i e n c e in the h a n d s o f - to m e n t i o n o n l y a few m a j o r figures - G a l i l e o , B a c o n , a n d D e s c a r t e s . A n d t h e r e w a s the r e c o v e r y a n d p u b l i c a t i o n , a t the h a n d s o f the h u m a n i s t s , of m a n y lost a n d f o r g o t t e n texts from a n t i q u i t y , w i t h the c o n s e q u e n c e that P l a t o n i s m , E p i c u r e a n i s m , s k e p t i c i s m , a n d S t o i c i s m all b e g a n to m a k e their p r e s e n c e felt o n the i n t e l l e c t u a l s c e n e . T h e c o n s e q u e n c e o f all these d e v e l o p m e n t s t o g e t h e r w a s t h a t b y the m i d d l e o f the s e v e n t e e n t h c e n t u r y t h e r e w a s a v a i l a b l e to the E u r o p e a n i n t e l l e c t u a l a w i d e v a r i e t y o f m o r e o r less i n t e r n a l l y coherent, but mutually incompatible, modes of thought. S o m e , such as the n e w m e c h a n i s t i c a n d m a t h e m a t i c a l sciences, w e r e in a s c e n d e n c y , o t h e r s w e r e in d e c l i n e ; a n d f l a s h p o i n t s o f tension l e a p e d a b o u t from p l a c e to p l a c e . T h e E n g l a n d of Locke's d a y was a special case. In some parts of E u r o p e , the N e t h e r l a n d s in p a r t i c u l a r , a s o c i a l modus vivendi h a d e m e r g e d b y the e a r l y p a r t o f the s e v e n t e e n t h c e n t u r y a m o n g p a r t i e s a d h e r i n g to different f r a m e w o r k s o f c o n v i c t i o n . N o t so in E n g l a n d . H e r e the r e l i g i o u s a n t a g o n i s m s e r u p t e d i n t o c i v i l w a r . A f t e r a p e r i o d o f i n t e n s e hostility b e t w e e n P r o t e s t a n t s a n d C a t h o l i c s , a v a r i e t y o f P r o t e s t a n t sects b e g a n to d o b a t t l e n o t o n l y w i t h the e s t a b l i s h e d C h u r c h o f E n g l a n d b u t w i t h e a c h o t h e r - s o m e , t h o u g h not a l l , o f these sects e x e m p l i f y i n g the " e n t h u s i a s m " w h i c h L o c k e a n d his L a t i t u d i n a r i a n friends f o u n d so a l a r m i n g . I n the b a c k g r o u n d o f L o c k e ' s e p i s t e m o l o g y w a s the g e n e r a l E u r o p e a n crisis to w h i c h I h a v e p o i n t e d ; in the f o r e g r o u n d w a s the specific, i n t e n s e l y a n t a g o n i s t i c , form w h i c h t h a t crisis w a s t a k i n g in E n g l i s h c u l t u r e a n d s o c i e t y in Locke's day. T o this f r a g m e n t a t i o n L o c k e ' s a t t i t u d e w a s , in o n e w a y , e m i n e n t l y

8

Rationality

in everyday

life

" P r o t e s t a n t " : W e m u s t not f o l l o w the C a t h o l i c s t r a t e g y o f t r y i n g to r e c o v e r the a u t h o r i t a t i v e p o s i t i o n o f o n e t r a d i t i o n a n d o f o n e i n t e r p r e t a t i o n o f t h a t t r a d i t i o n , b u t m u s t a p p e a l to s o m e t h i n g o u t s i d e all t r a d i t i o n . F o r L o c k e , h o w e v e r , t h a t " s o m e t h i n g " w a s n o t the W o r d o f G o d , b u t R e a s o n , c o u p l e d w i t h i n s i g h t in g e n e r a l - a n d the B i b l e w h e n , b u t o n l y w h e n , R e a s o n s u p p o r t s it; for R e a s o n a n d i n s i g h t t a k e us to the t h i n g s t h e m s e l v e s . L o c k e r e g a r d e d the newn a t u r a l p h i l o s o p h y c o m i n g to b i r t h in his d a y as a c o n c r e t e p a r a d i g m of h o w w e should c o n d u c t o u r understandings; there one s a w , a l r e a d y in p l a c e , the p r a c t i c e w h i c h b o r e the p r o m i s e o f r e s o l v i n g o u r a n x i e t y . B u t before w e c o n s t r u c t , w e m u s t e n g a g e in c r i t i q u e , so as to d i s c o v e r h o w m u c h o f a " f i t " t h e r e is b e t w e e n o u r a b i l i t i e s a n d the things t h e m s e l v e s . O t h e r w i s e h u m a n b e i n g s , " e x t e n d i n g their e n q u i r i e s b e y o n d their c a p a c i t i e s , a n d letting their t h o u g h t s w a n d e r i n t o those d e p t h s , w h e r e t h e y c a n find n o s u r e footing; 'tis n o w o n d e r , t h a t t h e y r a i s e q u e s t i o n s , a n d m u l t i p l y d i s p u t e s , w h i c h n e v e r c o m i n g to a n y c l e a r r e s o l u t i o n , a r e p r o p e r o n l y to c o n t i n u e a n d i n c r e a s e their d o u b t s , a n d to c o n f i r m t h e m in a b s o l u t e s c e p t i c i s m " (i,i,7). S k e p t i c i s m as to the p o s s i b i l i t y o f g e t t i n g to the t h i n g s t h e m s e l v e s s e e m s not to h a v e c a u s e d L o c k e a n y p e r s o n a l a n x i e t y . N o n e t h e l e s s , the e x i s t e n c e o f s k e p t i c i s m as a c u l t u r a l m o v e m e n t p l a y e d a n i m p o r t a n t role in the s h a p i n g o f his s t r a t e g y : N o l o n g e r c a n w e s i m p l y a s s u m e a n i c e fit b e t w e e n r e a l i t y a n d o u r c a p a c i t i e s for d i s c o v e r i n g r e a l i t y . W e m u s t s t a n d b a c k a n d ask whether there is s u c h a fit. S k e p t i c i s m e n c o u r a g e d L o c k e to p l a c e the self o n c e n t e r s t a g e ; t h a t is the s i g n i f i c a n c e o f the r e s o l u t i o n he took w h e n the d i s c u s s i o n w i t h his friends c a m e to a s t a n d s t i l l . T h o u g h h e u r g e d t h a t w e c o n d u c t o u r u n d e r s t a n d i n g s so as to get to the t h i n g s t h e m s e l v e s , his o w n talk w a s m o r e o f us t h a n o f the t h i n g s . 6

L o c k e ' s Essay Concerning Human Understanding w a s , for o n e t h i n g , a n e n q u i r y into h u m a n k n o w l e d g e i n t o its c e r t a i n t y , g r o u n d s , a n d e x t e n t , a n d i n t o the o r i g i n o f the i d e a s w h i c h (on L o c k e ' s v i e w ) m a k e u p o u r k n o w l e d g e . A s to the s c o p e o f o u r k n o w l e d g e , L o c k e ' s c o n c l u s i o n w a s t h a t , c o m p a r e d to " t h e v a s t e x t e n t o f t h i n g s " ( i , i , 5 ) , o u r k n o w l e d g e is, a n d m u s t f o r e v e r r e m a i n , " v e r y s h o r t a n d scanty" (iv,xiv, i ) . 6

As already mentioned, skepticism also played a role in bringing about that cultural anxiety which Locke addressed. A full account of the contribution of the resurgence of skepticism to that anxiety, under the stimulus of the recovery of the ancient skeptical writings, would trace the interaction between "the problem of the criterion" posed by the skeptics, and the disputes by religious parties over "the rule of faith." (See Popkin, ibid.)

The

Vision: Let Reason be Your Guide in

Believing

9

L o c k e r e a l i z e d t h a t c o m p l a i n t a n d l a m e n t o v e r the a b s u r d i t y of o u r fate w o u l d b e seen b y m a n y as the a p p r o p r i a t e r e s p o n s e to this m e a s u r e d s k e p t i c i s m c o n c e r n i n g the s c o p e o f k n o w l e d g e . H i s o w n r e a c t i o n w a s d i f f e r e n t . Contentment is the a p p r o p r i a t e r e s p o n s e : " t o sit d o w n in a q u i e t i g n o r a n c e o f those things, w h i c h , u p o n e x a m i n a t i o n , a r e f o u n d to b e b e y o n d r e a c h o f o u r c a p a c i t i e s , " to " l e a r n to c o n t e n t o u r s e l v e s w i t h w h a t is a t t a i n a b l e b y us in this s t a t e " (i,i,4). P a r t o f the r a t i o n a l e for s u c h c o n t e n t m e n t is t h a t d i s c o n t e n t w i t h n o t d o i n g w h a t o n e k n o w s o n e c a n n o t d o m a k e s n o sense. C l o s e s c r u t i n y o f the c o n t o u r s o f o u r k n o w l e d g e u n c o v e r s , h o w e v e r , a m o r e specific r a t i o n a l e for c o n t e n t m e n t : O u r k n o w l e d g e is a d e q u a t e for o u r fundamental moral a n d religious concerns. G o d our M a k e r has p l a c e d w i t h i n the s c o p e o f the k n o w l e d g e o f h u m a n b e i n g s " t h e k n o w l e d g e o f t h e i r M a k e r , a n d the s i g h t o f t h e i r o w n d u t i e s " ( 1 , 1 , 5 ) . C o n t e n t m e n t w i t h the a d e q u a c y of o u r k n o w l e d g e is thus a p p r o p r i a t e l y a c c o m p a n i e d b y g r a t i t u d e to o u r M a k e r : w e " h a v e c a u s e e n o u g h to m a g n i f y the b o u n t i f u l a u t h o r o f o u r b e i n g , for t h a t p o r t i o n a n d (1,1,5) • 1 ° s h o r t , d e g r e e o f k n o w l e d g e h e h a s b e s t o w e d o n us . . We shall not have much reason to complain of the narrowness of our minds, if we will but employ them about what m a y be of use to us; for of that they are very capable: A n d it will be unpardonable, as well as childish peevishness, if we undervalue the advantages of our knowledge, and neglect to improve it to the ends for which it was given us, because there are some things that are set out of the reach of it . . . If w e will disbelieve everything, because w e cannot certainly know all things; w e shall do much-what as wisely as he, w h o would not use his legs, but sit still and perish, because he had no wings to fly . . . ' T i s of great use to the sailor to know the length of his line, though he cannot with it fathom all the depths of the ocean. ' T i s well he knows, that it is long enough to reach the bottom, at such places, as are necessary to direct his voyage, and caution him against running upon shoals, that m a y ruin him. O u r business here is not to know all things, but those which concern our conduct. (1,1,5-6) R e c o m m e n d i n g g r a t e f u l c o n t e n t m e n t w i t h o u r l i m i t s , o n the g r o u n d t h a t o u r k n o w l e d g e is sufficient for o u r n e e d s , w a s not, h o w e v e r , L o c k e ' s o n l y r e s p o n s e to w h a t h e s a w as the l i m i t e d s c o p e o f h u m a n k n o w l e d g e . H e r e c o m m e n d e d c o n t e n t m e n t as w e l l b e c a u s e , w h e r e k n o w l e d g e is a b s e n t , G o d h a s g r a c i o u s l y m a d e o p i n i o n (belief, assent, j u d g m e n t ) a v a i l a b l e . O p i n i o n is r i d d l e d w i t h e r r o r , h o w e v e r . S o w h e n it c o m e s to o p i n i o n , w h a t is o f p r i m e i m p o r t a n c e is t h a t w e l e a r n to c o n d u c t o u r u n d e r s t a n d i n g rightly. A c c o r d i n g l y , L o c k e s a y s t h a t after d i s c u s s i n g

10

Rationality

in everyday

life

the o r i g i n o f i d e a s , the n a t u r e of k n o w l e d g e , a n d " t h e b o u n d s b e t w e e n o p i n i o n a n d k n o w l e d g e , " h e will " e x a m i n e b y w h a t m e a s u r e s , in t h i n g s w h e r e o f w e h a v e n o c e r t a i n k n o w l e d g e , w e o u g h t to r e g u l a t e o u r assent, a n d m o d e r a t e o u r p e r s u a s i o n s " (1,1,3) • " I f w e c a n find o u t those m e a s u r e s , w h e r e b y a r a t i o n a l c r e a t u r e p u t in t h a t state, w h i c h m a n is in, in this w o r l d , m a y , a n d o u g h t to g o v e r n his o p i n i o n s , a n d a c t i o n s d e p e n d i n g t h e r e o n , w e n e e d n o t be t r o u b l e d , t h a t s o m e o t h e r t h i n g s e s c a p e o u r k n o w l e d g e " (i,i,6). T h e focus of o u r a t t e n t i o n in w h a t f o l l o w s will b e o n L o c k e ' s d i s c u s s i o n c o n c e r n i n g the g o v e r n a n c e o f o p i n i o n in B o o k iv o f the Essay, a n d in his Conduct of the Understanding, o r i g i n a l l y i n t e n d e d as p a r t o f the Essay; it is in these that L o c k e m o r e fully a r t i c u l a t e s a n d d e f e n d s the thesis t h a t w e m u s t t a k e R e a s o n as o u r g u i d e . M o r e o v e r , as s h o u l d b e c l e a r from the f o r e g o i n g , w e a r e f o l l o w i n g L o c k e ' s o w n e s t i m a t e of i m p o r t a n c e in e m p h a s i z i n g this p a r t o f the Essay. L o c k e w a s m o t i v a t e d to w r i t e the Essay for the s a k e o f his d i s c u s s i o n in B o o k iv o f the n a t u r e a n d s c o p e o f k n o w l e d g e a n d the g o v e r n a n c e o f o p i n i o n . A n d g i v e n his firm c o n v i c t i o n t h a t in m o s t affairs o f life w e m u s t b e c o n t e n t w i t h o p i n i o n , k n o w l e d g e b e i n g b e y o n d us, his o w n v i e w w a s c l e a r l y t h a t , w i t h i n B o o k iv, it is the s e c o n d p a r t (from c h a p t e r x v i o n w a r d s ) t h a t is o f g r e a t e s t i m p o r t a n c e . A s w e s h a l l see, e m p h a s i z i n g B o o k iv o f the Essay ( a l o n g w i t h its c o m p a n i o n Conduct of the Understanding) y i e l d s a r a t h e r different p i c t u r e o f L o c k e ' s t h o u g h t from that y i e l d e d b y the traditional school-book p r a c t i c e o f e m p h a s i z i n g B o o k it o f the Essay. T h e u n d e n i a b l e e m p i r i c i s t s t r a n d s in his t h o u g h t will be seen to be b a l a n c e d , if not o u t w e i g h e d , b y the rationalist strands. I n c i d e n t a l c o m m e n t s a l o n g the w a y in the Essay, plus the fact t h a t in the Essay the o n l y s u s t a i n e d a p p l i c a t i o n L o c k e m a d e o f his g e n e r a l p r o p o s a l for the g o v e r n a n c e o f b e l i e f w a s to m a t t e r s o f r e v e a l e d r e l i g i o n , m a k e c l e a r t h a t the o r i g i n a t i n g i m p u l s e o f the Essay in a stalemated discussion on matters of morality a n d revealed religion c o n t i n u e d to sustain a n d d i r e c t L o c k e ' s reflections. I t is not a c c i d e n t a l , t h e n , t h a t L o c k e ' s best b r i e f a c c o u n t o f his c o n v i c t i o n t h a t w e m u s t t a k e R e a s o n as o u r g u i d e in the g o v e r n a n c e o f o u r b e l i e f - f o r m i n g faculties s h o u l d o c c u r in the c o n t e x t o f his d i s c u s s i o n o f faith a n d R e a s o n . L o c k e o b s e r v e s t h a t , in o r d i n a r y p a r l a n c e , faith a n d R e a s o n a r e t r e a t e d as " o p p o s e d . " I n r e a l i t y t h e y a r e n o t o p p o s e d . F o r 7

7

See Richard Ashcraft, "Faith and Knowledge in Locke's Philosophy," in J o h n W . Yolton (ed.), John Locke: Problems and Perspectives (Cambridge, C a m b r i d g e University Press, 1 9 6 9 ) .

The Vision: Let Reason be Your Guide in

Believing

Faith is nothing but a firm assent of the mind: which if it be regulated, as is our duty, cannot be afforded to anything, but upon good reason; and so cannot be opposite to it. H e that believes, without having any reason for believing, m a y be in love with his own fancies; but neither seeks truth as he ought, nor pays the obedience due his maker, who would have him use those discerning faculties he has given him, to keep him out of mistake and errour. H e that does not this to the best of his power, however he sometimes lights on truth, is in the right but by chance; and I know not whether the luckiness of the accident will excuse the irregularity of his proceeding. T h i s at least is certain, that he must be accountable for whatever mistakes he runs into: whereas he that makes use of the light and faculties G o d has given him, and seeks sincerely to discover truth, by those helps and abilities he has, m a y have this satisfaction in doing his duty as a rational creature, that though he should miss truth, he will not miss the reward of it. F o r he governs his assent right, and places it as he should, who in any case or matter whatsoever, believes or disbelieves, according as reason directs him. H e that does otherwise, transgresses against his own light, and misuses those faculties, which were given him to no other end, but to search and follow the clearer evidence, and greater probability. (iv,xvii,24) H e r e is the p i c t u r e : G o d h a s e n d o w e d us w i t h v a r i o u s faculties for the f o r m a t i o n o f beliefs. B u t in c o n s t r u c t i n g us as G o d d i d , G o d h a d in m i n d n o t j u s t t h a t w e have beliefs b u t t h a t o u r beliefs be true; L o c k e n e v e r so m u c h as c o n s i d e r s the p o s s i b i l i t y t h a t G o d , in d e s i g n i n g us, m i g h t h a v e h a d in m i n d m o r e d e s i d e r a t a t h a n t r u t h for the beliefs p r o d u c e d b y o u r b e l i e f - f o r m i n g f a c u l t i e s . H o w e v e r , o u r faculties o f belief-formation d o not o p e r a t e d e t e r m i n i s t i c a l l y ; they c a n be g o v e r n e d . F u r t h e r m o r e , if a l l o w e d to o p e r a t e u n g o v c r n c d t h e y p r o d u c e a r a t h e r h i g h p r o p o r t i o n of false beliefs. S o G o d , c o n c e r n e d as G o d w a s w i t h o u r h a v i n g t r u e beliefs, i n t e n d e d t h a t w e would g o v e r n t h e m . T h e p r i n c i p l e o f g o v e r n a n c e w h i c h h o l d s m o s t p r o m i s e for o u r a c h i e v i n g the g o a l G o d r e q u i r e s o f us is g o v e r n i n g o u r a s s e n t " a c c o r d i n g as r e a s o n d i r e c t s u s . " I t w a s , in g o o d m e a s u r e , for the p u r p o s e o f s u c h g o v e r n a n c e t h a t G o d e n d o w e d us w i t h the l i g h t o f R e a s o n . 8

B u t w h a t d o e s it m e a n to s a y t h a t w e a r e to g o v e r n o u r assent a c c o r d i n g as R e a s o n d i r e c t s us? I t m e a n s t h a t belief, " i f it b e r e g u l a t e d as is o u r d u t y , c a n n o t b e a f f o r d e d to a n y t h i n g , b u t u p o n g o o d r e a s o n . " A n d w h a t , in g e n e r a l , is it to b e l i e v e for g o o d r e a s o n ? I t is to " f o l l o w the c l e a r e r e v i d e n c e , a n d g r e a t e r p r o b a b i l i t y . " 8

T h e r e is, of course, nothing in this paragraph that Descartes would disagree with. In C h a p t e r 2 I shall argue, however, that the Cartesian project, within which these convictions find their place, is significantly different from the Lockian project. T h e significance of the shared convictions differs.

12

Rationality

in everyday life

L e t us follow the p r o c e d u r e o f first e x p l i c a t i n g L o c k e ' s u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f w h a t it is to b e a r e s p o n s i b l e b e l i e v e r ; a n d t h e n , L o c k e ' s v i e w c o n c e r n i n g the r o l e o f R e a s o n in b e c o m i n g s u c h a b e l i e v e r . A s to the first o f these topics, w e m u s t follow L o c k e h i m s e l f in s p e a k i n g o f k n o w l e d g e b e f o r e w e s p e a k o f b e l i e f ( a n d a s s e n t ) . R e a s o n is a f a c u l t y w h i c h y i e l d s k n o w l e d g e , a n d p r o p e r l y g o v e r n e d belief, o n m a t t e r s o f m a x i m a l c o n c e r n m e n t , is grounded on knowledge. I t is for those r e a s o n s t h a t w e m u s t l o o k first at L o c k e o n k n o w l e d g e p l u s the fact t h a t the s i t u a t i o n in w h i c h L o c k e issued his call for the g o v e r n a n c e o f b e l i e f w a s not o n l y t h a t o f t r a d i t i o n b e i n g f r a c t u r e d b u t a l s o t h a t o f knowledge being "short and scanty." T h e d i s t i n c t i o n L o c k e d r a w s b e t w e e n knowledge a n d belief (assent, o p i n i o n , doxa, j u d g m e n t ) is f u n d a m e n t a l to his e n t i r e e p i s t e m o l o g y . W e find o u r s e l v e s c o n f r o n t e d , h o w e v e r , w i t h a s i g n i f i c a n t d i f f e r e n c e b e t w e e n L o c k e ' s official a c c o u n t o f k n o w l e d g e a n d w h a t o n e m i g h t c a l l his unofficial a c c o u n t . In the c o u r s e of w o r k i n g out the d e t a i l s o f his v i e w s on k n o w l e d g e , L o c k e f o u n d h i m s e l f o f f e r i n g e x a m p l e s o f and a w a r e of doing k n o w l e d g e w h i c h d o not fit his official a c c o u n t so. Y e t the official a c c o u n t r e m a i n s in the text; L o c k e d i d n o t blot it o u t a n d c o n f i n e it to p r e l i m i n a r y n o t e b o o k s . A c e r t a i n e l e g a n t a n d c o m p e l l i n g " p i c t u r e " o f k n o w l e d g e a n d o f its d i f f e r e n c e from b e l i e f n e v e r c e a s e d to w o r k its spell o n L o c k e ' s m i n d - in spite o f the fact that, w h e n i m m e r s e d in w o r k i n g o u t the d e t a i l s , h e t a c i t l y c o n c e d e d t h a t the p i c t u r e w o u l d not d o . W e c a n o n l y u n d e r s t a n d the p a t t e r n o f L o c k e ' s t h o u g h t if w e d i s c e r n b o t h the v i s i o n a n d the q u a l i f y i n g d e t a i l s ; to lose s i g h t o f e i t h e r w o u l d b e to miss a f u n d a m e n t a l d i m e n s i o n o f his t h i n k i n g . T o d w e l l o n the i n c o n s i s t e n c i e s , to s t o p there, not to see the p a t t e r n b e h i n d m a n y o f t h e m , the p a t t e r n o f v i s i o n p r e s e n t e d a n d v i s i o n u n d e r c u t , is to b e o b l i v i o u s to b o t h sides o f Locke's genius. L o c k e was both a philosophical visionary and a p h i l o s o p h i c a l c r a f t s m a n . W h a t h e n e v e r m a n a g e d to d o w a s b r i n g those t w o sides o f his g e n i u s t o g e t h e r .

(b)

The scope of knowledge

O n L o c k e ' s official d o c t r i n e , k n o w l e d g e a n d belief, o r " j u d g m e n t , " a r e f u n d a m e n t a l l y d i f f e r e n t p h e n o m e n a , the d i f f e r e n c e g o i n g m u c h d e e p e r t h a n j u s t t h a t , o n L o c k e ' s e x p l a n a t i o n o f the t e r m " j u d g m e n t , " j u d g m e n t is t a k i n g o r p r e s u m i n g s o m e t h i n g to b e t r u e w h e n k n o w l e d g e is l a c k i n g . L o c k e officially r e j e c t e d the thesis w h i c h h a s b e c o m e a

The fundamental

Vision: Let Reason be Your Guide in Believing

13

tenet o f e p i s t e m o l o g y in o u r o w n d a y ; n a m e l y , t h a t

k n o w l e d g e is a species o f belief. K n o w l e d g e a n d b e l i e f r e p r e s e n t the exercise of f u n d a m e n t a l l y different faculties: T h u s the mind has two faculties, conversant about truth and falsehood. First, knowledge, whereby it certainly perceives, and is undoubtedly satisfied of the agreement or disagreement of any ideas. Secondly, judgement, which is the putting ideas together or separating them from one another in the mind, when their certain agreement or disagreement is not perceived, but presumed to be so. (iv,xiv,4) T h o u g h h e is u n e m p h a t i c a b o u t it, L o c k e d i d a s s u m e t h a t the p h e n o m e n o n of taking to be true t y p i c a l l y a c c o m p a n i e s k n o w l e d g e . H e l a c k e d officially s a n c t i o n e d t e r m i n o l o g y for s a y i n g t h a t , h o w e v e r . " J u d g m e n t " a n d " b e l i e f " a r e officially r e s e r v e d for the p h e n o m e n o n of taking to be true when knowledge is absent, as, n o d o u b t , is " o p i n i o n " ; a n d " a s s e n t " is officially r e s e r v e d for cases w h e n w o r d s a r e i n v o l v e d ( i v , x i v , 3 ) . B u t L o c k e h i m s e l f d o e s not c o n s i s t e n t l y use his t e r m s in a c c o r d a n c e w i t h his official e x p l a n a t i o n s ( a n d his official e x p l a n a t i o n s themselves are not consistent). S o w e shall both connect w i t h c o n t e m p o r a r y m o d e s o f s p e e c h a n d not a t all d i s t o r t L o c k e ' s t h o u g h t if w e s a y t h a t it w a s L o c k e ' s v i e w t h a t b e l i e f ( a n d / o r assent) t y p i c a l l y accompanies k n o w l e d g e - rather than being a genus of w h i c h k n o w l e d g e is a s p e c i e s . 9

K n o w l e d g e for L o c k e is awareness of s o m e fact in L o c k i a n l a n g u a g e , awareness of some agreement or disagreement a m o n g entities. T o k n o w is to b e d i r e c t l y a c q u a i n t e d w i t h s o m e fact, to b e d i r e c t l y a w a r e o f it, to " p e r c e i v e " it, as L o c k e w a s fond o f s a y i n g . B y c o n t r a s t , b e l i e f (assent, j u d g m e n t , o p i n i o n , a n d so o n ) o n L o c k e ' s v i e w consists f u n d a m e n t a l l y o f taking s o m e proposition to b e t r u e . 1 0

9

Sec especially the whole chapter on M a x i m s , Essay iv.vii. Here is just one example: " F o r that which makes the mind assent to such propositions, being nothing else but the perception il has of the agreement, or disagreement of its ideas . . . " (iv,vii,o,). Michael Ayers in Locke: Volume I: Epistemology (London and N e w Y o r k , R o u l l c d g c , 1 9 9 1 ) , Part 11, esp. chap. 1 3 , points out that whereas Descartes (and others) thought of propositions as entities which we can not only believe and affirm but also merely entertain, Locke's oflicial thought prevents him from saying this. F o r he thinks of us as composing propositions by putting "ideas" together in predicative fashion; and his official explanations imply that this combinatory act involves belief (assent), or at least judgment (affirmation). Y e t at various points in Book iv, Locke clearly allows for withholding belief (and affirmation) from some particular proposition. So how are we to interpret him? It appears to me that in practice Locke thought of the combinatory predicative act of composing a proposition as not necessarily involving belief or affirmation; one can, as it were, perform the act in the entertaining or withholding mode. T h a t is how I shall interpret him. But Locke himself never recognizes the issue. A s to the wavering character of Locke's distinctions between "belief," "assent," "judgment," "opinion," and so forth, see A y e r s , ibid., p. 3 1 2 , n. 1 3 .

i

4

Rationality

in everyday

life

T h e q u e s t i o n arises: O f w h a t sorts o f facts c a n w e h u m a n b e i n g s b e d i r e c t l y a w a r e ? W h a t is the p o t e n t i a l s c o p e o f k n o w l e d g e ? L o c k e ' s a n s w e r to t h a t q u e s t i o n o p e n s B o o k i v o f the Essay. H e first e m b r a c e s w h a t T h o m a s R e i d w o u l d later call " T h e W a y of I d e a s " : "the mind, in a l l its t h o u g h t s a n d r e a s o n i n g s , h a t h n o o t h e r i m m e d i a t e o b j e c t b u t its o w n i d e a s , w h i c h it a l o n e d o e s o r c a n c o n t e m p l a t e . " F r o m t h a t a f f i r m a t i o n h e s t r a i g h t w a y c o n c l u d e s t h a t " i t is e v i d e n t , t h a t o u r k n o w l e d g e is o n l y c o n v e r s a n t a b o u t " o u r i d e a s . A n d t h e n h e goes o n at o n c e to specify the n a t u r e a n d s c o p e of k n o w l e d g e : K n o w l e d g e is " n o t h i n g b u t the p e r c e p t i o n o f the c o n n e x i o n a n d a g r e e m e n t , o r d i s a g r e e m e n t a n d r e p u g n a n c y o f a n y o f o u r i d e a s . I n this a l o n e it consists. W h e r e this p e r c e p t i o n is, t h e r e is k n o w l e d g e , a n d w h e r e it is not, t h e r e , t h o u g h w e m a y f a n c y , g u e s s , o r b e l i e v e , y e t w e a l w a y s c o m e short of k n o w l e d g e . " W h a t a r e w e to m a k e o f this? F i r s t , a b r i e f w o r d o n the v e x e d t o p i c o f w h a t L o c k e h a d in m i n d b y i d e a s . " T w o t h i n g s w e r e c e n t r a l in L o c k e ' s t h o u g h t o n the m a t t e r . F o r o n e t h i n g , he h e l d , as a m a t t e r o f o n t o l o g i c a l p r i n c i p l e , t h a t the m i n d c o u l d b e a w a r e directly a w a r e , t h a t is — o n l y o f the menial. I t c o u l d be d i r e c t l y a c q u a i n t e d o n l y w i t h its o w n acts a n d o b j e c t s its o w n " m o d i f i c a t i o n s , " as I s h a l l c a l l b o t h m e n t a l a c t s a n d o b j e c t s - a n d p e r h a p s w i t h itself. W h a t I h a v e h e r e c a l l e d " m e n t a l o b j e c t s , " L o c k e c a l l e d " i d e a s . " L o c k e often e x p r e s s e d his o n t o l o g i c a l p r i n c i p l e in w o r d s s u c h as those I h a v e j u s t cited from the o p e n i n g o f B o o k i v : " W h a t s o e v e r the m i n d p e r c e i v e s in itself, o r is the i m m e d i a t e o b j e c t o( p e r c e p t i o n , t h o u g h t , o r u n d e r s t a n d i n g , t h a t I call i d e a s " (n,viii,8; cf. n , i , i ) . I t seems q u i t e c l e a r , h o w e v e r , t h a t n o n e o f L o c k e ' s f o r m u l a t i o n s o f the g e n e r a l o n t o l o g i c a l p r i n c i p l e is fully a c c u r a t e as a s t a t e m e n t o f his t h o u g h t . F o r e a c h of t h e m s a y s t h a t the m i n d is n e v e r d i r e c t l y a c q u a i n t e d w i t h a n y t h i n g o t h e r t h a n its o w n i d e a s , w h e r e a s L o c k e r a t h e r often s p e a k s o f the m i n d as also b e i n g d i r e c t l y a c q u a i n t e d w i t h its o w n " o p e r a t i o n s " (for e x a m p l e , in II,i,4 a n d n,i,8); a n d he d o e s n ' t c o u n t the m i n d ' s o p e r a t i o n s a m o n g its i d e a s . P o s s i b l y h e a l s o held t h a t the m i n d is d i r e c t l y a c q u a i n t e d w i t h itself; in a p a s s a g e from the v e r y last c h a p t e r o f his Essay he s a y s t h a t " s i n c e the things, the m i n d c o n t e m p l a t e s , a r e n o n e o f t h e m , besides itself, p r e s e n t to the u n d e r s t a n d i n g , 'tis n e c e s s a r y t h a t s o m e t h i n g else, 1 2

" T h e two best recent discussions are V e r e Chappell, "Locke's Theory of Ideas," in V . Chappell, The Cambridge Companion to Locke (Cambridge, C a m b r i d g e University Press, 1 9 9 4 ) ; and A y e r s , op. cit., chaps. 5 and 6. Cf., in Locke's Second Letter to Stillingfleet: "ideas are nothing but the immediate objects of our minds in thinking" (Works 1 1 1 , 3 6 2 ) . |,J

The Vision: Let Reason be Your Guide in

Believing

'5

as a s i g n o r r e p r e s e n t a t i o n o f the t h i n g it c o n s i d e r s , s h o u l d b e p r e s e n t to it: A n d these a r e i d e a s " ( i v , x x i , 4 ; m y i t a l i c s ) . I n this last p a s s a g e the s e c o n d i m p o r t a n t t h e m e in L o c k e ' s t h o u g h t a b o u t i d e a s c o m e s to the s u r f a c e : I d e a s a r e r e p r e s e n t a t i o n s , mental r e p r e s e n t a t i o n s , o f entities d i s t i n c t from t h e m s e l v e s . L o c k e d i d not h o l d , to be s u r e , t h a t all i d e a s a r e r e p r e s e n t a t i o n s . F o r o n e t h i n g , not all i d e a s constructed f r o m s i m p l e i d e a s a r e r e p r e s e n t a t i o n s ; h e e x p l i c i t l y s a y s , for e x a m p l e , t h a t " a r c h e t y p e s " - i.e., c o m p l e x i d e a s o f n o n - s u b s t a n c e s , s u c h as the i d e a o f the t r i a n g l e - a r e " n o t i n t e n d e d to b e the c o p i e s o f a n y t h i n g , n o r referred to the e x i s t e n c e o f a n y t h i n g " ( i v , i v , 5 ; s u c h i d e a s d o h a v e a r e p r e s e n t a t i o n a l function w i t h r e s p e c t to o t h e r i d e a s ) . B u t f u r t h e r , n o t e v e n all s i m p l e i d e a s a r e r e p r e s e n t a t i o n s . P r e s u m a b l y L o c k e h e l d t h a t s u c h i d e a s as feelings o f d i z z i n e s s o r h u n g e r a r e n o t r e p r e s e n t a t i o n s . W h a t h e e m p h a s i z e s , h o w e v e r , is t h a t i d e a s o f s e c o n d a r y q u a l i t i e s a r e n o t r e p r e s e n t a t i o n s , as h e m e a n s " r e p r e s e n t a t i o n . " I n r e p l y to a n objection from Stillingfleet, h e says that I do not remember that I have any where said, of all our simple ideas, that they are none of them true representations of things without us . . . T h e contrary whereof appears from the words which I have set down, out of chap. 30, where I deny only the simple ideas of secondary qualities to be representations; but do everywhere affirm, that the simple ideas of primary qualities are the images or representations of what does exist without us . . . the simple ideas of secondary qualities . . . are not representations or images of anything in bodies, but only effects of certain powers in bodies to produce them in us . . . [Nonetheless] we as certainly know and distinguish things by ideas, supposing them nothing but effects produced in us by these powers, as if they were representations. [Works 1 1 1 , 7 5 - 6 ) I n s h o r t , w h a t L o c k e w i s h e s to insist o n is s i m p l y t h a t some o f o u r ideas are representations, a n d that our various w a y s of thinking a b o u t n o n - m e n t a l entities all p r e s u p p o s e o u r h a v i n g i d e a s w h i c h a r e r e p r e s e n t a t i o n s o f n o n - m e n t a l entities. " ' T i s e v i d e n t , " h e s a y s , " t h e m i n d k n o w s not t h i n g s i m m e d i a t e l y , b u t o n l y b y the i n t e r v e n t i o n o f the i d e a s it h a s o f t h e m " ( i v , i v , 3 ; " t h i n g s " h e r e is to b e r e a d as "non-mental things"). 1 3

" O n whether L o c k e held a representational theory of perception, see Reginald J a c k s o n , "Locke's Version of the Doctrine of Representative Perception" in C . B. Martin and D . M . Armstrong (eds.), Locke and Berkeley (Notre D a m e , University of Notre D a m e Press, 1 9 6 8 ) . In general, I go along with Ghappell and A y e r s (in the works just cited) in interpreting L o c k e as holding that ideas are mental objects; some commentators have argued that he regarded them instead as mental acts - specifically, acts of perceiving. See, for example, Douglas Greenlee, "Locke's Idea o f ' I d e a ' " (and the ensuing discussion), in I. C . Tipton (ed.), Locke on Human Understanding (Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1 9 7 7 ) ; and J o h n Y o l t o n , " L o c k e

i6

Rationality

in everyday

life

T h e p r o b l e m L o c k e is a d d r e s s i n g in these p a s s a g e s is the p r o b l e m o f reference - m e n t a l r e f e r e n c e in the first i n s t a n c e , a n d t h e n , d e r i v a t i v e l y , v e r b a l r e f e r e n c e . H o w d o w e m a n a g e to t h i n k a b o u t s o m e specific t h i n g - to h a v e it in m i n d ? L o c k e ' s a n s w e r r e q u i r e s a s h a r p d i s t i n c t i o n b e t w e e n m e n t a l a n d n o n - m e n t a l r e a l i t y . T h e o n l y w a y for us to t h i n k a b o u t s o m e t h i n g n o n - m e n t a l is for it to b e in s o m e w a y " r e p r e s e n t e d " in the m i n d . A n infinite regress w o u l d e n s u e , h o w e v e r , if w e s a i d t h a t m e n t a l r e a l i t y c a n a l s o be t h o u g h t a b o u t o n l y b y w a y o f r e p r e s e n t a t i o n s . W e think a b o u t m e n t a l o b j e c t s a n d a c t s , s o m e o f t h e m a n y w a y , i m m e d i a t e l y , w i t h o u t the i n t e r v e n t i o n o f r e p r e s e n t a t i o n s . O f s o m e , a t l e a s t , o f the m i n d ' s acts a n d o b j e c t s w e h a v e d i r e c t a w a r e n e s s , immediate apprehension, unmediated "perception." T h e p o i n t c a n b e m a d e in the l a n g u a g e o f " p r e s e n c e , " l a n g u a g e w h i c h L o c k e h i m s e l f d o e s not use b u t w h i c h h e w o u l d ( I t h i n k ) e m b r a c e : R e a l i t y is d i r e c t l y p r e s e n t to the m i n d o n l y a t t h a t p o i n t w h e r e the i n d i v i d u a l m i n d thinks a b o u t itself a n d its o w n a c t s a n d o b j e c t s . M e n t a l a c t s a n d m e n t a l o b j e c t s a r e self-presenting, p e r h a p s a l o n g w i t h the m i n d itself. T h e r e m a i n d e r o f r e a l i t y c a n b e t h o u g h t a b o u t o n l y b y the m e d i a t i o n o f m e n t a l o b j e c t s w h i c h , w h i l e t h e m s e l v e s d i r e c t l y p r e s e n t to the m i n d , r e p r e s e n t i t e m s o f n o n - m e n t a l r e a l i t y not d i r e c t l y p r e s e n t . I t w o u l d d i s t r a c t us from o u r m a i n p u r p o s e to try to p u z z l e o u t L o c k e ' s t h o u g h t s c o n c e r n i n g the nature o f m e n t a l r e p r e s e n t a t i o n . T w o additional points must be m a d e a b o u t L o c k i a n ideas. T h e s h a r p d i s t i n c t i o n w e a r e i n c l i n e d to m a k e b e t w e e n c o n c e p t s , o n the o n e h a n d , a n d " i n t u i t i o n s , " o n the o t h e r , is not p r e s e n t in L o c k e . M o r e p r e c i s e l y , it is n o t p r e s e n t in his t h e o r y ; it m i g h t p l a u s i b l y b e a r g u e d t h a t it is p r e s e n t in his p r a c t i c e . I t is p r i m a r i l y to K a n t , a n d s e c o n d a r i l y to H u m e , t h a t w e a r e i n d e b t e d for this d i s t i n c t i o n . I f w e w e r e to use K a n t ' s d i s t i n c t i o n in e x p r e s s i n g L o c k e ' s t h o u g h t , the t h i n g to s a y w o u l d b e this: A l l t h o u g h t a b o u t n o n - m e n t a l r e a l i t y o c c u r s b y w a y o f c o n c e p t s a n d " i m a g e s " ; a n d w h a t is and Malebranche: T w o Concepts of Ideas," in R . Brandt, (ed.), John Locke: Symposium Wolfenbiittel igyy ( N e w Y o r k , W a l t e r de G r u y t e r , 1 9 8 1 ) . I do not find the arguments persuasive. W h a t emerges is that certain passages arc ambiguous. All the clear ones, however, seem to me to be in favor of the interpretation of ideas as mental objects. Consider one already quoted in the text above, from iv,xxi,4: "since the things, the mind contemplates, are none of them, besides itself, present to the understanding, 'tis necessary that something else, as a sign or representation of the thing it considers, should be present to it: A n d these are ideas." I have argued above that such a passage as this should not be interpreted as saying that all ideas are mental representations, only that all mental representations are ideas; but it is entirely clear that this passage treats at least those ideas which are representational as mental objects.

The

Vision: Let Reason be Your Guide in

Believing

17

i m m e d i a t e l y p r e s e n t to the m i n d in s u c h t h o u g h t is j u s t those c o n c e p t s a n d " i m a g e s . " T h e r e r e m a i n s this l a r g e d i f f e r e n c e b e t w e e n L o c k e a n d K a n t , h o w e v e r : K a n t t h o u g h t o f concepts as i n c o r p o r a t i n g , o r p e r h a p s e v e n as being, rules for u n i f y i n g i n t u i t i o n s ; L o c k e t h o u g h t of t h e m as c e r t a i n m o d i f i c a t i o n s o f the m i n d w h e r e b y entities g e t " r e p r e s e n t e d " to the m i n d so as to m a k e it p o s s i b l e for us to h a v e t h o u g h t s about those entities. F o r L o c k e , c o n c e p t s a r e m e n t a l o b j e c t s in addition to i n t u i t i o n s , n o t rules for unifying i n t u i t i o n s . S e c o n d l y , t h o u g h in the c o u r s e o f his d i s c u s s i o n L o c k e often s p e a k s as if h e w e r e a realist c o n c e r n i n g the e x i s t e n c e of u n i v e r s a l s , his official p o s i t i o n is c l e a r l y n o m i n a l i s m . " A l l t h i n g s , t h a t exist, [ a r e ] p a r t i c u l a r s " ( 1 1 1 , 3 , )• " W o r d s a r e g e n e r a l . . . w h e n u s e d , for signs o f g e n e r a l i d e a s ; a n d so a r e a p p l i c a b l e i n d i f f e r e n t l y to m a n y p a r t i c u l a r things; a n d i d e a s a r e g e n e r a l , w h e n t h e y a r e set u p , as the r e p r e s e n t a t i v e s o f m a n y p a r t i c u l a r t h i n g s : b u t u n i v e r s a l i t y b e l o n g s not to t h i n g s t h e m s e l v e s , w h i c h a r e a l l o f t h e m p a r t i c u l a r in their e x i s t e n c e , e v e n those w o r d s , a n d i d e a s , w h i c h in their s i g n i f i c a t i o n , a r e g e n e r a l . W h e n t h e r e f o r e w e q u i t p a r t i c u l a r s , the g e n e r a l s t h a t rest, a r e o n l y c r e a t u r e s o f o u r o w n m a k i n g , their g e n e r a l n a t u r e b e i n g n o t h i n g b u t the c a p a c i t y t h e y a r e p u t i n t o b y the u n d e r s t a n d i n g , o f s i g n i f y i n g o r representing m a n y particulars" (111,3,11). 1

It w a s quite clearly L o c k e ' s thought that abstract singular terms a r e a species of g e n e r a l t e r m . S o m e , s u c h as " m a n , " d e n o t e s u b s t a n c e s ; o t h e r s , s u c h as " w h i t e n e s s , " d e n o t e q u a l i a (tropes, c a s e s , a b s t r a c t p a r t i c u l a r s ) . " W h i t e n e s s " d e n o t e s all the w h i t e n e s s e s , " s w e e t n e s s " all the sweetnesses ( w h i t e n e s s e s a n d sweetnesses b o t h b e i n g " p o w e r s " in the e x t e r n a l o b j e c t s ) . A n d in t u r n , not o n l y d o a b s t r a c t s i n g u l a r t e r m s m u l t i p l y denote s u b s t a n c e s a n d q u a l i a ; t h e y express a b s t r a c t g e n e r a l i d e a s , these in t u r n m u l t i p l y r e p r e s e n t i n g o r s i g n i f y i n g all the s u b s t a n c e s o r q u a l i a w h i c h the t e r m e x p r e s s i n g the a b s t r a c t i d e a d e n o t e s . T h e a b s t r a c t s i n g u l a r t e r m " m a n " d e n o t e s all h u m a n b e i n g s a n d e x p r e s s e s the a b s t r a c t i d e a o f h u m a n b e i n g ; a n d this a b s t r a c t i d e a , in t u r n , r e p r e s e n t s a l l the h u m a n b e i n g s . C o r r e s p o n d i n g l y , the a b s t r a c t s i n g u l a r t e r m " w h i t e n e s s " d e n o t e s all the w h i t e n e s s e s a n d e x p r e s s e s the a b s t r a c t i d e a w h i t e n e s s ; a n d this i d e a in t u r n signifies a l l the w h i t e n e s s e s . T h u s n o t o n l y d o c e r t a i n c o m p l e x i d e a s r e p r e s e n t c o n c r e t e n o n - m e n t a l entities - trees, houses, d u c k s , G o d , a n d so o n . C e r t a i n o t h e r i d e a s , b o t h s i m p l e a n d c o m p l e x , r e p r e s e n t o r signify those a b s t r a c t b u t p a r t i c u l a r entities w h i c h a r e q u a l i a these r e p r e s e n t e d o r s i g n i f i e d q u a l i a i n c l u d i n g , b u t in the c a s e o f those

i8

Rationality

in everyday

life

r e p r e s e n t e d o r s i g n i f i e d b y c o m p l e x i d e a s , n o t c o n f i n e d to, those to b e f o u n d in o u r i d e a s o f s e n s a t i o n a n d o f reflection. U s i n g his c o n c e p t o f i d e a s , L o c k e , as w e h a v e seen, offers a s his f o r m u l a for k n o w l e d g e that to k n o w is to " p e r c e i v e " s o m e agreement o r disagreement a m o n g o n e ' s i d e a s . L e t us c o n s i d e r first w h a t h e m e a n t b y a g r e e m e n t and disagreement of ideas; and secondly, w h a t he m e a n t by " p e r c e i v i n g " an a g r e e m e n t or disagreement a m o n g ideas. I f I " p e r c e i v e " t h a t the t h r e e a n g l e s o f a t r i a n g l e a r e e q u a l to t w o r i g h t a n g l e s , t h a t , s a y s L o c k e , is a c a s e o f " p e r c e i v i n g " a n a g r e e m e n t a m o n g i d e a s ; w h e r e a s if I " p e r c e i v e " t h a t w h i t e is n o t b l a c k , t h a t is a c a s e o f p e r c e i v i n g d i s a g r e e m e n t . O n e s u r m i s e s t h a t , a t least in the simplest cases, w e " p e r c e i v e " an a g r e e m e n t a m o n g ideas w h e n w e w o u l d e x p r e s s w h a t w e " p e r c e i v e " in a n a f f i r m a t i v e s e n t e n c e , a n d that w e " p e r c e i v e " a disagreement a m o n g ideas w h e n w e w o u l d e x p r e s s w h a t w e " p e r c e i v e " in a n e g a t i v e s e n t e n c e . T h a t s u r m i s e is c o n f i r m e d b y w h a t L o c k e s a y s a b o u t p r o p o s i t i o n s . T h e d i s c u s s i o n o c c u r s in the c o n t e x t of his r e m a r k s a b o u t t r u t h . W e m u s t , s a y s L o c k e , d i s t i n g u i s h t w o sorts o f p r o p o s i t i o n s , m e n t a l a n d v e r b a l : " F i r s t , m e n t a l , w h e r e i n the i d e a s in o u r u n d e r s t a n d i n g s a r e w i t h o u t the use o f w o r d s p u t t o g e t h e r , o r s e p a r a t e d b y the m i n d , p e r c e i v i n g , o r j u d g i n g o f their a g r e e m e n t o r d i s a g r e e m e n t . S e c o n d l y , v e r b a l p r o p o s i t i o n s , w h i c h a r c w o r d s the signs o f o u r i d e a s p u t t o g e t h e r o r s e p a r a t e d in a f f i r m a t i v e o r n e g a t i v e s e n t e n c e s . B y w h i c h w a y o f a f f i r m i n g o r d e n y i n g , these signs, m a d e b y s o u n d s , a r e as it w e r e p u t t o g e t h e r o r s e p a r a t e d o n e from a n o t h e r . " L o c k e then goes on to r e m a r k that " e v e r y o n e ' s e x p e r i e n c e will satisfy h i m , t h a t the m i n d , e i t h e r b y p e r c e i v i n g o r s u p p o s i n g the a g r e e m e n t or d i s a g r e e m e n t o f a n y o f its i d e a s , d o e s t a c i t l y w i t h i n it self p u t t h e m i n t o a k i n d o f p r o p o s i t i o n a f f i r m a t i v e o r n e g a t i v e , w h i c h I h a v e e n d e a v o u r e d to e x p r e s s b y the t e r m s putting together a n d separating. B u t this a c t i o n o f the m i n d , w h i c h is so f a m i l i a r to e v e r y t h i n k i n g a n d r e a s o n i n g m a n , is e a s i e r to b e c o n c e i v e d b y r e f l e c t i n g o n w h a t passes in us, w h e n w e affirm o r d e n y , t h a n to b e e x p l a i n e d in w o r d s " ( i v , v , 6 ) . T r u t h , t h e n , c a n be d e f i n e d as follows: " W h e n i d e a s a r e so p u t t o g e t h e r , o r s e p a r a t e d in the m i n d , as t h e y , o r the t h i n g s t h e y s t a n d for d o a g r e e , o r not, t h a t is, as I m a y c a l l it, m e n t a l t r u t h . B u t t r u t h o f w o r d s is s o m e t h i n g m o r e , a n d t h a t is the a f f i r m i n g o r d e n y i n g o f w o r d s o n e o f a n o t h e r , as the i d e a s t h e y s t a n d for a g r e e o r d i s a g r e e " ( i v , v , 6 ) . 1 4

1 4

Earlier in the chapter Locke explained truth differently: " T r u t h then seems to me, in the proper import of the word, to signify nothing but the joining or separating of signs, as the

The Vision:

Let Reason be Your Guide in Believing

19

S o in c o m p o s i n g a f f i r m a t i v e p r o p o s i t i o n s , the m i n d p u t s t o g e t h e r i d e a s , a n d in c o m p o s i n g n e g a t i v e p r o p o s i t i o n s , the m i n d s e p a r a t e s i d e a s . I f o u r i d e a s o r the t h i n g s t h e y s t a n d for a r e in fact r e l a t e d j u s t as w e h a v e p u t the i d e a s t o g e t h e r in s o m e a f f i r m a t i v e p r o p o s i t i o n , then the i d e a s o r t h i n g s agree w i t h e a c h o t h e r , a n d s o m e t i m e s w e perceive t h a t a g r e e m e n t ( w h i c h , n o t i c e , is d i f f e r e n t f r o m p e r c e i v i n g t h a t the i d e a s are so p u t t o g e t h e r in this a f f i r m a t i v e p r o p o s i t i o n ) ; w h e r e a s if o u r i d e a s o r the t h i n g s t h e y s t a n d for a r e in fact d i s c o n n e c t e d j u s t as w e h a v e s e p a r a t e d the i d e a s in s o m e n e g a t i v e p r o p o s i t i o n , t h e n the i d e a s o r t h i n g s disagree w i t h e a c h o t h e r , a n d s o m e t i m e s w e perceive t h a t d i s a g r e e m e n t ( w h i c h , n o t i c e , is d i f f e r e n t from p e r c e i v i n g that the ideas are s e p a r a t e d in this n e g a t i v e p r o p o s i t i o n ) . I f I affirm t h a t s u g a r is s w e e t , t h e n I h a v e p u t t o g e t h e r the i d e a s o f s u g a r a n d s w e e t n e s s i n t o the a f f i r m a t i v e p r o p o s i t i o n t h a t s u g a r is s w e e t ; a n d if m y a f f i r m a t i o n is a b o u t the r e l a t i o n o f these i d e a s a n d is c o r r e c t , t h a t is to s a y , if it is i n d e e d a ( c o n c e p t u a l ) t r u t h t h a t s u g a r is s w e e t , then the i d e a s o f s u g a r a n d s w e e t n e s s a g r e e . O f c o u r s e , L o c k e d o e s r a t h e r often s p e a k as o n e w o u l d e x p e c t •- n o t o n l y of perceiving agreements and disagreements among ideas, b u t o f knowing the truth of propositions; his t h o u g h t , o b v i o u s l y , is t h a t o n e k n o w s t h e t r u t h o f a 1 5

things signified by them, do agree or disagree one with another. T h e joining or separating of signs here meant is what by another name, we call proposition" ( i v , v , 2 ) . It is presupposed by this definition that the ideas joined in a mental proposition always signify the entities whose agreement with each other makes the proposition true rather than, in some cases, the ideas put together in the mental proposition just being the ideas whose agreement makes the proposition true. Essentially the same formula is olfered at the end of §5 of the same chapter, the only dilference being that Locke speaks there of the signs as landing for, rather than signifying, the things. It is clear, however, that the formulation which accurately expresses Locke's thought is the one quoted in the text above. T h a t sometimes the very ideas that one perceives to agree are put together into a proposition is presupposed by the sentence opening §6 of chapter v : " E v e r y one's experience will satisfy him, that the mind, either by perceiving or supposing the agreement or disagreement of any of its ideas, does tacitly within itself put them into a kind of proposition affirmative or negative, which 1 have endeavoured to express by the terms putting together and separating" ( i v , v , 6 ) . In fiis discussion of these passages in Locke, Leibniz makes the correct point that if Locke regards himself as explaining affirmation and negation in terms of "putting together" and "separating" words or ideas, then it must be observed that not all w a y s of "putting together" yield affirmations and not all ways of "separating" yield negations; whereas if he regards affirmation and negation as merely a species of "putting together" and "separating," then nothing is said to explain the species. A b o u t the first of these possibilities, Leibniz says this: "a phrase, e.g. 'the wise man,' does not make a proposition; yet it involves a joining of two terms. Nor is negation the same as separation; for saying 'the man' and then after a pause uttering 'wise' is not making a denial." A b o u t the second possibility, Leibniz says this: "Agreement obtains between two eggs, disagreement between two enemies. W h a t w e are dealing with here is a quite special w a y of agreeing or disagreeing, and I do not think that your definition explains it" ( G . W . Leibniz, New Essays on Human Understanding [tr. and ed. P. R e m n a n t and J . Bennett ( C a m b r i d g e , C a m b r i d g e University Press, 1 9 8 1 ) ] , p. 3 9 6 ) .

20

Rationality

in everyday

life

p r o p o s i t i o n b y p e r c e i v i n g the c o r r e s p o n d i n g fact. T h u s h e s a y s : " C e r t a i n t y o f k n o w l e d g e is, to p e r c e i v e the a g r e e m e n t o r d i s a g r e e m e n t o f i d e a s , as e x p r e s s e d in a n y p r o p o s i t i o n . T h i s w e u s u a l l y c a l l k n o w i n g , o r b e i n g c e r t a i n o f the t r u t h o f a n y p r o p o s i t i o n " ( i v , v i , 3 ) . A g r e e m e n t s a n d d i s a g r e e m e n t s a m o n g i d e a s o r o t h e r entities a r e facts, a f f i r m a t i v e a n d n e g a t i v e facts r e s p e c t i v e l y . T h e y a r e r e l a t i o n s h i p s o f a c e r t a i n sort, e n t i t i e s - i n - r e l a t i o n . I t w a s L o c k e ' s official d o c t r i n e t h a t those facts w h i c h o n e c a n " p e r c e i v e " h a v e o n l y o n e ' s o w n i d e a s as t h e i r c o n s t i t u e n t s . H o w e v e r , it w a s his a c t u a l v i e w , as w e s h a l l see, t h a t the facts w h i c h o n e c a n " p e r c e i v e " h a v e as t h e i r c o n s t i t u e n t s n o t o n l y o n e ' s o w n i d e a s b u t a l s o o n e ' s m e n t a l acts, a n d p e r h a p s also o n e ' s self; L o c k e a s s u m e s t h a t o n e c a n " p e r c e i v e " t h a t o n e b e l i e v e s s o m e t h i n g , as i n d e e d he a s s u m e s t h a t o n e c a n " p e r c e i v e " t h a t o n e is " p e r c e i v i n g " something. W e must be clear, though, that L o c k e by no m e a n s r e g a r d e d facts in g e n e r a l as h a v i n g as t h e i r c o n s t i t u e n t s o n l y the m i n d a n d its m o d i f i c a t i o n s . F o r e x a m p l e , the fact c o n s i s t i n g o f the m o o n ' s e x e r t i n g a g r a v i t a t i o n a l pull o n the e a r t h d o e s not h a v e as its c o n s t i t u e n t s a n y m i n d , i d e a , o r m e n t a l a c t . T h u s it is t h a t L o c k e s a y s t h a t " W h e n i d e a s a r e so p u t t o g e t h e r , o r s e p a r a t e d in the m i n d , as t h e y , o r the things they standfor d o a g r e e , o r not, t h a t is, as I m a y c a l l it, m e n t a l t r u t h " (iv,v,6; m y i t a l i c s ) . N o t o n l y w a s it L o c k e ' s official d o c t r i n e that, from a m o n g all the facts t h a t there a r e , those o f w h i c h o n e is d i r e c t l y a w a r e consist e x c l u s i v e l y o f o n e ' s o w n i d e a s - i n - r e l a t i o n ; it w a s a l s o his d o c t r i n e t h a t propositions consist o f ideas-in-relation. M o r e specifically, the propositions t h a t a n y g i v e n p e r s o n c o m p o s e s consist e x c l u s i v e l y o f his or her own ideas-in-relation. N o w h e r e , h o w e v e r , does L o c k e e x p l a i n the o n t o l o g i c a l d i f f e r e n c e b e t w e e n p r o p o s i t i o n s , o n the o n e h a n d , a n d those facts w h o s e c o n s t i t u e n t s a r e i d e a s , o n the o t h e r w h e r e b y , for e x a m p l e , t h e r e is the t r u e p r o p o s i t i o n t h a t s u g a r is s w e e t , the false p r o p o s i t i o n t h a t s u g a r is not s w e e t , plus the c o n c e p t u a l fact t h a t s u g a r is s w e e t . Y e t t h a t h e c o n s i s t e n t l y o p e r a t e d w i t h a f a c t / p r o p o s i t i o n d i s t i n c t i o n is i n d i c a t e d , a m o n g o t h e r things, b y his c o n s i s t e n t l y s p e a k i n g o f the entities in facts as a g r e e i n g o r d i s a g r e e i n g , w h e r e a s h e s p e a k s o f the i d e a s in propositions as p u t t o g e t h e r o r s e p a r a t e d ( b y u s ) : " E v e r y o n e ' s e x p e r i e n c e will satisfy h i m , t h a t the m i n d , e i t h e r b y p e r c e i v i n g o r s u p p o s i n g the a g r e e m e n t o r d i s a g r e e m e n t o f a n y o f its i d e a s , d o e s t a c i t l y w i t h i n itself p u t t h e m i n t o a k i n d o f p r o p o s i t i o n a f f i r m a t i v e o r n e g a t i v e , w h i c h I h a v e e n d e a v o u r e d to e x p r e s s b y the t e r m s putting together a n d separating" (iv,v,6). ( T h i s p a s s a g e , i n c i d e n t a l l y , is a n o t h e r

The Vision: Let Reason be Your Guide in

Believing

p i e c e o f e v i d e n c e for the c o n c l u s i o n t h a t L o c k e i m p l i c i t l y a s s u m e d that belief typically a c c o m p a n i e s "perception.") I h a v e s u g g e s t e d t h a t L o c k e ' s a c t u a l v i e w , as d i s t i n g u i s h e d f r o m his official v i e w , w a s t h a t the facts a v a i l a b l e to o n e for o n e ' s " p e r c e p t i o n " h a v e n o t o n l y o n e ' s o w n i d e a s as t h e i r c o n s t i t u e n t s b u t a l s o o n e ' s m e n t a l a c t s , a n d p e r h a p s o n e ' s self. A q u e s t i o n w e m u s t c o n s i d e r is w h e t h e r his a c t u a l v i e w d i v e r g e d e v e n f u r t h e r f r o m his official v i e w . M i g h t it b e t h a t the c o n s t i t u e n t s o f facts a v a i l a b l e to us for d i r e c t a w a r e n e s s a r e n o t e v e n c o n f i n e d to m e n t a l entities? T h e q u e s t i o n is s u g g e s t e d b y this p a s s a g e : " i f o u r k n o w l e d g e o f o u r i d e a s t e r m i n a t e in t h e m , a n d r e a c h n o f a r t h e r , where there is something farther intended, o u r m o s t serious t h o u g h t s w i l l b e o f little m o r e u s e , t h a n the r e v e r i e s o f a c r a z y b r a i n " ( i v , i v , 2 ; m y i t a l i c s ) . M i g h t L o c k e h a v e b e e n s u g g e s t i n g h e r e t h a t t h e r e a r e cases in w h i c h (a) the fact t h a t w e " i n t e n d " w i t h o n e o f o u r p r o p o s i t i o n s consists n o t o f a n a g r e e m e n t o r d i s a g r e e m e n t a m o n g the i d e a s c o m p o s i n g the p r o p o s i t i o n , b u t o f a n a g r e e m e n t o r d i s a g r e e m e n t a m o n g non-mental entities which the ideas composing the proposition standfor, a n d (b) t h a t f a c t is k n o w n ? 1 6

I f L o c k e d i d i n d e e d w i s h to q u a l i f y his official f o r m u l a for k n o w l e d g e b y a l l o w i n g for c e r t a i n cases o f k n o w i n g n o n - m e n t a l facts, o n e s u r m i s e s t h a t a m o n g s u c h cases w o u l d b e cases o f w h a t , a t the o p e n i n g o f B o o k i v , h e calls k n o w l e d g e o f r e a l e x i s t e n c e . I n t u r n , if t h a t is w h a t he h a s in m i n d , o n e c a n u n d e r s t a n d w h y h e w o u l d i n t r o d u c e the q u a l i f i c a t i o n at the b e g i n n i n g o f a c h a p t e r c a l l e d " O f the R e a l i t y o f O u r K n o w l e d g e . " B u t let us see w h e t h e r t h a t is i n d e e d the r i g h t i n t e r p r e t a t i o n o f the p a s s a g e q u o t e d j u s t a b o v e . In a passage from that s a m e c h a p t e r on " R e a l K n o w l e d g e " L o c k e r e m a r k s " N o r let it b e w o n d e r e d , t h a t I p l a c e the c e r t a i n t y o f o u r k n o w l e d g e in the c o n s i d e r a t i o n o f o u r i d e a s , w i t h so little c a r e a n d r e g a r d (as it m a y s e e m ) to the r e a l e x i s t e n c e o f t h i n g s : since m o s t o f those d i s c o u r s e s w h i c h t a k e u p the t h o u g h t s a n d e n g a g e the d i s p u t e s o f those w h o p r e t e n d to m a k e it t h e i r b u s i n e s s to e n q u i r e after t r u t h 1 6

Locke is responding to an objection which he formulates as follows: " I f it be true, that all knowledge lies only in the perception of the agreement or disagreement of our own ideas, the visions of an enthusiast, and the reasonings of a sober man, will be equally certain. 'Tis no matter how things are: so a man observe but the agreement of his own imaginations, and talk conformably, it is all truth, all certainty. Such castles in the air, will be as strong holds of truth, as the demonstrations of Euclid. T h a t an harpy is not a centaur, is by this w a y as certain knowledge, and as much a truth, as that a square is not a circle. But of what use is all this fine knowledge of men's own imaginations, to a man that enquires after the reality of things?" (iv,iv,2; cf. i v , v , 7 , where the point is made even more vividly - and at greater length).

Rationality

22

in everyday

life

a n d c e r t a i n t y w i l l , I p r e s u m e , u p o n e x a m i n a t i o n b e f o u n d to b e general propositions, a n d n o t i o n s in w h i c h e x i s t e n c e is n o t a t a l l c o n c e r n e d " ( i v , i v , 8 ) . A n d in a n o t h e r p a s s a g e from the s a m e c h a p t e r h e r e m a r k s t h a t " A l l the k n o w l e d g e w e h a v e , b e i n g o n l y o f p a r t i c u l a r o r general truths, 'tis e v i d e n t , t h a t w h a t e v e r m a y b e d o n e in the f o r m e r o f these, the l a t t e r . . . is t h a t w h i c h w i t h r e a s o n is m o s t s o u g h t a f t e r " (tv,vi,2).

T h e t h o u g h t is this: W h a t w e m o s t w a n t w h e n w e seek k n o w l e d g e , a n d r i g h t l y so, is k n o w l e d g e c o n c e r n i n g g e n e r a l p r o p o s i t i o n s - these b e i n g a species o f p r o p o s i t i o n s l a c k i n g e x i s t e n t i a l i m p o r t , i.e., p r o p o s i t i o n s in w h i c h e x i s t e n c e is n o t a t all c o n c e r n e d . F o r this r e a s o n , s a y s L o c k e , h e h a s e x p l a i n e d k n o w l e d g e in s u c h a w a y as to fit o u r k n o w l e d g e of g e n e r a l p r o p o s i t i o n s . N o n e t h e l e s s , the s c o p e o f o u r k n o w l e d g e d o e s g o b e y o n d s u c h p r o p o s i t i o n s , to i n c l u d e c e r t a i n particular t r u t h s . A n d a m o n g these w i l l c e r t a i n l y b e those i t e m s o f " r e a l e x i s t e n c e " t h a t w e k n o w : the k n o w l e d g e e a c h o f us h a s t h a t he o r s h e exists, the k n o w l e d g e w e h a v e t h a t G o d exists, the k n o w l e d g e o n e h a s t h a t t h e r e exists s o m e e x t e r n a l o b j e c t c a u s i n g o n e ' s p r e s e n t i m a g e , a n d p e r h a p s the k n o w l e d g e o n e h a s t h a t o n e is e n t e r t a i n i n g this a n d t h a t specific i d e a . ( W h e t h e r o r n o t L o c k e i n c l u d e d k n o w l e d g e o f the last sort u n d e r k n o w l e d g e o f r e a l e x i s t e n c e , it is c l e a r t h a t he d i d in fact think that t h e r e is s u c h k n o w l e d g e ; sec, for e x a m p l e , i v , i i , i 4 : " T h e r e c a n be n o t h i n g m o r e c e r t a i n , t h a n t h a t the i d e a w e r e c e i v e from a n e x t e r n a l o b j e c t is in o u r m i n d s ; this is i n t u i t i v e k n o w l e d g e . " " ) I n s h o r t , it is c l e a r t h a t L o c k e d o e s i n t e n d a q u a l i f i c a t i o n to b e a t t a c h e d to s o m e of w h a t he s a y s a b o u t k n o w l e d g e ; for s o m e o f it is f o r m u l a t e d so as to a p p l y o n l y to g e n e r a l o r u n i v e r s a l p r o p o s i t i o n s , t h o u g h in 1 7

1

19

17

Cf. iv,vi,i6": " T o conclude, general propositions, of what kind soever, arc then only capable of certainty, when the terms used in them, stand for such ideas, whose agreement or disagreement, as there expressed, is capable to be discovered by us. A n d we are then certain of their truth or falsehood, when we perceive the ideas the terms stand for, to agree or not agree, according as they are aflirmcd or denied one of another. W h e n c e we may take notice, that general certainty is never to be found but in our ideas. Whenever we go to seek it elsewhere in experiment, or observations without us, our knowledge goes not beyond particulars. "I'is the contemplation of our own abstract ideas, that alone is able to afford us general knowledge."

u i

Cf. iv,vi,4: " E v e r y o n e finds in himself, that he knows the ideas he has; that he knows also, when any one is in his understanding . . . [ H ] e can never be in doubt, when any idea is in his mind, that it is there" (ibid.). "He knows each | idea] to be . . . in his mind, and not a w a y when it is there" (ibid.). Including the following famous passage, in which Locke speaks as if all propositions which can be known to be true are either analytically necessary or synthetically necessary - which, of course, excludes our knowledge that w e ourselves exist, or that something exists which is causing this present image of mine, or that w e have such-and-such ideas: " W e can know then

1 9

The Vision:

Let Reason be Your Guide in

Believing

23

fact it is his v i e w t h a t t h e r e a r e also p a r t i c u l a r p r o p o s i t i o n s o f w h i c h we have knowledge. B u t d o e s h e w i s h to q u a l i f y , in the w a y w e a r e e x p l o r i n g , his o p e n i n g official f o r m u l a t h a t the o b j e c t s o f k n o w l e d g e a r e ideas in relationship? I s it his full v i e w t h a t w e a r e c a p a b l e o f " p e r c e i v i n g " a g r e e m e n t s a n d d i s a g r e e m e n t s a m o n g entities o t h e r t h a n ideas, a n d e v e n o t h e r t h a n the m i n d a n d its m o d i f i c a t i o n s ? I s it his v i e w t h a t w h e n w e k n o w p a r t i c u l a r p r o p o s i t i o n s it is s o m e t i m e s s u c h o t h e r facts that w e " p e r c e i v e " ? I t h i n k not. I f L o c k e i n t e n d e d this q u a l i f i c a t i o n , h e is n o t o n l y u n e m p h a t i c in m a k i n g it; h e n e v e r u n d e r t o o k to e x p l a i n h o w it c a n b e that one c a n directly " p e r c e i v e " a g r e e m e n t s a n d disagreements a m o n g entities o t h e r t h a n the m i n d ' s m o d i f i c a t i o n s , w h e n these a r e the o n l y ( n o n - f a c t ) entities o f w h i c h w e c a n b e d i r e c t l y a w a r e (plus, p o s s i b l y , the m i n d itself). F u r t h e r m o r e , in his letters to S t i l l i n g f l e e t h e o v e r a n d o v e r says t h a t k n o w l e d g e consists o f the " p e r c e p t i o n " o f a g r e e m e n t s a n d d i s a g r e e m e n t s a m o n g i d e a s . S o let m e s u g g e s t a n o t h e r line o f i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . I s h a l l a p p r o a c h the issue from t w o sides offering first a n i n t e r p r e t a t i o n o f w h a t h e h a s in m i n d b y " k n o w l e d g e of real existence," a n d then an interpretation of w h a t he h a s in m i n d b y " t h e r e a l i t y o f k n o w l e d g e . " J u s t t w o p a g e s after h e offered his f o r m u l a for k n o w l e d g e a t the b e g i n n i n g o f c h a p t e r i o f B o o k t v , a n d l o n g before h e i n t r o d u c e d the a p p a r e n t q u a l i f i c a t i o n m e n t i o n e d a b o v e a t the b e g i n n i n g o f c h a p t e r iv o f the b o o k , L o c k e , w i t h o u t e l a b o r a t i o n , c i t e d as " t h e f o u r t h a n d last sort [of k n o w l e d g e ] . . . , t h a t o f a c t u a l a n d r e a l the truth of two sorts of propositions, with perfect certainty; the one is, of those trifling propositions, which have a certainty in them, but 'tis but a verbal certainty, but not instructive. A n d , secondly, we can know the truth, and so may be certain in propositions, which affirm something of another, which is a necessary consequence of its precise complex idea, but not contained in it. A s that the external angle of all triangles, is bigger than either of the opposite internal angles" (iv,viii,8). Locke must here be regarded as speaking just about "general truths." He himself remarks that there is "no necessary connection of real existence, with any idea a man hath in his memory, nor of any other existence but that of G o d " ( i v , x i , i ) . T h u s the passage above about knowledge of two sorts of propositions has to be understood in the light of this other one which is also about two sorts of propositions which can be known: "there are two sorts of propositions. 1 . T h e r e is one sort of propositions concerning the existence of any thing answerable to such an idea: as having the idea of an elephant, phoenix, motion, or an angel, in my mind, the first and natural enquiry is, whether such a thing does any where exist? A n d this knowledge is only of particulars. N o existence of any thing without us, but only of G o d , can certainly be known farther than our senses inform us. 2 . T h e r e is another sort of propositions, wherein is expressed the agreement, or disagreement of our abstract ideas, and their dependence one on another. Such propositions m a y be universal and certain" ( i v , x i , i 3 ) .

2

4

Rationality

in everyday

life

e x i s t e n c e a g r e e i n g to a n y i d e a . " N o w , o n e w a y o f c o n s t r u i n g w h a t h e m e a n t h e r e is this: a w a r e n e s s o f the r e l a t i o n s h i p of s o m e e x i s t e n t e n t i t y E, to s o m e c o n c e p t C, o f E s a t i s f y i n g C. B u t s u c h a w a r e n e s s w o u l d v i o l a t e in a f l a m b o y a n t w a y the o n t o l o g i c a l p r i n c i p l e t h a t the m i n d is a w a r e o n l y o f its o w n m o d i f i c a t i o n s ; for, g i v e n t h a t G o d ' s r e a l e x i s t e n c e is a m o n g the " r e a l e x i s t e n c e s " w e k n o w , it w o u l d follow t h a t w e a r e a w a r e o f G o d . A n y o n e w h o a p p r o a c h e s L o c k e from the side o f t w e n t i e t h - c e n t u r y p h i l o s o p h y i m m e d i a t e l y thinks o f a n o t h e r p o s s i b i l i t y , h o w e v e r . I t w a s F r e g e ' s c o n t e n t i o n t h a t e x i s t e n c e c l a i m s a r e to b e u n d e r s t o o d as c l a i m s to the effect that some concept has application. Possibly L o c k e w a s thinking a l o n g those lines. K n o w l e d g e o f r e a l e x i s t e n c e w o u l d t h e n b e this: a w a r e n e s s o f the r e l a t i o n s h i p b e t w e e n s o m e c o n c e p t C a n d the c o n c e p t o f having application, o f C satisfying t h a t c o n c e p t . T h o u g h it m a y b e s u c h facts as those w h i c h L o c k e h a d in m i n d w h e n he s p e a k s o f k n o w l e d g e o f r e a l e x i s t e n c e , w e r e m a i n in the d a r k as to w h y h e t h o u g h t that w e h a v e a w a r e n e s s o f s u c h facts. O n this, his r e p l i e s to S t i l l i n g f l e e t a r e m o r e helpful t h a n a n y t h i n g in the Essay as a n i n d i c a t i o n of h o w he m i g h t h a v e b e e n t h i n k i n g . S p e a k i n g in a m a n n e r r e m a r k a b l y r e m i n i s c e n t of D e s c a r t e s a b o u t o u r k n o w l e d g e of o u r o w n e x i s t e n c e , L o c k e in o n e p a s s a g e says t h a t " e x p e r i m e n t i n g [i.e., e x p e r i e n c i n g ] t h i n k i n g in myself, b y the e x i s t e n c e o f t h o u g h t in m e , to w h i c h s o m e t h i n g t h a t thinks is e v i d e n t l y a n d n e c e s s a r i l y c o n n e c t e d in m y m i n d ; I c o m e to b e c e r t a i n t h a t t h e r e exists in m e s o m e t h i n g t h a t thinks, t h o u g h of t h a t s o m e t h i n g w h i c h I call s u b s t a n c e a l s o , I h a v e b u t a v e r y o b s c u r e i m p e r f e c t i d e a " (Works 1 1 1 , 2 9 ) . ^ ° a p p a r e n t l y e a c h o f us c o m e s to k n o w the fact w h i c h he o r she w o u l d e x p r e s s w i t h the w o r d s " I e x i s t " b y m e a n s o f a n a r g u m e n t like this: I a m a w a r e that t h i n k i n g is g o i n g o n ; l i k e w i s e I a m a w a r e t h a t t h i n k i n g c a n n o t t a k e p l a c e unless t h e r e exists s o m e s u b s t a n c e w h i c h is d o i n g the t h i n k i n g ; therefore t h e r e exists s o m e t h i n g w h i c h is d o i n g the t h i n k i n g of w h o s e o c c u r r e n c e I a m a w a r e ; a n d t h a t is myself. H e n c e I exist. i a

F u n d a m e n t a l o b j e c t i o n s c a n , of c o u r s e , b e raised to this a r g u m e n t ; for o n e t h i n g , it a p p e a r s to b e g the q u e s t i o n in its first p r e m i s e . B u t w

Locke's insistence that we can perceive agreements and disagreements among ideas which are not themselves entirely clear and distinct is crucial to the analysis he offers of knowledge of self-existence: "in some cases we may have certainty about obscure ideas; e.g. by the clear idea of thinking in me, I find the agreement of the clear idea of existence, and the obscure idea of a substance in me, because I perceive the necessary idea of thinking, and the relative idea of a support; which support, without having any clear and distinct idea of what it is, beyond this relative one of a support, I call substance" (Works 1 1 1 , 4 2 ) .

The Vision: Let Reason be Your Guide in Believing

25

w h a t is i m p o r t a n t for o u r p u r p o s e s is t h a t in c l a r i f y i n g his t h o u g h t as to w h a t it is t h a t w e " p e r c e i v e " in t h a t f o r m o f k n o w l e d g e o f r e a l e x i s t e n c e w h i c h is k n o w l e d g e o f o n e ' s o w n e x i s t e n c e , L o c k e treats the k n o w l e d g e in q u e s t i o n as a c a s e of inferential k n o w l e d g e , w h e r e a s in the Essay he s p e a k s o f k n o w l e d g e o f o n e ' s o w n e x i s t e n c e as a c a s e o f intuitive k n o w l e d g e . I t a p p e a r s to m e t h a t b y the t i m e h e set a b o u t answering Stillingfleet, L o c k e no longer r e g a r d e d k n o w l e d g e o f o n e ' s o w n e x i s t e n c e as i n t u i t i v e ; n o w h e r e in the t h r e e R e p l i e s d o e s h e s a y t h a t it is. I n c l a r i f y i n g the n a t u r e o f s u c h k n o w l e d g e , in the p a s s a g e q u o t e d a b o v e , h e c l e a r l y h a s a n a r g u m e n t in m i n d ; a n d in o n e p a s s a g e h e h i m s e l f s p e a k s of s e l f - k n o w l e d g e as a r r i v e d at b y a proof: " T h e i d e a o f this a c t i o n o r m o d e o f t h i n k i n g is i n c o n s i s t e n t w i t h the i d e a o f self-subsistence, a n d t h e r e f o r e h a s a n e c e s s a r y c o n n e c t i o n w i t h a s u p p o r t o r s u b j e c t o f i n h e s i o n : the i d e a o f t h a t s u p p o r t is w h a t w e call s u b s t a n c e ; a n d so from t h i n k i n g e x p e r i m e n t e d in us, w e h a v e a p r o o f o f a t h i n k i n g s u b s t a n c e in us, w h i c h in m y sense is a s p i r i t " (m, 3 3 ) . L o c k e is a l s o m o r e e x p l i c i t in his F i r s t L e t t e r to S t i l l i n g f l e e t t h a n he is at a n y p l a c e in the Essay as to the w a y in w h i c h k n o w l e d g e o f God's r e a l e x i s t e n c e is p e r c e p t i o n o f a g r e e m e n t s a m o n g i d e a s : in the present case: the proposition, of whose truth I would be certain, is this: " a knowing being has eternally existed." Here the ideas joined, are eternal existence, with a knowing being. But does my mind perceive any immediate connection or repugnancy in these ideas? N o . T h e proposition then at first view affords me no certainty; or, as our English idiom phrases it, it is not certain, or I am not certain of it. But though I a m not, yet I would be certain whether it be true or no. W h a t then must I do? Find arguments to prove that it is true, or the contrary. A n d what is that, but to cast about and find out intermediate ideas which m a y show me the necessary connection or inconsistency of the ideas in the proposition? Either of which, when by these intervening ideas I am brought to perceive, I a m then certain that the proposition is true, or I am certain that it is false. A s , in the present case, I perceive in myself thought and perception; the idea of actual perception has an evident connection with an actual being, that doth perceive and think: the idea of an actual thinking being, hath a perceivable connection with the eternal existence of some knowing being, by the intervention of the negation of all being, or the idea of nothing, which has a necessary connection with no power, no operation, no casualty [sic], no effect, i.e. with nothing. So that the idea of once actually nothing, has a visible connection with nothing to eternity, for the future; and hence the idea of an actual being, is perceived to have a necessary connection with some actual being from eternity. A n d by the like w a y of ideas, m a y be perceived the actual existence of a knowing

26

Rationality

in everyday

life

being, to h a v e a connection with the existence of an actual knowing being from eternity. (Works 1 1 1 , 6 2 - 3 )

N o w for the s e c o n d s t a g e o f the i n t e r p r e t a t i o n w h i c h I a m p r o p o s i n g : H o w a r e w e to i n t e r p r e t t h a t c l a u s e w h i c h i n i t i a t e d this part of our discussion, n a m e l y , " i f our k n o w l e d g e of o u r ideas t e r m i n a t e in t h e m , a n d r e a c h n o f a r t h e r , w h e r e t h e r e is s o m e t h i n g f a r t h e r i n t e n d e d . . . " ? I s u g g e s t t h a t w e d o so in the l i g h t o f w h a t L o c k e says l a t e r in the c h a p t e r " O f the R e a l i t y o f O u r K n o w l e d g e " f r o m w h i c h this p a s s a g e c o m e s ; for l a t e r he uses the s a m e l o c u t i o n . I n m a t h e m a t i c s , he s a y s , " w e i n t e n d t h i n g s n o f a r t h e r , t h a n as t h e y a r e c o n f o r m a b l e to o u r i d e a s " ( i v , i v , 5 ) . A n d he a d d s , in §6: " t h e r e f o r e h e is c e r t a i n all his k n o w l e d g e c o n c e r n i n g s u c h i d e a s , is r e a l k n o w l e d g e : b e c a u s e i n t e n d i n g t h i n g s n o f a r t h e r t h a n t h e y a g r e e w i t h those his i d e a s , h e is s u r e w h a t h e k n o w s c o n c e r n i n g those figures." L o c k e o p e n s c h a p t e r iv b y c o n s i d e r i n g the o b j e c t i o n t h a t if k n o w l e d g e is n o t h i n g m o r e t h a n the p e r c e p t i o n o f a g r e e m e n t o r d i s a g r e e m e n t a m o n g i d e a s , then k n o w l e d g e is o n l y a i r castles h a v i n g n o t h i n g to d o w i t h r e a l i t y . I n r e s p o n s e , h e i n t r o d u c e s a n d d e v e l o p s his n o t i o n of real k n o w l e d g e - w h i c h is not to b e i d e n t i f i e d w i t h genuine k n o w l e d g e . H e gives two slightly, t h o u g h yet significantly, different e x p l a n a t i o n s o f w h a t he has in m i n d b y real k n o w l e d g e . I n i v , i v , 3 h e s a y s t h a t " ' T i s e v i d e n t , the m i n d k n o w s not t h i n g s i m m e d i a t e l y , b u t o n l y b y the i n t e r v e n t i o n o f the i d e a s it h a s o f t h e m . O u r k n o w l e d g e , t h e r e f o r e is real, o n l y so far as t h e r e is a c o n f o r m i t y b e t w e e n o u r i d e a s a n d the r e a l i t y o f t h i n g s . " F r o m this p a s s a g e it w o u l d a p p e a r t h a t o n e ' s k n o w l e d g e c a n be r e a l w i t h o u t o n e ' s b e i n g sure t h a t it is r e a l . I n i v , i v , i 8 , h o w e v e r , his d e f i n i t i o n is m o r e r e s t r i c t i v e : " W h e r e v e r w e p e r c e i v e the a g r e e m e n t o r d i s a g r e e m e n t of a n y o f o u r i d e a s t h e r e is c e r t a i n k n o w l e d g e : a n d w h e r e v e r w e a r e s u r e those i d e a s a g r e e w i t h the r e a l i t y o f t h i n g s , t h e r e is c e r t a i n r e a l k n o w l e d g e . " I t is w o r t h n o t i c i n g t h a t L o c k e h e r e s p e a k s o f b e i n g sure that those i d e a s a g r e e w i t h the r e a l i t y o f t h i n g s ; h e d o e s not s p e a k of perceiving t h a t t h e y d o . L o c k e t h e n d e v o t e s the c h a p t e r to d i s t i n g u i s h i n g t h r e e w a y s in which, w h e n one " p e r c e i v e s " some agreement or disagreement a m o n g o n e ' s i d e a s , those i d e a s m a y c o n f o r m to e x t e r n a l r e a l i t y a n d o n e m a y b e s u r e t h a t t h e y d o , s o t h a t o n e ' s k n o w l e d g e is real k n o w l e d g e . A s to p r o p o s i t i o n s w h i c h c o n t a i n s i m p l e i d e a s , w e c a n b e s u r e t h a t these i d e a s " a r e n o t fictions o f o u r f a n c i e s , b u t the n a t u r a l a n d r e g u l a r p r o d u c t i o n s o f t h i n g s w i t h o u t us, r e a l l y o p e r a t i n g u p o n

The

Vision:

Let Reason be Your Guide in

Believing

27

us; a n d so c a r r y w i t h t h e m all the c o n f o r m i t y w h i c h is i n t e n d e d ; o r w h i c h o u r s t a t e r e q u i r e s : F o r t h e y r e p r e s e n t to us t h i n g s u n d e r those a p p e a r a n c e s w h i c h t h e y a r e fitted to p r o d u c e in u s " ( i v , i v , 4 ) . A s to p r o p o s i t i o n s k n o w n w h i c h c o n t a i n a r c h e t y p e s , i.e., c o m p l e x i d e a s o f n o n - s u b s t a n c e s , w e c a n be s u r e t h a t if a n y t h i n g in r e a l i t y satisfies the a r c h e t y p e , it w i l l a l s o satisfy w h a t e v e r w e " p e r c e i v e " as a g r e e i n g w i t h the a r c h e t y p e . F o r e x a m p l e : if w e " p e r c e i v e " t h a t t r i a n g l e s a r e t r i l a t e r a l , w e c a n b e s u r e t h a t if a n y t h i n g in r e a l i t y is t r i a n g u l a r in s h a p e it is a l s o t r i l a t e r a l ; a n d i f w e " p e r c e i v e " that m u r d e r d e s e r v e s d e a t h , w e c a n b e s u r e t h a t if a m u r d e r o c c u r s in r e a l i t y it w i l l d e s e r v e d e a t h . ' L a s t l y , as to p r o p o s i t i o n s w h i c h c o n t a i n i d e a s o f s u b s t a n c e s , w e c a n , o n the basis o f e x p e r i e n c e , s o m e t i m e s b e s u r e o f a t least this m u c h conformity: T h e simple ideas w h i c h w e c o m b i n e into one c o m p l e x i d e a o f a s u b s t a n c e c a n c o e x i s t in r e a l i t y . 2

N o w , in all o u r t h o u g h t s a n d r e a s o n i n g s c o n c e r n i n g m a t h e m a t i c a l a n d m o r a l a r c h e t y p e s , " w e i n t e n d t h i n g s n o f a r t h e r , t h a n as t h e y a r e c o n f o r m a b l e to o u r i d e a s . [ A n d w e d o i n t e n d t h e m t h u s f a r . ] S o t h a t in these, w e c a n n o t miss o f a c e r t a i n u n d o u b t e d r e a l i t y " ( i v , i v , 5 ) . T h o u g h the k n o w l e d g e g a i n e d in p u r e m a t h e m a t i c s is g a i n e d b y " p e r c e p t i o n " of a g r e e m e n t s a n d d i s a g r e e m e n t s a m o n g i d e a s , n o n e t h e ­ less it is not j u s t a i r castles. T h e fact t h a t o u r k n o w l e d g e is o n l y o f r e l a t i o n s a m o n g i d e a s is c o m p a t i b l e w i t h its b e i n g (in c e r t a i n respects) " r e a l " k n o w l e d g e . T o k n o w a n e c e s s a r y t r u t h c o n c e r n i n g r e l a t i o n s h i p s a m o n g i d e a s is p e r f o r c e to k n o w s o m e t h i n g a b o u t " r e a l existence." T h e r e r e m a i n s this p o i n t : L o c k e , as w e h a v e seen, at the b e g i n n i n g o f Essay i v , i v i m a g i n e s a n o b j e c t o r p r o t e s t i n g t h a t i f k n o w l e d g e is n o t h i n g b u t the " p e r c e p t i o n " o f a g r e e m e n t s a n d d i s a g r e e m e n t s a m o n g i d e a s , t h e n " t h a t a n h a r p y is n o t a c e n t a u r , is b y this w a y as 21

Cf. this passage in the Second Letter to Stillingfleet: "where I examine, whether the knowledge we have of mathematical truths, be the knowledge of things as really existing: there 1 say (and 1 think I have proved) that it is, though it consists in the perception of the agreement or disagreement of ideas, that are only in the mind; because it takes in all those things, really existing, which answer those ideas. U p o n which grounds it was, that I there affirmed moral knowledge also capable of certainty. A n d pray, my lord, what other w a y can your lordship proceed, in any demonstration you would make, about any other thing but figures and numbers, but the same that you do in demonstrations about figures and numbers? If you would demonstrate anything concerning man or murder, must you not first settle in your mind the idea or notion you have of that animal or that action, and then show what you would demonstrate necessarily to belong to that idea in your mind, and to those things existing only as they correspond with, and answer that idea in your mind? H o w else you can make any general proposition, that shall contain the knowledge of things as really existing, I that am ignorant shall be glad to know?" (Works 1 1 1 , 4 0 5 - 6 ) .

28

Rationality

in everyday

life

c e r t a i n k n o w l e d g e , a n d as m u c h a t r u t h , as t h a t a s q u a r e is n o t a circle." " T o w h i c h I a n s w e r , " says L o c k e , "that if our k n o w l e d g e of o u r i d e a s t e r m i n a t e in t h e m , a n d r e a c h n o f a r t h e r , w h e r e t h e r e is s o m e t h i n g f a r t h e r i n t e n d e d , o u r m o s t serious t h o u g h t s will b e o f little m o r e use, t h a n the r e v e r i e s o f a c r a z y b r a i n . " T o i n t r o d u c e his d i s c u s s i o n he then s a y s this: " B u t , I h o p e , b e f o r e I h a v e d o n e , to m a k e it e v i d e n t , t h a t this w a y o f c e r t a i n t y , b y the k n o w l e d g e o f o u r o w n i d e a s , g o e s a little f a r t h e r t h a n b a r e i m a g i n a t i o n : a n d , I b e l i e v e it w i l l a p p e a r , t h a t all the c e r t a i n t y o f g e n e r a l t r u t h s a m a n h a s , lies in n o t h i n g e l s e . " T h e s e last w o r d s s t r o n g l y s u g g e s t t h a t the c e r t a i n t y o f at least s o m e p a r t i c u l a r truths does lie in something else. I t h i n k , h o w e v e r , t h a t in the l i g h t o f the c o n s i d e r a t i o n s w e h a v e c a n v a s s e d t h e r e c a n b e little d o u b t t h a t t h a t s u g g e s t i o n o f the w o r d s d o e s not fit L o c k e ' s i n t e n t . T h e p a s s a g e s h o u l d b e r e a d l i k e this: A l l c e r t a i n t y o f g e n e r a l t r u t h s lies in n o t h i n g else t h a n the p e r c e p t i o n o f a g r e e m e n t s a n d disagreements a m o n g ideas as indeed, all certainty of any truths whatsoever lies in nothing else. 22

I c o n c l u d e , in short, t h a t L o c k e w a s c o n s i s t e n t l y o f the v i e w t h a t facts s u s c e p t i b l e o f b e i n g " p e r c e i v e d " h a v e as t h e i r c o n s t i t u e n t s o n l y the m i n d a n d its m o d i f i c a t i o n s . H i s o p e n i n g f o r m u l a , t h a t s u c h facts h a v e as their c o n s t i t u e n t s o n l y ideas, m u s t i n d e e d b e q u a l i f i e d ; t h e y c a n a l s o h a v e m e n t a l a c t s a n d p e r h a p s the m i n d itself as c o n s t i t u e n t s . B u t he i n t e n d e d n o q u a l i f i c a t i o n b e y o n d t h a t ; in p a r t i c u l a r , he c o n s t r u e d k n o w l e d g e o f r e a l e x i s t e n c e as a species o f " p e r c e p t i o n " o f agreements a n d disagreements a m o n g ideas. L o c k e e m p h a s i z e d r e p e a t e d l y t h a t w h a t e v e r be the n a t u r e a n d s c o p e o f o u r k n o w l e d g e o f r e a l e x i s t e n c e , it is not s u c h as to m a k e p o s s i b l e a t r u e scientia o f n a t u r e - n o r , i n d e e d , a t r u e scienlia o f a n y Thus 1 do not agree with the conclusion to which R . I . Aaron comes in his 'John Locke (Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1 9 7 1 ) : "Locke left the two theories of knowledge standing side by side with little effort to make them consistent. K n o w l e d g e is the perception of relations between ideas: but we also know particular existences directly, and in this case knowledge is not the perception of relations between ideas" (p. 2 4 1 ) . " W e m a y conclude then that the fact of existential knowledge has caused Locke to introduce thoroughgoing alterations in his account of knowledge. H e opens Book iv of the Essay with a theory of knowledge applicable, as it proves, merely to knowledge of relations between abstract ideas, a universal, hypothetical, and highly abstract knowledge, best typified in mathematics. Another theory became necessary for knowledge of particular existences. Consequently, Locke's whole account of knowledge is far from consistent, for he does not even try to remove this dualism or to relate the two theories" (pp. 2 4 6 - 7 ) . Locke's account of knowledge is indeed not consistent, as we shall see shortly; but there is no inconsistency at the point where A a r o n purports to see inconsistency. T h e r e is no second theory of knowledge in Locke which is meant for knowledge of particular existences.

The Vision: Let Reason be Your Guide in

Believing

29

s u b s t a n c e s w h a t s o e v e r . T h e r e is in e x i s t e n c e a t r u e scientia o f p u r e (not a p p l i e d ) m a t h e m a t i c s , a n d t h e r e c a n in p r i n c i p l e be a t r u e scientia o f p u r e (not a p p l i e d ) m o r a l i t y ; b u t o f s u b s t a n c e s , n o scientia is p o s s i b l e . S o p r o m i n e n t in L o c k e ' s t h o u g h t w a s this t h e m e o f h u m a n i g n o r a n c e , a n d so f o r m a t i v e for the o v e r a l l c h a r a c t e r o f his t h o u g h t , that w e m u s t t a k e a m o m e n t to c o n s i d e r the g r o u n d s o f his s k e p t i c i s m c o n c e r n i n g the p o s s i b i l i t y o f a scientia c o n c e r n i n g n a t u r a l s u b s t a n c e s . W e m u s t l o o k " a little i n t o the d a r k s i d e , " as L o c k e p u t s it; w e m u s t " t a k e a v i e w o f o u r i g n o r a n c e , w h i c h [is] infinitely l a r g e r t h a n o u r k n o w l e d g e " ( i v , i i i , 2 2 ) . L o c k e ' s reflections a r e p r o b i n g ; a n d in the l i g h t o f l a t e r d e v e l o p m e n t s in n a t u r a l s c i e n c e ( n a t u r a l p h i l o s o p h y , he w o u l d call i t ) , f a s c i n a t i n g . T h e h e a r t o f L o c k e ' s a r g u m e n t is t h a t a b o d y o f g e n u i n e k n o w l e d g e o f n a t u r e - a t r u e scientia - w o u l d r e q u i r e a g r a s p o f the essences o f s u b s t a n c e s ; h o w e v e r , o u r p l a c e in n a t u r e m a k e s it i m p o s s i b l e for us to a t t a i n s u c h k n o w l e d g e . T h o u g h a g r a s p o f s u b s t a n t i a l essences is in principle p o s s i b l e for a n i n t e l l i g e n t b e i n g , it is not in fact p o s s i b l e for us w h o a r e human b e i n g s . L o c k e h a s not r e j e c t e d the A r i s t o t e l i a n v i s i o n o f n a t u r e as possessing a n e c e s s a r y s t r u c t u r e . H e h a s a d i f f e r e n t v i e w , h o w e v e r , as to the c h a r a c t e r o f t h a t n e c e s s a r y s t r u c t u r e ; a n d he h a s r e j e c t e d the A r i s t o t e l i a n a s s u m p t i o n t h a t the s t r u c t u r e o f n a t u r e c a n b e k n o w n b y us. I t is h i d d e n . 2 3

W h a t it is t h a t L o c k e w i s h e d to s a y a b o u t essence, r e a l a n d n o m i n a l , is o n e of the most hotly d e b a t e d topics in L o c k e i n t e r p r e t a t i o n ; the c o m p l e x i t i e s a r e v e r y thick i n d e e d . T h o s e w h o w i s h to e n t e r the d e b a t e s s h o u l d c o n s u l t the s e c o n d v o l u m e o f M i c h a e l A y e r s ' r e c e n t b o o k , Locke}* H e r e all w e n e e d is the g e n e r a l p i c t u r e , t h o u g h it m u s t b e c o n c e d e d t h a t t h e r e is c o n t r o v e r s y e v e n o n s o m e a s p e c t s o f this. Essence is p r o p e r l y u n d e r s t o o d , s a y s L o c k e , as " t h e v e r y b e i n g o f a n y t h i n g , w h e r e b y it is, w h a t it i s " (m.iii, 1 5 ) . H a v i n g s a i d this, L o c k e i m m e d i a t e l y enters into a p o l e m i c a g a i n s t the t r a d i t i o n a l " A r i s t o t e l i a n " u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f essence in terms o f species a n d g e n e r a . O n t h a t u n d e r s t a n d i n g , essences a r e t h o u g h t o f " a s a c e r t a i n n u m b e r o f forms o r m o l d s , w h e r e i n all n a t u r a l t h i n g s , t h a t exist, a r e c a s t , a n d d o e q u a l l y p a r t a k e " (m,iii, 1 7 ) . T h e y a r e p a t t e r n s , " a c c o r d i n g to w h i c h , all n a t u r a l t h i n g s a r e m a d e , a n d w h e r e i n t h e y d o e x a c t l y e v e r y o n e o f t h e m p a r t a k e , a n d so b e c o m e o f this o r t h a t s p e c i e s " ( n i , i i i , 1 7 ) . A g a i n s t this w a y o f t h i n k i n g o f r e a l essences L o c k e t h r e w u p a b a r r a g e r i

2 4

O n the role of essence in Locke's account of knowledge, see Roger Woolhouse, "Locke's T h e o r y of K n o w l e d g e , " in Chappell, The Cambridge Companion to Locke. Locke: Volume II: Metaphysics (London and N e w Y o r k , Routledge, 1 9 9 T).

3o

Rationality

in everyday

life

o f o b j e c t i o n s , p e r h a p s the m o s t d e c i s i v e o f w h i c h w a s , for h i m , t h a t it h a s " v e r y m u c h p e r p l e x e d the k n o w l e d g e of n a t u r a l t h i n g s " (m,iii, 1 7 ) . B e t t e r , h e s a y s , to think o f the essence o f a t h i n g as its " i n n e r c o n s t i t u t i o n " d e t e r m i n a t i v e o f its f u n c t i o n i n g . A k n o w l e d g e o f the r e a l essence o f the h u m a n b e i n g w o u l d be " s u c h a k n o w l e d g e o f t h a t c o n s t i t u t i o n o f m a n , from w h i c h his faculties o f m o v i n g , s e n s a t i o n a n d r e a s o n i n g , a n d o t h e r p o w e r s flow; a n d o n w h i c h his so r e g u l a r s h a p e d e p e n d s " (m,vi,3). S u c h a k n o w l e d g e , says L o c k e , "'tis possible a n g e l s h a v e , a n d 'tis c e r t a i n his M a k e r h a s " ( m , v i , 3 ) . 25

A s to the r e a l essence o f " c o r p o r e a l " stuffs a n d s u b s t a n c e s , L o c k e h e l d the " c o r p u s c u l a r h y p o t h e s i s . " H e w a s p e r s u a d e d t h a t the c o n s t i t u t i o n s o f s u c h things consist of c o n f i g u r a t i o n s o f m i n u t e p a r t i c l e s o f s o m e sort, a n d t h a t their w o r k i n g s a r e d u e e n t i r e l y to those configurations: 2 6

I doubt not but if we could discover the figure, size, texture, and motion of the minute constituent parts of any two bodies, we should know without trial several of their operations one upon another, as we do now the properties of a square, or a triangle. Did we know the mechanical affections of the particles of rhubarb, hemlock, opium, and a man, as a w a t c h m a k e r does those of a watch, whereby it performs its operations, and of a file which by rubbing on them will alter the figure of any of the wheels, we should be able to tell before hand, that rhubarb will purge, hemlock kill, and opium make a man sleep; as well as a watchmaker can, that a little piece of paper laid on the balance, will keep the watch from going, till it be removed; or that some small part of it, being rubbed by a file, the machine would quite lose its motion, and the watch go no more. T h e dissolving of silver in a q u a fortis, and gold in a q u a regia, and not vice versa, would be then, perhaps, no more difficult to know, than it is to a smith to understand, why the turning of one key will open a lock, and not the turning of another. (iv,iii,25) A truly scientific p h i l o s o p h y o f n a t u r e , as o p p o s e d to a m e r e l y e x p e r i m e n t a l (i.e., e x p e r i e n t i a l ) o n e ( i v , i i i , 2 6 ) , w o u l d tell us h o w not m e r e l y those things t h a t h a v e a c e r t a i n real essence must function h o w t h e y d o in fact happen for the m o s t p a r t to function. I t w o u l d p r o v i d e us w i t h a k n o w l e d g e o f laws ( i v , i i i , 2 g ) , a c q u i r e d in a priori fashion, b y d e m o n s t r a t i o n . 27

2 5

2 6

2 7

1 take essences, says Locke, "but to be in everything that internal constitution, or frame, or modification of the substance, which G o d in his wisdom and good pleasure thinks fit to give to every particular creature, when he gives a being: and such essences I grant there are in all things that e x i s t . . . I think the real essences of things arc not so much founded on, as that they are the very real constitution of things" (First Letter to Stillingfleet; Works 1 1 1 , 8 2 - 3 ) . A fine discussion on Locke's views concerning the essence of material bodies is E d w i n M c C a n n , "Locke's Philosophy of Body," in Chappell, The Cambridge Companion to Locke. Mackie interprets Locke as holding that if we knew the essences of things, our knowledge of

The Vision:

Let Reason be Your Guide in Believing

31

;

T h e t r u t h , h o w e v e r , is t h a t w e h a v e v e r y little if a n y s u c h k n o w l e d g e of n a t u r e . I n s t e a d o f k n o w i n g laws specifying h o w things must f u n c t i o n , g i v e n t h e i r c o n s t i t u t i o n , w e h a v e o n l y g e n e r a l i z a t i o n s b a s e d o n e x p e r i e n c e as to h o w for the m o s t p a r t t h e y do f u n c t i o n . N a t u r a l h i s t o r y r a t h e r t h a n scientia. D i s c e r n i n g " n o n e c e s s a r y d e p e n d e n c e o n e o n a n o t h e r " o f the q u a l i t i e s o f t h i n g s , " w e c a n a t t r i b u t e t h e i r c o n n e x i o n to n o t h i n g else, b u t the a r b i t r a r y d e t e r m i ­ n a t i o n o f t h a t a l l - w i s e A g e n t , w h o h a s m a d e t h e m to b e , a n d to o p e r a t e as t h e y d o , in a w a y w h o l l y a b o v e o u r w e a k u n d e r s t a n d i n g s to conceive" (iv,iii,28). 2 8

T h o u g h the familiar use of things about us, take off our wonder; yet it cures not our ignorance. W h e n w e come to e x a m i n e the stone we tread on; or the iron, w e daily handle, w e presently find, w e know not their make; and can give no reason, of the different qualities we find in them. ' T i s evident the internal constitution, whereon their properties depend, is unknown to us. For to go no farther than the grossest and most obvious we can imagine amongst them, what is that texture of parts, that real essence, that makes lead, and antimony fusible; wood, and stones not? W h a t makes lead, and iron malleable; antimony, and stones not? A n d yet how infinitely these come short, of the fine contrivances, and unconceivable real essences of plants and animals, every one knows. T h e w o r k m a n s h i p of the all-wise, and powerful G o d , in the great fabric of the universe, and every part thereof, farther exceeds the capacity and comprehension of the most inquisitive and

physics would still be only "ra.v a priori, as certain and demonstrative, as interpreted geometry and applied mechanics a r e " ( J . L . M a c k i e , Problems from Locke [Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1 9 7 6 ] , p. 1 0 2 ) . Though that is a plausible interpretation of the passage quoted above, from i v , h i , 2 5 , it's hard to see w h a t , in his thoughts about essence, would have led Locke to such caution. A n d in any ease, that interpretation clearly does not (it with the following passage: " H a d we such ideas of substances, as to know w h a t real constitutions produce those sensible qualities we find in them, and how those qualities (lowed from thence, we could, by the specific ideas of their real essences in our own minds, more certainly find out their properties, and discover what qualities they had, or had not, than we can now by our senses: and to know the properties of gold, it would be no more necessary, that gold should exist, and that we should make experiments upon it, than it is necessary for the knowing the properties of a triangle, that a triangle should exist in any matter, the idea in our minds would serve for the one, as well as the other" (iv,vi,i 1 ) . 2 8

'There is a dispute in the literature as to w h a t L o c k e meant by God's "arbitrary determination" in this passage and in others like it (for the dispute, see M c C a n n , "Locke's Philosophy of B o d y " ) . I think it most unlikely that L o c k e was of the view that certain of the properties and operations of bodies have no necessary connection to their essences, and that G o d just arbitrarily determines the connections. I think it much more likely to have been Locke's view that "all their properties and operations flow from" their essences ( m , x v i , 2 3 ) ; < but that it was a matter of arbitrary determination on God's part which essences He would instantiate. Since we don't grasp the essences of material bodies, and since we certainly don't

' ' grasp how the properties and operations of bodies "flow from" their essences, and since, even if we did grasp those two things, it would still not be a matter acknowledge on our part which essences G o d instantiated, knowledge of nature is, for those three reasons, unavailable to us.

32

Rationality

in everyday life

intelligent man, than the best contrivance of the most ingenious man, doth the conceptions of the most ignorant of rational creatures. (m,vi,g) W e " a r e not c a p a b l e o f a p h i l o s o p h i c a l knowledge o f the b o d i e s t h a t a r e a b o u t us, a n d m a k e a p a r t o f u s . . . [ A ] s to a p e r f e c t science o f n a t u r a l b o d i e s , (not to m e n t i o n s p i r i t u a l b e i n g s , ) . . . I c o n c l u d e it lost l a b o u r to seek after i t " ( i v , i i i , 2 9 ) . " [ H ] o w far s o e v e r h u m a n i n d u s t r y m a y a d v a n c e useful a n d e x p e r i m e n t a l p h i l o s o p h y in p h y s i c a l t h i n g s , scientifical will still b e o u t o f o u r r e a c h . . . C e r t a i n t y a n d d e m o n s t r a t i o n , a r e t h i n g s w e m u s t not, in these m a t t e r s , p r e t e n d t o " ( i v , i i i , 2 6 ) . " [ N J a t u r a l p h i l o s o p h y is n o t c a p a b l e of b e i n g m a d e a s c i e n c e " (iv,xii,io). B u t w h a t , w e ask, is the c a u s e o f o u r i g n o r a n c e ? W e d o n o t k n o w a n d c a n n o t k n o w the r e a l essences, the e x p l a n a t o r y n a t u r e s , o f t h i n g s ; w e m u s t m a k e d o w i t h o u t a k n o w l e d g e o f l a w s , a n d b e c o n t e n t to b a s e o u r s c i e n c e on g e n e r a l i z a t i o n s . W h y ? W h y c a n w e not k n o w the o n t o l o g i c a l laws o f n a t u r e ? B e c a u s e , s a y s L o c k e , w e l a c k the r e q u i s i t e i d e a s , i.e., the r e q u i s i t e c o n c e p t s . P e r h a p s w e possess all o r m o s t o f the s i m p l e c o n c e p t s o f p r i m a r y q u a l i t i e s r e q u i r e d ; if so, the r e q u i s i t e c o m p l e x c o n c e p t s a r e not in p r i n c i p l e b e y o n d o u r g r a s p . B u t w e h a v e n o w a y of k n o w i n g h o w to g o a b o u t c o n s t r u c t i n g those c o m p l e x c o n c e p t s . I n s h o r t , o u r i g n o r a n c e is d u e to

the want oj ideas we are capable of. As the want of ideas which our faculties are not able to give us, shuts us wholly from those views of things, which 'tis reasonable to think other beings, perfecter than we, h a v e , of which we know nothing; so the want of ideas, I now speak of, keeps us in ignorance of things, we conceive capable of being known to us. Bulk, figure, and motion we have ideas of. But though we are not without ideas of these primary qualities of bodies in general, yet not knowing what is the particular bulk, figure, and motion of the greatest part of the bodies of the universe, we are ignorant of the several powers, efficacies, and w a y s of operation whereby the effects, which we daily see, are produced. T h e s e are hid from us in some things, by being too remote; and in others, by being too minute. (iv,iii,24) I n that last s e n t e n c e L o c k e hints a t w h y , in t u r n , w e find o u r s e l v e s u n a b l e to a r r i v e a t the r e q u i s i t e c o n c e p t s for a t r u e scientia o f n a t u r e . P a r t l y b e c a u s e o f the r e m o t e n e s s o f so m u c h o f n a t u r e ; b u t m a i n l y b e c a u s e the essences o f t h i n g s a r e to b e f o u n d in their m i c r o s t r u c t u r e , a n d t h a t m i c r o s t r u c t u r e lies b e y o n d the r e a c h o f o u r r e l a t i v e l y gross sensory a p p a r a t u s a n d o u r modest instruments.

The Vision: Let Reason be Your Guide in

Believing

33

H a d w e senses acute enough to discern the minute particles of bodies, and the real constitution on which their sensible qualities depend, I doubt not but they would produce quite different ideas in us; and that which is now the yellow colour of gold, would then disappear, and instead of it we should see an admirable texture of parts of a certain size and figure. This microscopes plainly discover to us: for w h a t to our naked eyes produces a certain colour, is by thus augmenting the acuteness of our senses, discovered to be quite a different thing; and altering, as it were, the proportion of the bulk of the minute parts of a coloured object to our usual sight, produces different ideas, from w h a t it did before . . . Blood to the naked eye appears all red; but by a good microscope, wherein its lesser parts appear, shows only some few globules of red, swimming in a pellucid liquor; and how these red globules would appear, if glasses would be found, that yet could magnify them iooo, or ioooo times more, is uncertain. (n,xxiii,i i ) 2 9

S i n c e w e l a c k c o n c e p t s o f the m i c r o s t r u c t u r a l n a t u r e s o f t h i n g s , w e d o n o t ( w i t h the r a r e s t e x c e p t i o n s ) " p e r c e i v e " w h i c h p r i m a r y q u a l i t i e s n e c e s s a r i l y c o e x i s t in s u b s t a n c e s ; w e d o n o t e v e n u n d e r s t a n d , in the w a y n e c e s s a r y for scientia, the c o h e s i o n o f the m i n u t e p a r t s o f b o d y a n d the c o m m u n i c a t i o n o f m o t i o n - n o r , as a m a t t e r o f fact, e x t e n s i o n itself ( i t , x x i i i , 2 2 - 9). N e i t h e r d o w e " p e r c e i v e " w h a t effects s u b s t a n c e s o f a g i v e n n a t u r e will h a v e o n o t h e r s u b s t a n c e s o f the s a m e o r d i f f e r e n t n a t u r e s ; in p a r t i c u l a r , w e d o not " p e r c e i v e " a n y c o n n e c t i o n b e t w e e n c o m b i n a t i o n s o f p r i m a r y q u a l i t i e s in s u b s t a n c e s a n d the p o w e r to c a u s e i d e a s o f s e c o n d a r y q u a l i t i e s in us. " I n v a i n therefore shall w e e n d e a v o u r to d i s c o v e r b y o u r i d e a s (the o n l y t r u e w a y o f c e r t a i n a n d u n i v e r s a l k n o w l e d g e , ) w h a t o t h e r i d e a s a r e to b e f o u n d c o n s t a n t l y j o i n e d w i t h t h a t o f o u r c o m p l e x i d e a of a n y s u b s t a n c e : s i n c e w e n e i t h e r k n o w the r e a l c o n s t i t u t i o n o f the m i n u t e p a r t s , o n w h i c h their qualities d o depend; nor, did w e k n o w them, could w e discover a n y necessary connection

between

them,

and

any

o f the

secondary

q u a l i t i e s : w h i c h is n e c e s s a r y to b e d o n e , b e f o r e w e c a n c e r t a i n l y k n o w their n e c e s s a r y c o - e x i s t e n c e " ( i v , i i i , 1 4 ) . I t is o f p r i m e i m p o r t a n c e to k e e p in m i n d t h a t L o c k e is s p e a k i n g h e r e o f knowledge;

w e c a n n o t know the m i c r o s t r u c t u r a l n a t u r e s o f

t h i n g s . T h e e n t i r e a r g u m e n t p r e s u p p o s e s t h a t w e d o have good reason to believe t h a t n a t u r a l s u b s t a n c e s h a v e a m i c r o s t r u c t u r a l n a t u r e . B e h i n d this p r e s u p p o s i t i o n t h e r e lies, in t u r n , L o c k e ' s r e a l i z a t i o n t h a t p u r e l y 2 9

See also H , x x i i i , i 2 , in which Locke uses the famous metaphor of microscopical eyes. F o r a fine discussion of these matters, arguing, correctly in my view, that Locke did not regard corpuscles as in principle unobservable, nor is there anything in his system which should have led him so to regard them, see Lisa Downing, " A r e Corpuscles Unobservable in Principle for Locke?," Journal of the History of Philosophy 3 0 , 1 ( J a n u a r y 1 9 9 2 ) , 3 3 - 5 2 .

Rationality

34

in everyday

life

i n d u c t i v e p r o c e d u r e s for the c o n s t r u c t i o n o f n a t u r a l p h i l o s o p h y a r e i n a d e q u a t e , a n d that such procedures must be s u p p l e m e n t e d with p r a c t i c e s fitting w h a t w e w o u l d n o w c a l l the h y p o t h e t i c o - d e d u c t i v e model. T h e f o r m u l a t i o n o f h y p o t h e s e s c o n c e r n i n g the h i d d e n w o r k i n g s o f n a t u r e , o n a n a l o g y to its p e r c e p t i b l e w o r k i n g s , a n d the s u b s e q u e n t t e s t i n g o f those h y p o t h e s e s , is a n i n d i s p e n s a b l e c o m p o n e n t in the c o n s t r u c t i o n o f n a t u r a l p h i l o s o p h y . " A n a l o g y in these m a t t e r s is the o n l y h e l p w e h a v e " ( i v , x v i , i 2 ) ; a n d " h y p o t h e s e s , if t h e y a r e w e l l m a d e . . . often d i r e c t us to n e w d i s c o v e r i e s . B u t . . . w e s h o u l d n o t t a k e u p a n y o n e too h a s t i l y , ( w h i c h the m i n d , t h a t w o u l d a l w a y s p e n e t r a t e i n t o the c a u s e s o f t h i n g s , a n d h a v e p r i n c i p l e s to rest o n , is v e r y a p t to d o , ) till w e h a v e v e r y w e l l e x a m i n e d p a r t i c u l a r s , a n d m a d e s e v e r a l e x p e r i m e n t s , in t h a t t h i n g w h i c h w e w o u l d e x p l a i n b y o u r h y p o t h e s i s , a n d see w h e t h e r it will a g r e e to t h e m a l l , w h e t h e r o u r p r i n c i p l e s w i l l c a r r y us q u i t e t h r o u g h , a n d not be as inconsistent w i t h o n e p h e n o m e n o n o f n a t u r e , as t h e y s e e m to a c c o m o d a t e , a n d e x p l a i n a n o t h e r " (iv,xii,i3). ' 3 0

3

B u t d o e s n ' t o u r use o f g e n e r a l t e r m s s h o w , to the c o n t r a r y , t h a t w e d o g r a s p the essences o f t h i n g s ? Is it not, after a l l , e s s e n t i a l to g o l d t h a t it b e m a l l e a b l e , fusible, a n d y e l l o w i s h in c o l o r ? I s it n o t e s s e n t i a l to a h u m a n b e i n g t h a t he o r she b e r a t i o n a l ? S u c h facts, s a y s L o c k e , p e r t a i n to w h a t m a y b e c a l l e d nominal essences, not to real e s s e n c e s . G i v e n the m e a n i n g o f o u r E n g l i s h 32

:,

:

° T h e best discussion of this matter is Laurens L a u d a n , " T h e N a t u r e and Sources of Locke's Views on Hypotheses," in 1. C . T i p t o n (ed.), Locke tin Human Understanding (Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1 9 7 7 ) . " CX iv,xvi, 12: "This sort of probability, which is the best conduct of rational experiments, and the rise of hypothesis, has also its use and influence; and a w a r y reasoning from analogy leads us often into the discovery of (ruths, and useful productions, which would otherwise lie concealed." "It will, 110 doubt, be presently objected, Is not this an universal certain proposition, All gold is malleable? T o which I answer, it is a very certain proposition, if malleablcness be a part of the complex idea the word gold stands for. But then here is nothing affirmed of gold, but that that sound stands for an idea in which malleablcness is contained: and such a sort of truth and certainty as this, it is to say a centaur is four-footed. But if malleableness makes not a part of the specific essence the name gold stands for, 'lis plain, all gold is malleable, is not a certain proposition. Because let the complex idea of gold, be made up of which soever of its other qualities you please, malleableness will not appear to depend on that complex idea; nor follow from a n y simple one contained in it. The connection that malleableness has (if it has any) with those other qualities, being only by the intervention of the real constitution of its insensible parts, which, since we know not, 'tis impossible we should perceive that connection, unless we could discover that which ties them together. T h e more, indeed, of those co-existing qualities we unite into one complex idea, under one name, the more precise and determinate we make the signification of that word; but yet never make it thereby more capable of universal certainty, in respect of other qualities, not contained in our complex idea; since we perceive not their connection, or dependence one on another; being ignorant

y i

The Vision: Let Reason be Your Guide in Believing

35

w o r d " g o l d , " a necessary condition of " g o l d " being true of something is t h a t it b e m a l l e a b l e , fusible, y e l l o w i s h in c o l o r , a n d so o n . I f s o m e w h e r e t h e r e w e r e a c o m m u n i t y o f p e r s o n s w h o k n e w the r e a l essences o f things, o n e c o u l d i m a g i n e t h a t c o m m u n i t y a l s o h a v i n g a l a n g u a g e s o m e o f w h o s e g e n e r a l t e r m s e x p r e s s e d those r e a l essences. I d e a s o f those c o n j u n c t i o n s o f p r i m a r y q u a l i t i e s w h i c h d e t e r f n i n e the r e a l essences o f p h y s i c a l entities w o u l d c o n s t i t u t e the m e a n i n g s o f the c o r r e s p o n d i n g g e n e r a l t e r m s . O u r h u m a n l a n g u a g e is not like that. I d e a s o f the r e a l essences o f t h i n g s c a n n o t c o n s t i t u t e the m e a n i n g s o f o u r g e n e r a l t e r m s , s i n c e w e d o not h a v e s u c h i d e a s . A n d w o r s e : T h e r e is n o r e a s o n to t h i n k t h a t the n o m i n a l essences e x p r e s s e d b y o u r t e r m s e v e n so m u c h as c o i n c i d e in t h e i r e x t e n s i o n w i t h r e a l essences. F o r all w e k n o w , s o m e o f the l u m p s o f stuff t h a t satisfy the sense o f o u r w o r d " g o l d " m a y differ from e a c h o t h e r in their e x p l a n a t o r y c o n s t i t u t i o n , j u s t as s o m e o f the l u m p s t h a t d o not satisfy it m a y s h a r e t h e i r f u n d a m e n t a l c o n s t i t u t i o n w i t h l u m p s t h a t d o . C h e m i s t s e s p e c i a l l y , s a y s L o c k e , " a r e often, b y s a d e x p e r i e n c e , c o n v i n c e d o f [ t h i s ] , w h e n they, s o m e t i m e s in v a i n , seek for the s a m e q u a l i t i e s in o n e p a r c e l o f s u l p h u r , a n t i m o n y , o r v i t r i o l , w h i c h t h e y h a v e f o u n d in others. F o r t h o u g h t h e y a r e b o d i e s o f the s a m e species, h a v i n g the s a m e n o m i n a l e s s e n c e , u n d e r the s a m e n a m e ; y e t t h e y d o often, u p o n s e v e r e w a y s o f e x a m i n a t i o n , b e t r a y q u a l i t i e s so d i f f e r e n t o n e from a n o t h e r , as to frustrate the e x p e c t a t i o n a n d l a b o u r o f v e r y w a r y chemists" (m,vi,8). 3 3

I n s h o r t , " o u r d i s t i n g u i s h i n g s u b s t a n c e s into species b y n a m e s , is not a t all f o u n d e d on t h e i r r e a l essences; n o r c a n w e p r e t e n d to r a n g e , a n d d e t e r m i n e t h e m e x a c t l y i n t o species, a c c o r d i n g to i n t e r n a l essential d i f f e r e n c e s " ( m , v i , 2 o ) . Y e t the A r i s t o t e l i a n w a y o f t h i n k i n g o f essence f u n d a m e n t a l l y takes o u r o r d i n a r y classifications for g r a n t e d . T h u s it is, a t b o t t o m , m o r e a s y s t e m a t i z a t i o n o f n o m i n a l essence t h a n a t h e o r y of r e a l e s s e n c e . " A l l the g r e a t business o f g e n e r a a n d s p e c i e s , a n d their essences, a m o u n t s to n o m o r e b u t this, t h a t m e n m a k i n g a b s t r a c t i d e a s , a n d settling t h e m in their m i n d s , w i t h n a m e s a n n e x e d to t h e m , d o t h e r e b y e n a b l e t h e m s e l v e s to c o n s i d e r t h i n g s , a n d

3 3

'

both of that real constitution in which they are all founded; and also how they flow from it" (iv,vi,9-io). T h o u g h Locke, in a fascinating passage, contends that we use many of our general terms with the intention that they function like that: "there is scarce anybody in the use of these words but often supposes each of those names to stand for a thing having the real essence" (m,x, 1 8 ; see § § 1 7 — 1 9 ) . There is an excellent discussion of Locke's distinction between real essence and nominal essence in J . L . Mackie, Problems from Locke, pp. 8 5 - 1 0 0 .

36

Rationality

in everyday life

d i s c o u r s e o f t h e m , as it w e r e in b u n d l e s , for the e a s i e r a n d r e a d i e r i m p r o v e m e n t , a n d c o m m u n i c a t i o n of their k n o w l e d g e " (m,iii,2o). L o c k e ' s s k e p t i c i s m c o n c e r n i n g the p o s s i b i l i t y o f a t r u e scientia o f n a t u r e w a s f o u n d e d , thus, o n a c e r t a i n m o d e l o f w h a t s u c h a scientia w o u l d be like, c o u p l e d w i t h the j u d g m e n t t h a t o u r p o s i t i o n in n a t u r e m a k e s it i m p o s s i b l e for us to a c q u i r e the c o n c e p t s n e c e s s a r y for s u c h a scientia. W i t h t h r e e c e n t u r i e s o f n a t u r a l p h i l o s o p h y b e t w e e n us a n d h i m , w e c a n n o w see b o t h h o w p r e s c i e n t he w a s a n d h o w m i s t a k e n . O u r n a t u r a l scientists h a v e f o l l o w e d e x a c t l y t h e c o u r s e w h i c h L o c k e p r o j e c t e d as r e q u i r e d : T h e y h a v e p r o b e d the m i c r o s t r u c t u r e o f p h y s i c a l r e a l i t y . B y d o i n g so, t h e y h a v e g o n e b e y o n d g e n e r a l i z a t i o n s to the d i s c o v e r y o f l a w s . A n d t h o u g h the use o f the h y p o t h e t i c o d e d u c t i v e m e t h o d h a s b e e n i n d i s p e n s a b l e to this d e v e l o p m e n t , d e v e l o p m e n t s in t e c h n o l o g y , e n a b l i n g us to p e r c e i v e the r e m o t e a n d the m i n u t e , h a v e likewise p l a y e d a n i m p o r t a n t role. L o c k e ' s i n t i m a t i o n s o n this s c o r e w e r e c o r r e c t , w h i l e a t the s a m e t i m e , his p r e d i c t i o n t h a t the n e c e s s a r y t e c h n o l o g y w o u l d r e m a i n f o r e v e r u n a t t a i n a b l e h a s p r o v e d m i s t a k e n to a n a m a z i n g d e g r e e . I t m u s t b e a d d e d , t h o u g h , t h a t e v e n if L o c k e h a d foreseen t h a t the n e w n a t u r a l p h i l o s o p h y w o u l d s u c c e e d in d i s c o v e r i n g the m i c r o s t r u c t u r a l n a t u r e s o f s u b s t a n c e s , he w o u l d still h a v e insisted t h a t s u c h o b s e r v a t i o n - b a s e d s c i e n c e d o e s not m e a s u r e u p to the i d e a l of scientia. W e c a n o n l y b e l i e v e , not k n o w , t h a t w a t e r , s a y , h a s the m i c r o s t r u c t u r a l n a t u r e t h a t o u r s c i e n c e assigns to it. T h i s p a r a l l e l s L o c k e ' s insistence t h a t it is p u r e a n d n o t a p p l i e d m a t h e m a t i c s w h i c h is a scientia, a n d t h a t it is p u r e a n d not a p p l i e d m o r a l i t y w h i c h c a n b e b r o u g h t to the p o i n t o f b e i n g a scientia. T h o u g h w e c a n " s e e " t h a t m u r d e r d e s e r v e s d e a t h , s a y s L o c k e , w e c a n o n l y b e l i e v e t h a t this a c t i o n before us is m u r d e r . There w a s a n o t h e r point on w h i c h L o c k e p r o v e d prescient. E r n a n M c M u l l i n , in his fine essay " T h e S h a p i n g o f S c i e n t i f i c R a t i o n a l i t y : Construction a n d C o n s t r a i n t , " observes that three ideals h a v e w e a v e d in a n d o u t o f the h i s t o r y of w h a t w e n o w c a l l s c i e n c e : the i d e a l o f p r e d i c t i o n , the i d e a l o f e x p l a n a t i o n , a n d the i d e a l o f h i g h e p i s t e m i c status for scientific c l a i m s ; a n d h e p o i n t s o u t h o w s e l d o m a b o d y o f l e a r n i n g h a s satisfied all t h r e e o f these i d e a l s s i m u l t a n e o u s l y . L o c k e s a w the i d e a l s as f a l l i n g a p a r t . H e e n v i s a g e d a n e x p l a n a t o r y s c i e n c e in w h i c h the c l a i m s w e r e c e r t a i n . B u t he t h o u g h t t h a t w e h u m a n b e i n g s h a d to b e c o n t e n t w i t h s o m e t h i n g else, n a m e l y , " n a t u r a l p h i l o s o p h y , " 3 4

3 4

In E r n a n M c M u l l i n (ed.), Construction and Constraint (Notre D a m e , University of Notre D a m e Press, 1 9 8 8 ) .

The Vision: Let Reason be Your Guide in Believing

37

w h i c h consists o f b e l i e f r a t h e r t h a n k n o w l e d g e . [ S p e c u l a t i v e s c i e n c e , " s a y s L o c k e , " I i m a g i n e w e h a v e n o n e , a n d p e r h a p s , I m a y think I h a v e r e a s o n to s a y , w e n e v e r s h a l l b e a b l e to m a k e a s c i e n c e o f it. T h e w o r k s o f n a t u r e a r e c o n t r i v e d b y a w i s d o m , a n d o p e r a t e b y w a y s too f a r s u r p a s s i n g o u r f a c u l t i e s to d i s c o v e r , o r c a p a c i t i e s to c o n c e i v e , for us e v e r to b e a b l e to r e d u c e t h e m i n t o a s c i e n c e " {Education, § 1 9 0 ; Works, viii, 1 8 2 ) . Y e t L o c k e d i d not c o n f i n e h i m s e l f to d e s c r i b i n g the n e w n a t u r a l p h i l o s o p h y c o m i n g to b i r t h in his d a y as y i e l d i n g g e n e r a l i z a t i o n s ; n o w a n d t h e n , e s p e c i a l l y w h e n h e h a s the role o f h y p o t h e s e s in m i n d , h e s p e a k s o f it as o f f e r i n g explanations ( i v , x i i , i 3 ; x v i , i 2 ) . H e d o e s n o t discuss w h a t sort o f e x p l a n a t i o n s these m i g h t b e . S i n c e h e a p p e a r s to h a v e t h o u g h t o f the r e l e v a n t h y p o t h e s e s as h y p o t h e s e s c o n c e r n i n g t h e essences o f t h i n g s , h e m a y h a v e t h o u g h t o f the n e w n a t u r a l p h i l o s o p h y as o f f e r i n g e x p l a n a t i o n s o n l y in the sense t h a t it y i e l d s beliefs (not k n o w l e d g e ) c o n c e r n i n g the o n t o l o g i c a l s t r u c t u r e o f n a t u r e . O r d i d h e h a v e s o m e i n k l i n g o f the fact t h a t the e x p l a n a t i o n s w e r e o f a d i f f e r e n t sort, causal r a t h e r t h a n ontological? L o c k e l i v e d o n t h e t h r e s h o l d of t h e e m e r g e n c e o f a n e w v i e w o f n a t u r e , a c c o r d i n g to w h i c h n a t u r e h a s n o t j u s t a n o n t o l o g i c a l , b u t a c a u s a l , s t r u c t u r e ; a n d o f the e m e r g e n c e o f a n e w v i e w o f s c i e n c e , a c c o r d i n g to w h i c h it is the b u s i n e s s o f s c i e n c e to discover that causal structure. D i d L o c k e h a v e some glimpse of w h a t l a y o n the o t h e r side o f t h a t t h r e s h o l d ? I t is h a r d to tell. K n o w l e d g e , t h e n , is s h o r t a n d s c a n t y ; the n e w n a t u r a l p h i l o s o p h y , i m p r e s s i v e t h o u g h it b e , is n o t h i n g to the c o n t r a r y . E v e n if it s h o u l d p r o v e to g i v e us w e l l - g r o u n d e d beliefs c o n c e r n i n g the essential n a t u r e s o f t h i n g s , it is a t best belief t h a t it offers us, o p i n i o n , n o t k n o w l e d g e . T h a t , t h o u g h , is sufficient for the life t h a t o u r C r e a t o r i n t e n d e d for us: T h e infinite wise contriver of us, and all things about us, hath fitted our senses, faculties, and organs, to the conveniences of life, and the business we have to do here. W e are able, by our senses, to know, and distinguish things; and to examine them so far, as to a p p l y them to our uses, and several ways to accomodate the exigences of this life. W e h a v e insight enough into their admirable contrivances, and wonderful effects, to admire, and magnify the wisdom, power, and goodness of their A u t h o r . . . B u t it appears not that G o d intended, we should have a perfect, clear, and adequate knowledge of them: that perhaps is not in the comprehension of a n y finite being. W e are furnished with faculties (dull and weak as they are) to discover enough in the creatures, to lead us to the knowledge of the Creator, and the knowledge of our duty; and w e are fitted well enough with abilities, to provide for the conveniences of living: these are our business in this world. ( n , x x i i i , i 2 )

38

Rationality (c)

in everyday

The nature of

life

knowledge

W e h a v e b e e n d i s c u s s i n g L o c k e ' s v i e w s as to the s c o p e o f k n o w l e d g e . L e t us n o w c o n s i d e r its n a t u r e . K n o w l e d g e , s a y s L o c k e in the f o r m u l a o p e n i n g B o o k i v , is perception. O b v i o u s l y h e is u s i n g p e r c e p t i o n m e t a p h o r i c a l l y . T o w h a t d o e s his m e t a p h o r p o i n t ? L o c k e d o e s n ' t e x p l i c i t l y tell us. I p r o p o s e t h a t w e try to u n d e r s t a n d w h a t h e w a s g e t t i n g a t b y c o n s i d e r i n g it f r o m t w o d i f f e r e n t p e r s p e c t i v e s , f r o m the p e r s p e c t i v e o f the p h i l o s o p h i c a l t r a d i t i o n , a n d from the p e r s p e c t i v e o f ordinary speech. P r o m i n e n t in the W e s t e r n p h i l o s o p h i c a l t r a d i t i o n h a s b e e n its i d e n t i f i c a t i o n of, a n d a t t e n t i o n to, a c e r t a i n e x p e r i e n c e w h i c h s o m e t i m e s a c c o m p a n i e s (or c a u s e s ) c o m i n g to k n o w o r b e l i e v e p r o p o s i t i o n s o f c e r t a i n sorts. O n e m a y b e l i e v e , s a y , that one of the cups was broken b e c a u s e s o m e o n e o n e trusts tells o n e so. O r o n e m a y b e l i e v e that this cup is broken b e c a u s e o n e sees t h a t it is. O r I m a y b e l i e v e that I broke one of the cups b e c a u s e I r e m e m b e r t h a t I d i d . B u t s u p p o s e o n e c o m e s to b e l i e v e that green is a color, or that all bachelors are unmarried, o r that i + i — 2 , o r that either it is raining outside or it is not the case that it is. A n y o n e o f these m i g h t b e told o n e b y s o m e o n e . B u t e v e n if it w e r e , e v e n if o n e d i d not t h i n k o f it on o n e ' s o w n , w h e n o n e fully u n d e r s t a n d s it o n e d o e s not b e l i e v e it on the s p e a k e r ' s s a y s o . O n e h a s the e x p e r i e n c e o f " j u s t k n o w i n g i t , " straight-off, as soon as o n e g r a s p s it. T h a t e x p e r i e n c e is s i g n i f i c a n t l y d i l f e r e n t f r o m w h a t o n e h a s w h e n believing something on someone's sayso, or because of perception. A g a i n , h a l f w a y i n t o o n e ' s h i g h s c h o o l class o n p l a n e g e o m e t r y o n e p r o v e s the P y t h a g o r e a n T h e o r e m . O n e ' s e l d e r b r o t h e r m a y e a r l i e r h a v e m e n t i o n e d the p r e m i s e s , a n d o n e m a y h a v e b e l i e v e d o n his s a y s o t h a t the t h e o r e m follows from those. B u t n o w o n e h a s the e x p e r i e n c e o f " j u s t k n o w i n g " t h a t it d o e s . I , for myself, find it difficult to i m a g i n e a n a d u l t w e l l - f o r m e d h u m a n b e i n g w h o h a s not h a d this e x p e r i e n c e of " j u s t k n o w i n g . " N o n e t h e l e s s , it m u s t b e a c k n o w l e d g e d t h a t the e x p e r i e n c e is b y n o m e a n s familiar to a l l , in the sense t h a t all h a v e i s o l a t e d the e x p e r i e n c e for a t t e n t i o n . W h o l e c u l t u r e s , so far as o n e c a n tell, h a v e m a d e n o t h i n g o f it. T h e c u l t u r e o f the a n c i e n t H e b r e w s , as it c o m e s to e x p r e s s i o n in the H e b r e w S c r i p t u r e s , is a n e x a m p l e . T h e use o f v i s u a l m e t a p h o r s to d e s c r i b e this e x p e r i e n c e o f " j u s t k n o w i n g " h a s b e e n s t a n d a r d w i t h i n the p h i l o s o p h i c a l t r a d i t i o n , a n d o u t s i d e it as w e l l , since the t i m e o f G r e e k a n t i q u i t y : I j u s t see t h a t g r e e n

The Vision: Let Reason be Tour Guide in Believing

39

is a c o l o r , I j u s t see t h a t the t h e o r e m follows, a n d so o n . W h e t h e r t h e r e is s o m e n a t u r a l p r o p r i e t y a b o u t this m e t a p h o r , o r w h e t h e r w e a r e a l l s h a p e d b y o u r c u l t u r a l i n h e r i t a n c e , is p e r h a p s n o w i m p o s s i b l e to tell. I n a n y c a s e , the m e t a p h o r is n o t i n n o c u o u s . I t i n v i t e s us to t h i n k t h a t in s u c h e x p e r i e n c e s w e b e c o m e a w a r e o f s o m e t h i n g - r a t h e r in the w a y in w h i c h , w h e n w e see a c o w before us, w e b e c o m e a w a r e of the c o w . W h a t m i g h t it b e t h a t o n e " s e e s " in cases o f t h e sort I h a v e m e n t i o n e d ? T h e c l a s s i c a n s w e r is t h a t o n e is a w a r e t h a t o n e a n d a n o t h e r p r o p o s i t i o n is n e c e s s a r i l y t r u e , a n d t h a t c e r t a i n r e l a t i o n s a m o n g p r o p o s i t i o n s a r e n e c e s s a r y . A n d the e x p e r i e n c e itself, it h a s b e e n s a i d , m a r k s the a c t i v a t i o n o f o u r s h a r e d h u m a n f a c u l t y for s u c h a w a r e n e s s . I t is to this f a c u l t y that the n a m e Reason h a s t r a d i t i o n a l l y been attached. A s s u m i n g the p r o p r i e t y o f the o c u l a r m e t a p h o r , to h a v e t h e " j u s t k n o w i n g " e x p e r i e n c e is to see that s u c h - a n d - s u c h a p r o p o s i t i o n is t r u e ( a n d c a n n o t be false) o r thai o n e p r o p o s i t i o n follows f r o m a n o t h e r . O r s o m e t i m e s the m e t a p h o r is not the m e t a p h o r o f seeing that s o m e p r o p o s i t i o n is true, b u t the m e t a p h o r of seeing s o m e fact. W h e t h e r it b e p r o p o s i t i o n s or facts, w h e t h e r it b e s e e i n g - t h a t o r s e e i n g , s o m e t i m e s it is s a i d t h a t the s e e i n g o c c u r s b e c a u s e R e a s o n i l l u m i n e s the t h i n g seen; D e s c a r t e s w a s g i v e n to this w a y o f s p e a k i n g . S o m e t i m e s , o n the c o n t r a r y , it is s a i d t h a t the s e e i n g o c c u r s b e c a u s e the t h i n g seen is itself l u m i n o u s . L o c k e w a s p a r t i a l to s p e a k i n g in this w a y . E i t h e r w a y , w h e t h e r R e a s o n lights u p w h a t w e see so t h a t w e c a n see it, o r w h e t h e r the t h i n g itself is l u m i n o u s so that b y R e a s o n w e c a n see it, it h a s often b e e n s a i d o r s u g g e s t e d t h a t t h e r e is a n u n a v o i d a b i l i t y a b o u t b e l i e v i n g w h a t one "sees." W h e n describing intuitive knowledge L o c k e says t h a t " T h i s p a r t o f k n o w l e d g e is i r r e s i s t i b l e , a n d l i k e the b r i g h t s u n s h i n e , forces itself i m m e d i a t e l y to b e p e r c e i v e d , as soon as e v e r the m i n d t u r n s its v i e w t h a t w a y ; a n d l e a v e s n o r o o m for h e s i t a t i o n , d o u b t , o r e x a m i n a t i o n , b u t the m i n d is p r e s e n t l y filled w i t h the c l e a r light of it" (iv,ii, 1 ) . I n s h o r t , L o c k e w a s s t a n d i n g w i t h i n a l o n g - a n d in his o w n d a y , very m u c h alive - philosophical tradition of thought and m e t a p h o r w h e n he s p o k e of perceiving: " p e r c e i v i n g " w h a t I h a v e b e e n c a l l i n g " f a c t s , " w h a t h e c a l l s " a g r e e m e n t s a n d d i s a g r e e m e n t s . " H e d o e s not d e f e n d the p r o p r i e t y o f this m e t a p h o r ; h e a s s u m e s it. T h e d e b a t e s c o n c e r n i n g i n t u i t i v e k n o w l e d g e i n t o w h i c h he e n t e r s a r e n o t d e b a t e s c o n c e r n i n g t h e r e a l i t y o f i n t u i t i o n b u t d e b a t e s c o n c e r n i n g the necessity a n d u t i l i t y o f f o r m a l l o g i c , s p e c i f i c a l l y , s y l l o g i s t i c l o g i c , for

Rationality

40

in everyday

life

p u t t i n g o u r f a c u l t y o f i n t u i t i o n to w o r k i n the a c q u i s i t i o n o f knowledge. H e assumes, a l o n g with the high medievals, that here a n d t h e r e w e h u m a n b e i n g s h a v e u n o b s t r u c t e d o p e n n e s s to r e a l i t y t h o u g h w e r e a m e d i e v a l to l e a r n o f L o c k e ' s v i e w as to the o n t o l o g i c a l s t a t u s o f the r e a l i t y to w h i c h w e a r e o p e n , h e w o u l d feel p r o f o u n d l y c l a u s t r o p h o b i c . C e r t a i n facts a r e r i g h t t h e r e before the m i n d ' s e y e . W e "perceive" t h e m . S u c h p e r c e p t i o n is k n o w l e d g e . " K n o w i n g is s e e i n g " (Conduct § 2 4 ; Works 1 1 , 3 6 6 ) ; k n o w l e d g e is " v i s i o n " ( F o u r t h L e t t e r for T o l e r a t i o n ; Works v , 5 5 8 ) . L o c k e s p e a k s o n o c c a s i o n o f the faculties o f k n o w l e d g e . S u c h faculties a r e n o t p r o d u c t i v e faculties b u t modes of openness to ( c e r t a i n of) the facts o f r e a l i t y . H e s p e a k s o f " t h e e y e o r the p e r c e p t i v e f a c u l t y o f the m i n d " ( i v , x v i i , 4 ) . I n the c o l d w i n t e r , if a m a n looks o u t a t the e a r t h " h e c a n n o t h e l p s e e i n g it w h i t e a n d h o a r y . " S o t o o , " o u r will h a t h n o p o w e r to d e t e r m i n e the k n o w l e d g e o f the m i n d o n e w a y o r o t h e r ; t h a t is d o n e o n l y b y the objects t h e m s e l v e s . . . the m i n d c a n n o t b u t r e c e i v e those i d e a s w h i c h a r e p r e s e n t e d b y t h e m " ( i v , x i i i , 2 ) . " [ I ] n b a r e n a k e d p e r c e p t i o n , the m i n d is, for the m o s t p a r t , o n l y p a s s i v e ; a n d w h a t it p e r c e i v e s , it c a n n o t a v o i d p e r c e i v i n g " ( n , i x , i ) . I n the c a s e o f belief, " t h a t w h i c h m a k e s m e b e l i e v e , is s o m e t h i n g e x t r a n e o u s to the t h i n g I b e l i e v e " ( i v , x v , 3 ) . I n the c a s e o f k n o w l e d g e , it is the v e r y fact itself. " W h a t I see I k n o w to b e so, b y the e v i d e n c e o f the t h i n g i t s e l f " (iv, x i x , 1 0 ) . 3 5

This p r e s u m e d c a p a c i t y o f o u r s for " p e r c e i v i n g " facts is o f f u n d a m e n t a l i m p o r t a n c e for L o c k e ' s v i s i o n as a w h o l e . I n his Conduct of the Understanding L o c k e asks w h a t " a n o v i c e , a n i n q u i r e r , a s t r a n g e r " s h o u l d d o w h e n faced w i t h the q u e s t i o n o f w h a t to b e l i e v e . " I a n s w e r , " he s a y s , " u s e his e y e s . T h e r e is a c o r r e s p o n d e n c e i n :15

Leibniz, in .New Essays, p. 1 3 4 , says thai he "would prefer lo distinguish between perception and bring aware. F o r instance, a perception of light or colour of which we are a w a r e is made up of many minute perceptions of which we arc unaware; and a noise which we perceive but do not attend to is brought within reach of our awareness by a tiny increase or addition. If the previous noise had no effect on the soul, this minute addition would have none either, nor would the total." Locke interprets the phenomena here differently. Though awareness is not, on his view, a condition of sensory stimulation, it is a condition of perception; and in turn, it appears to be his view thai there are no unperceived ideas: " A sufficient impulse there m a y be on the organ; but it not reaching the observation of the mind, there follows no perception . . . W a n t of sensation in this case, is not through any defect in the organ, or that the man's ears are less affected, than at other times, when he does hear: but that which uses to produce the idea, though conveyed in by the usual organ, not being taken notice of in the understanding, and so imprinting no idea on the mind, there follows no sensation. S o that wherever there is sense, or perception, there some idea is actually produced, and present in the understanding" (n,ix,4).

The

Vision:

Let Reason be Your Guide in Believing

41

t h i n g s , a n d a g r e e m e n t a n d d i s a g r e e m e n t in i d e a s , d i s c e r n i b l e in v e r y d i f f e r e n t d e g r e e s , a n d t h e r e a r e e y e s in m e n to see t h e m , if t h e y p l e a s e (§33; Works 1 1 , 3 7 9 ) . W h e n c a l l e d to d o o u r best in the g o v e r n a n c e o f o u r beliefs w e a r e to set u n g r o u n d e d t r a d i t i o n a s i d e a n d g e t d o w n to the t h i n g s t h e m s e l v e s . A p e r s o n s h o u l d p u r s u e t r u t h " b y i n q u i r i n g d i r e c t l y i n t o the n a t u r e o f the t h i n g itself, w i t h o u t m i n d i n g the o p i n i o n s o f o t h e r s , o r t r o u b l i n g h i m s e l f w i t h their q u e s t i o n s o r d i s p u t e s a b o u t it"(Conduct, § 3 5 ; Works 1 1 , 3 8 2 ) . 36

A f u n d a m e n t a l c o n c e p t in the e p i s t e m o l o g i c a l t r a d i t i o n w h i c h L o c k e i n h e r i t e d w a s t h a t o f self-evidence. A p r o p o s i t i o n w a s s a i d to b e s e l f - e v i d e n t per se j u s t in c a s e n o o n e c o u l d g r a s p it w i t h o u t s e e i n g it to be t r u e a n d w i t h o u t b e i n g c o m p e l l e d to b e l i e v e it; a n d a p r o p o s i t i o n w a s s a i d to b e s e l f - e v i d e n t to a person S j u s t in c a s e it w a s s e l f - e v i d e n t per se a n d w a s g r a s p e d b y S . I t w a s c h a r a c t e r i s t i c a l l y a s s u m e d t h a t o n l y n e c e s s a r i l y t r u e p r o p o s i t i o n s fit the c o n c e p t o f s e l f - e v i d e n t per se. A l l the e x a m p l e s I h a v e g i v e n thus far o f t h i n g s w h i c h o n e c a n " j u s t k n o w " to b e t r u e w o u l d b e r e g a r d e d b y the t r a d i t i o n as e x a m p l e s o f p r o p o s i t i o n s w h i c h a r e s e l f - e v i d e n t per se. L o c k e a l s o s p e a k s o f s e l f - e v i d e n c e . A n d he s a y s a b o u t p r o p o s i t i o n s w h i c h h e c a l l s " s e l f - e v i d e n t " w h a t the t r a d i t i o n s a i d a b o u t those it called "self-evident": "all such affirmations, and negations, are m a d e w i t h o u t a n y p o s s i b i l i t y of d o u b t , u n c e r t a i n t y , o r h e s i t a t i o n , a n d m u s t necessarily b e assented to, as soon as u n d e r s t o o d " (iv,vii,4). Nonetheless, L o c k e is not w o r k i n g w i t h the t r a d i t i o n a l c o n c e p t . T h a t is c l e a r b o t h f r o m the fact that he cites as e x a m p l e s of s e l f - e v i d e n t p r o p o s i t i o n s o n e s t h a t n o o n e from the t r a d i t i o n w o u l d h a v e c i t e d as e x a m p l e s - for e x a m p l e , that I exist a n d that I have this idea; a n d from his official 3 6

Cf. this passage from Locke's near contemporary, J o h n Wilkins: "It behooves everyone in the search for truth, always to preserve a philosophical liberty, not to be cnslav'd to the opinion of any man as to think whatever he says to be infallible. W e must labour to find out what things are in themselves, by our own experience, and a thorough examination of their natures, not what another says of them." Quoted by Barbara J . Shapiro, Probability and Certainly in Seventeenth-Century England (Princeton. Princeton University Press, 1 9 8 3 ) , p. 64. The following passage from Locke, Essay i , i v , 2 3 , makes the point by referring (rather smugly) to his own practice: "This I am certain, I have not made it my business, either to quit, or follow any authority in the ensuing discourse: truth has been my only aim; and wherever that has appeared to lead, m y thoughts have impartially followed, without minding, whether the footsteps of any other lay that w a y , or not. Not that I want a due respect to other men's opinions; but after all, the greatest reverence is due to truth; and, I hope, it will not be thought arrogance to say, that, perhaps, we should make greater progress in the discovery of rational and contemplative knowledge, if we sought it in the fountain, in the consideration of things themselves and made use rather ofour own thoughts than other men's to find it. For, 1 think, we m a y as rationally hope to see with other men's eyes, as to know by other men's understandings."

Rationality

42

in everyday

life

d e f i n i t i o n o f " s e l f - e v i d e n c e . " H e officially i n t r o d u c e s " s e l f - e v i d e n t " not to p i c k o u t c e r t a i n p r o p o s i t i o n s b u t to p i c k o u t a k i n d o f k n o w l e d g e . O f f i c i a l l y , " s e l f - e v i d e n t " is for h i m a s y n o n y m of " i n t u i t i v e " a n d " i m m e d i a t e " ; its c o n t r a s t is " d e m o n s t r a t i v e " : " K n o w l e d g e . . . consists in the p e r c e p t i o n o f the a g r e e m e n t o r d i s a g r e e m e n t o f i d e a s : N o w w h e r e t h a t a g r e e m e n t o r d i s a g r e e m e n t is p e r c e i v e d i m m e d i a t e l y b y itself, w i t h o u t the i n t e r v e n t i o n o r h e l p o f a n y o t h e r , t h e r e o u r k n o w l e d g e is s e l f - e v i d e n t " ( i v , v i i , 2 ) . 3 7

3 8

L o c k e ' s use o f the l o c u t i o n " i n t u i t i v e p e r c e p t i o n " g i v e s o n e the feeling o f w a l k i n g o u t o n t o q u i c k s a n d . T h e t r a d i t i o n a l n o t i o n o f a s e l f - e v i d e n t p r o p o s i t i o n s e e m s r e l a t i v e l y c l e a r . B u t if the s c o p e o f " p e r c e p t i o n " is t h o u g h t o f as g o i n g b e y o n d the s e l f - e v i d e n t , h o w far b e y o n d d o e s it g o ? I n w h a t d i r e c t i o n ? W e s p e a k , in o r d i n a r y life, o f seeing t h a t it is a l m o s t t w e l v e o ' c l o c k a n d of seeing t h a t the l e a v e s a r e b e g i n n i n g to t u r n t h e i r fall c o l o r s . L o c k e w o u l d n e v e r c i t e e i t h e r o f these as e x a m p l e s o f w h a t h e h a s in m i n d b y " p e r c e p t i o n . " W h y not? W h a t a r e the limits o f the p r o p e r use o f the w o r d " p e r c e p t i o n " in the m e t a p h o r i c a l s e n s e L o c k e i n t e n d s ? H o w d o w e d i s c e r n those limits? W h a t is t h a t m e t a p h o r i c a l sense? R e f l e c t i n g o n the p h i l o s o p h i c a l t r a d i t i o n in w h i c h L o c k e s t a n d s p r o b a b l y h e l p s less h e r e t h a n a t t e n d i n g to o r d i n a r y s p e e c h - t h o u g h it is b y n o m e a n s i r r e l e v a n t t h a t , for e x a m p l e , A q u i n a s s p o k e o f w h a t is " e v i d e n t to the s e n s e s , " a n d t h a t D e s c a r t e s s p o k e o f o u r f a c u l t y o f i n t u i t i o n as e n a b l i n g us to k n o w not o n l y c e r t a i n n e c e s s a r y t r u t h s b u t p r o p o s i t i o n s c o n c e r n i n g o u r i m m e d i a t e states o f c o n s c i o u s n e s s . B y n o m e a n s d i d the t r a d i t i o n t r e a t the s c o p e o f i n t u i t i o n , a n d o f w h a t c a n be e v i d e n t to us, as c o n f i n e d to s e l f - e v i d e n t n e c e s s a r y t r u t h s . 39

3

'

3 8

3 9

This then accounts tor the fact that in his Second Letter to Slillingflcct, Locke says that all knowledge (and certainty) require self-evident propositions: "that there is any knowledge, without self-evident propositions, I am . . . far from denying" (Works 111,371)); " I make sell-evident propositions necessary to certainty, and found all certainty only in them" (ibid., 4 2 1 ) . T h e r e are a few passages in which it would appear that Locke is thinking of "perception" as immediate, and of propositions as self-evident, and holding that immediate "perception" of facts is the ground of assent to self-evident propositions: " O f such agreement, or disagreement as this, the mind has an immediate perception but in very few of them. A n d therefore in this sort, we have but very little intuitive knowledge: nor are there to be found very manypropositions that are self-evident" (iv,vii,5). But he is not consistent on this. Leibniz has a very interesting discussion of intuition in New Essays, pp. 3 6 1 - 7 , and 4 3 4 . He says that truths known by intuition are either "truths of reason" or "truths of fact." W h a t they have in common, he says, is that "we cannot prove them by anything more certain" (p. 3 6 7 ) . A n d he adds that "the immediate awareness of our existence and of our thoughts provides us with the first a posteriori truths or truths of fact, i.e., the first experiences; while identical propositions embody the first a priori truths or truths of reason, i.e., the first illuminations. Neither kind admits of proof, and each can be called 'immediate' - the former

The Vision: Let Reason be Your Guide in

Believing

43

W h e n L o c k e s p e a k s o f " p e r c e p t i o n , " w e s h o u l d a l w a y s h e a r it as c o m i n g w i t h the adjective " d i r e c t " o r " i m m e d i a t e " : " d i r e c t p e r c e p t i o n , " " i m m e d i a t e p e r c e p t i o n . " L a t e r w e s h a l l c o n s i d e r h o w t h a t fits w i t h w h a t he s a y s a b o u t d e m o n s t r a t i v e k n o w l e d g e ; b u t L o c k e w i s h e s w i t h t h e w o r d " p e r c e p t i o n " to s i n g l e o u t the p h e n o m e n o n o f immediate a w a r e n e s s . S o m e t i m e s o u r a w a r e n e s s o f s o m e t h i n g is mediated b y o u r a w a r e n e s s o f s o m e t h i n g else. M y a w a r e n e s s o f w h a t is g o i n g o n in the H o u s e o f R e p r e s e n t a t i v e s in W a s h i n g t o n is m e d i a t e d b y m y a w a r e n e s s o f i m a g e s o n m y t e l e v i s i o n s c r e e n ; a n d m y a w a r e n e s s o f t h a t in t u r n is m e d i a t e d b y m y a w a r e n e s s o f the s e n s a t i o n s a n d i m a g e s I a m h a v i n g as I l o o k at m y t e l e v i s i o n s c r e e n . B u t w h a t m e d i a t e s m y a w a r e n e s s o f m y s e n s a t i o n s a n d i m a g e s ? I t s e e m s t h a t n o t h i n g at all d o e s ; I a m directly a w a r e of t h e m , immediately, without mediation. I s u g g e s t t h a t it is this n o t i o n o f direct, o r immediate, a w a r e n e s s t h a t L o c k e h a s in m i n d w h e n h e s p e a k s o f " p e r c e p t i o n , " a n d w h e n he cites e x a m p l e s o f t h i n g s t h a t fall w i t h i n the s c o p e o f " p e r c e p t i o n . " H e m i g h t m a k e m i s t a k e s in c i t i n g e x a m p l e s ; s o m e o f w h a t he cites as f a l l i n g w i t h i n the s c o p e o f this p h e n o m e n o n m a y not in fact d o so. B u t a l m o s t a l w a y s it helps to Of u n d e r s t a n d his m o v e s if o n e thinks of this as w h a t he is d o i n g . c o u r s e , e v e r s i n c e K a n t a n d H e g e l , the c l a i m t h a t w e h u m a n b e i n g s h a v e d i r e c t a w a r e n e s s o f c e r t a i n facts h a s b e e n r e j e c t e d b y a g o o d m a n y p h i l o s o p h e r s . E s p e c i a l l y in r e c e n t y e a r s , the p h r a s e of W i l f r e d S e l l a r s , " t h e m y t h o f the g i v e n , " ' h a s b e e n w i d e l y b a n d i e d a b o u t as i f it e x p r e s s e d a n u n q u e s t i o n a b l e t r u t h , e s p e c i a l l y b y those w h o s e official p o s i t i o n is t h a t there a r e n o u n q u e s t i o n a b l e t r u t h s . S u c h a r e the i r o n i e s o f p h i l o s o p h y ! B u t t h a t the m y t h in the r e g i o n is not the m y t h o f the g i v e n b u t the m y t h t h a t the g i v e n is a m y t h h a s r e c e n t l y b e e n c o g e n t l y a r g u e d b y W i l l i a m A l s t o n in his e s s a y " W h a t ' s W r o n g with Immediate K n o w l e d g e . " 4 0

4

4 2

I t is t i m e to a p p r o a c h L o c k e ' s u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f the n a t u r e o f k n o w l e d g e f r o m a s e c o n d a n g l e , as h e h i m s e l f d o e s . K n o w l e d g e , s a y s L o c k e , is "perception." Just as often, a n d j u s t as e m p h a t i c a l l y , he s a y s t h a t a h a l l m a r k o f k n o w l e d g e is certainty. F o r e x a m p l e , in s p e a k i n g o f because nothing comes between the understanding and its object, the latter because nothing comes between the subject and the predicate" (p. 4 3 4 ) . For a very different account of Locke's intuitionism, one which makes no use of the distinction between immediate and non-immediate awareness, see A y e r s , Locke: Volume I. Epistemology, chap. 2 9 . See especially Sellars' essay "Empiricism and the Philosophy of M i n d , " in his collection Science, Perception, and Reality (New Y o r k , Humanities Press, 1 9 6 3 ) . * N o w reprinted in Alston's collection, Epislemic Justification: Essays in the Theory of Knowledge (Ithaca, Cornell University Press, 1 9 8 9 ) .

4 0

4 1

4

Rationality

44

in everyday

life

o u r k n o w l e d g e o f o u r o w n e x i s t e n c e h e s a y s t h a t w e p e r c e i v e it " s o p l a i n l y " b u t a l s o " s o c e r t a i n l y " t h a t it n e i t h e r n e e d s , n o r is c a p a b l e of, a n y proof. T h i s k n o w l e d g e , h e s a y s , c o m e s " n o t s h o r t o f the h i g h e s t d e g r e e o f c e r t a i n t y " ( i v , i x , 3 ) . A n d as to his g e n e r a l p o s i t i o n , h e r e m a r k s in his letter to E d w a r d S t i l l i n g f l e e t , B i s h o p of W o r c e s t e r , t h a t w i t h m e to k n o w , a n d to b e c e r t a i n , is the s a m e thing; w h a t I k n o w , t h a t I a m c e r t a i n of; a n d w h a t I a m c e r t a i n of, t h a t I k n o w . W h a t r e a c h e s to k n o w l e d g e , I t h i n k m a y b e c a l l e d c e r t a i n t y ; a n d w h a t c o m e s s h o r t o f c e r t a i n t y , I t h i n k c a n n o t b e c a l l e d k n o w l e d g e " (Works 111,145). I t w a s not, o n L o c k e ' s v i e w , a c o i n c i d e n c e t h a t c e r t a i n t y is a sign o f k n o w l e d g e ; " p e r c e p t i o n " accounts for c e r t a i n t y . C e r t a i n t y , h e s a y s in o n e p l a c e , is " b u t the p e r c e p t i o n o f the a g r e e m e n t , o r d i s a g r e e m e n t o f o u r i d e a s " ( i v , i v , 7 ) . A n d in a n o t h e r , " t h e k n o w l e d g e o f the c e r t a i n t y o f p r i n c i p l e s , as well as o f a l l o t h e r t r u t h s , d e p e n d s o n l y u p o n the p e r c e p t i o n , w e h a v e , o f the a g r e e m e n t , o r d i s a g r e e m e n t of o u r i d e a s " (iv,xii,6) , A n d to the s u g g e s t i o n , m a d e b y S t i l l i n g f l e e t , t h a t c e r t a i n t y r e q u i r e s t h a t the i d e a s w h o s e a g r e e m e n t o r d i s a g r e e m e n t is p e r c e i v e d b e c l e a r a n d d i s t i n c t , L o c k e insists t h a t if o n e p e r c e i v e s s o m e a g r e e m e n t o r d i s a g r e e m e n t a m o n g i d e a s , t h e n c e r t a i n t y is p r e s e n t whether or not those ideas be clear and distinct; I h a v e not, h e s a y s , " p l a c e d c e r t a i n t y o n l y in c l e a r a n d d i s t i n c t i d e a s , b u t in the c l e a r a n d v i s i b l e c o n n e c t i o n o f a n y of o u r i d e a s , be those i d e a s w h a t t h e y w i l l " (Works 1 1 1 , 2 9 ; L o c k e m a k e s the p o i n t r e p e a t e d l y , e.g., 1 1 1 , 4 2 , 5 6 , 1 2 3 ) . 4 3

T o e x p l a i n his p o i n t , L o c k e o b s e r v e s t h a t if i d e a s " a r e c l e a r a n d distinct e n o u g h to be c a p a b l e of h a v i n g their a g r e e m e n t o r d i s a g r e e m e n t w i t h a n y o t h e r i d e a p e r c e i v e d , so far t h e y a r e c a p a b l e o f a f f o r d i n g us k n o w l e d g e , t h o u g h a t the s a m e t i m e t h e y a r e so o b s c u r e a n d c o n f u s e d , as t h a t t h e r e a r e o t h e r i d e a s w i t h w h i c h w e c a n b y n o m e a n s so c o m p a r e t h e m , as to p e r c e i v e their a g r e e m e n t o r d i s a g r e e m e n t with them . . . [ A ] n idea, w h i c h cannot be well c o m p a r e d with some i d e a s , from w h i c h it is not c l e a r l y a n d sufficiently d i s t i n g u i s h a b l e , is yet c a p a b l e o f h a v i n g its a g r e e m e n t o r d i s a g r e e m e n t p e r c e i v e d w i t h s o m e o t h e r i d e a , w i t h w h i c h it is n o t so c o n f o u n d e d , b u t t h a t it m a y be c o m p a r e d " (Works 1 1 1 , 2 4 0 -- 1 ) . F o r e x a m p l e : G i v e n a n y i d e a o f w h i c h o n e is a w a r e , b e it c l e a r a n d d i s t i n c t o r not, o n e w i l l b e c a p a b l e o f p e r c e i v i n g the n o n - i d e n t i t y o f t h a t i d e a w i t h c e r t a i n o t h e r s o f o n e ' s 4 3

The point is repeated often in Locke's discussion with Stillingfleet; for example: " F o r I place certainty where I think everybody will find it, and nowhere else, viz. in the perception of the agreement or disagreement of ideas" (Works 1 1 1 , 5 7 ) .

The

Vision: Lei Reason be Tour Guide in

Believing

45

i d e a s ( 1 1 1 , 2 2 1 ) . I n s h o r t , " a n o b s c u r e or c o n f u s e d i d e a , i.e. t h a t is n o t p e r f e c t l y c l e a r a n d d i s t i n c t in all its p a r t s , m a y b e c o m p a r e d w i t h a n o t h e r in t h a t p a r t o f it, w h i c h is c l e a r a n d d i s t i n c t " ( 1 1 1 , 3 9 0 ) . 4 4

But w h a t does L o c k e m e a n b y certainty? Well, he speaks of " p e r c e p t i o n " as c o m i n g in degrees o f c e r t a i n t y ; a n d s o m e t i m e s h e c l e a r l y e q u a t e s t h a t w i t h the o b j e c t s o f " p e r c e p t i o n " b e i n g m o r e o r less evident to the k n o w e r (for e x a m p l e , i v , i x , 3 ) . H e a l s o , t h o u g h , s p e a k s a b o u t a n infallible p e r c e p t i o n ( i v , i x , 3 ) ; a n d t h a t i n t r o d u c e s a d i f f e r e n t n o t e . F u r t h e r m o r e , h e s p e a k s a b o u t beliefs as c o m i n g in d e g r e e s o f p r o b a b i l i t y ; a n d he s a y s in o n e p l a c e t h a t p r o b a b i l i t i e s o f the h i g h e s t d e g r e e " r i s e so n e a r to c e r t a i n t y t h a t . . . w e m a k e little o r no difference between them and certain k n o w l e d g e : O u r belief thus g r o u n d e d , rises to a s s u r a n c e " ( i v , x v i , 6 ) . T h e p i c t u r e w h i c h c o m e s to m i n d is t h a t o f a c o n t i n u u m o n w h i c h the h i g h e s t p o i n t is the c e r t a i n t y ( e v i d e n c e ) o f i n t u i t i v e k n o w l e d g e , b e l o w t h a t , the lesser c e r t a i n t y o f d e m o n s t r a t i v e k n o w l e d g e , b e l o w t h a t , the y e t lesser c e r t a i n t y o f w h a t h e c a l l s s e n s i t i v e k n o w l e d g e ; a n d then p r o b a b i l i t y a n d i m p r o b a b i l i t y of v a r i o u s d e g r e e s : " t h e r e b e i n g d e g r e e s h e r e i n , f r o m the v e r y n e i g h b o u r h o o d of c e r t a i n t y a n d d e m o n s t r a t i o n , q u i t e d o w n to i m p r o b a b i l i t y a n d u n l i k e l i n e s s , e v e n to the c o n f i n e s o f i m p o s s i b i l i t y " 45

(IV,XV,2).

I n s p e a k i n g of d e g r e e s o f c e r t i t u d e a n d p r o b a b i l i t y L o c k e w a s b o t h r e f l e c t i n g a n d p a r t i c i p a t i n g in the w i d e - r a n g i n g d i s c u s s i o n s a b o u t c e r t a i n t y w h i c h h a d b e e n t a k i n g p l a c e in E n g l a n d , a m o n g t h e o l o g i a n s The a n d scientists, for s o m e fifty y e a r s b e f o r e h e w r o t e his Essay.* m a i n c o n t r i b u t o r s to the d i s c u s s i o n s w e r e m e m b e r s o f the R o y a l S o c i e t y a n d friends o f m e m b e r s , m a n y o f t h e m p e r s o n a l friends o r a c q u a i n t a n c e s o f L o c k e . T h e r e w e r e d i f f e r e n c e s in t e r m i n o l o g y a m o n g p a r t i c i p a n t s in the d i s c u s s i o n , a n d d i f f e r e n c e s in d e f i n i t i o n s 6

4 4

T o make his point yet more clear, L o c k e offers an interesting analogy: "there is no object which the eye sees, that can be said to be perfectly obscure, for then it would not be seen at all; nor perfectly confused, for then it could not be distinguished from any other, no not from a clearer. F o r example, one sees in the dusk something of that shape and size, that a man in that degree of light and distance would appear. This is not so obscure, that he sees nothing; nor so confused, that he cannot distinguish it from a steeple or a star; but is so obscure, that he cannot, though it be a statue, distinguish it from a man; and therefore in regard of a man, it can produce no clear and distinct knowledge: but yet as obscure and confused an idea as it is, this hinders not but that there may many propositions be made concerning it, as particularly that it exists, of the truth of which we may be certain'' (Works, 1 1 1 , 2 4 2 ) .

4 5

Cf. i v , x v , 5 : "intuitive evidence, which infallibly determines the understanding, and produces certain knowledge." See especially Henry G . van Leeuwen, The Problem of Certainty in English Thought: 1630-1690 ( T h e H a g u e , Martinus Nijhoff, 1 9 6 3 ) ; and Shapiro, Probability and Certainty.

4 6

4

6

Rationality

in everyday

life

offered o f c o m m o n i t e m s o f t e r m i n o l o g y ; y e t the d e g r e e o f c o n s e n s u s in c o n v i c t i o n w a s r e m a r k a b l e . A l l a g r e e d t h a t t h e r e a r e degrees o f c e r t a i n t y a n d p r o b a b i l i t y ; a n d all a t t e m p t e d to pick o u t g a m u t s o f those d e g r e e s . A l l a g r e e d as w e l l t h a t a g i v e n p r o p o s i t i o n m i g h t e n j o y o n e d e g r e e o f c e r t i t u d e / i n c e r t i t u d e for o n e p e r s o n a n d q u i t e a different d e g r e e for a n o t h e r p e r s o n , o r for the s a m e p e r s o n a t a different t i m e (cf. Essay i v , x v , i ) . L i k e w i s e t h e y a g r e e d t h a t s o m e p r o p o s i t i o n s a r e s u c h t h a t it is i m p o s s i b l e for a n y o n e to assent to t h e m w i t h the h i g h e s t d e g r e e o f c e r t i t u d e . O n this last p o i n t , t h e y a g r e e d w i t h A r i s t o t l e t h a t d i f f e r e n t s u b j e c t - m a t t e r s e n j o y different m a x i m a l d e g r e e s o f c e r t a i n t y , a n d t h a t those w o r k i n g w i t h a s u b j e c t - m a t t e r w h o s e m a x i m a l d e g r e e o f c e r t a i n t y is less t h a n the h i g h e s t s h o u l d be satisfied w i t h t h a t . L o c k e h i m s e l f r i n g i n g l y affirms the p r i n c i p l e (i,i,5; a n d i v , x i , i o ) . B i o l o g i c a l p r o p o s i t i o n s c a n n o t b e e n t e r t a i n e d w i t h the s a m e d e g r e e o f c e r t i t u d e as m a t h e m a t i c a l o n e s ; the wise biologist w i l l rest c o n t e n t w i t h a t t a i n i n g the h i g h e s t d e g r e e o f c e r t i t u d e o f w h i c h his o r h e r s u b j e c t - m a t t e r is c a p a b l e . B u t b a c k to L o c k e : Of what w a s the c o n t i n u u m , w h i c h he a p p a r e n t l y h a d in m i n d , a c o n t i n u u m ? O f c e r t a i n t y a n d p r o b a b i l i t y , n a t u r a l l y . B u t w h a t is the c a t e g o r y o f the entities w h i c h h a v e a p l a c e on the c o n t i n u u m ? A n d h o w a r e w e to t h i n k o f t h a t d e t e r m i n a b l e p r o p e r t y o f p r o b a b i l i t y / c e r t a i n t y w h i c h c o m e s in v a r y i n g d e g r e e s ? A s w e shall s h o r t l y see, L o c k e a n d his c o h o r t s c a n n o t he u n d e r s t o o d as e q u a t i n g d e g r e e s of p r o b a b i l i t y / c e r t a i n t y w i t h d e g r e e s o f confidence in p r o p o s i t i o n s . T h i s l a t t e r n o t i o n w a s p r e s e n t in their t h o u g h t indeed, it w a s p r o m i n e n t there; b u t t h e y n e e d e d it a t a different p o i n t . O n e gets the i m p r e s s i o n t h a t the p a r t i c i p a n t s in the d i s c u s s i o n w e r e t h e m s e l v e s n o t e n t i r e l y c l e a r o n the m a t t e r ; i n d e e d , o n e gets the i m p r e s s i o n t h a t t h e y w e r e themselves of the conviction t h a t they w e r e not e n t i r e l y c l e a r . G r o p i n g for s o m e t h i n g , they w e r e n e v e r c o n f i d e n t t h a t t h e y h a d g o t t e n firm h o l d o f t h a t for w h i c h t h e y w e r e g r o p i n g . T h e or more s a m e is t r u e for L o c k e . S o let m e p r o p o s e a n i n t e r p r e t a t i o n strictly, a " r a t i o n a l r e c o n s t r u c t i o n " - w h i c h , t h o u g h n o t c o m p e l l e d b y w h a t h e s a y s , n o n e t h e l e s s d e v e l o p s c e r t a i n clues in his text a n d is c o m p a t i b l e w i t h his t h o u g h t o v e r a l l . L o c k e , as w e h a v e seen, insists t h a t k n o w l e d g e is a n a c t o r state o f m i n d f u n d a m e n t a l l y d i f f e r e n t from b e l i e f o r assent. K n o w l e d g e , w h i c h h e c o n n e c t s w i t h c e r t i t u d e , is p e r c e i v i n g s o m e fact. B e l i e v i n g a n d a s s e n t i n g , w h i c h h e t y p i c a l l y c o n n e c t s w i t h p r o b a b i l i t y , is taking o r presuming s o m e p r o p o s i t i o n to b e true. N o n e t h e l e s s , L o c k e often

The Vision: Let Reason be Tour Guide in Believing

47

s p e a k s o f the assent w h i c h a c c o m p a n i e s k n o w l e d g e . ( S e e e s p e c i a l l y the c h a p t e r o n M a x i m s , Essay i v , v i i . ) T h o u g h he resists i d e n t i f y i n g the k n o w i n g w i t h the a s s e n t i n g , insisting o n i d e n t i f y i n g it r a t h e r w i t h the " p e r c e i v i n g , " y e t h e a c k n o w l e d g e s t h a t w h e n o n e " s e e s " a fact, o n e t y p i c a l l y a l s o assents to the c o r r e s p o n d i n g p r o p o s i t i o n . T h i s s u g g e s t s t h a t it is assentings a n d believings w h i c h L o c k e is t a c i t l y t h i n k i n g o f as c o m i n g in v a r y i n g d e g r e e s o f c e r t a i n t y a n d p r o b a b i l i t y . I s h a l l i n t e r p r e t L o c k e a l o n g these lines; b u t it is w o r t h t a k i n g a m o m e n t to n o t i c e s o m e m i s t a k e s a n d i n c o h e r e n c e s in this w a y o f t h i n k i n g . W h e r e a s b e l i e v i n g is a n e n d u r i n g m e n t a l stale, a s s e n t i n g a n d j u d g i n g a r e m e n t a l acts. ( L o c k e s a y s t h a t the f a c u l t y o f j u d g m e n t , " w h e n it is e x e r c i s e d i m m e d i a t e l y a b o u t things, is c a l l e d judgment; w h e n a b o u t t r u t h s d e l i v e r e d in w o r d s , is m o s t c o m m o n l y c a l l e d assent o r dissent" [ i v , x i v , 3 j . B u t this d i s t i n c t i o n falls from v i e w in the c o u r s e o f his d i s c u s s i o n . ) E a c h o f us at a n y m o m e n t believes a m u l t i t u d e o f p r o p o s i t i o n s not t h e n p r e s e n t before his o r h e r m i n d . B y c o n t r a s t , to assent to s o m e p r o p o s i t i o n , or judge it to b e true, o n e m u s t h a v e it b e f o r e the m i n d . T h u s b e l i e f is not to be i d e n t i f i e d w i t h assent. L o c k e ' s official e x p l a n a t i o n o f b e l i e f as taking to be true s e e m s b e t t e r t h a n his e q u a t i o n o f b e l i e f w i t h a s s e n t a n d j u d g m e n t ; for it d o e s s e e m t h a t e a c h o f us, at a n y m o m e n t , t a k e s m a n y t h i n g s to b e t r u e w h i c h a r e not t h e n p r e s e n t before his o r h e r m i n d . O n the o t h e r h a n d , it is p l a u s i b l e also to t h i n k o f assent as taking to be true. T h e p h r a s e " t a k i n g to be t r u e " is a m b i g u o u s as b e t w e e n state a n d a c t . N o w a d a y s the d i s t i n c t i o n I h a v e m a d e b e t w e e n the state of b e l i e f a n d the a c t o f assent w o u l d often b e m a d e b y s p e a k i n g o f d i s p o s i t i o n a l beliefs a n d o c c u r r e n t beliefs. B u t this is a m o s t infelicitous w a y o f m a k i n g the d i s t i n c t i o n . F o r o n e t h i n g , it is not at all c l e a r t h a t the s t a t e o f b e l i e v i n g is a d i s p o s i t i o n ; in a n y c a s e , n o o n e h a s yet s u c c e e d e d in s a y i n g w h a t it is a d i s p o s i t i o n to d o o r b e . A n d s e c o n d l y , t h e r e a r e n o beliefs at all w h i c h a r c o c c u r r e n c e s . O f c o u r s e , o n e c a n d w e l l o n s o m e p r o p o s i t i o n w h i c h o n e b e l i e v e s : h a v e it b e f o r e the m i n d . B u t the having before the mind is not to b e i d e n t i f i e d w i t h b e l i e v i n g it. T h e p i c t u r e o f a d i s p o s i t i o n w h i c h c a n b e a c t i v a t e d , w i t h the w o r d " b e l i e f " s o m e t i m e s r e f e r r i n g to the d i s p o s i t i o n a n d s o m e t i m e s to w h a t e m e r g e s f r o m its a c t i v a t i o n , is all w r o n g . L o c k e ' s t h i n k i n g o f k n o w l e d g e as evoking assent, a n d thus o f assent as the a c c o m p a n i m e n t o f k n o w l e d g e , w i l l a l s o n o t d o . F o r k n o w l e d g e , like belief, is a s t a t e , n o t a n a c t a p o i n t w h i c h L o c k e h i m s e l f is forced to c o n c e d e w h e n d i s c u s s i n g m e m o r y , as w e s h a l l s h o r t l y see. W e all

4

8

Rationality

in everyday

life

k n o w a m u l t i t u d e o f things n o t p r e s e n t l y b e f o r e o u r m i n d s . I f k n o w l e d g e w e r e a n a c t , t h e n o f c o u r s e L o c k e w o u l d h a v e b e e n r i g h t in t y p i c a l l y p i c k i n g o u t a n a c t s u c h as assent, r a t h e r t h a n a state s u c h as belief, as its a c c o m p a n i m e n t . B u t k n o w l e d g e is n o t a n a c t , n e i t h e r the act of " p e r c e i v i n g " nor a n y other. W h a t e v e r b e the i n c o h e r e n c e s , t h o u g h , I p r o p o s e i n t e r p r e t i n g L o c k e as h o l d i n g o r a s s u m i n g t h a t assentings a n d believings a r e the b e a r e r s o f t h a t p r o p e r t y w h i c h c o m e s in v a r y i n g d e g r e e s o f p r o b a b i l i t y a n d c e r t a i n t y . P e r h a p s h e r e is the p l a c e to r e m a r k t h a t L o c k e also h e l d t h a t p r o p o s i t i o n s a r e b e a r e r s o f p r o b a b i l i t i e s ; h e s p e a k s of a " p r o p o s i t i o n in itself [ b e i n g ] m o r e o r less p r o b a b l e " (iv,xv,6) a n d o f " t h e p r o b a b i l i t y o f the t h i n g " ( i v , x v , i ) . L a t e r w e s h a l l see h o w this r e c o g n i t i o n enters i n t o his t h o u g h t . A n d not o n l y d o e s h e s p e a k , as I h a v e a l r e a d y i n d i c a t e d , o f p l a c i n g d i f f e r e n t levels o f c o n f i d e n c e in p r o p o s i t i o n s ; s o m e t i m e s h e q u i t e c l e a r l y uses " m o r e c e r t a i n o f " as a s y n o n y m o f " m o r e c o n f i d e n t of." T h u s w e h a v e the c o n f u s i n g s i t u a t i o n t h a t s o m e t i m e s , in s p e a k i n g o f d e g r e e s o f c e r t a i n t y a n d p r o b a b i l i t y , L o c k e h a s in m i n d d e g r e e s o f t r u t h - l i k e l i h o o d o f b e l i e v i n g s . S o m e t i m e s h e h a s in m i n d d e g r e e s o f c o n f i d e n c e o f b e l i e v i n g s . A n d s o m e t i m e s h e h a s in m i n d a p r o p e r t y o f p r o p o s i t i o n s . N o n e t h e l e s s , p e r h a p s it is p o s s i b l e to p e n e t r a t e b e n e a t h the c o n f u s i n g t e r m i n o l o g y a n d c a t c h a g l i m p s e o f the p a t t e r n o f his t h o u g h t . H e r e o u r c o n c e r n is w h a t he m e a n t in s a y i n g , o f b e l i e v i n g s ( a n d a s s e n t i n g s ) , t h a t t h e y h a v e a c e r t a i n d e g r e e of certainty o r probability. T h e m o s t he e v e r s a y s b y w a y o f e x p l a n a t i o n is t h a t p r o b a b i l i t y is likeliness to b e t r u e ( i v , x v , 3 ) . B u t p e r h a p s this q u i c k r e m a r k , w h e n p u t t o g e t h e r w i t h his a s s u m p t i o n t h a t o n e p e r s o n ' s b e l i e v i n g o f a certain proposition m a y h a v e a different degree of p r o b a b i l i t y or c e r t a i n t y from a n o t h e r p e r s o n ' s b e l i e v i n g o f the s a m e p r o p o s i t i o n , p r o v i d e s us w i t h the c l u e w e n e e d to u n d e r s t a n d h o w h e w a s t h i n k i n g . L o c k e a s s u m e s - a n d p l a u s i b l y so - t h a t beliefs c a n b e h e l d in different w a y s . I b e l i e v e o n e p r o p o s i t i o n o n s o m e o n e ' s s a y s o ; another I believe because a certain p e r c e p t u a l experience has e v o k e d it in m e ; a n o t h e r I b e l i e v e b e c a u s e it is a n e c e s s a r y t r u t h w h i c h I " s e e " to b e true; y e t a n o t h e r I b e l i e v e b e c a u s e it a s c r i b e s a state of c o n s c i o u s n e s s to m e o f w h i c h I a m d i r e c t l y a w a r e ; a n d so o n . N o w a d d to this a n o t h e r c o n v i c t i o n o f L o c k e ' s ; n a m e l y , t h a t s o m e w a y s o f c o m i n g to b e l i e v e a n d s o m e w a y s o f s u s t a i n i n g b e l i e f c a n b e h e l d in a v a r i e t y o f w a y s . I s u g g e s t t h a t , in the l i g h t o f a l l this, it seems not unlikely that L o c k e w a s thinking o f the d e g r e e o f p r o b a b i l i t y

The Vision: Let Reason be Your Guide in

Believing

49

o r c e r t a i n t y o f a b e l i e v i n g as d e t e r m i n e d b y the r e l a t i v e r e l i a b i l i t y o f t h a t w a y o f f o r m i n g o r s u s t a i n i n g beliefs o f w h i c h the b e l i e v i n g in q u e s t i o n is a n i n s t a n c e . I e m p h a s i z e , t h o u g h , t h a t this s p e c u l a t i o n r e m a i n s j u s t t h a t - a speculation. 47

E v e n this s p e c u l a t i o n d o e s not a d d r e s s the fact t h a t L o c k e s p e a k s o f c e r t a i n t y itself as c o m i n g in d e g r e e s . W h a t m i g h t h e h a v e h a d in m i n d ? O n e p o s s i b i l i t y , o f c o u r s e , is t h a t h e w a s n o t t h i n k i n g o f c e r t a i n t y as a p o i n t o f m a x i m a l r e l i a b i l i t y b u t as a g a m u t o f e x t r e m e l y high reliability. H e r e a n d there one comes across a r e m a r k w h i c h m a k e s o n e think t h a t t h a t w a s w h a t h e h a d in m i n d . M o r e often, t h o u g h , his n o t i o n o f d e g r e e s o f c e r t a i n t y s e e m s to h a v e n o t h i n g at all to d o d i r e c t l y w i t h t r u t h - l i k e l i h o o d . I t h a s to d o i n s t e a d w i t h the fact, as L o c k e sees it, t h a t s o m e o f the things o f w h i c h w e a r e d i r e c t l y a w a r e a r e p e r c e i v e d b y us m o r e c l e a r l y t h a n o t h e r s . F o r e x a m p l e , in his d i s c u s s i o n o f k n o w l e d g e o f o u r o w n e x i s t e n c e , L o c k e s a y s t h a t " n o t h i n g c a n b e m o r e e v i d e n t to u s " ( i v , i x , 3 ) . A n d in a n o t h e r p a s s a g e he r e m a r k s t h a t " T h e d i f f e r e n t c l e a r n e s s o f o u r k n o w l e d g e seems to m e to lie in the d i f f e r e n t w a y o f p e r c e p t i o n , the m i n d h a s o f the a g r e e m e n t , o r d i s a g r e e m e n t o f a n y o f its i d e a s . . . ' T i s o n this i n t u i t i o n , t h a t d e p e n d s a l l the c e r t a i n t y a n d e v i d e n c e o f a l l o u r k n o w l e d g e " ( i v , i i , i ) . O n this w a y o f t h i n k i n g , a m o n g those b e l i e v i n g s w h i c h a r e c e r t a i n , as d e t e r m i n e d b y the r e l i a b i l i t y o f their m o d e o f f o r m a t i o n o r s u s t e n a n c e , s o m e w i l l b e e v o k e d b y a c l e a r e r " p e r c e p t i o n " t h a n o t h e r s ; t h e y w i l l , in t h a t r e s p e c t , be more c e r t a i n . I n b e g i n n i n g this d i s c u s s i o n o n c e r t a i n t y ( a n d p r o b a b i l i t y ) , I r e m a r k e d that L o c k e ' s thought w a s representative of a widespread p a t t e r n o f t h o u g h t e m e r g i n g in E n g l a n d a t the t i m e , e s p e c i a l l y a m o n g m e m b e r s a n d friends o f m e m b e r s o f the R o y a l S o c i e t y . L e t m e n o w close the d i s c u s s i o n b y o b s e r v i n g t h a t a n y o n e c o m i n g to the w r i t i n g s o f L o c k e a n d o t h e r m e m b e r s o f the R o y a l S o c i e t y f r o m t w e n t i e t h c e n t u r y a n a l y t i c e p i s t e m o l o g y w i l l be s t r u c k b y the s i m i l a r i t y b e t w e e n their t h o u g h t a n d t h a t o f the p r e s e n t - d a y e p i s t e m o l o g i s t R o d e r i c k C h i s h o l m . C e n t r a l to the t h o u g h t o f b o t h is the e n d e a v o r to d i f f e r e n t i a t e a n d p i c k o u t g r a d a t i o n s in the e p i s t e m i c status o f beliefs. 4 7

Rather formidable difficulties will confront anyone who tries to work out this line of thought; for example: H o w are modes of belief-formation and modes of belief-sustenance to be individuated? H o w do we tell to which mode to assign a given believing? A n d what is reliability? E x a c t l y such difficulties have been confronted and dealt with by those who have developed reliability theories of justification and of knowledge. See, for example, Alvin G o l d m a n , Epistemology and Cognition (Cambridge, Mass., H a r v a r d University Press, 1 9 8 6 ) .

Rationality

50

in everyday

life 48

I n d e e d , m u c h o f C h i s h o l m ' s t e r m i n o l o g y is e v e n the s a m e as t h e i r s . U s i n g the u n d e f i n e d c o n c e p t of more reasonable than, C h i s h o l m s u g g e s t s t h a t a p r o p o s i t i o n ' s b e i n g beyond reasonable doubt for a p e r s o n consists in its b e i n g m o r e r e a s o n a b l e for t h a t p e r s o n to a c c e p t it t h a n to w i t h h o l d j u d g m e n t o n it; a n d he s u g g e s t s t h a t a p r o p o s i t i o n ' s b e i n g certain for s o m e o n e consists in its b e i n g b e y o n d r e a s o n a b l e d o u b t for t h a t p e r s o n a n d in t h e r e b e i n g n o t h i n g m o r e r e a s o n a b l e for t h a t p e r s o n to a c c e p t t h a n this. C h i s h o l m h a s a l w a y s f o u n d it difficult to define the evident; h e thinks o f it, t h o u g h , as a d e g r e e (or r a n g e o f d e g r e e s ) d o w n from the c e r t a i n , a n d a r g u e s t h a t e v i d e n c e is e n o u g h for k n o w l e d g e (provided one adds truth, a n d perhaps some additional m i n o r c o n d i t i o n s ) . C e r t i t u d e , as h e defines it, is n o t r e q u i r e d for k n o w l e d g e . A s a n e x a m p l e , he w o u l d s a y t h a t as I w r i t e these w o r d s it is evident for m e , t h o u g h not certain, t h a t t h e r e is a p i e c e o f p a p e r b e f o r e m e . S i n c e w h a t is e v i d e n t is in this c a s e a l s o true, h e w o u l d s a y t h a t I k n o w this. This is s t r i k i n g l y s i m i l a r to w h a t L o c k e a n d his a s s o c i a t e s s a i d . I t e v e n s e e m s likely that the r a n g e w h i c h L o c k e ' s a s s o c i a t e s ( t h o u g h not L o c k e h i m s e l f ) r e g u l a r l y c a l l e d " m o r a l c e r t i t u d e " is the s a m e as t h a t w h i c h C h i s h o l m calls " b e y o n d r e a s o n a b l e d o u b t . " T h e r e is this d i f f e r e n c e , t h o u g h : C h i s h o l m e x p l a i n s his c o n t i n u u m as a c o n t i n u u m o f d e g r e e s o f e n t i t l e m e n t ( a p t n e s s for fulfilling o n e ' s i n t e l l e c t u a l r e s p o n s i b i l i t i e s ) ; L o c k e , o n m y i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , thinks o f his as a continuum of truth-likelihood. Different w a y s of forming a n d holding beliefs differ w i t h r e s p e c t to the l i k e l i h o o d t h a t the beliefs thus f o r m e d o r h e l d a r c true. A n d t h o u g h L o c k e t h o u g h t t h a t t h e r e w e r e d e g r e e s o f c e r t i t u d e a n d d e g r e e s o f p r o b a b i l i t y in b e l i e v i n g s , a n d t h o u g h h e h e l d t h a t the h i g h e s t d e g r e e o f p r o b a b i l i t y a d j o i n s the l o w e s t d e g r e e o f c e r t i t u d e , n o n e t h e l e s s , u n l i k e m o s t o f his a s s o c i a t e s , a n d c e r t a i n l y u n l i k e C h i s h o l m , he o p e r a t e d w i t h just o n e m a j o r d i v i d e in the p o s i t i v e h a l f o f the c o n t i n u u m t h a t b e t w e e n c e r t a i n t y a n d p r o b a b i l i t y . A s to the l o c a t i o n of k n o w l e d g e o n the c o n t i n u u m , L o c k e h e l d , as w e h a v e a l r e a d y seen, t h a t o n e k n o w s s o m e t h i n g if a n d o n l y if it is c e r t a i n for o n e . O u r t o p i c is the n a t u r e o f k n o w l e d g e , as t h a t w a s u n d e r s t o o d b y L o c k e . W e h a v e seen t h a t L o c k e thinks o f k n o w l e d g e b o t h as a w a r e n e s s o f facts a n d as c e r t a i n . B u t if m y i n t e r p r e t a t i o n o f L o c k i a n c e r t i t u d e is c o r r e c t , t h e r e is at the v e r y l e a s t tension b e t w e e n L o c k e ' s official a c c o u n t o f the n a t u r e o f k n o w l e d g e as " p e r c e p t i o n " a n d his c l a i m t h a t a n i d e n t i f y i n g m a r k o f k n o w l e d g e is c e r t i t u d e . Is k n o w l e d g e " p e r c e p t i o n " o f facts, as L o c k e ' s official a c c o u n t c l a i m s ; o r is 4 8

See Roderick Chisholm, 1 9 7 7 ) , chap. 1 .

Theory of Knowledge,

2nd ed. (Englewood

Cliffs,

Prentice-Hall,

The Vision: Let Reason be Tour Guide in Believing

51

k n o w l e d g e a s p e c i e s o f b e l i e v i n g s , as i m p l i e d b y his c l a i m

that

k n o w l e d g e is c e r t a i n ? I f a w a r e n e s s o f facts a l w a y s a c c o m p a n i e d a n d w a s a c c o m p a n i e d b y b e l i e v i n g s w h i c h a r e c e r t a i n , the tension w o u l d b e p u r e l y v e r b a l . T h o u g h L o c k e ' s officially s t a t e d p r e f e r e n c e w o u l d b e to s p e a k o n l y o f awareness

of facts

as k n o w l e d g e , a n i m p l i c a t i o n o f his a s c r i p t i o n o f

c e r t i t u d e to k n o w l e d g e w o u l d b e t h a t those believings

of

propositions

which accompany such awareness a r e k n o w l e d g e . B u t t h e tension p r o v e s m u c h m o r e t h a n v e r b a l ; a w a r e n e s s a n d c e r t a i n t y a c q u i r e lives o f t h e i r o w n , as it w e r e . I n c h a p t e r x x o f B o o k i v o f the Essay

L o c k e offers

e x a m p l e s o f a w a r e n e s s e s o f facts w h i c h a r e not a c c o m p a n i e d b y a n y c o r r e s p o n d i n g b e l i e v i n g s (this is o n e c o n s t r u a l o f the i m p o r t o f his e x a m p l e s ) ; a n d in his d i s c u s s i o n o f m e m o r y in c h a p t e r i o f B o o k i v h e offers e x a m p l e s o f b e l i e v i n g s w h i c h , t h o u g h c e r t a i n , a r e not

the

a c c o m p a n i m e n t s o f a w a r e n e s s e s . G i v e n this, L o c k e c a n n o l o n g e r s a y t h a t i n s i g h t is w h a t a c c o u n t s for c e r t a i n t y . H e is t h u s c o n f r o n t e d w i t h a n u n w e l c o m e c h o i c e : W i l l he c l i n g to his official i d e n t i f i c a t i o n o f k n o w l e d g e with insight, a n d

c o n c e d e t h a t i n s i g h t is not a l w a y s

a c c o m p a n i e d by belief a n d that belief m a y be certain without being the a c c o m p a n i m e n t o f i n s i g h t ; o r will he c l i n g to his c l a i m t h a t a h a l l m a r k o f k n o w l e d g e is c e r t i t u d e , a n d g r a n t t h a t s o m e b e l i e v i n g s are knowledge even though

t h e y a r e not the a c c o m p a n i m e n t

of

i n s i g h t ? W i l l he c o n c l u d e t h a t c e r t a i n t y o u t s t r i p s k n o w l e d g e o r t h a t k n o w l e d g e outstrips insight? I t is c l e a r h o w h e c h o o s e s : K n o w l e d g e o u t s t r i p s i n s i g h t . T h i s is c l e a r e s t in his d i s c u s s i o n o f m e m o r y in Essay

iv,i,8. Locke

there

contends that some of o u r r e m e m b e r i n g s constitute k n o w l e d g e ; m o r e specifically,

certain

w a y s of r e m e m b e r i n g

a fact

that one

once

" p e r c e i v e d " c o u n t as k n o w l e d g e o f t h a t fact. A n d h e t a c i t l y c o n c e d e s t h a t those c a s e s o f r e m e m b e r i n g w h i c h c o u n t as k n o w l e d g e d o n o t fit his official a c c o u n t o f k n o w l e d g e , s i n c e t h e y a r e c a s e s o f k n o w i n g a fact (at s o m e t i m e ) w i t h o u t " p e r c e i v i n g " it (at t h a t t i m e ) . H e t h i n k s of m e m o r y

as s t o r a g e ; a n d

certain

storages of w h a t

was

once

p e r c e i v e d , t h o u g h not t h e m s e l v e s p e r c e p t i o n s o f t h a t , a r e n o n e t h e l e s s k n o w l e d g e o f it. H e c a l l s the r e m e m b e r i n g s w h i c h a r e k n o w l e d g e , habitual

k n o w l e d g e , d i s t i n g u i s h i n g t h a t f r o m w h a t h e c a l l s actual

k n o w l e d g e . A c t u a l k n o w l e d g e is t h a t w h i c h is r e c o g n i z e d in his official a c c o u n t of k n o w l e d g e : the p r e s e n t v i e w t h e m i n d h a s o f the a g r e e m e n t , o r d i s a g r e e m e n t o f a n y of its i d e a s , o r o f the r e l a t i o n t h e y have

one

to a n o t h e r

(IV,I,8). But habitual

k n o w l e d g e , t h a t is,

m e m o r y k n o w l e d g e , is s o m e t h i n g q u i t e d i f f e r e n t :

52

Rationality

in everyday life

A man is said to know any proposition, which having been once laid before his thoughts, he evidently perceived the agreement, or disagreement of the ideas whereof it consists; and so lodged it in his memory, that whenever that proposition comes again to be reflected on, he, without doubt or hesitation, embraces the right side, assents to, and is certain of the truth of it. This, I think, one m a y call habitual knowledge: A n d thus a man m a y be said to know all those truths, which are lodged in his memory, by a foregoing clear and full perception, whereof the mind is assured past doubt, as often as it has occasion to reflect on them. F o r our finite understanding being able to think, clearly and distinctly, but on one thing at once, if men had no knowledge of a n y more than what they actually thought on, they would all be very ignorant: A n d he that knew most, would know but one truth, that being all he was able to think on at one time. (iv,i,8) N o w h e r e in this o r a n y o t h e r p a s s a g e d o e s L o c k e a t t e m p t to t r e a t m e m o r y k n o w l e d g e as (a t y p e o f ) " p e r c e i v i n g . " L o c k e a s s u m e s t h a t for a c a s e o f r e m e m b e r i n g to c o u n t as k n o w l e d g e , w h a t is r e m e m b e r e d m u s t be a fact o f w h i c h a t s o m e e a r l i e r t i m e o n e h a d a c t u a l k n o w l e d g e . B u t he is a l s o a s s u m i n g , c o n v e r s e l y , t h a t not all s u c h r e m e m b e r i n g s a r e cases o f k n o w l e d g e . F o r a r e m e m b e r i n g o f w h a t o n e o n c e k n e w to c o u n t as k n o w l e d g e , the f o l l o w i n g m u s t b e true: If one would now have the proposition actively in mind, then one would without doubt or hesitation embrace the right side, assent to, and be certain of it. L o c k e i n t e n d s this f o r m u l a to h o l d b o t h for r e m e m b e r i n g s o f w h a t o n e o n c e p e r c e i v e d i n t u i t i v e l y a n d for r e m e m b e r i n g s o f w h a t one once perceived demonstratively. C o n c e r n i n g rememberings of the f o r m e r sort, he goes b e y o n d the c o m m o n f o r m u l a a n d offers this m o r e specific o n e : A r e m e m b e r i n g o f a fact o n c e p e r c e i v e d i n t u i t i v e l y c o u n t s as k n o w l e d g e j u s t in c a s e , if one would now have the corresponding proposition actively in mind, one would again actually "perceive" the fact. C o n c e r n i n g r e m e m b e r i n g s o f the l a t t e r sort, w h a t h e s a y s is t h a t o n e m u s t not o n l y find the fact r e m e m b e r e d i n d u b i t a b l e ( " c a n n o t d o u b t of the t r u t h o f i t " ) b u t a l s o r e m e m b e r " c e r t a i n l y , t h a t [ o n e ] o n c e p e r c e i v e d the d e m o n s t r a t i o n " ( i v , i , g ) . L o c k e r e m a r k s t h a t h e o n c e r e g a r d e d r e m e m b e r i n g s o f the l a t t e r sort, in w h i c h the d e m o n s t r a t i o n is f o r g o t t e n , as s o m e t h i n g less t h a n k n o w l e d g e : " I n his a d h e r e n c e to a t r u t h , w h e r e the d e m o n s t r a t i o n , b y w h i c h it w a s at first k n o w n , is forgot, t h o u g h a m a n m a y b e t h o u g h t r a t h e r to b e l i e v e his m e m o r y , t h a n r e a l l y to k n o w , a n d this w a y o f e n t e r t a i n i n g a t r u t h s e e m e d formerly to m e l i k e s o m e t h i n g b e t w e e n o p i n i o n a n d k n o w l e d g e , a sort o f a s s u r a n c e w h i c h e x c e e d s

The Vision: Lei Reason be Tour Guide in

Believing

53

b a r e belief, for t h a t relies o n the t e s t i m o n y o f a n o t h e r ; y e t u p o n a d u e e x a m i n a t i o n I find it c o m e s n o t s h o r t o f perfect c e r t a i n t y , a n d is in effect t r u e k n o w l e d g e " ( i v , i , g ) . W h a t m a d e h i m c h a n g e his m i n d , he s a y s , w a s the r e a l i z a t i o n t h a t t h o u g h the o r i g i n a l p r o o f m a y b e f o r g o t t e n , n o n e t h e l e s s the p e r s o n w h o r e m e m b e r s h a s a n a l t e r n a t i v e p r o o f in h a n d : T h a t which is apt to mislead our first thoughts into a mistake in this matter is, that the agreement or disagreement of the ideas in this case is not perceived, as it was at first, by an actual view of all the intermediate ideas whereby the agreement or disagreement of those in the proposition was at first perceived; but by other intermediate ideas, that show the agreement or disagreement of the ideas contained in the proposition whose certainty we remember. (iv,i,g) W h a t is this a l t e r n a t i v e p r o o f w h i c h is a v a i l a b l e to us? T h i s : S u p p o s e t h a t a p e r s o n k n o w i n g l y r e m e m b e r s that he once "perceived" P demonstratively. S u p p o s e f u r t h e r t h a t h e n o w " p e r c e i v e s " that P is either necessarily true or necessarily false ( w h i c h P w i l l b e , so L o c k e a s s u m e s , if it w a s " p e r c e i v e d " d e m o n s t r a t i v e l y ; a n d w h i c h the person will " p e r c e i v e , " if h e k n o w i n g l y r e m e m b e r s t h a t h e o n c e " p e r c e i v e d " it d e m o n s t r a ­ t i v e l y ) . T h e n the p e r s o n w i l l n o w " p e r c e i v e " that P is true. A n d t h a t c o n s t i t u t e s his n o w k n o w i n g P : H e remembers, i.e. he knows (for remembrance is but the reviving of some past knowledge) that he was once certain of the truth of this proposition, that the three angles of a triangle are equal to two right ones. T h e immutability of the same relations between the same immutable things, is now the idea that shows him, that if the three angles of a triangle were once equal to two right ones, they will always be equal to two right ones. A n d hence he comes to be certain, that what was once true in the case is always true; what ideas once agreed will always agree; and consequently what he once knew to be true he will always know to be true, as long as he can remember that he once knew it. (rv,i,9) T h e a r g u m e n t as it s t a n d s is f a l l a c i o u s . T h e o n l y p r e m i s e in the a r g u m e n t w h i c h the p e r s o n p r e s e n t l y " p e r c e i v e s " is the p r e m i s e t h a t P is e i t h e r n e c e s s a r i l y t r u e o r n e c e s s a r i l y f a l s e ; o b v i o u s l y from t h a t o n e c a n n o t g e t to the " p e r c e p t i o n " t h a t P is t r u e . I t ' s t r u e t h a t the p e r s o n a l s o h a s , as a p r e m i s e , t h a t h e k n o w i n g l y r e m e m b e r s t h a t h e o n c e " p e r c e i v e d " P d e m o n s t r a t i v e l y . B u t t h a t , it m u s t b e n o t i c e d , is different from "perceiving" that o n e o n c e " p e r c e i v e d " P d e m o n s t r a t i v e l y ; n o w h e r e d o e s L o c k e a r g u e t h a t to k n o w i n g l y r e m e m b e r t h a t o n e o n c e 49

4 9

If I am right in my contention that w h a t Locke has in mind by sensitive knowledge and by knowledge of one's own existence also prove, on close scrutiny, to be cases of inferential knowledge, then even this premise will not always be available.

54

Rationality

in everyday

" p e r c e i v e d " s o m e t h i n g is to "perceive" thing.

life

that one once " p e r c e i v e d " that

I n a n y c a s e , k n o w i n g l y r e m e m b e r i n g is not " p e r c e i v i n g , " n o r d o e s L o c k e c o n t e n d t h a t it is. H e m e r e l y c o n t e n d s t h a t it is in o n e w a y o r a n o t h e r c o n n e c t e d w i t h " p e r c e i v i n g " - in o n e w a y , if it is a c a s e o f k n o w i n g l y r e m e m b e r i n g w h a t o n e o n c e " p e r c e i v e d " i n t u i t i v e l y , in a n o t h e r w a y , if it is a c a s e o f k n o w i n g l y r e m e m b e r i n g w h a t o n e o n c e " p e r c e i v e d " demonstratively. Locke's analysis of m e m o r y k n o w l e d g e d o e s not fit, n o r d o e s he in his a n a l y s i s c o n t e n d t h a t it fits, his official a c c o u n t o f k n o w l e d g e as " p e r c e p t i o n . " C e r t a i n t y b e c o m e s the h a l l m a r k o f k n o w l e d g e ; a n d t h e r e b y k n o w l e d g e b e c o m e s a species o f belief. 5 0

D o e s L o c k e ' s f a m o u s c a t e g o r y of sensitive knowledge s i m i l a r l y o u t s t r i p his official a c c o u n t o f k n o w l e d g e ? Is this a l s o b e l i e f w h i c h is c e r t a i n , r a t h e r t h a n i n s i g h t ? T h e a n s w e r r e q u i r e s t h a t w e get c l e a r o n w h a t p h e n o m e n o n it is t h a t L o c k e i n t e n d s to s i n g l e o u t as s e n s i t i v e k n o w l e d g e . A n d t h a t is n o t o r i o u s l y difficult. L e t m e offer a n interpretation. M i c h a e l A y e r s , w i t h o u t so m u c h as r a i s i n g a q u e s t i o n a b o u t the m a t t e r , t a k e s sensitive k n o w l e d g e , as L o c k e u n d e r s t a n d s it, to be a species o f i m m e d i a t e a w a r e n e s s ; in this he follows m o s t c o m m e n t a t o r s . N o t h i n g m u c h h a n g s on the issue, so f a r as I c a n see; b u t I t h i n k the e v i d e n c e tilts t o w a r d the c o n c l u s i o n t h a t L o c k e t h o u g h t o f it as a species of i n f e r e n t i a l k n o w l e d g e . I n Essay i v , i i , 1 4 , he poses the issue as to w h e t h e r t h e r e is s u c h k n o w l e d g e in this w a y : " T h e r e c a n b e n o t h i n g m o r e c e r t a i n , t h a n t h a t the i d e a w e r e c e i v e from a n e x t e r n a l o b j e c t is in o u r m i n d s ; this is i n t u i t i v e k n o w l e d g e . B u t w h e t h e r t h e r e be a n y t h i n g m o r e t h a n b a r e l y t h a t i d e a in o u r m i n d s , w h e t h e r w e c a n t h e n c e c e r t a i n l y infer the e x i s t e n c e o f a n y t h i n g w i t h o u t us, w h i c h c o r r e s p o n d s to t h a t i d e a , is t h a t , w h e r e o f s o m e m e n think t h e r e m a y

5 0

Stillingfleet already maintained, against Locke, that memory knowledge is not a case of "perceiving" agreements or disagreements among ideas. Locke's reply deletes ail the subtleties of his discussion in the Essay: " T h e third sort of propositions that your lordship excludes are those whose certainty we know by remembrance: but in these two [kinds of memory?] the agreement or disagreement of the ideas contained in them is perceived; not always indeed, as it was at first, by an actual view of the connection of all the intermediate ideas, whereby the agreement or disagreement of those in the proposition was at first perceived; but by other intermediate ideas, that show the agreement or disagreement of the ideas contained in the proposition, whose certainty w e remember" (Works 1 1 1 , 2 3 4 ) . Locke then repeats, with only very minor changes, the argument from the Essay which, he says, led him to the view that if one knowingly remembers having demonstrated P, one might genuinely know (i.e., "perceive") P even though one has forgotten the proof.

The Vision:

Let Reason be Your Guide in Believing

55

b e a q u e s t i o n m a d e , b e c a u s e m e n m a y h a v e s u c h i d e a s in t h e i r m i n d s , w h e n n o s u c h t h i n g s exists, n o s u c h o b j e c t affects t h e i r s e n s e s . " I f w e a l l o w t h i s p a s s a g e to b e d e t e r m i n a t i v e in o u r i n t e r p r e t a t i o n — a n d I d o n ' t see a n y good reason w h y w e should not - sensitive k n o w l e d g e consists o f k n o w i n g , b y i n f e r e n c e from a p r e m i s e c o n c e r n i n g o n e o f o n e ' s s e n s o r y i m a g e s , t h a t t h e r e exists s o m e t h i n g o r o t h e r e x t e r n a l w h i c h is the c a u s e o f t h a t s e n s o r y i m a g e . S u c h knowledge, says L o c k e , " e x t e n d s as f a r as the p r e s e n t t e s t i m o n y o f o u r senses, e m p l o y e d a b o u t p a r t i c u l a r o b j e c t s , t h a t d o t h e n affect t h e m , a n d n o farther" (iv,xi,g). 5 1

T h e p r e m i s e for s u c h a n i n f e r e n c e is a p r o p o s i t i o n to the effect t h a t o n e ' s i m a g e h a s a c e r t a i n p e c u l i a r p r o p e r t y . L o c k e d o e s not a t t e m p t to d e s c r i b e this p r o p e r t y . H e t h i n k s t h a t w e a r e all a c q u a i n t e d w i t h it; a n d h e t h i n k s t h a t w e a r e t y p i c a l l y a w a r e o f its p r e s e n c e w h e n it is p r e s e n t . " I ask a n y o n e , " s a y s L o c k e , " w h e t h e r he b e not i n v i n c i b l y c o n s c i o u s to h i m s e l f o f a different p e r c e p t i o n , w h e n h e looks o n the sun b y d a y , a n d t h i n k s o n it b y n i g h t ; w h e n h e a c t u a l l y tastes w o r m w o o d , o r smells a rose, o r o n l y t h i n k s on t h a t s a v o u r , o r o d o u r ? W e as p l a i n l y find the d i f f e r e n c e t h e r e is b e t w e e n a n y i d e a r e v i v e d in o u r minds b y o u r o w n m e m o r y , a n d actually c o m i n g into our minds b y o u r senses, as w e d o b e t w e e n a n y t w o d i s t i n c t i d e a s " (iv,ii, 1 4 ; cf. i v , i i , 5 ) . " [ T ] h e r e is n o b o d y w h o d o t h n o t p e r c e i v e the d i f f e r e n c e in himself" ( i v , x i , 3 - g ) . 5 1

T h e r e is one passage in his Second Letter to Stillinglleet in which Locke appears to say, quite aggressively, that this is the full extent of our sensitive knowledge: " N o w the two ideas, that in this case are perceived to agree, and do thereby produce knowledge, are the idea of actual sensation (which is an action whereof I have a clear and distinct idea) and the idea of actual existence of something without me that causes that sensation. A n d what other certainty your lordship has by your senses of the existing of anything without you, but the perceived connection of those two ideas, I would gladly know" [Works 111,360). But there are other passages in which he clearly indicates that we can know something about the primary qualities of that which is causing our sensation - though what exactly that is, is not clear. Clearly it was his thought that one can know that something with some primary quality or other is causing one's sensation: "as to the existence of bodily substances, 1 know by my senses that something extended, and solid, and figured does exist; for my senses are the utmost evidence and certainty I have of the existence of extended, solid, figured things. These modes being then known to exist by our senses, the existence of them (which I cannot conceive can subsist without something to support them) makes me see the connection of those ideas with a support, or, as it is called, a subject of inhesion, and so consequently the connection of that support (which cannot be nothing) with existence. A n d thus I come by a certainty of the existence of that something which is a support of those sensible modes" (ibid., 2 9 ) . But in another passage he quite clearly indicates that we can know more than this - that we can know, to some extent, what are the primary qualities of the object causing our sensation: " m a y I not be certain that a ball of ivory that lies before my eyes is not square? A n d is it not my sense of seeing, that makes me perceive the disagreement of that square figure to that round matter, which are the ideas expressed in that proposition?" (ibid., 2 3 2 ) .

56

Rationality

in everyday

life

L o c k e r e c o g n i z e s t h a t a s e n s o r y i m a g e ' s h a v i n g the q u a l i t y in q u e s t i o n d o e s n o t entail t h a t t h e r e exists s o m e t h i n g e x t e r n a l o f w h i c h the i m a g e is the effect. A n d h e thinks t h a t o u r b e l i e v i n g the i n f e r r e d c o n c l u s i o n w i l l , e v e n in the best c a s e , h a v e a c e r t a i n t y i n f e r i o r to t h a t o f i n t u i t i v e a n d d e m o n s t r a t i v e k n o w l e d g e - t h u s inferior, for e x a m p l e , to o u r a w a r e n e s s t h a t the i m a g e h a s t h a t p e c u l i a r p r o p e r t y . B u t w h a t is it t h a t L o c k e h a s in m i n d h e r e b y certainty? H e d o e s , in a few p a s s a g e s , d e s c r i b e s e n s i t i v e k n o w l e d g e as a " p e r c e p t i o n o f the m i n d , e m p l o y e d a b o u t the p a r t i c u l a r e x i s t e n c e o f finite b e i n g s w i t h o u t u s " ( i v , i i , 1 4 ; cf. i v , i i i , 2 a n d i v , x i , i ) . B u t he d o e s n o t h i n g to e x p l a i n o r d e f e n d this d e s c r i p t i o n of sensitive k n o w l e d g e as "perception." M a i n l y h e m a k e s use o f the high level of confidence c o n c e p t o f c e r t a i n t y , a n d c o n t e n d s t h a t b o t h this i n f e r e n c e is i n e l u c t a b l e for a l l of us a n d t h a t w e all a c c e p t the c o n c l u s i o n w i t h a h i g h level o f c o n f i d e n c e . " I t h i n k n o b o d y c a n , in e a r n e s t , b e so s c e p t i c a l , as to b e u n c e r t a i n o f the e x i s t e n c e o f those t h i n g s w h i c h h e sees a n d f e e l s " ( i v , x i , 3 ) ; " t h i s is too e v i d e n t to b e d o u b t e d " ( i v , x i , 4 ) ; " i t is a n a s s u r a n c e that d e s e r v e s the n a m e of k n o w l e d g e " (iv,xi,3). T o this, L o c k e a d d s s o m e reflections w h o s e i m p o r t s e e m s to b e t h a t t h e r e is g o o d r e a s o n to think that this i n e l u c t a b l e i n f e r e n c e y i e l d i n g h i g h l y c o n f i d e n t b e l i e f is m a x i m a l l y r e l i a b l e . T h e beliefs a r e c e r t a i n : " B u t besides the a s s u r a n c e w e h a v e from o u r senses t h e m s e l v e s , t h a t they d o not e r r in the i n f o r m a t i o n they g i v e us, o f the e x i s t e n c e o f t h i n g s w i t h o u t us, w h e n t h e y a r e affected b y t h e m , w e a r e f a r t h e r c o n f i r m e d in this a s s u r a n c e , b y o t h e r c o n c u r r e n t r e a s o n s " ( i v , x i , 3 ) . L o c k e t h e n offers f o u r a r g u m e n t s for the r e l i a b i l i t y o f s e n s i t i v e k n o w l e d g e (§§4-7). B u t he w r a p s u p the d i s c u s s i o n b y a d m i t t i n g e i t h e r t h a t these a r g u m e n t s a r e not e n t i r e l y d e c i s i v e , o r t h a t s e n s i t i v e k n o w l e d g e d o e s not after all h a v e m a x i m a l c e r t a i n t y - it is n o t e n t i r e l y c l e a r w h i c h o f these he i n t e n d s :

the certainty of things existing in rerum natura, when we have the testimony of our senses for it, is not only as great as our frame can attain to, but as our condition needs. F o r our faculties being suited not to the full extent of being, nor to a perfect, clear, comprehensive knowledge of things free from all doubt and scruple; but to the preservation of us, in w h o m they are; and accommodated to the use of life: they serve to our purpose well enough, if they will but give us certain notice of those things, which are convenient or inconvenient to us. For he that sees a candle burning, and hath experimented the force of its flame, by putting his finger in it, will little doubt, that this is something existing without him, which does him harm, and puts him to

The Vision: Let Reason be Your Guide in

Believing

57

great pain: which is assurance enough, when no m a n requires greater certainty to govern his actions by, than w h a t is as certain as his actions themselves. A n d if our dreamer pleases to try, whether the glowing heat of a glass furnace, be barely a wandering imagination in a drowsy man's fancy, by putting his hand into it, he m a y perhaps be wakened into a certainty greater than he could wish, that it is something more than bare imagination. So that this evidence is as great, as we can desire, being as certain to us, as our pleasure or pain . . . beyond which we h a v e no concernment, either of knowledge or being. (iv,xi,8) A w o r d s h o u l d be s a i d , l a s t l y , a b o u t L o c k e ' s d o c t r i n e of demonstrative k n o w l e d g e . W h e n y o u a n d I t h i n k o f d e m o n s t r a t i o n s , w e think o f the r o l e o f i n s i g h t t h e r e i n - if w e a r e w i l l i n g to c o n c e d e a r o l e for i n s i g h t as follows: O n e sees t h a t the p r e m i s e s a r e t r u e , a n d o n e sees t h a t the c o n c l u s i o n is e n t a i l e d b y the p r e m i s e s . W e d o not t h i n k o f c l a i m i n g t h a t o n e sees t h a t t h e c o n c l u s i o n itself is t r u e . L o c k e ' s d e s c r i p t i o n o f the r o l e o f i n s i g h t in d e m o n s t r a t i o n s is s t r i k i n g l y d i f f e r e n t . O n e c o m e s to " p e r c e i v e " t h a t the i d e a s in the c o n c l u s i o n d o a g r e e o r d i s a g r e e as the p r o p o s i t i o n p u t s those i d e a s t o g e t h e r o r s e p a r a t e s t h e m ; a n d o n e c o m e s to d o so b y " p e r c e i v i n g " h o w these i d e a s a r e c o n n e c t e d to i n t e r m e d i a t e i d e a s . P r e s u m a b l y L o c k e ' s t h i n k i n g in this w a y w a s the c o n s e q u e n c e o f his h a v i n g in m i n d the t r a d i t i o n a l a n a l y s i s o f a s y l l o g i s m as c o n t a i n i n g s u b j e c t t e r m , p r e d i c a t e t e r m , and middle term — o r p e r h a p s o f his h a v i n g in m i n d E u c l i d e a n g e o m e t r y : the three angles of a triangle cannot be brought at once, and be compared with any other one, or two angles; and so of this the mind has no immediate, no intuitive knowledge. In this case the mind is fain to find out some other angles, to which the three angles of a triangle have an equality; and finding those equal to two right ones, comes to know their equality to two right ones. Those intervening ideas, which serve to shew the agreement of any two others, are called proofs; and where the agreement or disagreement is by this means plainly and clearly perceived, it is called demonstration, it being shewn to the understanding, and the mind made see that it is so. (iv,ii,2-3) I n the c a s e o f r e l a t i v e l y s h o r t proofs, it seems p l a u s i b l e to s a y t h a t w e c o m e to see the c o n n e c t i o n o f the i d e a s in the c o n c l u s i o n b y w a y o f s e e i n g their c o n n e c t i o n to o t h e r , m e d i a t i n g , i d e a s . B u t in the c a s e o f l e n g t h y proofs, this s e e m s m o s t i m p l a u s i b l e . I s t h e s i t u a t i o n not r a t h e r t h a t w e h a v e a s e q u e n c e o f a w a r e n e s s e s , s t o r e d in m e m o r y ? L o c k e does not disagree: So that to make any thing a demonstration, it is necessary to perceive the immediate agreement of the intervening ideas, whereby the agreement or

58

Rationality

in everyday life

disagreement of the two ideas under examination . . . is found. This intuitive perception of the agreement or disagreement of the intermediate ideas, in each step and progression of the demonstration, must also be carried exactly in the mind, and a man must be sure that no part is left out; which because in long deductions, and the use of m a n y proofs, the memory does not always so readily and exactly retain: therefore it comes to pass, that this is more imperfect than intuitive knowledge, and men embrace often falsehoods for demonstrations. (iv,ii,7) B u t if d e m o n s t r a t i o n s in m a n y cases i n v o l v e a sequence of " p e r c e p t i o n s " "perceiving" s t o r e d in m e m o r y , w h y d o e s L o c k e n o n e t h e l e s s s p e a k of the a g r e e m e n t o r d i s a g r e e m e n t o f the i d e a s in the c o n c l u s i o n ? P r o b a b l y it w a s a fashion o f s p e e c h r a t h e r t h a n a p o i n t o f d o c t r i n e . W e too, o n o u r w a y o f t h i n k i n g o f proofs, often s p e a k o f seeing t h a t the c o n c l u s i o n follows, e v e n w h e n close s c r u t i n y w o u l d r e v e a l t h a t m e m o r y w a s indispensably i n v o l v e d . (It a p p e a r s , though, that w e w o u l d not, for every p r o o f o f w h o s e c o g e n c y w e a r e p e r s u a d e d , s p e a k o f seeing t h a t the c o n c l u s i o n follows; a p p a r e n t l y w h a t is r e q u i r e d is a r a t h e r c l e a r i m a g e o r i m p r e s s i o n o f the s t r u c t u r e o f the e n t i r e proof. I f t h a t is l a c k i n g , t h e n , e v e n t h o u g h w e a r e p e r s u a d e d o f the p r o o f ' s c o g e n c y , w e w o u l d not s p e a k of seeing t h a t the c o n c l u s i o n f o l l o w e d . ) L o c k e a t t r i b u t e s the lesser c e r t a i n t y o f d e m o n s t r a t i v e k n o w l e d g e in p a r t to the r o l e o f m e m o r y t h e r e i n ( i v , i i , 7 , q u o t e d a b o v e ) , a n d in p a r t to the lesser c l a r i t y w i t h w h i c h the a g r e e m e n t o r d i s a g r e e m e n t o f the i d e a s in the c o n c l u s i o n is " p e r c e i v e d . " T h e e v i d e n c e he cites for the l a t t e r s e e m s c u r i o u s l y i r r e l e v a n t , h o w e v e r : 5 2

T h i s knowledge by intervening proofs, though it be certain, yet the evidence of it is not altogether so clear and bright, nor the assent so ready, as in intuitive knowledge. For though in demonstration, the mind does at least perceive the agreement or disagreement of the ideas it considers; yet 'tis not without pains and attention: T h e r e must be more than one transient view to find it. A steady application and pursuit is required to this discovery: and there must be a progression by steps and degrees. (iv,ii,4) L o c k e d o e s not e x p l a i n w h y the n e e d for " p a i n s a n d a t t e n t i o n " a n d for a " t r a n s i e n t v i e w " results in less c l a r i t y o f " p e r c e p t i o n . " I n s t e a d h e closes his d i s c u s s i o n w i t h a s t r i k i n g m e t a p h o r : " l i k e a face reflected b y s e v e r a l m i r r o r s o n e to a n o t h e r , w h e r e as l o n g as it r e t a i n s the ™ Cf. iv,i,9: "But because the memory is not always so clear as actual perception, and does in all men more or less decay in length of time, this amongst other differences is one, which shows, that demonstrative knowledge, is much more imperfect than intuitive." In his discussion of demonstrative knowledge in i v , x v i i , i 5 , he attributes its lesser certainty entirely to the role of memory.

The Vision: Let Reason be Your Guide in

Believing

59

s i m i l i t u d e a n d a g r e e m e n t w i t h the o b j e c t , it p r o d u c e s a k n o w l e d g e ; b u t 'tis still in e v e r y s u c c e s s i v e reflection w i t h a l e s s e n i n g o f t h a t p e r f e c t c l e a r n e s s a n d d i s t i n c t n e s s , w h i c h is in the first, till at last, after m a n y r e m o v e s , it h a s a g r e a t m i x t u r e o f d i m n e s s . . . T h u s it is w i t h k n o w l e d g e , m a d e out by a long train of proofs" (iv,ii,6). I t m a y b e a s k e d , finally, w h e t h e r L o c k e ' s d o c t r i n e o f d e m o n s t r a t i v e k n o w l e d g e is not s i m p l y i n c o m p a t i b l e w i t h his t h i n k i n g of " p e r c e p t i o n " as d i r e c t a w a r e n e s s ? I s n o t o n e ' s a w a r e n e s s o f the a g r e e m e n t o r d i s a g r e e m e n t o f i d e a s w h i c h o c c u r s in d e m o n s t r a t i v e k n o w l e d g e i n h e r e n t l y a n indirect a w a r e n e s s ? T h a t d e p e n d s o n w h a t o n e t a k e s d i r e c t a w a r e n e s s to b e . L o c k e took d i r e c t a w a r e n e s s o f s o m e fact, o r s o m e e n t i t y , to b e a w a r e n e s s o f it w i t h o u t the m e d i a t i o n o f s o m e t h i n g w h i c h represents it. I n the c a s e o f o u r n o n - i m m e d i a t e k n o w l e d g e o f the c o n c l u s i o n o f a d e m o n s t r a t i o n t h e r e is, o n L o c k e ' s v i e w , n o m e d i a t i o n b y m e n t a l r e p r e s e n t a t i o n s ; it is, in t h a t sense, d i r e c t a w a r e n e s s . I n d e m o n s t r a t i o n s , direct a w a r e n e s s o f the r e l a t i o n s h i p a m o n g c e r t a i n i d e a s is m e d i a t e d b y direct ( a n d u n m e d i a t e d ) a w a r e n e s s o f the r e l a t i o n s h i p o f those i d e a s to o t h e r i d e a s . A s w e n o w l e a v e this t o p i c o f L o c k e ' s u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f k n o w l e d g e , it m a y b e useful to h a v e a s u m m a r y o f the m a i n lines o f the i n t e r p r e t a t i o n I h a v e o f f e r e d . I s u g g e s t t h a t the w a y to r e a d L o c k e is to see h i m as p r e s e n t i n g a c e r t a i n e l e g a n t p i c t u r e o f k n o w l e d g e a n d o f its p r o p e r p l a c e in o u r lives to w h i c h h e is d e e p l y a t t r a c t e d b u t w h i c h , w i t h g r e a t r e l u c t a n c e , he q u a l i f i e s a n d revises. T h o u g h L o c k e c o n c e d e s t h a t the p i c t u r e m u s t b e q u a l i f i e d , the u n q u a l i f i e d p i c t u r e c o n t i n u e s to c a s t its spell o v e r h i m . H e c o n s t a n t l y r e p l i c a t e s the p i c t u r e ( e s p e c i a l l y in his replies to o b j e c t o r s ) w i t h o u t m e n t i o n i n g the q u a l i f i c a t i o n s o r f a c i n g u p to the i m p l i c a t i o n s o f h a v i n g m a d e t h e m . E s s e n t i a l to the p i c t u r e is L o c k e ' s t a k i n g k n o w l e d g e a n d belief/assent as f u n d a m e n t a l l y d i f f e r e n t m e n t a l states. K n o w l e d g e is a w a r e n e s s o f facts, b e they a f f i r m a t i v e o r n e g a t i v e — a w a r e n e s s o f entities in r e l a t i o n . B e l i e f a n d assent, b y c o n t r a s t , consist of taking entities to b e r e l a t e d in c e r t a i n w a y s . T h e p i c t u r e w h i c h a t t r a c t s L o c k e , t h e n , is this: K n o w l e d g e consists o f d i r e c t a w a r e n e s s o f s o m e fact, s p e c i f i c a l l y , o f s o m e r e l a t i o n s h i p a m o n g i d e a s . T y p i c a l l y , s u c h a w a r e n e s s is a c c o m p a n i e d b y assent, o f the h i g h e s t d e g r e e o f c e r t a i n t y , to the corresponding proposition. N o w the q u a l i f i c a t i o n . L o c k e finds h i m s e l f f o r c e d to c o n c e d e t h a t k n o w l e d g e g o e s b e y o n d " p e r c e p t i o n . " F o r h e finds h i m s e l f forced to i n c l u d e u n d e r k n o w l e d g e w h a t h e calls sensitive k n o w l e d g e ;

6o

Rationality

in everyday

life

a n d , e v e n m o r e i m p o r t a n t l y , h e finds h i m s e l f f o r c e d to r e g a r d s o m e cases o f r e m e m b e r i n g w h a t o n e " p e r c e i v e d " o r p r o v e d as t h e m ­ selves cases o f k n o w l e d g e . A s s u m i n g t h a t beliefs ( a n d a s s e n t i n g s ) a r e the b e a r e r s o f the p r o p e r t y w h i c h c o m e s in v a r y i n g d e g r e e s o f c e r t a i n t y a n d p r o b a b i l i t y , this h a s the c o n s e q u e n c e s t h a t k n o w l e d g e in g e n e r a l m u s t b e for L o c k e not " p e r c e p t i o n " b u t a species o f b e l i e f ( a s s e n t ) , a n d t h a t " p e r c e p t i o n " is not in all cases w h a t a c c o u n t s for c e r t a i n t y . I t f u r t h e r m o r e h a s the c o n s e q u e n c e , as w e s h a l l see, t h a t a b e l i e f not g r o u n d e d o n i n s i g h t m a y n o n e t h e l e s s b e the result o f d o i n g o n e ' s best. T h e s p e c t r e o f beliefs not g r o u n d e d o n a w a r e n e s s o f the t h i n g s t h e m s e l v e s r e m a i n s to h a u n t us.

(d)

Belief

and its governance

W e h a v e been speaking of knowledge. B u t L o c k e w a s convinced that for the c o n d u c t o f life, if not for " s p e c u l a t i o n , " s o m e t h i n g m o r e t h a n k n o w l e d g e is n e e d e d . We c a n n o t live b y k n o w l e d g e a l o n e , M a n " w o u l d b e at a g r e a t loss if he h a d n o t h i n g to d i r e c t h i m b u t w h a t h a s the c e r t a i n t y o f t r u e k n o w l e d g e " ( i v , x i v , i ) . W e " w o u l d b e often u t t e r l y in the d a r k , a n d in m o s t o f the a c t i o n s o f [ o u r lives] p e r f e c t l y at a s t a n d " ( i v , x i v , i) i f w e c o n f i n e d " o u r t h o u g h t s w i t h i n the c o n t e m ­ p l a t i o n o f those things, that a r e w i t h i n the r e a c h o f o u r u n d e r s t a n d i n g s " ( i v , i i i , 2 2 ) . F o r " o u r i g n o r a n c e [is] infinitely l a r g e r t h a n o u r k n o w l e d g e " (iv,iii,22). S o w h a t a r e w e to d o , s i m p l y " l a u n c h . . . o u t i n t o t h a t a b y s s of d a r k n e s s ( w h e r e w e h a v e not eyes to see, n o r faculties to p e r c e i v e a n y t h i n g ) " ( i v , i i i , 2 2 ) ? N o t at a l l . " T h e f a c u l t y , w h i c h G o d h a s g i v e n m a n to s u p p l y the w a n t o f c l e a r a n d c e r t a i n k n o w l e d g e is judgment: w h e r e b y the m i n d takes its i d e a s to a g r e e , o r d i s a g r e e ; or w h i c h is the s a m e , a n y p r o p o s i t i o n to be true, o r false, w i t h o u t p e r c e i v i n g a d e m o n s t r a t i v e e v i d e n c e in the p r o o f s " ( i v , x i v , 3 ) . O r m o r e p r e c i s e l y , s a y s L o c k e , " t h i s f a c u l t y o f the m i n d , w h e n it is e x e r c i s e d i m m e d i a t e l y a b o u t t h i n g s , is c&Wcd judgment; w h e n a b o u t t r u t h s d e l i v e r e d in w o r d s , is m o s t c o m m o n l y c a l l e d assent o r dissent" ( t v , x i v , 3 ) . I n short, j u d g m e n t " i s the p u t t i n g i d e a s t o g e t h e r , o r s e p a r a t i n g t h e m from o n e a n o t h e r in the m i n d , w h e n t h e i r c e r t a i n a g r e e m e n t o r d i s a g r e e m e n t is not p e r c e i v e d , b u t p r e s u m e d to b e s o " ( i v , x i v , 4 ) . I n these p a s s a g e s L o c k e s p e a k s o f j u d g m e n t as a faculty ~ w h i c h s u g g e s t s t h a t h e t h o u g h t o f b e l i e f a n d assent as f o r m e d in us b y a s i n g l e m e c h a n i s m . P r o b a b l y his a c t u a l t h o u g h t w a s t h a t w e a l l h a v e s e v e r a l

The

Vision: Let Reason be Your Guide in Believing

61

d i s t i n c t belief- a n d a s s e n t - f o r m i n g faculties. I n a n y case, it is o f f u n d a m e n t a l i m p o r t a n c e for u n d e r s t a n d i n g L o c k e to r e a l i z e t h a t h e r e g a r d e d b e l i e f a n d assent as f o r m e d b y s o m e f a c u l t y o r faculties a n d n o t b y the w i l l . W e d o not decide to b e l i e v e o r a s s e n t to t h i n g s - n o t often, a n y w a y . B r e a k i n g d e c i s i v e l y w i t h a l m o s t all his p h i l o s o p h i c a l p r e d e c e s s o r s , L o c k e r e p u d i a t e s o n e o f the t r a d i t i o n a l d i s t i n c t i o n s b e t w e e n k n o w l e d g e a n d o p i n i o n ; n a m e l y , t h a t in k n o w l e d g e o n e ' s b e l i e f a n d a s s e n t a r e c o m p e l l e d b y t h e p r e s e n c e o f the o b j e c t itself, w h i l e in o p i n i o n , t h e y a r e the result o f w i l l . T h o u g h L o c k e o b v i o u s l y r e g a r d s o u r belief- a n d a s s e n t - f o r m i n g faculties as s u b j e c t in c e r t a i n w a y s to the c o n t r o l of the will - o t h e r w i s e his w h o l e p i c t u r e o f the r e s p o n s i b l e b e l i e v e r w o u l d h a v e n o a p p l i c a t i o n - t h e y a r e n o t to b e i d e n t i f i e d w i t h the w i l l . 5 3

G o d , to c o m p e n s a t e for o u r s e v e r e s h o r t f a l l o f k n o w l e d g e , h a s e n d o w e d us w i t h assent- a n d b e l i e f - f o r m i n g faculties. " T h e state w e a r e at p r e s e n t in, not b e i n g t h a t o f v i s i o n , w e m u s t , in m a n y t h i n g s , c o n t e n t o u r s e l v e s w i t h faith a n d p r o b a b i l i t y " ( i v , i i i , 6 ) . B u t the w o r k i n g s of o u r assent- a n d b e l i e f - f o r m i n g faculties m u s t b e g o v e r n e d . W e a r e not to let t h e m d o t h e i r w o r k w i t h o u t s u p e r v i s i o n a n d d i r e c t i o n . W e a r e to m o n i t o r a n d i n t e r v e n e . I t is v e r y e a s i l y s a i d , a n d n o b o d y q u e s t i o n s it, that g i v i n g a n d w i t h h o l d i n g o u r assent, a n d the d e g r e e s o f it, s h o u l d b e r e g u l a t e d (Conduct, §33; Works 1 1 , 3 7 9 ) . I n d e e d , " I n the w h o l e c o n d u c t of the u n d e r s t a n d i n g t h e r e is n o t h i n g o f m o r e m o m e n t t h a n to k n o w w h e n a n d w h e r e , a n d h o w far, to g i v e assent"(Conduct, §33; Works 1 1 , 3 7 9 ) . 54

53 " [ T ] o believe this or that to be true does not depend upon our will" (Letter Toleration; Works v , 4 o ) . 5 4

Concerning

J a m e s T u l l y , in "Governing Conduct," argues that Locke's epistemology must be seen as the repudiation of what he, Tully, calls "the dispositional account of assent." He cites some passages from Anti-Scepticism by Henry L e e , one of Locke's opponents, in support of this thesis. I do not find it at all clear, however, what this "dispositional account" is supposed to be. Tully's explanation runs thus: " A person assents to a proposition because he or she is naturally inclined towards truth and goodness, just as a stone naturally tends to its natural home, the earth. A s in all forms of teleological explanation, the action, assent, is explained by its natural tendency to a certain result or end, true beliefs" (pp. 1 8 - 1 9 ) . f^ w h a t does such a view actually come to? Presumably it is meant to be compatible with the obvious fact that we assent to many propositions because of the workings of our perceptual capacities, to many others because of the workings of memory, etc. Is it then the thesis that our indigenous belief-forming dispositions are generally reliable? If so, Locke certainly does not disagree. He holds that we have a capacity for "perception" which gives us direct awareness of certain facts. A n d more generally, he held that "we fail [our faculties] a great deal more than they fail us" (Conduct, §34; Works 1 1 , 3 8 0 ) . ut

T u l l y remarks that "If the mind were not disposed in some w a y to the truth or the good, •3 then it must be indifferent, and so all our knowledge is the product of custom and education" (p. 2 4 ) . Accordingly he says a couple of times over that, on Locke's view, beliefs are all the

62

1

Rationality

in everyday life

W h y is t h a t ? B e c a u s e t h e r e is a c e r t a i n d e s i d e r a t u m w i t h r e s p e c t to o u r a s s e n t i n g s a n d b e l i e v i n g s w h i c h , if w e a l l o w o u r assent- a n d b e l i e f - f o r m i n g faculties to d o t h e i r w o r k u n g o v e r n e d , will b e w o e f u l l y m i s s i n g . W h a t is t h a t d e s i d e r a t u m ? T h o u g h L o c k e n e v e r offers a c l e a r a n d d e c i s i v e f o r m u l a t i o n , I think it is p r e t t y c l e a r w h a t h e h a s in m i n d . I t h a s s o m e t h i n g to d o w i t h t h a t m e r i t in b e l i e v i n g s w h i c h consists o f the b e l i e v e d p r o p o s i t i o n b e i n g t r u e , a n d w i t h t h a t d e m e r i t in b e l i e v i n g s w h i c h consists o f the b e l i e v e d p r o p o s i t i o n b e i n g false. B u t to s a y o n l y this is to l e a v e o p e n a l a r g e n u m b e r o f a l t e r n a t i v e views. A l t e r n a t i v e v i e w s , for e x a m p l e , as to the b a l a n c e b e t w e e n the m e r i t a n d the d e m e r i t . A r e w e to try o u r best to a v o i d b e l i e v i n g f a l s e h o o d s ? P r e s u m a b l y s k e p t i c i s m w o u l d b e the m o s t effective p o l i c y . A r e w e to try o u r best to b e l i e v e a d d i t i o n a l truths? G u l l i b i l i t y m i g h t b e the best p o l i c y . O n e thinks h e r e a g a i n o f R o d e r i c k C h i s h o l m , w h o a l s o h e l d that all o f us ( n o r m a l a d u l t ) h u m a n b e i n g s , j u s t b y v i r t u e o f b e i n g i n t e l l e c t u a l b e i n g s c a p a b l e of b e l i e v i n g a n d w i t h h o l d i n g b e l i e f from Knowing p r o p o s i t i o n s , h a v e a n o b l i g a t i o n . I n his Foundations of C h i s h o l m f o r m u l a t e s this o b l i g a t i o n as the g e n e r a l r e q u i r e m e n t to try to h a v e the l a r g e s t p o s s i b l e set o f l o g i c a l l y i n d e p e n d e n t beliefs t h a t is s u c h t h a t the t r u e beliefs o u t n u m b e r the false beliefs (p. 7). I n his e a r l i e r Theory of Knowledge he s u g g e s t e d t h a t the r e q u i r e m e n t is t h a t o f e a c h p e r s o n " t r y i n g his best to b r i n g it a b o u t that for a n y p r o p o s i t i o n p he c o n s i d e r s , he a c c e p t s p if a n d o n l y if p is t r u e " (p. 1 4 ) . 5 5

L o c k e , I s u g g e s t , w a s t h i n k i n g a l o n g s o m e w h a t d i f f e r e n t lines from e i t h e r o f these. T h e o b l i g a t i o n in q u e s t i o n p e r t a i n s not j u s t to o u r b e l i e v i n g s , d i s b e l i e v i n g s , a n d w i t h h o l d i n g s , b u t to the degree of firmness ol o u r b e l i e v i n g s a n d d i s b e l i e v i n g s to the levels of confidence w e p l a c e in p r o p o s i t i o n s . E a c h o f us is o b l i g a t e d , for c e r t a i n p r o p o s i t i o n s , to try to t h a t is, to try o u r best to find o u t w h e t h e r the d o o u r e p i s t e m i c best p r o p o s i t i o n is t r u e o r false, a n d u p o n c o m p l e t i o n o f the p r o c e d u r e r e q u i r e d for t h a t , to p l a c e a l e v e l o f c o n f i d e n c e in the p r o p o s i t i o n

5 5

result of custom or education (pp. 2 1 , 2 2 ) . But this is just mistaken. Not only does L o c k e think that we possess indigenous belief-forming dispositions which get educated (tutored, schooled); T u l l y entirely overlooks the fundamental role of "perception" in Locke's thought. Locke is not H u m e born out of season! Furthermore, Locke never speaks of the mind as indifferent; what he says, rather, is that we must practice indijferency - by which he means that, in the governance of our belief-forming dispositions, we must concern ourselves only with the truth and falsity of the propositions believed. R . M . Chisholm, The Foundations of Knowing (Minneapolis, University of Minnesota Press, 1 9 8 2 ) ; Chisholm, Theory of Knowledge.

The Vision: Let Reason be Your Guide in

Believing

63

a p p r o p r i a t e to a c e r t a i n result o f the p r o c e d u r e . ( N a t u r a l l y in s o m e cases this p r e s u p p o s e s first d o i n g v a r i o u s t h i n g s to g e t h o l d o f the p r o p o s i t i o n . ) I t w i l l b e c o n v e n i e n t in w h a t follows to h a v e a n a m e for this o b l i g a t i o n ; let m e call it the alelhic obligation ( G r e e k aletheia = t r u t h ) . T h e o b l i g a t i o n h o l d s for e v e r y o n e , o r at least for all n o r m a l a d u l t s ; b u t it d o e s not h o l d for a l l the p r o p o s i t i o n s t h a t c o m e to m i n d . I n this w a y too, L o c k e ' s p o s i t i o n is different f r o m C h i s h o l m ' s in Theory of Knowledge. T h e o b l i g a t i o n a p p l i e s to a p e r s o n for those p r o p o s i t i o n s w h i c h a r e o f m a x i m a l " c o n c e r n m e n t , " as L o c k e c a l l s it, to the p e r s o n , a n d o n l y for t h o s e . 56

T h a t s p e a k s to the n a t u r e a n d s c o p e o f the o b l i g a t i o n . B u t w h y is t h e r e a n o b l i g a t i o n in the r e g i o n at all? G r a n t e d t h a t o u r faculties c u s t o m a r i l y w o r k in s u c h a w a y as to d i s p o s e us, for e x a m p l e , to a d o p t "the opinions a n d persuasions of others, w h o m w e k n o w a n d think w e l l of," w h e r e a s in fact " t h e r e c a n n o t b e a m o r e d a n g e r o u s t h i n g to r e l y o n [ t h a n the o p i n i o n s o f o t h e r s ] , n o r m o r e l i k e l y to m i s l e a d o n e , s i n c e t h e r e is m u c h m o r e f a l s e h o o d a n d e r r o u r a m o n g s t m e n , t h a n t r u t h a n d k n o w l e d g e . " Still, w h y the should, the ought? M i g h t it not r a t h e r b e the c a s e t h a t it is a desirable f e a t u r e o f o u r b e l i e v i n g s , d i s b e l i e v i n g s , a n d w i t h h o l d i n g s t h a t o u r level o f c o n f i d e n c e in the p r o p o s i t i o n b e p r o p o r t i o n e d to its p r o b a b i l i t y , w i t h o u t its e v e r b e i n g the c a s e t h a t w e a r e obligated to try to bring about this state? T h i s d e s i r a b l e f e a t u r e m i g h t be e i t h e r inherently o r instrumenlally d e s i r a b l e . A s to the latter: P e r h a p s it is the c a s e for c e r t a i n g o o d s t h a t the w a y w h i c h h o l d s m o s t p r o m i s e for a c h i e v i n g those g o o d s i n c l u d e s t r y i n g o n e ' s best, for c e r t a i n p r o p o s i t i o n s , to b r i n g it a b o u t t h a t o n e ' s l e v e l o f c o n f i d e n c e in those p r o p o s i t i o n s is p r o p o r t i o n e d to their p r o b a b i l i t y . S o m e t h i n g like this w a s the p o s i t i o n t a k e n b y H . H . P r i c e in his b o o k Belief P r i c e d e n i e d t h a t there is a n y t h i n g m o r a l l y b l a m e w o r t h y a b o u t a s s e n t i n g u n r e a s o n a b l y ( a g a i n s t the e v i d e n c e o r w i t h o u t r e g a r d to the e v i d e n c e ) o r t h a t w e o u g h t to b e c h a s t i s e d for d o i n g so. T h e r e is n o t h i n g w i c k e d a b o u t s u c h assents. I t is, h o w e v e r , t r u e t h a t u n r e a s o n a b l e assent is c o n t r a r y to o u r l o n g - t e r m interest; o u r l o n g - t e r m interest lies in b e l i e v i n g t r u e p r o p o s i t i o n s r a t h e r t h a n false o n e s . A n d i f w e assent r e a s o n a b l y (i.e., in a c c o r d a n c e w i t h the e v i d e n c e ) , it is l i k e l y t h a t in the l o n g r u n the p r o p o s i t i o n s w e b e l i e v e 5 6

O n this fundamental point m y interpretation differs from a great many commentators - for example, from, to cite one of the most recent, Peter Schouls in his Reasoned Freedom: John Locke and Enlightenment (Ithaca, Cornell University Press, 1 9 9 2 ) . Schouls throughout adopts a universalizing interpretation of Locke, even though he recognizes that the procedure Locke recommends takes time and that, in Locke's view, not everybody has the time or should take it.

Rationality

64

in everyday life 57

will b e m o r e often t r u e t h a n f a l s e . O n P r i c e ' s v i e w w e w o u l d b e well advised, for c e r t a i n p r o p o s i t i o n s , to try o u r best to b r i n g it a b o u t t h a t w e b e l i e v e t h e m if a n d o n l y if t h e y a r e true. L o c k e s p e a k s i n s t e a d o f obligation. O u r M a k e r , s a y s L o c k e , w o u l d h a v e e a c h o f us " t o the best o f his p o w e r " keep "out of mistake and error" (iv,xvii,24). A n d our M a k e r ' s c o m m a n d for us is o u r m o r a l d u t y (cf. n , x x v i i i , 7 - 8 , i 4 ) . B u t to the best o f m y k n o w l e d g e L o c k e n e v e r a c t u a l l y d e f e n d s his v i e w t h a t e a c h o f us h a s , for c e r t a i n p r o p o s i t i o n s , the a l e t h i c o b l i g a t i o n . H e n e v e r , t h a t is to s a y , d e f e n d s his v i e w t h a t G o d c o m m a n d s t h a t o n e a d o p t a c e r t a i n level o f c o n f i d e n c e in those p r o p o s i t i o n s , a n d w i l l r e w a r d o n e if o n e m a k e s the a t t e m p t a n d p u n i s h o n e if o n e d o e s not. I p r e s u m e , t h o u g h , t h a t it is to this v i e w t h a t h e is a l l u d i n g w h e n , in the p a s s a g e a b o u t r e l i g i o u s faith q u o t e d a b o v e f r o m Essay i v , x v i i , 2 4 , he s a y s t h a t the p e r s o n w h o seeks s i n c e r e l y to d i s c o v e r t r u t h , t h o u g h he m a y miss it, " w i l l not miss the r e w a r d o f i t . " W e all r e c o g n i z e t h a t o u r b e l i e v i n g s possess a v a r i e t y of m e r i t s a n d d e m e r i t s . O n e m e r i t is t h a t o f b e i n g s u c h t h a t the p r o p o s i t i o n b e l i e v e d is true; a n o t h e r is t h a t o f b e i n g s u c h t h a t the p r o p o s i t i o n b e l i e v e d is v e r y p r o b a b l y true. B u t it m a y a l s o b e the c a s e t h a t o n e ' s b e l i e v i n g t h a t o n e c a n s c a l e the l e d g e c o n t r i b u t e s c r u c i a l l y to o n e ' s s c a l i n g it, a n d t h a t o n e ' s b e l i e v i n g t h a t o n e c a n p l a y the v i o l i n p a s s a g e as r a p i d l y as the c o n d u c t o r w a n t s it p l a y e d c o n t r i b u t e s c r u c i a l l y to o n e ' s not " f l u b b i n g " it; if o n e h a s o n e o r the o t h e r o f those g o a l s , t h e n o n e will r e g a r d the c a u s a l f e a t u r e o f the r e l e v a n t b e l i e f as a m e r i t in it. A n d s o m e beliefs, q u i t e a p a r t f r o m their d e s i r a b l e o r u n d e s i r a b l e consequences, a r e p a i n f u l o r e x h i l a r a t i n g for us - the b e l i e f t h a t o n e ' s c h i l d h a s d i e d , o r t h a t o n e h a s w o n the p r i z e . F u r t h e r m o r e , v a r i o u s of these o t h e r p r o p e r t i e s o f beliefs, a n d n o t j u s t those o f b e i n g s u c h t h a t the p r o p o s i t i o n a l c o n t e n t is t r u e , o r v e r y p r o b a b l y t r u e , a r e s u c h t h a t o n e c a n try to a c q u i r e beliefs w h i c h possess those p r o p e r t i e s . F i n d i n g o n e ' s l o w self-esteem u n p l e a s a n t , o n e c a n u n d e r t a k e a r e g i m e n to a c q u i r e a b e t t e r o p i n i o n o f oneself. L o c k e r e c o g n i z e d a l l this. B u t he h a d n o t o l e r a n c e w h a t s o e v e r for the s u g g e s t i o n t h a t w e a l s o h a v e o b l i g a t i o n s to p u r s u e s o m e o f these o t h e r d e s i d e r a t a . T h e o b l i g a t i o n s w e h a v e for b e l i e f g o v e r n a n c e p e r t a i n o n l y to t r u t h a n d f a l s e h o o d a n d the p r o b a b i l i t y thereof. I n o u r g o v e r n a n c e w e a r e to p r a c t i c e w h a t h e calls " i n d i f f e r e n c e " to all

5 7

H . H . Price, Belief

(London, Allen & U n w i n , 1 9 6 9 ) , p. 2 3 8 .

The

Vision: Let Reason be Your Guide in Believing

65

o t h e r m e r i t s a n d d e m e r i t s in beliefs. O f c o u r s e h e r e c o g n i z e d t h a t s o m e beliefs a r e m o r e i m p o r t a n t t h a n o t h e r s - t h a t it is m o r e i m p o r t a n t to g e t t h i n g s r i g h t o n s o m e m a t t e r s t h a n o n others; t h a t c o n t r i b u t e s to the fact t h a t w e h a v e the a l e t h i c o b l i g a t i o n w i t h r e s p e c t to s o m e b u t not all p r o p o s i t i o n s t h a t c o m e to m i n d . B u t o n e ' s o n l y obligation, w i t h r e s p e c t to beliefs, is to a i m at g e t t i n g t h i n g s r i g h t , at g e t t i n g in t o u c h w i t h r e a l i t y . A n d t h e n to p l a c e the a p p r o p r i a t e l e v e l o f c o n f i d e n c e in the p r o p o s i t i o n . O n e m i g h t a g r e e t h a t the o n l y t h i n g w e a r e obligated to seek for o u r b e l i e v i n g s is g e t t i n g in t o u c h w i t h r e a l i t y , w h i l e y e t h o l d i n g t h a t it is permissible to a i m a t o t h e r t h i n g s . B u t e v e n t h a t s u g g e s t i o n w a s r o u n d l y d i s m i s s e d b y L o c k e . T r u t h a n d t r u t h a l o n e is to b e a i m e d at: " R i g h t u n d e r s t a n d i n g consists in the d i s c o v e r y a n d a d h e r e n c e to t r u t h . . . the r i g h t use a n d c o n d u c t o f the u n d e r s t a n d i n g . . . is p u r e l y t r u t h , n o t h i n g e l s e " (Conduct, § 4 2 ; Works 11,2,0.1). T h u s in his Conduct of the Understanding h e r e p e a t e d l y s p e a k s o f the i m p o r t a n c e o f " i n d i f f e r ­ e n c e " : " I h a v e said a b o v e that w e should keep a perfect indifference for all o p i n i o n s , not w i s h a n y o f t h e m t r u e , o r try to m a k e t h e m a p p e a r so; b u t b e i n g i n d i f f e r e n t , r e c e i v e a n d e m b r a c e t h e m a c c o r d i n g as e v i d e n c e , a n d t h a t a l o n e , g i v e s the a t t e s t a t i o n o f t r u t h . . . T h e y t h a t d o n o t k e e p u p this i n d i f f e r e n c y in t h e m s e l v e s for all b u t t r u t h , n o t s u p p o s e d , b u t e v i d e n c e d in t h e m s e l v e s , p u t c o l o u r e d s p e c t a c l e s b e f o r e t h e i r e y e s , a n d l o o k on t h i n g s t h r o u g h false g l a s s e s , a n d then think t h e m s e l v e s e x c u s e d in f o l l o w i n g the false a p p e a r a n c e s , w h i c h t h e y t h e m s e l v e s p u t u p o n t h e m " (Conduct, § 3 4 ; Works 1 1 , 3 8 0 ) . 3 8

W h a t c o m e s t h r o u g h u n m i s t a k a b l y in r e a d i n g L o c k e is a d e e p h o r r o r of b e i n g o u t o f t o u c h w i t h h o w t h i n g s a r e . H e p r i d e s h i m s e l f o n h a v i n g f o l l o w e d his o w n e x h o r t a t i o n s . A b o u t his r e w r i t i n g o f the c h a p t e r in the Essay o n the f r e e d o m o f the will he s a y s t h a t " I n w h a t I first w r i t , I w i t h a n u n b i a s s e d i n d i f f e r e n c y f o l l o w e d t r u t h , w h i t h e r I t h o u g h t she led m e . B u t n e i t h e r b e i n g so v a i n as to f a n c y i n f a l l i b i l i t y , n o r so d i s i n g e n u o u s as to d i s s e m b l e m y m i s t a k e s for fear o f b l e m i s h i n g m y r e p u t a t i o n , I h a v e w i t h the s a m e s i n c e r e d e s i g n for t r u t h o n l y , not been s h a m e d to publish w h a t a severer i n q u i r y has s u g g e s t e d " ( n , x x i , 7 2 ) . N a t u r a l l y L o c k e h e l d t h a t w e h a v e o t h e r o b l i g a t i o n s t h a n to try to 5 8

Cf. Conduct, § § 1 1 - 1 2 ; Works 1 1 , 3 4 6 , 3 4 8 : A person "must not be in love with any opinion, or wish it to be true, till he knows it to be so, and then he will not need to wish it: for nothing that is false can deserve our good wishes, nor a desire that it should have the place and force of truth . . . T o be indifferent which of two opinions is true, is the right temper of the mind that preserves it from being imposed on, and disposes it to examine with that indifferency, till it has done its best to find the truth, and this is the only direct and safe w a y to it."

66

Rationality

in everyday

life

d o o u r e p i s t e m i c best t o w a r d v a r i o u s p r o p o s i t i o n s . I n d e e d , h e h e l d t h a t d o i n g o n e ' s e p i s t e m i c best m a y conflict, in a g i v e n s i t u a t i o n , w i t h o t h e r o b l i g a t i o n s t h a t o n e h a s , for the s i m p l e r e a s o n t h a t it t a k e s t i m e a n d e n e r g y to d o o n e ' s best. ( W h y t h a t is so w i l l b e c o m e c l e a r s h o r t l y . ) L o c k e f u r t h e r h e l d t h a t in s o m e cases o f conflict b e t w e e n d o i n g o n e ' s e p i s t e m i c best a n d s o m e o t h e r o b l i g a t i o n , the o t h e r o b l i g a t i o n m a y t a k e p r e c e d e n c e ; s o m e t i m e s to d o o n e ' s e p i s t e m i c best w o u l d r e q u i r e n e g l e c t i n g m o r e w e i g h t y o b l i g a t i o n s . T h u s L o c k e took for g r a n t e d t h a t o n l y if o n e k n o w s the t o t a l i t y o f a g i v e n p e r s o n ' s o b l i g a t i o n s c a n o n e k n o w to w h i c h p r o p o s i t i o n s t h a t p e r s o n h a s the a l e t h i c o b l i g a t i o n ; a l e t h i c o b l i g a t i o n is v e r y m u c h a situated p h e n o m e n o n . N o n e t h e l e s s , it r e m a i n s t r u e t h a t for e a c h o f us there a r e m a n y p r o p o s i t i o n s o f s u c h " c o n c e r n m e n t " — as L o c k e c a l l s it - to us as to p l a c e us u n d e r the a l e t h i c o b l i g a t i o n w i t h r e s p e c t to t h a t p r o p o s i t i o n . I n d e e d , L o c k e w a s persuaded that certain central matters of morality a n d religion are of s u c h " c o n c e r n m e n t " to e v e r y o n e as to p l a c e e v e r y o n e u n d e r o b l i g a t i o n to try his o r h e r best (cf. i v , x x , 3 ) . S o w h a t d o e s d o i n g o u r e p i s t e m i c best t o w a r d s o m e p r o p o s i t i o n consist of w h e n w e a r e o u t b e y o n d the p o s s i b i l i t y o f k n o w l e d g e o f that p r o p o s i t i o n ? W h a t d o e s the i m p l e m e n t i n g p r a c t i c e w h i c h L o c k e r e c o m m e n d s l o o k like? A n d i n c i d e n t a l l y , L o c k e a s s u m e d t h a t the m e t h o d to b e a p p l i e d is a l w a y s the s a m e ; the m e t h o d to be used for i m p l e m e n t i n g o n e ' s a l e t h i c o b l i g a t i o n in r e l i g i o n is n o d i f f e r e n t from t h a t to be u s e d , s a y , in s c i e n c e . P e r h a p s the best b r i e f s t a t e m e n t L o c k e g i v e s o f the p r a c t i c e h e is p r o p o s i n g is this:

the mind if it will proceed rationally, ought to examine all the grounds of probability, and see how they make more or less, for or against any probable proposition, before it assents to or dissents from it, and upon a due balancing the whole, reject, or receive it, with a more or less firm assent, proportionably to the preponderancy of the greater grounds of probability on one side or the other. (iv,xv,5)

I t h i n k t h a t w e c a n usefully u n r a v e l the p r a c t i c e w h i c h L o c k e is h e r e p r o p o s i n g i n t o t h r e e p r i n c i p l e s , to b e a p p l i e d in s u c c e s s i o n . T h e p r i n c i p l e s a r e m e a n t o n l y for mediate beliefs, a n d t h e n o n l y for m e d i a t e beliefs w h o s e p r o p o s i t i o n a l c o n t e n t c a n n o t b e d e m o n s t r a t e d . A s to immediate beliefs: T r y i n g to d o o n e ' s e p i s t e m i c best r e q u i r e s t h a t o n e b e l i e v e a p r o p o s i t i o n immediately o n l y if o n e " p e r c e i v e s " the c o r r e -

The

Vision: Let Reason be Your Guide in

Believing

67

s p o n d i n g fact ( a l t e r n a t i v e l y , o n l y if the i m m e d i a t e b e l i e f is so c e r t a i n as to c o n s t i t u t e k n o w l e d g e ) . O n e begins w i t h evidence. B u t not just with w h a t e v e r e v i d e n c e one h a p p e n s to h a v e . T h e e v i d e n c e m u s t b e s a t i s f a c t o r y ; w h e n it is n o t that already, w e must go out and acquire such evidence. " W h e r e a t r u t h is m a d e o u t b y o n e d e m o n s t r a t i o n , t h e r e n e e d s n o f a r t h e r i n q u i r y ; b u t in all p r o b a b i l i t i e s w h e r e there w a n t s [ l a c k s ] d e m o n s t r a t i o n to e s t a b l i s h the t r u t h b e y o n d d o u b t , t h e r e it is not e n o u g h to t r a c e o n e a r g u m e n t to its s o u r c e , a n d o b s e r v e its s t r e n g t h a n d w e a k n e s s , b u t a l l the a r g u m e n t s , after h a v i n g b e e n so e x a m i n e d o n b o t h sides, m u s t b e l a i d in b a l a n c e o n e a g a i n s t a n o t h e r a n d u p o n the w h o l e the u n d e r s t a n d i n g d e t e r m i n e s its a s s e n t " (Conduct, §7; Works 1 1 , 3 3 9 - 4 0 ) . O f c o u r s e , w e m u s t r e m e m b e r t h a t f o l l o w i n g the p r o c e d u r e r e c o m ­ m e n d e d is not a guarantee " t h a t m e n s h o u l d b e p e r f e c t l y k e p t f r o m e r r o r " (Conduct, §7; Works 1 1 , 3 3 9 - 4 0 ) . N o n e t h e l e s s , this is the " m e a s u r e " s u c h t h a t if p e r s o n s " n e i t h e r g i v e n o r refuse their assent b u t b y t h a t m e a s u r e , t h e y w i l l b e safe in the o p i n i o n s t h e y h a v e " (Conduct, § 3 4 ; Works 1 1 , 3 8 0 ) . T h e first o f L o c k e ' s p r i n c i p l e s m a y t h e n be c a l l e d the " p r i n c i p l e o f e v i d e n c e . " I t c a n b e f o r m u l a t e d as follows: Principle of evidence: Acquire evidencefor and against the proposition such that each item of evidence is something that one knows and such that the totality of one's evidence is satisfactory. T h e e v i d e n c e m u s t consist o f t h i n g s o n e k n o w s . O p i n i o n is to be b a s e d o n k n o w l e d g e , o n c e r t i t u d e ; i d e a l l y , o n i n s i g h t . O t h e r w i s e it d a n g l e s loose a n d w e drift a b o u t ; o r to c h a n g e the m e t a p h o r , o t h e r w i s e w e w a n d e r in d a r k n e s s . A d m i t t e d l y L o c k e n e v e r r e a l l y says t h a t the e v i d e n c e m u s t b e k n o w l e d g e . T h o u g h the c o n v i c t i o n t h a t it m u s t b e is c e n t r a l to his v i s i o n , at least o n m y i n t e r p r e t a t i o n , he s e l d o m m a k e s a p o i n t o f it; it functions in his w r i t i n g m o r e as u n q u e s t i o n e d a s s u m p t i o n t h a n as thesis. T h e r e a r e a few p a s s a g e s , t h o u g h , w h i c h at least s u g g e s t this i n t e r p r e t a t i o n . O n e o c c u r s in Conduct, §21 (Works 1 1 , 3 5 8 ) . I n the p a s s a g e L o c k e is d i s c u s s i n g a w a y o f s a v i n g t i m e in the c o n d u c t o f the u n d e r s t a n d i n g ; the f o u n d a t i o n a l i s t s t r u c t u r e o f his p r o p o s e d p r a c t i c e c o m e s t h r o u g h c l e a r l y : I think it m a y be proposed, that for the saving the long progression of the thoughts to remote and first principles in every case, the mind should provide itself several stages; that is to say, intermediate principles, which it might have recourse to in the examining those positions that come in its w a y . These, though they are not self-evident principles, yet, if they have been m a d e out from them by a w a r y and unquestionable deduction, m a y be

68

Rationality

in everyday

life

depended on as certain and infallible truths, and serve as unquestionable truths to prove other points depending upon them. I t is b e c a u s e the a p p r o p r i a t e e v i d e n c e is k n o w l e d g e , a n d b e c a u s e w e h a v e immediate, non-inferential k n o w l e d g e , that L o c k e escapes the " M i i n c h h a u s e n T r i l e m m a " to w h i c h H a n s A l b e r t thinks all c l a s s i c a l W e s t e r n e p i s t e m o l o g y falls p r e y . I n his Treatise on Critical Reason, A l b e r t r e m a r k s a b o u t the s o - c a l l e d p r i n c i p l e o f sufficient r e a s o n t h a t if " w e f o r m u l a t e it as a m e t h o d o l o g i c a l p r i n c i p l e , w e h a v e g a i n e d s o m e t h i n g w h i c h w e m a y w i t h s o m e j u s t i c e r e g a r d as a g e n e r a l postulate of the classical methodology of rational thought, as the f u n d a m e n t a l p r i n c i p l e o f t h a t m o d e l o f r a t i o n a l i t y t h a t a p p e a r s to d o m i n a t e in c l a s s i c a l e p i s t e m o l o g y . T h i s p r i n c i p l e states: a l w a y s seek a n a d e q u a t e f o u n d a t i o n - a sufficient j u s t i f i c a t i o n for a l l y o u r c o n v i c t i o n s " ( p . 1 4 ) . A l b e r t m a k e s the s a m e p o i n t in a n o t h e r p a s s a g e : " C l a s s i c a l m e t h o d ­ o l o g y , as e x p r e s s e d in the e p i s t e m o l o g y o f c l a s s i c a l r a t i o n a l i s m in b o t h its i n t e l l e c t u a l i s t a n d e m p i r i c i s t v a r i a n t s . . . w a s b a s e d u p o n a m e t h o d o l o g i c a l v e r s i o n o f the p r i n c i p l e o f sufficient r e a s o n o n the i d e a , that is, t h a t e v e r y v i e w , e v e r y c o n v i c t i o n , e v e r y b e l i e f m u s t b e justified t h r o u g h reference to positive, c e r t a i n g r o u n d s , to a n u n s h a k a b l e f o u n d a t i o n " (p. 39). 59

B u t the d e m a n d for u n i v e r s a l j u s t i f i c a t i o n problems, says Albert:

poses

insuperable

if one demands a justification for everything, one must also d e m a n d a justification for the knowledge to which one has referred back the views initially requiring foundation. This leads to a situation with three alternatives, all of which a p p e a r unacceptable: in other words, to a trilemma which, in view of the analogy existing between our problem and one which that celebrated and mendacious baron once had to solve, I should like to call the Miinchhausen trilemma. For, obviously, one must choose here between 1. an infinite regress, which seems to arise from the necessity to go further and further back in the search for foundations, and which, since it is in practice impossible, affords no secure basis; 2. a logical circle in the deduction, which arises because, in the process ofjustification, statements are used which were characterized before as in need of foundation, so that they can provide no secure basis; and, finally, 3. the breaking-off of the process at a particular point, which, admittedly, can always be done in principle, but involves an arbitrary suspension of the principle of sufficient justification, (p. 18) A l b e r t g o e s o n to a r g u e , as he a l r e a d y i n t i m a t e s in his s t a t e m e n t o f these o p t i o n s , t h a t e a c h o f these is u n a c c e p t a b l e . H e c o n c l u d e s t h a t 5 9

Hans Albert, Treatise on Critical Reason, tr. M . V . R o r t y (Princeton, Princeton University Press, 1 9 8 5 ) .

The Vision: Let Reason be Your Guide in Believing

69

the a c c e p t a b i l i t y o f a b e l i e f c a n n o t r e s i d e in o n e ' s h a v i n g a r e a s o n for it, a j u s t i f i c a t i o n . L o c k e is as g o o d a r e p r e s e n t a t i v e o f c l a s s i c a l e p i s t e m o l o g y as a n y . A n d it is as c l e a r as a n y t h i n g c a n be t h a t L o c k e d o e s not c o m m i t h i m s e l f to u n i v e r s a l j u s t i f i c a t i o n i s m . O p i n i o n is to rest o n k n o w l e d g e . A l l i n f e r e n t i a l ( d e m o n s t r a t i v e a n d s e n s i t i v e ) k n o w l e d g e rests o n i m m e d i a t e k n o w l e d g e ; a n d i m m e d i a t e k n o w l e d g e gets its " j u s t i f i c a t i o n " n o t f r o m s o m e basis in y e t o t h e r p r o p o s i t i o n s b u t f r o m the fact t h a t o n e j u s t sees the p r o p o s i t i o n to b e true. S o the e v i d e n c e m u s t consist o f t h i n g s k n o w n . W h i c h t h i n g s ? W e a r e to c o l l e c t e v i d e n c e c o n c e r n i n g the t r u t h o r f a l s e h o o d o f the p r o p o s i t i o n . H o w m u c h a n d o f w h a t s o r t ? I n the p a s s a g e q u o t e d L o c k e s a y s t h a t the m i n d o u g h t to e x a m i n e a l l the g r o u n d s o f p r o b a b i l i t y . C l e a r l y h e w a s w o r k i n g w i t h s o m e n o t i o n of quality o f e v i d e n c e , a n d s o m e n o t i o n o f e v i d e n c e as b e i n g satisfactory in quality. B u t w h a t c o n s t i t u t e s " a l l the g r o u n d s " ? W h a t m u s t e v i d e n c e b e like to b e s a t i s f a c t o r y ? L o c k e n o w h e r e s a y s . T h e e l a b o r a t e d i s c u s s i o n s c o n c e r n i n g rules o f e v i d e n c e w h i c h o n e finds in J o h n S t u a r t M i l l , for e x a m p l e , h a v e n o c o u n t e r p a r t in L o c k e ; L o c k e s t a n d s a t the b e g i n n i n g . P r e s u m a b l y the g u i d i n g i d e a , t h o u g h , is t h a t of epistemically reliable e v i d e n c e : B o d i e s o f e v i d e n c e for p r o p o s i t i o n s differ w i t h r e s p e c t to h o w r e l i a b l e t h e y a r e as i n d i c a t o r s o f the t r u t h o r f a l s e h o o d o f the p r o p o s i t i o n s . W h a t w e n e e d is e v i d e n c e w h i c h r e a c h e s u p to a c e r t a i n t h r e s h o l d o f r e l i a b i l i t y . Ceteris paribus, a s a m p l i n g o f 1 0 , 0 0 0 c i t i z e n s o f M i c h i g a n as to h o w t h e y will c a s t t h e i r v o t e for P r e s i d e n t is m o r e r e l i a b l e e v i d e n c e o f h o w a p a r t i c u l a r citizen w i l l v o t e t h a n a s a m p l i n g o f 1 0 0 citizens. How reliable m u s t the e v i d e n c e b e for o n e to h a v e d o n e o n e ' s best? W h e r e is the t h r e s h o l d o f satisfactoriness o n the c o n t i n u u m o f d e g r e e s o f r e l i a b i l i t y ? L o c k e d o e s n ' t c o n s i d e r the issue. I n o n e p a s s a g e t h e r e is a h i n t o f the s u g g e s t i o n t h a t the s a t i s f a c t o r i n e s s - t h r e s h o l d m a y b e in d i f f e r e n t p l a c e s for d i f f e r e n t cases; s o m e t i m e s , s a y s L o c k e , w e a r e u n d e r " t h e necessity o f b e l i e v i n g , w i t h o u t k n o w l e d g e , n a y , often u p o n v e r y slight g r o u n d s , in this fleeting s t a t e o f a c t i o n a n d b l i n d n e s s w e a r e i n " ( i v , x v i , 4 ) . B u t this is n o m o r e t h a n a h i n t ; I k n o w o f n o p a s s a g e in w h i c h L o c k e d e v e l o p s it further. C a n w e know t h a t o u r e v i d e n c e is s a t i s f a c t o r y w h e n it is? A p p a r e n t l y not; a t least, n o t a l w a y s . W h a t w e once know, w e are certain is so: and w e m a y be secure, that there are no latent proofs undiscovered, which m a y overturn our knowledge, or bring it in doubt. But in matters of probability, 'tis not in every case w e can

7o

Rationality

in everyday

life

be sure, that we h a v e all the particulars before us, that any w a y concern the question; and that there is no evidence behind, and yet unseen, which m a y cast the probability on the other side, and outweigh all, that at present seems to preponderate with us. W h o almost is there, that hath the leisure, patience, and means, to collect together all the proofs concerning most of the opinions he has, so as safely to conclude, that he hath a clear and full view; and that there is no more to be alleged for his better information? A n d yet we are forced to determine our selves on the one side or other. T h e conduct of our lives, and the management of our great concerns, will not bear delay. (iv,xvi,3) L o c k e t h i n k s o f o u r i n a b i l i t y to k n o w t h a t o u r e v i d e n c e is s a t i s f a c t o r y as a p r a c t i c a l i n a b i l i t y . H u m e will s h o w l a t e r t h a t it is a n i n a b i l i t y in principle. C o l l e c t i n g s a t i s f a c t o r y e v i d e n c e , as L o c k e u n d e r s t a n d s t h a t , is often a d a u n t i n g task, r e q u i r i n g c o n s i d e r a b l e e x p e n d i t u r e o f t i m e a n d e n e r g y . I t is m a i n l y for this r e a s o n t h a t e a c h o f us h a s the a l e t h i c o b l i g a t i o n w i t h r e s p e c t to o n l y a s m a l l s e l e c t i o n o f the p r o p o s i t i o n s t h a t c o m e to m i n d . I n d e e d , e a c h o f us, for m a n y o f the p r o p o s i t i o n s t h a t c o m e to m i n d , is obligated not to try to d o his o r h e r best. D o i n g his o r h e r best w o u l d r e q u i r e n e g l e c t i n g o t h e r m o r e w e i g h t y o b l i g a t i o n s . C o n c e d i n g t h a t the p r o c e s s o f c o l l e c t i n g s a t i s f a c t o r y e v i d e n c e w i l l h a v e to r e l y c r u c i a l l y o n m e m o r y , L o c k e s a y s t h a t in the opinions men have, and firmly stick to, in the world, their assent is not always from an actual view of the reasons that at first prevailed with them: It being in m a n y cases almost impossible, and in most very hard, even for those who have very admirable memories, to retain all the proofs, which upon a due examination, made them embrace that side of the question. It suffices, that they have once with care and fairness, sifted the matter as far as they could; and that they have searched into all the particulars, that they could imagine to give any light to the question; and with the best of their skill, cast up the account upon the whole evidence: and thus having once found on which side the probability appeared to them, after as full and exact an enquiry as they can make, they lay up the conclusion in their memories, as a truth they have discovered. (iv,xvi,i) L o c k e a d d s , s u p e r f l u o u s l y , o n e w o u l d h a v e t h o u g h t , t h a t " T h i s is all t h a t the g r e a t e s t p a r t o f m e n a r e c a p a b l e o f d o i n g , in r e g u l a t i n g t h e i r opinions and j u d g m e n t s " 6,1

(iv,xvi,2).

6 0

T h o u g h to this we must add Locke's answer to the question he poses, " W h o is sufficient for all this?" "I answer," he says, "more than can be imagined. E v e r y one knows what his proper business is, and what, according to the character he makes of himself, the world may justly expect of htm; and to answer that, he will find he will have time and opportunity enough to furnish himself, if he will not deprive himself, by a narrowness of spirit, of those helps that are at hand" (Conduct § 3 ; Works 1 1 , 3 3 0 ) .

The Vision: Let Reason he Your Guide in Believing

71

O n e gets the i m p r e s s i o n , u p o n r e a d i n g p a s s a g e s s u c h as the a b o v e , t h a t L o c k e confused minimally satisfactory e v i d e n c e w i t h ideal e v i d e n c e . B u t e v e n if t h a t c o n f u s i o n is e l i m i n a t e d , the p o i n t r e m a i n s : O n l y t o w a r d r e l a t i v e l y few p r o p o s i t i o n s d o a n y o f us h a v e the a l e t h i c o b l i g a t i o n . A f t e r he h a s d e s c r i b e d the r i g h t c o n d u c t o f the u n d e r ­ s t a n d i n g , L o c k e s a y s t h a t " I f it b e o b j e c t e d t h a t this w i l l r e q u i r e e v e r y m a n to b e a s c h o l a r , a n d q u i t all his o t h e r b u s i n e s s , a n d b e t a k e h i m s e l f w h o l l y to s t u d y , I a n s w e r , I p r o p o s e n o m o r e to a n y o n e t h a n he h a s t i m e for. S o m e m e n ' s state a n d c o n d i t i o n r e q u i r e s n o g r e a t e x t e n t of k n o w l e d g e : the n e c e s s a r y p r o v i s i o n for life s w a l l o w s the g r e a t e s t p a r t o f i t " (Conduct, § 3 7 ; Works 1 1 , 3 8 4 ) . I n d e e d , " W h o a l m o s t is t h e r e , " h e asks, " t h a t h a t h the l e i s u r e , p a t i e n c e , a n d m e a n s , to c o l l e c t t o g e t h e r all the proofs c o n c e r n i n g m o s t o f the o p i n i o n s he h a s , so as safely to c o n c l u d e , t h a t he h a t h a c l e a r a n d full v i e w ; a n d t h a t t h e r e is n o m o r e to b e a l l e g e d for his b e t t e r i n f o r m a t i o n ? " ( i v , x v i , 3 ; q u o t e d a b o v e ) . In this state are the greatest part of mankind, who are given up to labour, and enslaved to the necessity of their mean condition; whose lives are worn out, only in the provisions for living. These men's opportunity of knowledge and enquiry, are commonly as narrow as their fortunes; and their understandings are but little instructed, when all their whole time and pains is laid out, to still the croaking of their own bellies, or the cries of their children . . . S o that a great part of mankind are, by the natural and unalterable state of things in this world, and the constitution of humane affairs, unavoidably given over to invincible ignorance of those proofs, on which others build, and which are necessary to establish those opinions: the greatest part of men, having much to do to get the means of living, are not in a condition to look after those of learned and laborious enquiries. ( i v , x x , 2 ) L o c k e goes on to r a i s e the o b v i o u s q u e s t i o n : W h a t shall we say then? A r e the greatest part of mankind, by the necessity of their condition, subjected to unavoidable ignorance in those things, which are of greatest importance to them? . . . H a v e the bulk of mankind no other guide, but accident, and blind chance, to conduct them to their happiness, or misery? A r e the current opinions, and licensed guides of every country sufficient evidence and security to every man to venture his greatest concernments on; nay, his everlasting happiness, or misery? (iv,xx,3) L o c k e ' s a n s w e r is N o . F o r " G o d h a s f u r n i s h e d m e n w i t h faculties sufficient to d i r e c t t h e m in the w a y t h e y s h o u l d t a k e , if t h e y w i l l b u t s e r i o u s l y e m p l o y t h e m t h a t w a y , w h e n their o r d i n a r y v o c a t i o n s a l l o w t h e m the l e i s u r e . " A n d s e c o n d l y , " N o m a n is so w h o l l y t a k e n u p w i t h t h e a t t e n d a n c e o n the m e a n s o f l i v i n g , as to h a v e n o s p a r e t i m e at all

72

Rationality

in everyday

life

to t h i n k of his soul, a n d i n f o r m h i m s e l f in m a t t e r s of r e l i g i o n " ( i v , x x , 3 ) . T h a t last s e n t e n c e is a n i n d i c a t i o n o f L o c k e ' s t h o u g h t o n t h e m a t t e r of which a r e the p r o p o s i t i o n s w i t h r e s p e c t to w h i c h o n e h a s the a l e t h i c o b l i g a t i o n . E v e r y p e r s o n h a s this o b l i g a t i o n c o n c e r n i n g c e r t a i n T r u t h on such matters fundamental moral a n d religious matters. concerns everyone; a n d everyone, no matter h o w m u c h a "beast of b u r d e n " h e o r she m a y b e , h a s t a l e n t a n d t i m e , o n S u n d a y s a n d h o l i d a y s , for t r y i n g his o r h e r best c o n c e r n i n g s u c h m a t t e r s (Conduct, § § 1 9 , 2 3 ; Works 1 1 , 3 5 4 - 6 , 3 6 0 ) . I n a d d i t i o n , e v e r y o n e h a s t h e a l e t h i c obligation concerning various practical matters which pertain s p e c i f i c a l l y to h i m o r h e r . I t is for p e r s o n s o f " l e i s u r e " t h a t the a l e t h i c o b l i g a t i o n is m o r e e x p a n s i v e in s c o p e : 61

Those . . . who by the industry and parts of their ancestors have been set free from a constant drudgery to their backs and their bellies, should bestow some of their spare time on their heads . . . As to men whose fortunes and time is narrower, w h a t m a y suffice them is not of that vast extent as m a y be imagined, and so comes not within the objection. N o b o d y is under an obligation to know everything . . . [ I ] f it shall be concluded that the meaner sort of people must give themselves up to a brutish stupidity in the things of their nearest concernment, which I see no reason for, this excuses not those of a freer fortune and education if they neglect their understanding, and take no care to employ them as they ought. (Conduct, §§7-8; Works 1 1 , 3 4 0 - 3 ) L o c k e c h a r a c t e r i s t i c a l l y offers f o r m u l a t i o n s o f the rules he is r e c o m m e n d i n g w h i c h a r e u n q u a l i f i e d as to s c o p e : A s s e n t , " i f it b e r e g u l a t e d , as is o u r d u t y , c a n n o t b e a f f o r d e d to a n y t h i n g b u t u p o n g o o d r e a s o n . " I t is c l e a r from the f o r e g o i n g p a s s a g e s , h o w e v e r , t h a t h e w i s h e d all s u c h u n i v e r s a l i s t i c s t a t e m e n t s o f a l e t h i c o b l i g a t i o n to b e u n d e r s t o o d as s e v e r e l y l i m i t e d in s c o p e . O n l y t o w a r d a few p r o p o s i t i o n s can w e , o r o u g h t w e , o r e v e n may w e , try to d o o u r e p i s t e m i c best. A n d o n l y in the light o f the t o t a l i t y o f o n e ' s o b l i g a t i o n s c a n o n e d e c i d e for which propositions one does h a v e that o b l i g a t i o n . 6 2

6 1

6 2

A s 10 religious matters, this is what Locke says: "Besides his particular calling for the support of this life, everyone has a concern in a future life, which he is hound to look after. This engages his thoughts in religion; and here it mightily lies upon him to understand and reason right. M e n , therefore, cannot he excused from understanding the words, and framing the general notions relating to religion, right. The one day of seven, besides other days of rest, allows in the Christian world time enough for this (had they no other idle hours) if they would but make use of these vacancies from their daily labour, and apply themselves to an improvement of knowledge with as much diligence as they often do to a great many other things that arc useless" (Conduct, §8; Works 1 1 , 3 4 2 ) . See also Conduct, § 2 3 ; Works 1 1 , 3 6 0 . A similar point concerning moral matters is made in the following section of Conduct, and concerning the immediately practical matters that concern a person, at the end of the preceding section. Furthermore, Locke was convinced that only the person himself or herself is in the position

The Vision:

Let Reason be Your Guide in

Believing

73

T h e full p i c t u r e , then, is this. L o c k e takes for g r a n t e d t h a t w e h u m a n beings h a v e a v a r i e t y of innate dispositions w h i c h , w h e n a c t i v a t e d , y i e l d beliefs. T h e s e d i s p o s i t i o n s c a n b e t u t o r e d a n d r e g u l a t e d ; in all o f us t h e y h a v e i n fact b e e n t u t o r e d . A l l o f us h a v e l e a r n e d to e n g a g e in w h a t m a y b e c a l l e d doxastic practices. B u t f u r t h e r , for e a c h o f us t h e r e a r e s o m e p r o p o s i t i o n s o f s u c h " c o n c e r n m e n t " t h a t w e a r e o b l i g a t e d to try o u r best to find o u t w h e t h e r t h e y a r e t r u e o r false. L o c k e w a s p r o f o u n d l y c o n v i n c e d t h a t in his o w n d a y a n d a g e a n d n o d o u b t i n e v e r y o t h e r a g e o f w h i c h he k n e w - t h e r e w e r e m a n y w h o w e r e n o t t r y i n g to d o t h e i r e p i s t e m i c best w h e n t h e y s h o u l d h a v e b e e n . H i s p r o p o s e d m e t h o d w a s thus a p r o p o s a l for the r e f o r m o f the d o x a s t i c p r a c t i c e s o f his d a y a n d o f e v e r y o t h e r d a y to w h i c h t h e y a p p l i e d . H e t h o u g h t t h a t h e r e a n d t h e r e - e s p e c i a l l y in the n e w n a t u r a l p h i l o s o p h y - p e o p l e w e r e t r y i n g to d o t h e i r best b y f o l l o w i n g the p r o p o s e d m e t h o d . I n effect, t h e n , his p r o p o s a l w a s t h a t the p r a c t i c e h e o u t l i n e d b e f o l l o w e d m u c h m o r e often t h a n it w a s . H e t h o u g h t t h a t for e v e r y b o d y t h e r e a r e o c c a s i o n s o n w h i c h it is o n e ' s obligation to follow it. N e v e r a l w a y s ; t h a t w o u l d e n t a i l v i o l a t i n g o t h e r m o r e w e i g h t y o b l i g a t i o n s . B u t for all o f us t h e r e a r e s o m e m a t t e r s o f s u c h " c o n c e r n m e n t " as to m a k e it o b l i g a t o r y for us to try to d o o u r e p i s t e m i c best; a n d the r i g h t m e t h o d for d o i n g t h a t is the m e t h o d h e is proposing. L e t us m o v e o n . O n c e s a t i s f a c t o r y e v i d e n c e is in h a n d , w h a t is o n e to d o then? O n e is to d e t e r m i n e the p r o b a b i l i t y o f the p r o p o s i t i o n in q u e s t i o n o n the s a t i s f a c t o r y e v i d e n c e in h a n d . L e t us c a l l this the " p r i n c i p l e o f a p p r a i s a l . " I t m a y b e f o r m u l a t e d thus: Principle of appraisal: Examine the (satisfactory) evidence one has collected so as to determine its evidential force, until one has "perceived" what is the probability of the proposition on that evidence. H o w w a s L o c k e t h i n k i n g o f p r o b a b i l i t y ? I n his f a s c i n a t i n g b o o k 63

The Emergence of Probability,

I a n H a c k i n g argues that our modern

concept of probability was a piece of intellectual capital that b e c a m e

6 3

where the judgment can be made with any reliability: It "is impossible for you, or me, or any man, to know, whether another has done his duty in examining the evidence on both sides, when he embraces that side of the question, which we, perhaps upon other views, j u d g e false: and therefore we can have no right to punish or persecute him for it. In this, whether and how far any one is faulty, must be left to the Searcher of hearts, the great and righteous J u d g e of all men, w h o knows all their circumstances, all the powers and workings of their minds; where it is they sincerely follow, and by w h a t default they at any time miss truth: and he, w e are sure, will j u d g e uprightly" (Third Letter for Toleration; Works v',299). Ian Hacking, The Emergence of Probability ( C a m b r i d g e , C a m b r i d g e University Press, 1 9 7 5 ) .

Rationality

74 available

only

around

the

in everyday life

middle

o f the

H a c k i n g c o n t e n d s t h a t the L a t i n w o r d probabilis traditionally meant

s o m e t h i n g like worthy

seventeenth

century.

( a n d its d e r i v a t i v e s )

of approbation,

and

was

a f f i r m e d o f those o p i n i o n s h e l d b y r e p u t a b l e a u t h o r i t i e s - t h a t is, b y "the

w i s e . " Its sense w a s c o n n e c t e d

probable when

w i t h probity.

"Opinions

are

they are a p p r o v e d by authority,

w h e n they

are

testified to, s u p p o r t e d b y , a n c i e n t b o o k s " (p. 3 0 ) . S l o w l y this o l d e r notion of p r o b a b i l i t y c h a n g e d into our m o d e r n notion. C h a r a c t e r i s t i c of o u r m o d e r n

n o t i o n is its " J a n u s - f a c e d " c h a r a c t e r . I t h a s t w o

a s p e c t s , a n aleatory a s p e c t , " c o n n e c t e d w i t h the t e n d e n c y , d i s p l a y e d b y s o m e c h a n c e d e v i c e s , to p r o d u c e s t a b l e r e l a t i v e f r e q u e n c i e s , " a n d a n epistemic a s p e c t . I n t u r n , the c o n t e n t o f the e p i s t e m i c a s p e c t w a s n e w . P r o b a b i l i t y w a s n o w n o l o n g e r c o n n e c t e d w i t h the t e s t i m o n y o f a u t h o r i t i e s b u t " w i t h the d e g r e e o f b e l i e f w a r r a n t e d b y e v i d e n c e " M

(P- i ) T h e a l e a t o r y a s p e c t o f o u r m o d e r n c o n c e p t p l a y e d little r o l e in L o c k e ' s t h o u g h t . T h e n o t i o n s o f r e l a t i v e f r e q u e n c y a n d o f its c o r r e l a t e , statistical p r o b a b i l i t y , d o e v e r y n o w a n d t h e n c o m e to the s u r f a c e in L o c k e ' s w r i t i n g ; b u t w h a t is far a n d a w a y m o r e p r o m i n e n t is the c o n c e p t o f s o - c a l l e d epistemic p r o b a b i l i t y : the c o n c e p t o f a proposition as more or less probable on a body of evidence, w h e t h e r o r not t h a t e v i d e n c e be e v i d e n c e c o n c e r n i n g , o r s p e c i f y i n g , r e l a t i v e f r e q u e n c i e s . T h i s e p i s t e m i c aspect o f the n e w c o n c e p t w a s m a d e to o r d e r for L o c k e ' s p r e a c h m e n t : A w a y w i t h t r a d i t i o n , d o w n to the e v i d e n c e of the things t h e m s e l v e s . H e r e is h o w L o c k e h i m s e l f s p e a k s , in his official voice, about probability:

Probability is likeliness to be true, the very notation of the word signifying such a proposition, for which there be argument or proofs, to make it pass or be received for true. (iv,xv,3) T h e grounds of probability . . . , as they are the foundations on which our assent is built; so are they also the measure whereby its several degrees are, or ought to be regulated. ( i v , x v i , i ) L o c k e i n v i t e s us to sort the " g r o u n d s o f p r o b a b i l i t y " i n t o v a r i o u s t y p e s . I n the first p l a c e , w e c a n d i s t i n g u i s h b e t w e e n

propositions

" c o n c e r n i n g s o m e p a r t i c u l a r e x i s t e n c e , o r as it is u s u a l l y 6 4

termed,

Leibniz saw the distinction very clearly; see .New Essays, pp. 3 7 2 - 3 , 4 6 5 - 6 . H e calls for the "establishment of an art of estimating likelihoods," to supplement Aristotle's art of estimating acceptability.

The Vision: Let Reason be Your Guide in Believing

75

m a t t e r o f fact, w h i c h f a l l i n g u n d e r o b s e r v a t i o n , is c a p a b l e o f h u m a n t e s t i m o n y , " a n d p r o p o s i t i o n s " c o n c e r n i n g things, w h i c h b e i n g b e y o n d the d i s c o v e r y o f o u r senses, a r e n o t c a p a b l e o f a n y s u c h t e s t i m o n y " ( i v , x v i , 5 ) . L e t us b e g i n w i t h the f o r m e r . E v i d e n c e c o n c e r n i n g s u c h p r o p o s i t i o n s c o m e s in t w o sorts: observations one has oneself m a d e , a n d testimony from others. Before one accepts some item of testimony, one must appraise that testimony itself for the p r o b a b i l i t y o f its b e i n g true. T o c o n d u c t s u c h a p p r a i s a l , o n e m u s t c o n s i d e r s u c h m a t t e r s as the f o l l o w i n g : " 1 . T h e n u m b e r . 2 . T h e i n t e g r i t y . 3. T h e skill o f the w i t n e s s e s . 4. T h e d e s i g n o f the a u t h o r , w h e r e it is a t e s t i m o n y o u t o f a b o o k c i t e d . 5. T h e c o n s i s t e n c y of the parts, a n d c i r c u m s t a n c e s o f the relation. 6. C o n t r a r y t e s t i m o n i e s " (iv,xv,4). O n e ' s o w n o b s e r v a t i o n s m a y differ s i g n i f i c a n t l y from the ( r e l i a b l e ) t e s t i m o n y o f s o m e o n e else ( a n d o n e p e r s o n ' s t e s t i m o n y m a y differ s i g n i f i c a n t l y from a n o t h e r ' s ) . L e t us first s u p p o s e t h a t t h e r e is n o s i g n i f i c a n t d i f f e r e n c e ; a n d let us d i s t i n g u i s h s u c h t e s t i m o n y i n t o t h r e e types. T h e "highest degree of p r o b a b i l i t y " occurs w h e n personal o b s e r v a t i o n s a n d c r e d i b l e t e s t i m o n i e s i n f o r m us o f i n v a r i a n c . e s " w h e n the g e n e r a l c o n s e n t o f all m e n , in all a g e s , as far as it c a n b e k n o w n , c o n c u r s w i t h a m a n ' s c o n s t a n t a n d n e v e r - f a i l i n g e x p e r i e n c e in like cases, to c o n f i r m the t r u t h o f a n y p a r t i c u l a r m a t t e r o f fact attested b y fair w i t n e s s e s " ( i v , x v i , 6 ) . " T h a t fire w a r m e d a m a n , m a d e l e a d fluid, a n d c h a n g e d the c o l o u r o r c o n s i s t e n c y in w o o d o r c h a r c o a l . . . T h e s e a n d the like p r o p o s i t i o n s a b o u t p a r t i c u l a r facts, b e i n g a g r e e a b l e to o u r c o n s t a n t e x p e r i e n c e . . . a n d b e i n g g e n e r a l l y s p o k e o f . . . as t h i n g s f o u n d c o n s t a n t l y to b e so . . . w e a r e p u t p a s t d o u b t , t h a t a r e l a t i o n a f f i r m i n g a n y s u c h t h i n g to h a v e b e e n , o r a n y p r e d i c a t i o n t h a t it w i l l h a p p e n a g a i n in the s a m e m a n n e r , is v e r y true. T h e s e p r o b a b i l i t i e s rise so n e a r to c e r t a i n t y , t h a t . . . w e m a k e little o r n o difference between them and certain k n o w l e d g e " (iv,xvi,6). T h e " n e x t degree of p r o b a b i l i t y " occurs w h e n personal observation a n d r e l i a b l e t e s t i m o n y i n f o r m o n e o f a c o r r e l a t i o n w h i c h , t h o u g h not i n v a r i a n t , h o l d s for the m o s t p a r t . If, w i t h this as b a c k g r o u n d , r e l i a b l e t e s t i m o n y c l a i m s t h a t a n e v e n t o f the sort o c c u r r e d , o n e h a s solid g r o u n d for b e l i e v i n g t h a t it d i d . F o r e x a m p l e , " H i s t o r y g i v i n g us s u c h a n a c c o u n t o f m e n in all a g e s ; a n d m y o w n e x p e r i e n c e , as far as I h a d a n o p p o r t u n i t y to o b s e r v e , c o n f i r m i n g it, t h a t m o s t m e n p r e f e r their p r i v a t e a d v a n t a g e , to the p u b l i c . I f a l l h i s t o r i a n s t h a t w r i t e o f T i b e r i u s , s a y t h a t T i b e r i u s d i d so, it is e x t r e m e l y p r o b a b l e " ( i v , x v i , 7 ) .

7

6

Rationality

in everyday

life

Sometimes, though, observations a n d testimonies concerning r e g u l a r i t i e s a r e n o t in the p i c t u r e ; t h e r e a r e t h i n g s t h a t " h a p p e n i n d i f f e r e n t l y , as t h a t a b i r d s h o u l d fly this o r t h a t w a y ; t h a t it s h o u l d t h u n d e r o n a m a n ' s r i g h t o r left h a n d , e t c . " A s to s u c h m a t t e r s , " w h e n a n y p a r t i c u l a r m a t t e r o f fact is v o u c h e d b y t h e c o n c u r r e n t t e s t i m o n y o f u n s u s p e c t e d w i t n e s s e s , t h e r e o u r a s s e n t is a l s o u n a v o i d a b l e " - for e x a m p l e , " t h a t t h e r e is s u c h a c i t y in I t a l y as R o m e : T h a t a b o u t 1 7 0 0 y e a r s a g o , t h e r e l i v e d in it a m a n , c a l l e d J u l i u s C a e s a r " ( i v , x v i , 8 ) . W h e n the b o d i e s o f e v i d e n c e , s p e c i f y i n g c o r r e l a t i o n s , w h i c h a r e o b t a i n e d from d i f f e r e n t s o u r c e s d e e m e d r e l i a b l e , d o not s i g n i f i c a n t l y differ, t h e n " p r o b a b i l i t y u p o n s u c h g r o u n d s c a r r i e s so m u c h e v i d e n c e w i t h it, t h a t it n a t u r a l l y d e t e r m i n e s the j u d g m e n t , a n d l e a v e s us as little l i b e r t y to b e l i e v e , o r d i s b e l i e v e , as a d e m o n s t r a t i o n d o e s " (tv,xvi,g). B y contrast,

when testimonies contradict common experience, and the reports of history and witnesses clash, with the ordinary course of nature, or with one another; there it is, where diligence, attention, and exactness is required, to form a right judgment, and to proportion the assent to the different evidence and probability of the thing; which rises and falls, according as those two foundations of credibility, viz- common observation in like cases, and particular testimonies in that particular instance, favour or contradict it. These are liable to so great variety of contrary observations, circumstances, reports, different qualifications, tempers, designs, oversights, etc. of the reporters, that 'tis impossible to reduce to precise rules, the various degrees wherein men give their assent. (iv,xvi,g) L a s t l y , w h a t sort o f e v i d e n c e a r e w e to a c q u i r e for p r o p o s i t i o n s c o n c e r n i n g that w h i c h c a n n o t in p r i n c i p l e b e o b s e r v e d b y h u m a n beings w h e t h e r the p r o p o s i t i o n s b e a b o u t u n o b s e r v a b l e entities, s u c h as i m m a t e r i a l b e i n g s o r r e m o t e o r m i n u t e m a t e r i a l b e i n g s , o r a b o u t i m p e r c e p t i b l e a s p e c t s o f the b e h a v i o r o f p e r c e p t i b l e b e i n g s ? A n d h o w a r e w e to a p p r a i s e the l o g i c a l force o f s u c h e v i d e n c e ? " A n a l o g y in these m a t t e r s , " s a y s L o c k e , " i s the o n l y h e l p w e h a v e , a n d 'tis from t h a t a l o n e w e d r a w a l l o u r g r o u n d s o f p r o b a b i l i t y " ( i v , x v i , 1 2 ) . " T h u s o b s e r v i n g t h a t the b a r e r u b b i n g o f t w o b o d i e s v i o l e n t l y o n e u p o n a n o t h e r , p r o d u c e s h e a t , a n d v e r y often fire itself, w e h a v e r e a s o n to t h i n k , t h a t w h a t w e c a l l h e a t a n d fire, consists in a v i o l e n t a g i t a t i o n o f the i m p e r c e p t i b l e m i n u t e p a r t s o f the b u r n i n g m a t t e r " (iv,xvl, 1 2 ) . S u c h propositions, says L o c k e , " c a n a p p e a r m o r e o r less p r o b a b l e , o n l y as t h e y m o r e o r less a g r e e to t r u t h s t h a t a r e

The Vision: Let Reason be Your Guide in Believing

77

e s t a b l i s h e d in o u r m i n d s , a n d as t h e y h o l d p r o p o r t i o n to o t h e r p a r t s o f our knowledge and observation" (iv,xvi, 1 2 ) . 6 5

O b v i o u s l y t h e r e is a g r e a t d e a l in all this t h a t is w o r t h y o f c o m m e n t a n d c r i t i q u e ; b e t w e e n L o c k e a n d us t h e r e is a m a s s i v e b o d y o f p r o b i n g reflections o n these m a t t e r s . B u t let us m o v e o n . O n c e o n e h a s d e t e r m i n e d the p r o b a b i l i t y o f the p r o p o s i t i o n in q u e s t i o n o n t h e s a t i s f a c t o r y e v i d e n c e o n e h a s c o l l e c t e d , t h e n o n e is r e a d y to a p p l y t h e last o f L o c k e ' s principles - let us call it the " p r i n c i p l e o f p r o p o r t i o n a l i t y . " F o r the p r i n c i p l e to b e fully i n t e l l i g i b l e , a n e x p l a n a t i o n o f o n e o f t h e c o n c e p t s used is r e q u i r e d . I h a v e e m p h a s i z e d t h a t f u n d a m e n t a l to L o c k e ' s p r o p o s a l w a s the d i s t i n c t i o n b e t w e e n i n s i g h t , o n the o n e h a n d , a n d b e l i e f a n d a s s e n t , o n the o t h e r . E q u a l l y f u n d a m e n t a l w a s a d i s t i n c t i o n w h i c h u p to this p o i n t I h a v e used w i t h o u t e m p h a s i z i n g , t h a t b e t w e e n belief a n d assent, o n the o n e h a n d , a n d firmness o f b e l i e f a n d a s s e n t , o n the o t h e r . L o c k e h e l d t h a t a g i v e n p r o p o s i t i o n c o u l d b e b e l i e v e d ( a s s e n t e d to) w i t h d i f f e r e n t d e g r e e s o f firmness, a n d t h a t d i f f e r e n t p r o p o s i t i o n s c o u l d b e b e l i e v e d (assented to) w i t h the s a m e d e g r e e o f firmness. W h a t d i d he h a v e in m i n d b y firmness o f belief, o r assent? I n r e c e n t y e a r s t h e r e h a s b e e n m u c h t a l k a m o n g e p i s t e m o l o g i s t s a b o u t levels of confidence in p r o p o s i t i o n s - w i t h b e t t i n g s i t u a t i o n s often p r o p o s e d as tests o f s u c h . M i g h t L o c k e , b y firmness o f belief, h a v e m e a n t levels of confidence? I t h i n k not. I n a n y c a s e , o n e w o u l d h o p e not; for the t w o n o t i o n s a r e d i s t i n c t in a n i m p o r t a n t w a y . O n e c a n n o t b e l i e v e P w i t h a c e r t a i n firmness w i t h o u t b e l i e v i n g P ; o n e c a n , t h o u g h , h a v e a c e r t a i n l e v e l o f c o n f i d e n c e in P w i t h o u t b e l i e v i n g P . I f o n e b e l i e v e s P o n e will n o t , e x c e p t t h r o u g h i n a d v e r t e n c e , b e l i e v e n o t - P at a l l ; o n e w i l l , t h o u g h , h a v e a c e r t a i n l e v e l o f c o n f i d e n c e in n o t - P a l o w o n e . S o too, w h i l e fully a w a r e o f P , o n e m i g h t b e l i e v e n e i t h e r P n o r n o t - P ; in t h a t s i t u a t i o n o n e w i l l , t h o u g h , h a v e a c e r t a i n l e v e l o f c o n f i d e n c e in b o t h . T h u s the a r r a y o f a p e r s o n ' s b c l i e v i n g s - w i t h - s p e c i f i c - f i r m n e s s will not 6 5

T h i s lasl passage is used by Ernan M c M u l l i n (as it was by L a u d a n , " T h e Nature and Sources") to support his contention that Locke had some inkling of the place of the hypothctico-dcductive (retroductivc) method in science: "Conceptions of Science in the Scientific Revolution," in David D . Lindberg and Robert W . W e s t m a n (eds.), Reappraisals of Ike Scientific Revolution ( C a m b r i d g e , C a m b r i d g e University Press), pp. 7 5 - 6 . M c M u l l i n observes that Locke proved more prescient on the role of the hypothctico-dcductive method than in his suggestion that we are to form hypotheses concerning imperceptible entities and processes on analogy to perceptible ones. M c M u l l i n ' s discussion also makes clear that Locke (along, perhaps, with Huygens) was the first significant thinker to see clearly that the new natural philosophy did not satisfy the ideals of the old scientia. E v e r y o n e else was trying to squeeze the new into the old, arguing that the new really did yield certainty. Not Locke.

78

Rationality

in everyday

life

satisfy the P a s c a l i a n c a l c u l u s o f p r o b a b i l i t i e s : I t ' s n o t true, in g e n e r a l , t h a t the firmness w i t h w h i c h o n e b e l i e v e s P v a r i e s i n v e r s e l y w i t h the firmness w i t h w h i c h o n e b e l i e v e s n o t - P . W h e t h e r the p h e n o m e n o n o f levels o f c o n f i d e n c e satisfies o r s h o u l d satisfy the P a s c a l i a n c a l c u l u s r e m a i n s , from w h a t w e h a v e s a i d , a n o p e n q u e s t i o n . T h e t h o u g h t c o m e s n a t u r a l l y to m i n d t h a t to b e l i e v e P w i t h s u c h - a n d - s u c h firmness is j u s t to h a v e s u c h - a n d - s u c h a level o f c o n f i d e n c e in P and to b e l i e v e P . O r m i g h t it b e a m i s t a k e to t h i n k o f b e l i e v i n g a p r o p o s i t i o n as one t h i n g , a n d h a v i n g a l e v e l o f c o n f i d e n c e in it as another t h i n g ? M i g h t it b e t h a t b e l i e v i n g P j u s t is h a v i n g a level o f c o n f i d e n c e in P a b o v e a c e r t a i n t h r e s h o l d ? D o c s o u r c u s t o m a r y trichotomy of believing/withholding/disbelieving simply pick out b r o a d g a m u t s o n the c o n t i n u u m o f levels o f c o n f i d e n c e ? I s talk a b o u t levels o f c o n f i d e n c e to b e seen as the i n v i t a t i o n to pick o u t n a r r o w e r gamuts o r e v e n , points - o n the s a m e c o n t i n u u m ? I r a t h e r d o u b t it; since it a p p e a r s to m e t h a t o n e m i g h t h a v e the s a m e l e v e l o f c o n f i d e n c e in t w o d i f f e r e n t p r o p o s i t i o n s w h i l e b e l i e v i n g o n e a n d not b e l i e v i n g the o t h e r . B u t I s h a l l discuss the issues w i t h o u t p r e s u p p o s i n g a n a n s w e r . I t ' s w o r t h n o t i n g , h o w e v e r , t h a t e v e n if b e l i e f is i d e n t i c a l w i t h levels o f c o n f i d e n c e a b o v e a c e r t a i n t h r e s h o l d , a rule for the r e g u l a t i o n o f d e g r e e s o f c o n f i d e n c e is n o t a u t o m a t i c a l l y a rule for the r e g u l a t i o n of belief. F o r the rule for d e g r e e s o f c o n f i d e n c e m i g h t tell us o n l y that d e g r e e s o f c o n f i d e n c e a r c to b e m a t c h e d w i t h d e g r e e s of s o m e t h i n g else; a n d from t h a t w e m i g h t not b e a b l e to infer h o w m u c h o f this s o m e t h i n g else, in a b s o l u t e t e r m s , is n e c e s s a r y for o n e to b e e n t i t l e d to a d e g r e e o f c o n f i d e n c e w h i c h is a c a s e o f b e l i e f e v e n if w e k n e w w h e r e the l i n e d e m a r c a t i n g b e l i e f f r o m n o n - b e l i e f fell. P a r e n t h e t i c a l l y , d i d L o c k e h o l d the " a s s i m i l a t i o n i s t " thesis, t h a t b e l i e v i n g P just consists o f h a v i n g a level o f c o n f i d e n c e in P a b o v e a c e r t a i n t h r e s h o l d ? H e s o m e t i m e s s p e a k s as if he d i d not. S p e c i f i c a l l y , h e s o m e t i m e s s p e a k s as if he b e l i e v e d t h a t t h o u g h b e l i e f j u s t flows o v e r us in c e r t a i n s i t u a t i o n s , in those s a m e s i t u a t i o n s w e c a n , p r e s u m a b l y b y a c t o f w i l l , r e g u l a t e the firmness o f o u r b e l i e f - r e g u l a t e the l e v e l o f c o n f i d e n c e in the p r o p o s i t i o n b e l i e v e d . H e s a y s , for e x a m p l e , t h a t " t h e g r o u n d s o f p r o b a b i l i t y . . . as t h e y a r e the f o u n d a t i o n s o n w h i c h o u r assent is b u i l t ; so a r e t h e y also the m e a s u r e w h e r e b y its s e v e r a l d e g r e e s a r e , o r o u g h t to be regulated" ( i v , x v i , i ) . B u t if L o c k e h e l d the a s s i m i l a t i o n i s t thesis, this w o u l d b e a m o s t s u r p r i s i n g t h i n g to s a y : t h a t o n e ' s a b i l i t y to r e g u l a t e the d e g r e e o f c o n f i d e n c e o n e h a s in s o m e p r o p o s i t i o n h a s this l i m i t a t i o n o n it o n e c a n n o t r e g u l a t e it a c r o s s the

The

Vision: Let Reason be Your Guide in

Believing

79

b e l i e f t h r e s h o l d , o n l y w i t h i n the s p a c e w h i c h lies o n e i t h e r side o f the t h r e s h o l d . O n the o t h e r h a n d , t h e r e a r e p a s s a g e s , as w e shall see, in w h i c h L o c k e s p e a k s of resisting b e l i e v i n g ; he d o e s not a l w a y s t h i n k o f it as i n e l u c t a b l y flowing o v e r o n e . I n f o r m u l a t i n g the final s t e p o f w h a t he r e g a r d s as d o i n g o n e ' s e p i s t e m i c best, L o c k e c l e a r l y h a s his e y e m o r e o n the r e g u l a t i o n o f d e g r e e s o f c o n f i d e n c e t h a n o n the r e g u l a t i o n o f firmness o f b e l i e f ( i v , x v , 2 ) . T h o u g h h e s p e a k s often o f firmness o f belief, h e m a k e s n o a t t e m p t w h a t s o e v e r to d e t e r m i n e a t h r e s h o l d for belief. A c c o r d i n g l y I s h a l l f o r m u l a t e his p r i n c i p l e o f p r o p o r t i o n a l i t y in t e r m s o f l e v e l s o f c o n f i d e n c e , w h i l e c o n t i n u i n g n o w a n d then to s p e a k , as L o c k e d o e s , o f firmness of a s s e n t a n d firmness o f belief. T h e r e a r e , s a y s L o c k e , d e g r e e s o f p r o b a b i l i t y , " f r o m the v e r y n e i g h b o u r h o o d o f c e r t a i n t y a n d d e m o n s t r a t i o n , q u i t e d o w n to i m p r o b a b i l i t y a n d u n l i k e l i n e s s , e v e n to the confines o f i m p o s s i b i l i t y ; a n d a l s o d e g r e e s o f assent from full a s s u r a n c e a n d c o n f i d e n c e , q u i t e d o w n to c o n j e c t u r e , d o u b t , a n d d i s t r u s t " ( i v , x v , 2 ) . L o c k e ' s p r i n c i p l e o f p r o p o r t i o n a l i t y is a p r i n c i p l e s p e c i f y i n g the p r o p e r r e l a t i o n o f these two phenomena: Principle of proportionality: Adopt a level of confidence in the proposition which is proportioned to its probability on one's satisfactory evidence. 66

T o u n d e r s t a n d L o c k e ' s i n t e n t w e m u s t t a k e n o t e o f a n a m b i g u i t y in the n o t i o n o f p r o p o r t i o n i n g l e v e l s o f c o n f i d e n c e to p r o b a b i l i t y . O n e m i g h t m e a n b y this s i m p l y t h a t if the p r o b a b i l i t y o f P is g r e a t e r t h a n the p r o b a b i l i t y o f Q , t h e n o n e ' s l e v e l o f c o n f i d e n c e in P is to b e g r e a t e r t h a n o n e ' s level of c o n f i d e n c e in Q_. S u c h a p r i n c i p l e w o u l d not tell us h o w m u c h c o n f i d e n c e to p l a c e in e i t h e r P o r 0_. O f c o u r s e , if the p r o b a b i l i t y of R is e v e n h i g h e r t h a n is t h a t o f P , t h e n , if the p r i n c i p l e is to be satisfied, o n e ' s level of c o n f i d e n c e in P m u s t not be m a x i m a l . B u t a p a r t from t h a t , I see n o a priori r e a s o n for t h i n k i n g t h a t , w h a t e v e r b e o n e ' s l e v e l of c o n f i d e n c e in P , it m i g h t not h a v e b e e n s l i g h t l y h i g h e r o r s l i g h t l y l o w e r w h i l e y e t the t o t a l i t y o f o n e ' s l e v e l s o f c o n f i d e n c e satisfies the p r i n c i p l e . T h e c a s e will t u r n o n w h e t h e r t h e r e a r e n o m o r e discriminable degrees of probability than there are discriminable 6 6

N o w that we have all three principles before us, it is clear that contemporary Bayesian accounts of rationality bear a fascinating relationship to Locke's account of what I have called "alethic obligation." Both make crucial use of the concept of probability and the concept of levels of confidence. W h a t is decisive in making Locke's theory come out different is his foundationalism; everything is to rest on propositions that we see to be true. O u r contemporary Bayesians are coherentists.

8o

Rationality

in everyday

life

levels o f c o n f i d e n c e . T h e o t h e r w a y o f u n d e r s t a n d i n g the n o t i o n o f p r o p o r t i o n a l i t y is this: O n e m i g h t a s s u m e t h a t , to a p a r t i c u l a r p r o b a b i l i t y , a certain level of confidence has a n inherent aptness (fittingness, Tightness, p r o p r i e t y ) ; a n d o n e m i g h t t h e n h o l d t h a t o n e ' s task is to see to it t h a t o n e ' s l e v e l o f c o n f i d e n c e in the p r o p o s i t i o n " f i t s " its p r o b a b i l i t y , o n o n e ' s s a t i s f a c t o r y e v i d e n c e . I k n o w o f n o p a s s a g e in w h i c h L o c k e d i s t i n g u i s h e s these i n t e r p r e t a ­ tions a n d c h o o s e s b e t w e e n t h e m . N o n e t h e l e s s , a g o o d d e a l o f w h a t h e s a y s s u g g e s t s q u i t e c l e a r l y t h a t it is the l a t t e r i n t e r p r e t a t i o n h e h a s in m i n d . A c c o r d i n g l y , t h a t is h o w I s h a l l i n t e r p r e t his p r i n c i p l e . E i t h e r w a y , it m a y b e n o t e d t h a t the p r i n c i p l e is for the r e g u l a t i n g o f d e g r e e s o f c o n f i d e n c e a n d n o t for the r e g u l a t i n g o f d e g r e e s o f belief. I t is t o t a l l y silent o n w h e n it is p e r m i t t e d for o n e to b e l i e v e P ; a l t e r n a t i v e l y , it is t o t a l l y silent o n w h e n the " f i t " d e g r e e o f c o n f i d e n c e is a b o v e the belief threshold. L o c k e s a y s r e m a r k a b l y little b y w a y o f j u s t i f y i n g his c l a i m t h a t w e a r e to try to a p p l y these p r i n c i p l e s , in s u c c e s s i o n , for p r o p o s i t i o n s w h i c h a r e o f m a x i m a l " c o n c e r n m e n t " to us. S o m e t i m e s h e talks as if he finds it s e l f - e v i d e n t t h a t w e a r e to d o so. F o r e x a m p l e , " I t is v e r y easily s a i d , a n d n o b o d y q u e s t i o n s it, t h a t g i v i n g a n d w i t h h o l d i n g o u r assent, a n d the d e g r e e s o f it, s h o u l d b e r e g u l a t e d b y the e v i d e n c e w h i c h t h i n g s c a r r y w i t h t h e m " (Conduct, §33; Works 11,379) - T h e r e is o n e p a s s a g e , t h o u g h , in w h i c h L o c k e offers a defense o f sorts o f his m e t h o d , s p e c i f i c a l l y o f the p r i n c i p l e o f p r o p o r t i o n a l i t y : 6 7

There are very few lovers of truth for truths sake . . . H o w a man m a y know whether he be so in earnest is worth inquiry: and I think there is this one unerring mark of it, viz., the not entertaining any proposition with greater assurance than the proofs it is built upon will warrant. Whoever goes beyond this measure of assent, 'tis plain receives not truth in the love of it; loves not truth for truths sake, but for some other bye end. For the evidence that any proposition is true (except such as are self-evident), lying only in the proofs a man has of it, whatsoever degrees of assent he affords it beyond the degrees of that evidence, 'tis plain all that surplusage of assurance is owing to some other affection, and not to the love of truth. ( i v , x i x , i ) T h e a r g u m e n t lacks cogency. L o c k e assumes that w e are obligated to be " l o v e r s o f t r u t h for t r u t h ' s s a k e " ; a n d he a p p a r e n t l y takes it a s s e l f - e v i d e n t t h a t those w h o d o l o v e t r u t h for t r u t h ' s s a k e w i l l try to p r o p o r t i o n t h e i r l e v e l o f c o n f i d e n c e in a p r o p o s i t i o n to its p r o b a b i l i t y 6 7

Cf. i,iv,25: " A l l that I shall say for the principles I proceed on, is, that I can only appeal to men's own unprejudiced experience, and observation, whether they be true, or no."

The Vision: Let Reason be Your Guide in Believing

81

o n s a t i s f a c t o r y e v i d e n c e . A c c o r d i n g l y , he r e m a r k s t h a t a n y d i v e r g e n c e f r o m s u c h fit m u s t b e d u e to a l o v e o f s o m e t h i n g o t h e r t h a n t r u t h . W h a t is h e t a k i n g love of truth to be? H e d o e s n ' t s a y . B u t p r e s u m a b l y l o v e o f t r u t h ( a n d a v e r s i o n to f a l s e h o o d ) is to b e t h o u g h t o f in s o m e s u c h w a y as this: I f o n e l o v e s t r u t h a n d a b h o r s f a l s e h o o d w i t h e q u a l intensity, a n d has no other loves a n d aversions w h i c h inhibit or distort t h a t l o v e a n d a v e r s i o n , t h e n , for a n y p r o p o s i t i o n w h i c h c o m e s w i t h i n o n e ' s k e n , o n e w i l l d o w h a t o n e c a n , g i v e n o n e ' s o t h e r o b l i g a t i o n s , to b r i n g it a b o u t t h a t o n e b e l i e v e s it if a n d o n l y if it is true. If, p e r a d v e n t u r e , o n e s h o u l d s u c c e e d in that e n d e a v o r , then o n e ' s l o v e o f t r u t h a n d a v e r s i o n to f a l s e h o o d w i l l be r e q u i t e d . B u t notice, now, that they h a v e been requited no matter w h a t level o f c o n f i d e n c e o n e p l a c e s in w h a t o n e b e l i e v e s . I f o n e b e l i e v e s o n l y w h a t is t r u e , t h e n , n o m a t t e r w h a t the c o n f i d e n c e w i t h w h i c h o n e b e l i e v e s it, o n e ' s l o v e o f t r u t h is r e q u i t e d ; so too, if o n e n e v e r b e l i e v e s w h a t is false, t h e n , n o m a t t e r w h a t l e v e l o f c o n f i d e n c e o n e p l a c e s in t h e m , o n e ' s a b h o r r e n c e o f f a l s e h o o d is r e q u i t e d . L o v e of t r u t h , at least if u n d e r s t o o d a l o n g the lines s u g g e s t e d , g i v e s n o s u p p o r t a t all to Locke's principles. B u t if o n e b e l i e v e s s o m e p r o p o s i t i o n w i t h a l e v e l o f c o n f i d e n c e h i g h e r t h a n its p r o b a b i l i t y o n o n e ' s e v i d e n c e , w o n ' t o n e d i s r e g a r d w h a t e v e r n e g a t i v e e v i d e n c e m i g h t b e f o r t h c o m i n g in the future? T h a t certainly w o u l d conflict with one's love of truth. W h y w o u l d it r e s u l t in s u c h d i s r e g a r d i n g ? P r o b a b l y B e r t r a n d R u s s e l l at o n e time b e l i e v e d v e r y firmly t h a t t h e r e is a set o f all sets. T h a t d i d not i m p e d e his t r e a t i n g the p a r a d o x e s he d i s c o v e r e d as s t r o n g e v i d e n c e a g a i n s t the p r o p o s i t i o n . O r p e r h a p s , in t h e p a s s a g e j u s t q u o t e d , L o c k e w a s c o n f u s i n g firmness o f b e l i e f w i t h tenacity o f belief. I t is c h a r a c t e r i s t i c o f us h u m a n b e i n g s to w a n t to h a n g o n to c e r t a i n o f o u r beliefs, to be r e l u c t a n t to g i v e t h e m u p , to resist g i v i n g t h e m u p , to t a k e steps to a v o i d b e i n g forced to g i v e t h e m u p . Q u i t e c l e a r l y t e n a c i t y is different f r o m firmness - i.e., f r o m l e v e l s o f c o n f i d e n c e . F o r o n e thing, t e n a c i t y , u n l i k e levels o f c o n f i d e n c e , s e e m s to b e a m a t t e r o f resolution - a m a t t e r o f w i l l . B u t a l s o , it s e e m s e n t i r e l y p o s s i b l e to be e x c e e d i n g l y t e n a c i o u s in h a n g i n g o n t o beliefs in p r o p o s i t i o n s a b o u t w h i c h o n e is n o t v e r y c o n f i d e n t , a n d to b e e n t i r e l y n o n - t e n a c i o u s w i t h r e g a r d to beliefs in p r o p o s i t i o n s in w h i c h o n e h a s a h i g h level o f c o n f i d e n c e . I n d e e d , a m o n g the beliefs w h i c h p e o p l e h a n g o n t o m o s t t e n a c i o u s l y a r e those w h i c h t h e y h o l d w i t h less t h a n m a x i m a l firmness b u t w h i c h

82

Rationality

in everyday

life

y e t a r e o f g r e a t i m p o r t a n c e to t h e m ; w h a t g i v e s t h e m their i m p o r t a n c e is t r u t h - i r r e l e v a n t m e r i t s . I f L o c k e w a s c o n f u s i n g firmness w i t h t e n a c i t y , o n e c a n see w h y h e offered the a r g u m e n t h e d i d . B e all this as it m a y , h o w e v e r , I think it w a s e s p e c i a l l y the d e s i r a b l e consequences o f e m b r a c i n g the p r i n c i p l e o f p r o p o r t i o n a l i t y , as t h e y p e r c e i v e d those c o n s e q u e n c e s , t h a t m a d e L o c k e a n d his c o h o r t s in the R o y a l S o c i e t y e m b r a c e the p r i n c i p l e . F o r e x a m p l e , J o s e p h G l a n v i l l e , o n e o f the R o y a l S o c i e t y g r o u p , a r g u e d t h a t a c t i n g o n the p r i n c i p l e w o u l d i m p a r t a c e r t a i n s t a b i l i t y to the p r a c t i c e o f the n e w n a t u r a l philosophy: if a man measures out the degrees of his assent to opinions, according to the measures of evidence, being more sparing and reserved to the more difficult, and not thoroughly examin'd theories, and assured only of those that are clearly apprehended, and have been fully thought of, he stands upon a firm basis, and his science is not moved by the gusts of phancy and humour, which blow up and down the multifarious opinionists. 68

A n d m a n y if not all o f t h e m h e l d out the h o p e t h a t a c c e p t i n g the p r i n c i p l e w o u l d r e m o v e the bitterness from the c o n t r o v e r s i e s b e t w e e n C a t h o l i c s a n d P r o t e s t a n t s o v e r the " r u l e o f f a i t h . " B o t h P r o t e s t a n t s a n d C a t h o l i c s w e r e a r g u i n g t h a t the r e l i g i o u s life r e q u i r e s the h i g h e s t firmness o f assent: P r o t e s t a n t s t h o u g h t s u c h assent o u g h t to b e g i v e n to the d e l i v e r a n c e s o f the i n f a l l i b l e B i b l e ; C a t h o l i c s , to the d e l i v e r a n c e s o f the i n f a l l i b l e m a g i s t e r i u m . B i t t e r hostilities e n s u e d . T h e R o y a l S o c i e t y g r o u p , all of t h e m P r o t e s t a n t s , a r g u e d t h a t since assent to the c o n t e n t o f r e v e a l e d r e l i g i o n d i d not h a v e a n d c o u l d not h a v e the highest degree of truth-likelihood at best it c o u l d h a v e " m o r a l c e r t a i n t y " - w e o u g h t to h o l d s u c h a s s e n t w i t h a n a p p r o p r i a t e l y t e m p e r e d firmness. S u c h t e m p e r e d firmness, t h e y insisted, is q u i t e sufficient for the r e l i g i o u s life; a n d it w o u l d s t i m u l a t e s u c h s o c i a l v i r t u e s as l o v e a n d t o l e r a t i o n , t h e r e b y p r o m o t i n g s o c i a l p e a c e . 6 9

6 8

6

Quoted in van L c e u w c n , The Problem of Certainty, pp. 8 3 - 4 . C o m p a r e this passage from Sir Geoffrey Gilbert, writing early in the next century, and making reference to Locke: "There are several degrees from perfect certainty and demonstration quite down to improbability and unlikencss, even to the confines of impossibility; and there are several acts of the mind proportioned to these degrees of evidence, which may be called degrees of assent, from full assurance and confidence, quite down to conjecture, doubt, distrust and disbelief. N o w what is to be done in all trials of right, is to range all matters in the scale of probability, so as to lay most weight where the cause ought to preponderate, and thereby to make the most exact discernment that can be, in relation to the right." Quoted in Shapiro, Probability and Certainty, pp. 1 8 1 - 2 .

' O n these controversies, see Shapiro, Probability and Certainty, van Leeuwen, The Problem of Certainty, and Popkin, The History of Scepticism.

The Vision: Let Reason be Your Guide in

Believing

83

N a t u r a l l y it w a s n o t a l w a y s c l e a r , in t h o s e w h o p r o t e s t e d the a p p l i c a t i o n to r e l i g i o u s beliefs o f the p r i n c i p l e o f p r o p o r t i o n a l i t y , w h e t h e r t h e i r c o n t e n t i o n w a s t h a t the c o n t e n t o f these beliefs h a s a h i g h e r p r o b a b i l i t y o n the e v i d e n c e t h a n w a s c h a r a c t e r i s t i c a l l y a s c r i b e d to it b y the R o y a l S o c i e t y g r o u p , o r w h e t h e r , c o n c e d i n g t h a t p o i n t , t h e i r c o n t e n t i o n w a s t h a t n o t all a s s e n t to the c o n t e n t o f r e v e a l e d r e l i g i o n n e e d b e p r o p o r t i o n e d i n its f i r m n e s s to t h a t p r o b a b i l i t y ; it is p e r m i s s i b l e , o r e v e n o b l i g a t o r y , for s o m e to b e in e x c e s s o f t h a t . B u t to l e a p f o r w a r d t w o c e n t u r i e s , a n d from E n g l a n d to D e n m a r k , S o r e n K i e r k e g a a r d w a s e n t i r e l y c l e a r o n the m a t t e r : T h o u g h the p r o b a b i l i t y o f the C h r i s t i a n f a i t h a c c o r d i n g to o u r e v i d e n c e is d i s t i n c t l y less t h a n the h i g h e s t , o n e ' s a s s e n t to it o u g h t to h a v e as m u c h firmness a n d i n t e n s i t y as o n e c a n m u s t e r . 7 0

7 0

Some time ago Alvin Plantinga published a now well-known article in which he charged classical foundationalists with self-referential incoherence: T h e i r holding of the criterion of classical foundationalism does not satisfy the criterion they hold ("Reason and Belief in G o d , " in Plantinga and Wolterstorff (eds.), Faith and Rationality [Notre D a m e , Notre D a m e University Press, 1983I). W a s Locke in this w a y guilty of self-referential incoherence? O n e of the w a y s in which classical foundationalisms differ from each other is this: T h e y differ with respect to the sorts of beliefs to which the criterion in question is meant to apply. N o t all are universalistic; and in particular, some are such that the belief that that version of classical foundationalism is true does not belong to the sorts of beliefs to which the criterion is meant to apply. For those foundationalisms, the fact that the holding of the criterion does not satisfy the criterion is not a mark of incoherence. It should also be noticed that even though self-referential incoherence is present when one's holding of a classical foundationalist criterion for the presence of some epistemic merit falls within the intended scope of the criterion but does not satisfy the criterion, nonetheless it does not follow that one's holding of the criterion does not possess that merit. For by the correct criterion, whatever that m a y be, one might be holding the mistaken criterion for the possession of the merit in such a w a y that one's belief possesses that merit. S o once again: W a s Locke self-referentially incoherent in espousing his foundationalist proposal for doing one's best? Well, does it follow from what L o c k e says that the criterion is to apply to epistemology? T h e principal issue is whether those who choose to engage in epistemology are obligated therein to try seriously to do their best. Almost certainly Locke thought so. O f course, he may have been mistaken about that; if so, no incoherence. But let us suppose that he was right about that. T h e n the question of self-referential incoherence is relevant. W h y did Locke bold his rules? S o far as I can tell, apart from the weak argument discussed above, because he thought it was self-evident for him that one does one's best if and only if one follows these rules. Given that, does he exhibit self-referential incoherence? Y e s and N o . Locke's conviction that one does one's best if and only if one satisfies his rules was not itself arrived at by following these rules. Locke's holding of the rules would satisfy the rules if they were self-evident to him -- and only if they were, since he does nothing at all satisfactory by w a y of offering evidence for them. But they were not self-evident for him, since, as we shall see later, they are mistaken; following the rules is not always doing one's best. Hence Locke's embrace of his rules for doing one's best does not itself satisfy the rules. ( O f course, since the rules are mistaken, he m a y nonetheless have done his best in embracing the rules!) But Locke does not only offer a highly general criterion for doing one's best. H e also has a thesis concerning obligation: F o r each of us there are matters concerning which we are obligated to try seriously to do our best to proportion our level of confidence in a proposition to its probability. A n d the fact that Locke's holding of his criterion for doing his best does not satisfy his criterion does not imply that his holding of the criterion was not the result of his

84

Rationality

in everyday

life

A s w e leave this topic of Locke's rules for the g o v e r n a n c e of belief (assent), let me summarize: W h e n the truth or falsehood of some proposition is of m a x i m a l concernment to one, so that one is obligated to try to do one's epistemic best t o w a r d that proposition, the first thing to do is to collect satisfactory evidence concerning the truth or falsehood of the proposition. T h a t done, one must reflect carefully on the probability of the proposition on that evidence. A n d finally, one is to proportion one's level of confidence in the proposition to its probability on one's (satisfactory) evidence. T o accomplish all this, it is important that one be concerned solely with determining whether P is true or false, entirely "indifferent" to a n y other value that believing or disbelieving P might h a v e for one. H e r e is one of Locke's o w n summaries of the whole process: In these two things, viz., an equal indifferency for all truth, I mean the receiving it in the love of it as truth, but not loving it for any other reason before we know it to be true; and in the examination of our principles, and not receiving any for such, nor building on them, until we are fully convinced, as rational creatures, of their solidity, truth, and certainty, consists that freedom of the understanding which is necessary to a rational creature, and without which it is not truly an understanding. It is conceit, fancy, extravagance, anything rather than understanding, if it must be under the constraint of receiving and holding opinions by the authority of anything but their own, not fancied, but perceived evidence. (Conduct, § I Q ; Works 11,347-8) T o this w e m a y add a passage already cited: Probability wanting that intuitive evidence, which infallibly determines the understanding, and produces certain knowledge, the mind, if it will proceed rationally, ought to e x a m i n e all the grounds of probability, and see how they make more or less, for or against any probable proposition, before it assents to or dissents from it, and upon a due balancing the whole, reject, or receive it, with a more or less firm assent, proportionably to the preponderancy of the greater grounds of probability on one side or the other. (iv,xv,5) 71

A picture of intense self-discipline comes to m i n d . M a x W e b e r thought that the most striking e x a m p l e of discipline in the modern having tried seriously to follow the eriterion. A n d in fact, I see no reason to think that Locke's holding of the criterion was not the result of his having tried seriously to apply the criterion. T h o u g h his espousal of the criterion is not in fact the result of his doing what the criterion specifies as doing one's best, nonetheless it appears to be the result of his having tried seriously to do what the criterion specifies as doing one's best. A n d that's w h a t Locke's account of doxastic obligation, coupled with his criterion for doing one's best, implies that he was obligated to do. " A point eloquently developed by Peter Schouls in Reasoned

Freedom.

The Vision: Let Reason be Your Guide in

Believing

85

w o r l d w a s the " i n n e r - w o r l d l y a s c e t i c i s m " o f t h e e a r l y C a l v i n i s t s . T h a t d i s c i p l i n e p a l e s w h e n c o m p a r e d w i t h the r i g o r s o f the d i s c i p l i n e u r g e d o n a l l o f us b y J o h n L o c k e . B u t o f c o u r s e L o c k e w a s r e a r e d in P u r i t a n c i r c l e s ! W e a r e all g u i l t y o f d o x a s t i c w r o n g d o i n g . W e m u s t r e p e n t : " E v e r y o n e is f o r w a r d to c o m p l a i n o f the p r e j u d i c e s t h a t m i s l e a d o t h e r m e n o r p a r t i e s , as if h e w e r e free, a n d h a d n o n e o f his o w n . . . W h a t n o w is the c u r e ? N o o t h e r b u t this, t h a t e v e r y m a n s h o u l d let a l o n e o t h e r p r e j u d i c e s , a n d e x a m i n e his o w n . N o b o d y is c o n v i n c e d o f his b y the a c c u s a t i o n o f a n o t h e r ; h e r e c r i m i n a t e s b y t h e s a m e r u l e , a n d is c l e a r . T h e o n l y w a y to r e m o v e this g r e a t c a u s e o f i g n o r a n c e a n d e r r o u r o u t o f the w o r l d , is, for e v e r y o n e i m p a r t i a l l y to e x a m i n e h i m s e l f " (Conduct, § 1 0 ; Works 1 1 , 3 4 4 ) . 72

I t is best t h a t w e n o t c o n d u c t this s e l f - e x a m i n a t i o n in s o c i a l i s o l a t i o n , h o w e v e r ; it w i l l g o b e t t e r if w e i n v i t e , a n d g e n u i n e l y listen to, the c h a l l e n g e s o f o u r fellows: I shall offer this one mark whereby prejudice m a y be known. H e that is strongly of any opinion, must suppose (unless he be self-condemned) that his persuasion is built upon good grounds; and that his assent is no greater than what the evidence of the truth he holds forces him to; and that they are arguments, and not inclination, or fancy, that make him so confident and positive in his tenets. N o w , if after all his profession, he cannot bear any opposition to his opinion, if he cannot so much as give a patient hearing, much less examine and weigh the arguments on the other side, does he not plainly confess it is prejudice governs him? and it is not the evidence of truth, but some lazy anticipation, some beloved presumption, that he desires to rest undisturbed in. For, if w h a t he holds be, as he gives out, well fenced with evidence, and he sees it to be true, what need he fear to put it to the proof? (Conduct,§\o; Works 11,345; Conduct, § 4 1 ; Works 11, 389) A n y p r o g r a m o f s e l f - m a s t e r y u n d e r t a k e n to c o p e w i t h o n e ' s i m p u l s e s to w r o n g d o i n g c a n be r e g a r d e d in t w o q u i t e d i f f e r e n t w a y s : O n e c a n focus o n the r i g o r s o f d i s c i p l i n e r e q u i r e d to c a r r y o u t the p r o g r a m , o r o n the l i b e r a t i o n f r o m the effects o f the e v i l i m p u l s e s w h i c h the i m p l e m e n t a t i o n o f the p r o g r a m r e p r e s e n t s . S o too w i t h the 7 2

In N c a l W o o d , The Politics of Locke's Philosophy, there is a fine chapter (pp. 1 2 1 - 4 8 ) on the "Ideal ofBourgeois M a n " which is implicit in Locke's Essay. " T h e ideal, almost an archetype of bourgeois man and differing markedly from the traditional conception of the a r i s t o c r a t . . . A reconstruction of the i d e a l . . . yields a portrait of an individual w h o is commonsensical and pragmatic, a w a r e of his own fallibility, sociable and tolerant. A b o v e all, Locke's ideal man is an individualist. H e is a self-directed man w h o labors industriously in a persevering and sober manner, is invariably moderate and self-disciplined in the pursuit of happiness, is calculating and prudent in judgment. Locke was offering his bourgeois readers a model for emulation as well as a mirror of themselves" (p. 6 ) .

86

Rationality

in everyday

life

p r a c t i c e L o c k e u r g e s o n a l l o f us. I h a v e j u s t n o w e m p h a s i z e d the d i s c i p l i n e . B u t to s u c c e e d in d o x a s t i c s e l f - m a s t e r y w o u l d b e to free o n e s e l f from the evil effects, if not the d y n a m i c s , o f all those faculties a n d i m p u l s e s a n d desires w h i c h so r e g u l a r l y l e a d us i n t o d o x a s t i c w r o n g d o i n g . T h i s t h e m e o f l i b e r a t i o n will b e c o m e p r o m i n e n t in the w r i t e r s o f the E n l i g h t e n m e n t ; it is b y n o m e a n s a b s e n t in L o c k e : T h e f r e e d o m to e x a m i n e w h a t o n e b e l i e v e s is " a f r e e d o m w h i c h few m e n h a v e the n o t i o n o f in t h e m s e l v e s , a n d f e w e r a r e a l l o w e d the p r a c t i c e o f b y o t h e r s ; it b e i n g the g r e a t a r t a n d business o f the t e a c h e r s a n d g u i d e s in m o s t sects to s u p p r e s s , as m u c h as t h e y c a n , this f u n d a m e n t a l d u t y w h i c h e v e r y m a n o w e s h i m s e l f " (Conduct, § 4 1 ; Works 1 1 , 3 8 9 ) . 73

(e) Reason's

role

A l m o s t n o t h i n g h a s b e e n s a i d a b o u t R e a s o n in o u r d i s c u s s i o n thus far. T h a t so m u c h o f L o c k e ' s v i s i o n c o u l d b e d e s c r i b e d w i t h o u t s p e a k i n g o f R e a s o n is s i g n i f i c a n t . Y e t L o c k e himself, in the p r e s e n t a t i o n o f his v i s i o n , o v e r a n d o v e r g a v e R e a s o n c e n t r a l p l a c e . W e m u s t follow the d i c t a t e s o f R e a s o n , o b e y R e a s o n ' s v o i c e , r e s p o n d to R e a s o n ' s deliverances, " o w n no other guide but R e a s o n " (iv,xvi,4). Either we o b e y R e a s o n ' s v o i c e o r w e c o n t i n u e to w a n d e r in d a r k n e s s . M a n y , o f c o u r s e , a r e c o n t e n t b l i n d l y to b e l i e v e things on s a y s o . O t h e r s , s u c h as the r e l i g i o u s e n t h u s i a s t s , think it p e r m i s s i b l e to follow s t r o n g i n n e r p e r s u a s i o n . B u t " i f R e a s o n m u s t not e x a m i n e their t r u t h b y s o m e t h i n g e x t r i n s i c a l to the p e r s u a s i o n s t h e m s e l v e s ; i n s p i r a t i o n s a n d d e l u s i o n s , t r u t h a n d f a l s e h o o d will h a v e the s a m e m e a s u r e , a n d will not b e p o s s i b l e to b e d i s t i n g u i s h e d " ( i v , x i x , i ) . 4

S o R e a s o n it m u s t b e . " R e a s o n m u s t b e o u r last j u d g e a n d g u i d e in e v e r y t h i n g " ( i v , x i x , i ) . L e t it b e c a r e f u l l y n o t e d : T h e i n j u n c t i o n is not to m a k e R e a s o n the source o f all o u r beliefs, not e v e n to m a k e it the 4

"

Cf. Conduct, § 1 2 ; Works 1 1 , 3 4 7 : "In ihcsc two tilings, viz. an equal indifferency for all truth; 1 mean the receiving it, the love of it, as truth, but not loving it for any other reason, before we know it to be true; and in the examination of our principles, and not receiving any for such, nor building on them, till we are fully convinced, as rational creatures, of their solidity, truth, and certainty; consists that freedom of the understanding which is necessary to a rational creature, and without which it is not truly an understanding. It is conceit, fancy, extravagance, anything rather than understanding, if it must be under the constraint of receiving and holding opinions by the authority of anything but their own, not fancied, but perceived, evidence. This was rightly called imposition, and is of all other the worst and most dangerous sort of it. F o r we impose upon ourselves, which is the strongest imposition of all others; and we impose upon ourselves in that part which ought with the greatest care to be kept free from all imposition."

The Vision: Let Reason be Your Guide in

Believing

87

s o u r c e o f the basis o f all o u r beliefs. T h e i n t u i t i v e k n o w l e d g e t h a t o n e exists is not a p r o d u c t o f the f a c u l t y o f R e a s o n , n o r is the k n o w l e d g e t h a t o n e h a s s u c h - a n d - s u c h i d e a s . Y e t these c a n s e r v e in the e v i d e n t i a l b a s e , w h e n w e a r e t r y i n g o u r best. R e a s o n is to b e o u r guide. G o d h a s e n d o w e d e a c h o f us w i t h R e a s o n . T h e R e a s o n l o d g e d w i t h i n e a c h o f us offers d e l i v e r a n c e s , m a k e s p r o n o u n c e m e n t s ; to b e h u m a n is to h a v e R e a s o n s p e a k i n g w i t h i n o n e . I t is this t h a t sets us off f r o m the " b r u t e s " - a n d w h a t sets us off e v e n m o r e is l i s t e n i n g to R e a s o n , c o n d u c t i n g o u r s e l v e s r a t i o n a l l y , being r a t i o n a l . T o d i s r e g a r d R e a s o n is to v i o l a t e the v e r y g r o u n d o f o n e ' s d i g n i t y . I t is to d e g r a d e oneself. F u r t h e r , the R e a s o n w i t h i n e a c h is for e a c h his o r h e r a u t h o r i t y . L o c k e ' s p i c t u r e o f the c o m m u n i t y o f r e s p o n s i b l e b e l i e v e r s is the p i c t u r e of a d e m o c r a c y in w h i c h e a c h listens to his o r h e r o w n i n n e r voice of R e a s o n a n d no one treats a n y voice outside himself or herself as a u t h o r i t a t i v e unless his o r h e r R e a s o n tells h i m o r h e r to d o so. " E v e r y m a n c a r r i e s a b o u t h i m a t o u c h s t o n e if h e will m a k e use o f it, to d i s t i n g u i s h s u b s t a n t i a l g o l d from s u p e r f i c i a l g l i t t e r i n g , t r u t h f r o m a p p e a r a n c e s . . . [ T ] h i s t o u c h s t o n e . . . is n a t u r a l r e a s o n " (Conduct, § 3 ; Works 1 1 , 3 2 9 ) . L i s t e n i n g to the v o i c e o f R e a s o n d o e s not g u a r a n t e e t r u t h . N o n e t h e l e s s , R e a s o n is the best g u i d e w e h a v e , as w e l e a v e b e h i n d the " b r o a d d a y l i g h t " o f k n o w l e d g e a n d e n t e r the " t w i l i g h t " of properly g o v e r n e d belief (iv,xiv,2). B u t w h a t is R e a s o n ? I n the b a b b l e o f c o m p e t i n g v o i c e s , w h a t d o w e listen for so as to h e a r R e a s o n ' s v o i c e ? F u n d a m e n t a l in h u m a n life is inference, w h i c h , says L o c k e , "is nothing but b y virtue of one p r o p o s i t i o n l a i d d o w n as true, to d r a w in a n o t h e r as t r u e " ( i v , x v i i , 4 ) . B u t obviously some inferences are g o o d a n d some are b a d . A n d one of the c e n t r a l functions o f R e a s o n is to assist us in m a k i n g a n d e v a l u a t i n g i n f e r e n c e s . " T h e q u e s t i o n n o w is to k n o w , w h e t h e r the m i n d h a s whether "it has proceeded m a d e this i n f e r e n c e r i g h t o r n o t " r a t i o n a l l y , a n d m a d e a r i g h t i n f e r e n c e . " I f not, " i t h a s not so m u c h m a d e . . . a n i n f e r e n c e o f r i g h t R e a s o n , as s h e w n a w i l l i n g n e s s to h a v e it . . . b e t a k e n for s u c h " ( i v , x v i i , 4 ) . R e a s o n is a f a c u l t y , s p e c i f i c a l l y , t h a t f a c u l t y w h e r e b y w e d i s c o v e r a r g u m e n t s a n d " p e r c e i v e " t h e i r l o g i c a l force, t h e r e b y a l s o f o r m i n g beliefs as to the c o g e n c y o f the inferences o f w h i c h those a r g u m e n t s a r e the c o n t e n t ( i v , x v i i , 2 ) . I use the w o r d " p e r c e i v e " a d v i s e d l y ; for L o c k e uses it in this c o n n e c t i o n , r e p e a t e d l y a n d e m p h a t i c a l l y . R e a s o n is a f a c u l t y w h o s e y i e l d is k n o w l e d g e , n o t o p i n i o n . A n d L o c k e m a k e s it

88

Rationality

in everyday

life

c l e a r t h a t , o n his v i e w , it is the s a m e f a c u l t y a t w o r k w h e n w e p e r c e i v e t h a t a p r o p o s i t i o n is entailed b y c e r t a i n p r e m i s e s as w h e n w e p e r c e i v e t h a t it h a s s u c h - a n d - s u c h a d e g r e e o f p r o b a b i l i t y w i t h r e s p e c t to those premises. R e a s o n , he says, consists in nothing but the perception of the connexion there is between the ideas, in each step of the deduction, whereby the mind comes to see, either the certain agreement or disagreement of any two ideas, as in demonstration, in which it arrives at knowledge, or their probable connexion, on which it gives or withholds its assent, as in opinion . . . F o r as R e a s o n perceives the necessary, and indubitable connexion of all the ideas or proofs one to another, in each step of any demonstration that produces knowledge: so it likewise perceives the probable connexion of all the ideas or proofs one to another, in every step of a discourse, to which it will think assent due. This is the lowest degree of that, which can be truly called reason. ( i v , x v i i , 2 ) 74

M o r e briefly: R e a s o n is " t h e d i s c o v e r y o f the c e r t a i n t y o r p r o b a b i l i t y of such

propositions or

truths,

which

the

mind

arrives

at

by

d e d u c t i o n s m a d e f r o m s u c h i d e a s , w h i c h it h a s g o t b y the use o f its n a t u r a l faculties, v i z . , b y s e n s a t i o n o r r e f l e c t i o n " ( i v , x v i i i , 2 ) .

7 5

7 4

A y c r s remarks, in the light of passages such as this, that "it is worth noting t h a t . . . it is the connection between subject and predicate which we are said to perceive, not (as a n y modern notion of 'perceiving probabilities' would surely presume) the connection between a hypothesis and the evidence for it" (Locke.: Volume I: Epistemology, pp. 1 0 5 - 6 ) . T h e point, is of course, correct; but it's a point that pertains to Locke's view in general of our knowledge of arguments. In explicating Locke, I have been speaking, and shall continue to speak, of "perceiving" the relation of a conclusion to premises and of a proposition to evidence; Locke thought that the proper analysis of that was in terms of "perceiving" the relation between a subject-idea and a predicate-idea by w a y of "perceiving" relationships among intermediate ideas.

7 3

W h a t I have presented in the text above is part of Locke's official definition of "Reason" in the Essay. However, just before saying that Reason "consists in nothing but the perception...," Locke said that Reason "contains" two "other intellectual faculties, viz., sagacity and illation" (inference). Obviously there is confusion here; but it is purely verbal, and relatively harmless. I shall follow what appears to me to be Locke's dominant practice, of taking Reason to be a faculty of "perception." Essentially the same explanation which I quote in the text above is offered in Locke's early Essays on the Law of Nature (p. 1 2 5 ) , and is repeated in his Second Letter to Stillingfleet thus: "the agreement or disagreement of two ideas . . . perceived by the intervention o f a third, which I, and as I guess other people, call reasoning, or knowing by reason" (Works 1 1 1 , 2 3 2 ) . In another passage from the same letter, however, he speaks of all cases of "perception," whether immediate or non-immediate, as the result of the exercise of Reason: "the perception of the agreement or disagreement of ideas, is either by an immediate comparison of two ideas, as in self-evident propositions; which w a y of knowledge of truth, is the w a y of reason; or by the intervention of intermediate ideas, i.e. by the deduction of'one thing from another, which is also the w a y of reason" (in, p. 3 5 3 ) . In a passage from his First Letter to Stillingfleet, Locke includes yet more capacities under what he calls Reason, namely, the capacity to form general, relative, and complex ideas out of simple ones: "mere ideas are the objects of the understanding, and reason is one of the faculties of the understanding employed about them; and . . . the understanding, or reason, whichever your lordship pleases to call it, makes or forms, out of the simple ones that come in by sensation and

The Vision: Let Reason be Your Guide in Believing

89

B e l i e v i n g t h a t the p r e m i s e s o f a n a r g u m e n t s u p p o r t its c o n c l u s i o n is d i f f e r e n t from b e l i e v i n g the c o n c l u s i o n o n the basis o f the a r g u m e n t . T h e f o r m e r is t h a t assent w h i c h a c c o m p a n i e s the i n s i g h t y i e l d e d b y the f a c u l t y o f R e a s o n . T h e l a t t e r , w h e n the a r g u m e n t is p r o b a b i l i s t i c r a t h e r t h a n d e m o n s t r a t i v e , is a n e x a m p l e o f m e r e opinion. T h e f a c u l t y w h i c h a c c o u n t s for this o p i n i o n is s o m e t h i n g else t h a n R e a s o n , u n d e r s t o o d as a f a c u l t y o f " p e r c e p t i o n . " L o c k e s o m e t i m e s c a l l s it, o r a p p e a r s to c a l l it, " i n f e r e n c e " a n d " i l l a t i o n . " R e a s o n p r o d u c e s the " p e r c e p t i o n " t h a t s o m e p r o p o s i t i o n P is h i g h l y p r o b a b l e o n s o m e e v i d e n c e ( a n d t h a t in t u r n e v o k e s firm a n d c e r t a i n assent to the p r o p o s i t i o n t h a t P is h i g h l y p r o b a b l e o n t h a t e v i d e n c e ) ; the f a c u l t y o f i n f e r e n c e , u n d e r c e r t a i n c o n d i t i o n s ( i n c l u d i n g the c o n d i t i o n o f b e l i e v i n g the p r e m i s e s ) , p r o d u c e s assent to P itself. M y b e l i e v i n g t h e p r o p o s i t i o n , u p o n " p e r c e i v i n g " the fact, that P is highly probable on this evidence, is c e r t a i n ; m y b e l i e v i n g the p r o p o s i t i o n P itself is m e r e l y probable. I n thus a s s o c i a t i n g R e a s o n w i t h the p e r c e p t i o n o f the v a l i d i t y o r i n v a l i d i t y o f a r g u m e n t s L o c k e s t a n d s in a l o n g t r a d i t i o n ; he d e p a r t s f r o m t h a t t r a d i t i o n o n l y in s e e i n g R e a s o n as b e i n g as m u c h a t w o r k in the d e t e r m i n a t i o n of p r o b a b i l i t i e s as in the d e t e r m i n a t i o n of e n t a i l m e n t s - t h o u g h this, o f c o u r s e , is a n e x t r e m e l y i m p o r t a n t d e p a r t u r e . I t is i n t e r e s t i n g to n o t e t h a t L o c k e a l s o a c c e p t s the t r a d i t i o n a l v i e w t h a t r e a s o n i n g ( i n f e r e n c e ) , in d i s t i n c t i o n from R e a s o n , is a n i n f e r i o r m o d e o f c o m i n g to k n o w l e d g e a n d b e l i e f j u s t b e c a u s e o f its i n h e r e n t discursiveness. I n the discovery of, and assent to [self-evident] truths, there is no use of the discursive faculty, no need of reasoning, but they are known by a superior, and higher degree of evidence. A n d such, if I may guess at things unknown, I a m apt to think, that angels have now, and the spirits of just men made perfect, shall have, in a future state, of thousands of things, which now, either wholly escape our apprehensions, or which, our short-sighted R e a s o n having got some faint glimpse of, we, in the dark, grope after. (iv,xvii,i4\) reflection, all the other ideas, whether general, relative, or complex, by abstracting, comparing, and compounding its positive simple ideas. . . A n d therefore 1 never denied that reason was employed about our particular simple ideas, to make out of them ideas general, relative, and complex; nor about all our ideas, whether simple or complex, positive or relative, general or particular: it being the proper business of reason, in the search after truth and knowledge, to find out the relations between all these sorts of ideas, in the perception whereof knowledge and certainly of truth consists" (m, 7 0 — 1 ) . Lastly, in a passage from the Second Letter, Locke says that though in the Essay he treated Reason "no otherwise than as a faculty," yet "reason" m a y also be used "as standing for true and clear principles, and also as standing for clear and fair deductions from those principles" (m, 4 2 4 ) .

Rationality

in everyday

life

T h o u g h r e a s o n i n g m a y b e i n f e r i o r to i n t u i t i v e u n d e r s t a n d i n g in its d i s c u r s i v e n e s s as w e l l as in its d e p e n d e n c e o n m e m o r y , n o n e t h e l e s s R e a s o n , for L o c k e , y i e l d s a c q u a i n t a n c e w i t h r e a l i t y w h i c h is as d i r e c t as t h a t y i e l d e d b y i n t u i t i o n . I t is, in fact, a species o f i n t u i t i v e k n o w l e d g e . B y v i r t u e o f the f a c u l t y o f R e a s o n w e a r e d i r e c t l y a c q u a i n t e d w i t h facts c o n s i s t i n g o f p r o p o s i t i o n s s t a n d i n g in e n t a i l m e n t a n d probability relationships with each other. W e notice them, " p e r c e i v e " t h e m , see t h e m . W e h a v e u n o b s t r u c t e d i n s i g h t , v i s i o n . O r to p u t it the o t h e r w a y r o u n d , b y v i r t u e o f this f a c u l t y , r e a l i t y is d i r e c t l y p r e s e n t to us. T h e d e e p s t r u c t u r e o f L o c k e ' s t h o u g h t b e g i n s to e m e r g e . S o m e p r o p o s i t i o n s w e j u s t see to b e t r u e . T h e fact p r e s e n t s itself to us d i r e c t l y . O t h e r s , t h o u g h w e c a n n o t see t h e m to be true, a r e still s u c h t h a t w e c a n see t h a t t h e y a r e p r o b a b l e w i t h r e s p e c t to those t h a t w e see to be t r u e . T h e s e p h e n o m e n a o f i n s i g h t a r e the f u n d a m e n t a l p h e n o m e n a to b e used as w e set a b o u t t r y i n g o u r best to p r o p o r t i o n o u r level o f c o n f i d e n c e in p r o p o s i t i o n s to their p r o b a b i l i t y . T h e i r f u n d a m e n t a l r o l e in the p r a c t i c e L o c k e r e c o m m e n d s is w h a t a c c o u n t s for the f o u n d a t i o n a l i s t c h a r a c t e r of t h a t p r a c t i c e , as it a c c o u n t s (in p a r t ) for the p r o m i n e n t p l a c e h e g i v e s to R e a s o n in his s u m m a t i o n s o f the p r o p o s e d p r a c t i c e . R e a s o n is a m o d e of insight. L o c k e t h i n k s t h a t for o u r n o n - i m m e d i a t e beliefs w e m u s t h a v e reasons, good r e a s o n s , e v i d e n c e . R e a s o n tells us w h i c h r e a s o n s a r e g o o d r e a s o n s ; R e a s o n y i e l d s insight. .Since L o c k e t h e r e h a v e b e e n m a n y w h o h a v e d e n i e d t h a t t h e r e is a faculty o f R e a s o n y i e l d i n g insight into the r e a l i t y of l o g i c a l relationships a m o n g p r o p o s i t i o n s , as w e l l as m a n y w h o h a v e d e n i e d t h a t p r o b a b i l i t y is a l o g i c a l r e l a t i o n a m o n g p r o p o s i t i o n s , a n d m a n y w h o h a v e d e n i e d t h a t all g o o d r e a s o n s a r e s u c h t h a t the c o n c l u s i o n is e i t h e r e n t a i l e d b y , o r p r o b a b l e o n , the p r e m i s e s . B u t it is i m p o r t a n t to see t h a t e v e n if w e g r a n t to L o c k e these c o n t r o v e r s i a l theses, t h a t is to s a y , e v e n if w e g r a n t to h i m his c o n t e s t e d u n d e r s t a n d i n g o f the n a t u r e o f R e a s o n , his i n j u n c t i o n " L i s t e n to the v o i c e o f R e a s o n " is m o s t i n a d e q u a t e as a s u m m a r y o f his v i s i o n . T h a t is t r u e in v a r i o u s w a y s . I n the first p l a c e , R e a s o n , as a l r e a d y r e m a r k e d , is n e v e r u n d e r s t o o d b y L o c k e as the sole s o u r c e o f those i n s i g h t s / b e l i e f s w h i c h a r e the e v i d e n t i a l b a s e for t r y i n g o u r best. T h e e v i d e n t i a l b a s e , w h e n w e a r e t r y i n g o u r best, consists of i m m e d i a t e beliefs w h i c h c o u n t as k n o w l e d g e . B u t m o s t i m m e d i a t e beliefs a r e not e v o k e d b y R e a s o n ' s i n s i g h t . R e a s o n y i e l d s i m m e d i a t e " p e r c e p t i o n " o f c e r t a i n sorts o f facts,

The Vision: Let Reason be Tour Guide in

Believing

9

1

i n c l u d i n g facts o f the f o r m : P is entailed by (probable with respect to) propositions P, . . . P„ . . . B u t the i m m e d i a t e k n o w l e d g e w h i c h constitutes the e v i d e n t i a l b a s e for a g i v e n i m p l e m e n t a t i o n o f the L o c k i a n p r a c t i c e is c e r t a i n l y n o t l i m i t e d to k n o w l e d g e o f facts o f the l a t t e r sort. F o r o n e t h i n g , the basis i n c l u d e s o u r k n o w l e d g e o f s e l f - e v i d e n t n e c e s s a r y t r u t h s w h i c h a r e not o f this l o g i c a l - r e l a t i o n s h i p a m o n g - p r o p o s i t i o n s f o r m . A d m i t t e d l y t h e r e is a d e e p s i m i l a r i t y b e t w e e n s e l f - e v i d e n t p r o p o s i t i o n s o f this l o g i c a l - r e l a t i o n s h i p - a m o n g p r o p o s i t i o n s sort a n d o t h e r sorts o f s e l f - e v i d e n t n e c e s s a r y t r u t h s , so m u c h so t h a t m o s t t h i n k e r s o f the W e s t e r n t r a d i t i o n h a v e t h o u g h t t h a t it w a s the s a m e f a c u l t y at w o r k a n d h a v e c a l l e d it R e a s o n in b o t h cases. B u t t h e n w h a t h a s to b e a d d e d is that L o c k e r e g a r d s i m m e d i a t e k n o w l e d g e as a l s o g o i n g b e y o n d k n o w l e d g e of s e l f - e v i d e n t n e c e s s a r y truths; it i n c l u d e s v a r i o u s c o n t i n g e n t truths. I n s h o r t , w e h a v e to listen to m o r e o f o u r faculties t h a n j u s t R e a s o n if w e a r e to t r y to d o o u r e p i s t e m i c best. S e c o n d l y , the i n j u n c t i o n " L i s t e n to the v o i c e o f R e a s o n " is w o e f u l l y i n c o m p l e t e as a f o r m u l a t i o n o f the i n j u n c t i o n L o c k e h a d in m i n d . L o c k e d i d not think t h a t o n e s h o u l d listen to w h a t R e a s o n s a y s a b o u t all a r g u m e n t s w h i c h c o m e to m i n d for any p r o p o s i t i o n . I t w a s o n l y for a r g u m e n t s o f c e r t a i n sorts - those w h o s e p r e m i s e s constitute satisfactory e v i d e n c e - a n d for p r o p o s i t i o n s s a t i s f y i n g c e r t a i n c o n d i t i o n s t h a t he p r o p o s e d l i s t e n i n g to w h a t R e a s o n s a y s a b o u t the a r g u m e n t for the proposition. A n d t h e n t h e r e is the q u e s t i o n : W h a t a m I to d o w i t h w h a t I h e a r R e a s o n s a y i n g a b o u t those a r g u m e n t s for those p r o p o s i t i o n s ? L o c k e ' s o w n v i e w w a s t h a t w e a r e to a p p l y the p r i n c i p l e o f p r o p o r t i o n a l i t y to w h a t w e h e a r R e a s o n s a y i n g . B u t there are other possible a n s w e r s t h a n this to the q u e s t i o n . K a r l P o p p e r , for e x a m p l e , p r o p o s e d s o m e t h i n g q u i t e d i f f e r e n t f r o m L o c k e ' s p r i n c i p l e , a falsificationist rather than a justificationist principle. I n addition, one can i m a g i n e j u s t i f i c a t i o n i s t p r i n c i p l e s q u i t e d i f f e r e n t from L o c k e ' s . T h e i m p e r a t i v e " L i s t e n to the v o i c e o f R e a s o n " is useless u n t i l fleshed o u t w i t h a n s w e r s to q u e s t i o n s in t w o d i r e c t i o n s : L i s t e n to it w i t h r e s p e c t to w h i c h b o d y o f e v i d e n c e for w h i c h p r o p o s i t i o n s ? a n d , D o w h a t w i t h t h a t w h i c h I h e a r it s a y i n g ? L a s t l y , t h e r e a r e m a n y m o r e i n j u n c t i o n s in L o c k e ' s p r o p o s a l c o n c e r n i n g the " c o n d u c t of the u n d e r s t a n d i n g " t h a n j u s t the i n j u n c t i o n , " L i s t e n to the v o i c e o f R e a s o n . " I n the c o u r s e o f o u r d i s c u s s i o n w e h a v e u n c o v e r e d m a n y o f those o t h e r i n j u n c t i o n s . T h e c e n t r a l

92

Rationality

in everyday

life

i n j u n c t i o n s , a t least in m y p r e s e n t a t i o n , a r e the i n j u n c t i o n s to o b e y the p r i n c i p l e s o f e v i d e n c e , o f a p p r a i s a l , a n d o f p r o p o r t i o n a l i t y . B u t those p r i n c i p l e s p r e s u p p o s e , a n d a r e s u p p l e m e n t e d b y , a n u m b e r o f o t h e r s - the p r i n c i p l e o f i n d i f f e r e n c y , for e x a m p l e , w h i c h s a y s t h a t w e a r e to b e c o n c e r n e d o n l y w i t h the t r u t h a n d f a l s e h o o d o f o u r beliefs. T h e r e is, thus, a s t r a n g e m i s p e r c e p t i o n - o r m i s r e p r e s e n t a t i o n - in L o c k e , a n d in v e r y m u c h e p i s t e m o l o g y since L o c k e . L i s t e n to the v o i c e o f R e a s o n , s a y s L o c k e , as if, o n the o n e h a n d , t h a t c a p t u r e d w h a t he w a s s a y i n g , a n d as if, o n the o t h e r , it w a s a d v i c e t h a t w o u l d b e c o n t e s t e d - b y t r a d i t i o n a l i s t s a n d e n t h u s i a s t s , for e x a m p l e . B u t n o b o d y w h o g r a n t s t h a t t h e r e is a f a c u l t y o f R e a s o n thinks t h a t w e should ignore w h a t R e a s o n says. O u r disputes are over whether there is s u c h a f a c u l t y ; a n d a m o n g those w h o b e l i e v e t h a t t h e r e is, o v e r w h a t it s a y s , a n d w i t h r e s p e c t to w h i c h a r g u m e n t s for w h i c h p r o p o s i t i o n s o n e o u g h t to listen to w h a t it s a y s , a n d w h a t o n e o u g h t to d o w i t h w h a t o n e h e a r s it s a y i n g . S o m e in r e c e n t y e a r s h a v e a c c u s e d R e a s o n o f t y r a n n y . R e a s o n is n o t y r a n t . T h e t y r a n n y lies in w h a t is d o n e w i t h Reason. P e r h a p s t h e r e w a s s o m e t h i n g else at w o r k . P e r h a p s w h a t w a s c o m i n g to the s u r f a c e w a s L o c k e ' s c o n v i c t i o n t h a t the theory itself, in all its c o m p l e x i t y , is a d e l i v e r a n c e o f R e a s o n - t h a t the t h e o r y w a s s e l f - e v i d e n t to h i m . P e r h a p s it w a s n o t o n l y L o c k e ' s c o n v i c t i o n t h a t to fail to c o n d u c t o n e ' s u n d e r s t a n d i n g as h e r e c o m m e n d s is to fail to use o n e ' s R e a s o n p r o p e r l y , b u t a l s o his c o n v i c t i o n t h a t one's Reason tells one t h a t this is to fail to use o n e ' s R e a s o n p r o p e r l y . R e a s o n itself tells us h o w R e a s o n is to b e u s e d . T o fail to a c c e p t the t h e o r y that w e o u g h t to listen to the v o i c e o f R e a s o n is itself to fail to listen to the v o i c e o f R e a s o n . W e h a v e a l r e a d y seen, h o w e v e r - a n d s h a l l see in m o r e d e t a i l l a t e r — t h a t R e a s o n s a y s n o t h i n g o f the sort. A n e w q u e s t i o n m u s t n o w b e r a i s e d , a q u e s t i o n w h o s e a n s w e r as d e v e l o p e d b y L o c k e is not o n l y f a s c i n a t i n g in its o w n r i g h t b u t s e r v e s to u n d e r c u t his e n t i r e v i s i o n . T h e q u e s t i o n is this: C a n o n e b e m i s t a k e n in o n e ' s a p p r a i s a l o f p r o b a b i l i t i e s ? L o c k e s a y s in o n e p a s s a g e that Those w h o want skill to use those evidences they have of probabilities; who cannot carry a train of consequences in their heads, nor weigh exactly the preponderancy of contrary proofs and testimonies, making every circumstance its due allowance, m a y be easily misled to assent to positions that are not probable. T h e r e are some men of one, some but of two syllogisms, and no more; and others that can but advance one step farther. These cannot always

The Vision: Let Reason be Your Guide in Believing

93

discern that side on which the strongest proofs lie; cannot constantly follow that which in itself is the more probable opinion. (iv,xx,5) L o c k e teeters o n the e d g e o f s a y i n g t h a t o u r R e a s o n itself m a y s o m e t i m e s b e in e r r o r . B u t h e stops short o f s a y i n g t h a t , b o t h h e r e a n d e l s e w h e r e . A m a n ' s b e i n g o f o n e s y l l o g i s m d o e s not, o n L o c k e ' s v i e w , t a k e the form o f his R e a s o n t e l l i n g h i m t h a t a p r o p o s i t i o n is e n t a i l e d b y s o m e e v i d e n c e w h e n it is not. I t takes the f o r m o f his R e a s o n not telling h i m a n y t h i n g at all a b o u t e n t a i l m e n t s e x c e p t for " o n e s y l l o g i s m " ; a n d o n t h a t o n e s y l l o g i s m , it tells h i m the t r u t h . Of c o u r s e , the m a n o f " o n e s y l l o g i s m " m a y h a v e beliefs a b o u t o t h e r a r g u m e n t s ; b u t t h e n it is s o m e f a c u l t y o t h e r t h a n his R e a s o n w h i c h is p r o d u c i n g those beliefs. P e r h a p s he h o l d s those beliefs o n s a y s o . 76

7 7

W h a t w o u l d R e a s o n ' s b e i n g in e r r o r consist o f ? P r e s u m a b l y it w o u l d consist o f R e a s o n , w i t h r e s p e c t to s o m e f a l s e h o o d , p r o d u c i n g in o n e a n e x p e r i e n c e w h i c h is p h e n o m e n o l o g i c a l l y n o different f r o m the " j u s t k n o w i n g " e x p e r i e n c e - this in t u r n p r o d u c i n g a belief. L o c k e , so far as I c a n see, h e l d f i r m l y to the c o n v i c t i o n t h a t t h a t n e v e r h a p p e n s ; as i n d e e d he r e j e c t e d the p o s s i b i l i t y t h a t w e h a v e in us s o m e o t h e r f a c u l t y w h i c h , w i t h r e s p e c t to f a l s e h o o d , p e r f e c t l y m i m i c s the " j u s t k n o w i n g " e x p e r i e n c e . M i s t a k e n beliefs a b o u t e n t a i l m e n t a n d p r o b a b i l i t y - o n - e v i d e n c e a r e not the result o f m i s l e a d i n g p h e n o m e n o l o g y , w h e t h e r p r o d u c e d b y R e a s o n o r s o m e o t h e r f a c u l t y ; b u t o f f a i l u r e to a t t e n d w i t h sufficient c a r e to the p r e s e n c e o r a b s e n c e o f the p h e n o m e n o l o g y in us. I t is s o m e t i m e s this f a i l u r e of close a t t e n t i o n w h i c h h a s the c o n s e q u e n c e t h a t w e b e l i e v e s o m e p r o p o s i t i o n to b e e n t a i l e d b y , o r m o r e p r o b a b l e t h a n not o n , s o m e e v i d e n c e w h e n it is not. O n L o c k e ' s v i e w , it n e v e r genuinely appears to us t h a t w e a r e " p e r c e i v i n g " s o m e fact w h e n w e a r e not; w h a t h a p p e n s r a t h e r is t h a t s o m e t i m e s w e believe w e a r e w h e n w e a r e not. I n i n t u i t i v e k n o w l e d g e , h e s a y s , " t h e r e is b a r e l y o n e s i m p l e i n t u i t i o n , w h e r e i n t h e r e is n o r o o m for a n y the least m i s t a k e o r d o u b t : the t r u t h is seen all p e r f e c t l y at o n c e . I n d e m o n s t r a t i o n , 'tis true, t h e r e is i n t u i t i o n too, b u t not a l t o g e t h e r a t o n c e ; for t h e r e m u s t b e a r e m e m b r a n c e o f the i n t u i t i o n

7 6

7 7

Cf. 'third Letter for 'toleration; Works vftiT- " T h a t which hath evidence enough to make one man certain, has not enough to make another so much as guess it to be true; though he has spared no endeavour or application in examining it." Though the theme of the infallibility of Reason plays an exceedingly dominant role in Schouls' book on Locke, Reasoned Freedom, Schouls, oddly, never considers what the infallibility of Reason consists in, other than to suggest, in one passage, that it consists in the infallible ability to pick out episodes of Reason "perceiving" something. If we take it to consist in this, then, as I shall argue, Locke does not hold that Reason is infallible.

94

Rationality

in everyday life

o f the a g r e e m e n t o f the m e d i u m , o r i n t e r m e d i a t e i d e a , w i t h w h a t w e c o m p a r e d it b e f o r e , w h e n w e c o m p a r e it w i t h the o t h e r : a n d w h e r e t h e r e b e m a n y m e d i u m s , t h e r e the d a n g e r o f the m i s t a k e is t h e g r e a t e r " ( i v , x v i i , i 5 ) . T o this p a s s a g e m a y b e a d d e d the f o l l o w i n g : " w h a t e v e r g r o u n d s o f p r o b a b i l i t y t h e r e m a y b e , t h e y yet o p e r a t e n o f a r t h e r o n the m i n d , w h i c h s e a r c h e s after t r u t h , a n d e n d e a v o u r s to j u d g e right, than they a p p e a r " ( i v , x v i , i ) . N o n e t h e l e s s , in c h a p t e r x x of B o o k iv o f the Essay L o c k e discusses w h a t h e c a l l s " w r o n g m e a s u r e s of p r o b a b i l i t y " ; so w e m u s t l o o k a t w h a t he s a y s a b o u t these. H o w , w h i l e a f f i r m i n g the i n f a l l i b i l i t y o f R e a s o n , c a n L o c k e a d m i t t h a t w e m a k e m i s t a k e s a b o u t the p r o b a b i l i t y of a proposition on a b o d y of evidence? T h e d i s c u s s i o n is f a s c i n a t i n g , e v e n b r i l l i a n t . L o c k e calls a t t e n t i o n to w h i c h h a v e the c e r t a i n wounds of the mind, as I s h a l l c a l l t h e m , c o n s e q u e n c e t h a t , in the face o f e v i d e n c e w h i c h w o u l d l e a d a p e r s o n to assent to P if his m i n d w e r e f u n c t i o n i n g p r o p e r l y , h e in his w o u n d e d n e s s d o e s not assent. S o m e t i m e s so g r i e v o u s a r e the w o u n d s t h a t o n e d e s p a i r s : " W h a t p r o b a b i l i t i e s . . . a r e sufficient in s u c h a c a s e ? . . . A l l the a r g u m e n t s c a n be u s e d , w i l l b e as little a b l e to g o v e r n , as the w i n d d i d w i t h the t r a v e l l e r , to p a r t w i t h his c l o a k , w h i c h h e h e l d o n l y the f a s t e r " ( i v , x x , i i ) . W o u n d s o f the m i n d a r e n o t w o u n d s o f R e a s o n . R e a s o n itself is i n v u l n e r a b l e . N o n e t h e l e s s , the a d m i s s i o n t h a t t h e r e a r e s u c h w o u n d s p r o v e s to h a v e a d e v a s t a t i n g effect o n L o c k e ' s vision. 7 8

T h e first sort o f e x a m p l e L o c k e cites is this: " p r o p o s i t i o n s t h a t a r e not in t h e m s e l v e s c e r t a i n a n d e v i d e n t , b u t d o u b t f u l a n d f a l s e , " m a y b e i n c u l c a t e d in us f r o m y o u t h u p as (self-evident) principles. A n d " t h e s e h a v e so g r e a t a n i n f l u e n c e u p o n o u r o p i n i o n s , t h a t 'tis u s u a l l y b y t h e m w e j u d g e o f t r u t h , a n d m e a s u r e p r o b a b i l i t y , to t h a t d e g r e e , t h a t w h a t is i n c o n s i s t e n t w i t h o u r principles, is so f a r f r o m p a s s i n g for p r o b a b l e w i t h us, t h a t it w i l l n o t b e a l l o w e d p o s s i b l e . T h e r e v e r e n c e is b o r n to these p r i n c i p l e s is so g r e a t , a n d t h e i r a u t h o r i t y so p a r a m o u n t to a l l o t h e r s , t h a t the t e s t i m o n y n o t o n l y o f o t h e r m e n , b u t the e v i d e n c e o f o u r o w n senses a r e often r e j e c t e d , w h e n t h e y offer to '

8

T h o u g h the phrase is mine, Locke himself regularly uses the medical metaphor ofdisease. He speaks of "the variety of distempers in men's minds" (Conduct, §38; Works 1 1 , 3 8 4 ) ; and he says that there are perhaps as many "weaknesses and defects in the understanding, either from the natural temper of the mind, or ill habits taken up . . . as there are diseases of the body, each whereof clogs and disables the understanding to some degree, and therefore deserves to be looked after and cured" (Conduct, § 3 8 ; Works 11, 3 4 9 ) . A s one would expect, he also regularly speaks,as in that last passage, of "cures" and "remedies" (e.g., Conduct, § 4 1 ; Worksn, 3 8 8 - 9 ) .

The Vision: Let Reason be Your Guide in Believing

95

v o u c h a n y t h i n g c o n t r a r y to these e s t a b l i s h e d r u l e s . . . F o r h e h a t h a s t r o n g b i a s p u t i n t o his u n d e r s t a n d i n g w h i c h will u n a v o i d a b l y m i s g u i d e his assent, w h o h a t h i m b i b e d w r o n g p r i n c i p l e s , a n d h a s b l i n d l y g i v e n h i m s e l f u p to the a u t h o r i t y of a n y o p i n i o n in itself not e v i d e n t l y t r u e " ( i v , x x , 8 ) . L o c k e offers, as a n e x a m p l e o f w o u n d i n g b y the i n c u l c a t i o n o f a p r i n c i p l e , the i n c u l c a t i o n f r o m y o u t h u p in the m i n d o f a " R o m a n i s t " o f the d o c t r i n e o f t r a n s u b s t a n t i a t i o n . 79

L o c k e d o e s n o t r e c o m m e n d , as a c u r e for the w o u n d s o f i n c u l c a t e d p r i n c i p l e s , a n y t h i n g like the r a d i c a l t h e r a p y o f C a r t e s i a n d o u b t ; the r e c o m m e n d e d c u r e is this m u c h m o r e g e n i a l r e g i m e n : " e v e r y o n e o u g h t v e r y c a r e f u l l y to b e w a r e w h a t he a d m i t s for a p r i n c i p l e , to e x a m i n e it c a r e f u l l y , a n d see w h e t h e r he c e r t a i n l y k n o w s it to be t r u e o f itself b y its o w n e v i d e n c e , o r w h e t h e r h e d o e s o n l y w i t h a s s u r a n c e b e l i e v e it to be so, u p o n the a u t h o r i t y o f o t h e r s " ( i v , x x , 8 ) . L o c k e ' s d i s c u s s i o n o f the w o u n d s o f i n c u l c a t e d p r i n c i p l e s m a k e s c l e a r t h a t the e x p e r i e n c e o f " p e r c e i v i n g " a s e l f - e v i d e n t t r u t h is s u s c e p t i b l e to m i m i c r y so c u n n i n g t h a t o n l y the m o s t c a r e f u l self-scrutiny c a n tell the r e a l a r t i c l e from the fake. 8 0

A n o t h e r sort o f w o u n d is inflicted b y w h a t L o c k e c a l l s " r e c e i v e d h y p o t h e s e s . " A p e r s o n m a y o v e r the y e a r s h a v e b e c o m e so a t t a c h e d to a certain explanation of various p h e n o m e n a that evidence w h i c h w o u l d s w a y h i m if he d i d n o t h a v e this a t t a c h m e n t h a s n o effect o n his assent. " W o u l d it not b e a n i n s u f f e r a b l e t h i n g for a l e a r n e d professor, a n d that w h i c h his s c a r l e t w o u l d b l u s h at, to h a v e his a u t h o r i t y o f forty y e a r s s t a n d i n g w r o u g h t o u t o f h a r d r o c k G r e e k a n d L a t i n , w i t h n o s m a l l e x p e n c e of t i m e a n d c a n d l e , a n d c o n f i r m e d b y g e n e r a l t r a d i t i o n , a n d a r e v e r e n d b e a r d , in a n i n s t a n t o v e r t u r n e d b y a n u p s t a r t n o v e l i s t [i.e., d e v i s e r o f n o v e l t i e s ] ? C a n a n y o n e e x p e c t t h a t he s h o u l d b e m a d e to confess, that w h a t h e t a u g h t his s c h o l a r s thirty y e a r s a g o , w a s all e r r o u r a n d m i s t a k e ; a n d t h a t h e sold t h e m h a r d w o r d s a n d i g n o r a n c e at a v e r y d e a r r a t e ? " ( i v , x x , i 1 ) L o c k e d o e s not 7 9

8 0

O n inculcated principles, see also Essay i , i i i , 2 2 - 7 . By no means, however, does Locke think that even careful examination will always result in getting things right. " T h e tempers of men's minds; the principles settled there by time and education, beyond the power of the man himself to alter them; the different capacities of men's understandings, and the strange ideas they are often filled with; arc so various and uncertain, that it is impossible to find that evidence . . . which one can confidently say will be sufficient for all men" (Third Letter for Toleration; Works \,2<jj). Furthermore, " W h o is there almost that has not prejudices, that he does not know to be so . . . ? It is not everyone knows, or can bring himself to DesCartes's w a y of doubting, and strip his thoughts of all opinions, till he brings them to self-evident principles, and then upon them builds all his future tenets" (ibid., 2 9 7 - 8 ) .

96

Rationality

in everyday life

explicitly say w h a t regimen w e should undertake o u r s e l v e s o f s u c h a w o u n d as this.

so as to

cure

B e f o r e p r o c e e d i n g to L o c k e ' s o t h e r t w o t y p e s o f " w r o n g m e a s u r e s o f p r o b a b i l i t y , " let us p a u s e for a m o m e n t to reflect o n the s t r u c t u r e o f the e x a m p l e s h e h a s offered thus far. I n the first c a s e , a b e l i e f w h i c h a p e r s o n a l r e a d y h a s , for e x a m p l e , the d o c t r i n e o f t r a n s u b s t a n t i a t i o n , i n h i b i t s his assent to s o m e s e l f - e v i d e n t o r testified p r o p o s i t i o n (or to s o m e p r o p o s i t i o n a b o u t w h a t is s e n s e d ) ; if h e d i d n o t h a v e t h a t belief, h e w o u l d assent. E r r o r s o f all sorts f o l l o w in the t r a i n o f this o n e . P e r h a p s a l s o the s e c o n d - o r d e r belief, t h a t the d o c t r i n e of t r a n s u b s t a n ­ t i a t i o n is s e l f - e v i d e n t for o n e , p l a y s a role in the i n h i b i t i o n o f a s s e n t w h i c h in the h e a l t h y p e r s o n w o u l d b e f o r t h c o m i n g . I n the s e c o n d c a s e , a b e l i e f w h i c h a p e r s o n a l r e a d y h a s i n h i b i t s his assent to the p r o p o s i t i o n t h a t s u c h - a n d - s u c h is a g o o d a r g u m e n t , i.e., t h a t the e v i d e n c e is s a t i s f a c t o r y a n d t h a t it s u p p o r t s the p r o p o s i t i o n ; if h e d i d n o t h a v e t h a t belief, h e w o u l d a g r e e t h a t it is a g o o d a r g u m e n t . I n the last sort o f c a s e to b e c o n s i d e r e d , a b e l i e f w h i c h a p e r s o n a l r e a d y h a s i n h i b i t s his assent to the conclusion o f a n a r g u m e n t ; if h e d i d not h a v e t h a t belief, h e w o u l d assent. O b v i o u s l y the s a m e issue arises in e a c h o f these three t y p e s o f cases. A p r i o r b e l i e f serves to i n h i b i t assent to a s e l f - e v i d e n t o r o b v i o u s t r u t h , o r to the fact t h a t s o m e a r g u m e n t is a g o o d o n e , or to the c o n c l u s i o n o f w h a t is in fact a g o o d a r g u m e n t . H o w m i g h t s u c h i n h i b i t i o n w o r k ? O n e p o s s i b i l i t y is t h a t the p e r s o n a c t u a l l y does " p e r c e i v e " the fact, t h a t is, the s e l f - e v i d e n t t r u t h o r the force of the a r g u m e n t ; b u t his c o m i n g w i t h the b e l i e f that h e d o e s c o m e w i t h serves to i n h i b i t the n o r m a l c a u s a l efficacy o f t h a t " p e r c e p t i o n , " so t h a t h e n e i t h e r b e l i e v e s the p r o p o s i t i o n c o r r e s p o n d i n g to t h a t fact, n o r b e l i e v e s the s e c o n d - o r d e r p r o p o s i t i o n t h a t he is " p e r c e i v i n g " t h a t fact. T h e o t h e r p o s s i b i l i t y is t h a t his c o m i n g w i t h the b e l i e f he does c o m e w i t h serves to i n h i b i t the " p e r c e p t i o n " itself - a n d h e n c e , a l s o , b o t h the f i r s t - o r d e r a n d s e c o n d - o r d e r beliefs. 8 1

W h a t m u s t b e n o t e d is t h a t , e i t h e r w a y , the c o n s e q u e n c e s for L o c k e ' s v i s i o n a r e d i s a s t r o u s . I t w a s his c o n v i c t i o n t h a t t r y i n g o u r best to get in t o u c h w i t h r e a l i t y r e q u i r e s t h a t o u r beliefs b e g r o u n d e d o n w h a t w e " p e r c e i v e . " " T o the facts t h e m s e l v e s " w a s his m o t t o . N o w it 8 1

A somewhat similar point played a very large role in Descartes's thought, as all of Locke's readers, then and now, would recognize. Descartes's precise point, as I shall argue, is that praejudicia inhibit a person's ability to distinguish between propositions of which he or she is certain and propositions of which he or she is not certain.

The Vision: Let Reason be Tour Guide in

Believing

97

t u r n s o u t t h a t false beliefs w e a l r e a d y h a v e i n h i b i t e i t h e r " p e r c e p t i o n " itself or its efficacy in p r o d u c i n g the r e l e v a n t first-order a n d s e c o n d - o r d e r beliefs. T h e beliefs w e a l r e a d y h a v e e i t h e r o b s t r u c t o u r d i r e c t a c c e s s to the facts o r r e n d e r t h a t a c c e s s i r r e l e v a n t for o u r p u r p o s e s , s i n c e the c o r r e s p o n d i n g beliefs a r e n o t e v o k e d . A n d L o c k e w a s n o t so n a i v e a n d u n r e a l i s t i c as to p r o p o s e t h a t w e c o p e w i t h this difficulty b y e m p t y i n g o u r h e a d o f beliefs before w e set a b o u t u s i n g his p r o p o s e d d o x a s t i c p r a c t i c e . I n i v , x i i i , 2 he h a d r e m a r k e d t h a t " w h a t a m a n sees h e c a n n o t b u t see; a n d w h a t h e p e r c e i v e s , h e c a n n o t b u t k n o w t h a t he p e r c e i v e s . " I f b y t h a t last c l a u s e L o c k e n o t o n l y m e a n s , cannot but "perceive" that he "perceives," b u t m e a n s a l s o to s u g g e s t , cannot but believe with certitude that he "perceives," t h e n his o w n a n a l y s i s in c h a p t e r x x s h o w s w h y h e h a s to r e t r a c t this. 8 2

T h e r e is n o b e t t e r e x a m p l e o f " d e c o n s t r u c t i o n " in the h i s t o r y o f W e s t e r n p h i l o s o p h y . I f those c o n v i c t i o n s " t h a t p a s s for p r i n c i p l e s , a r e not c e r t a i n , " s a y s L o c k e , " ( w h i c h w e m u s t h a v e s o m e w a y to k n o w , t h a t w e m a y b e a b l e to d i s t i n g u i s h t h e m f r o m those t h a t a r e d o u b t f u l , ) b u t a r e o n l y m a d e so to us b y o u r b l i n d assent, w e a r e l i a b l e to b e m i s l e d b y t h e m ; a n d i n s t e a d o f b e i n g g u i d e d i n t o t r u t h , w e s h a l l , b y p r i n c i p l e s , b e o n l y c o n f i r m e d in m i s t a k e a n d e r r o u r . " A n d h o w s h a l l w e d i s c e r n the e r r o r o f p r i n c i p l e s ? B y " b a r e l y c o n s i d e r i n g " i d e a s , " w i t h o u t a n y other principles," "finding their a g r e e m e n t a n d d i s a g r e e m e n t " ( i v , x i i , 5 - 6 ) . B u t L o c k e h i m s e l f d a r k e n s the v i s i o n : P r i n c i p l e s " b e i n g o n c e e s t a b l i s h e d in a n y o n e ' s m i n d , it is e a s y to b e i m a g i n e d , w h a t r e c e p t i o n a n y p r o p o s i t i o n shall find, h o w c l e a r l y soever p r o v e d , that shall i n v a l i d a t e their a u t h o r i t y " ( i v , x x , i o ) . T o use the d o x a s t i c p r a c t i c e w h i c h L o c k e r e c o m m e n d s , w e m u s t b e a b l e to p i c k o u t e p i s o d e s o f " p e r c e i v i n g " s o m e fact. T o d o t h a t , w e m u s t h a v e beliefs o f the f o r m , " I b e l i e v e that I a m ' p e r c e i v i n g ' fact F . " I t t u r n s o u t t h a t the beliefs o n e a l r e a d y h a s w i l l often i n h i b i t the f o r m a t i o n o f e x a c t l y s u c h beliefs, p e r h a p s e v e n , s o m e t i m e s , w h e n t h e y w o u l d b e true. B u t let us n o t f o l l o w C . S . P e i r c e a n d his host o f t w e n t i e t h - c e n t u r y i m i t a t o r s in s u p p o s i n g t h a t the p o s s i b i l i t y o f m i s i d e n t i f y i n g e p i s o d e s o f d i r e c t a w a r e n e s s is a r e a s o n for c o n c l u d i n g t h a t t h e r e a r e n o s u c h

8 2

A similar point was m a d e by Locke already in n,ix,8 and to, where he observed that the object judgments we are habitually disposed to make, upon having certain sensory input, alter our perceptions. " W e are farther to consider concerning perception, that the ideas we receive by sensation, are often in grown people altered by the j u d g m e n t , without our taking notice of it."

Rationality

98

in everyday

life

83

e p i s o d e s . I f there w e r e episodes of direct awareness, says Peirce - or o f " i n t u i t i o n , " to use his t e r m i n o l o g y - t h e n it w o u l d b e p l a u s i b l e to s u p p o s e t h a t a m o n g the facts o n e i n t u i t s a r e facts c o n s i s t i n g of o n e ' s i n t u i t i n g s o m e fact. I n P e i r c e ' s w o r d s , it w o u l d b e p l a u s i b l e to s u p p o s e t h a t w e h a v e the " p o w e r o f i n t u i t i v e l y d i s t i n g u i s h i n g intuitions from o t h e r c o g n i t i o n s , " the " i n t u i t i v e f a c u l t y o f d i s t i n g u i s h i n g i n t u i t i v e from m e d i a t e c o g n i t i o n , " "the faculty of distinguishing, b y simple contemplation, between a n intuition and a cognition determined by P e i r c e t a c i t l y a s s u m e s t h a t i f o n e d i d i n t u i t that o n e w a s others." i n t u i t i n g s o m e fact, o n e w o u l d b e l i e v e t h a t o n e w a s ; likewise he a s s u m e s t h a t f r o m this it w o u l d b e a s i m p l e n o n - c o n t r o v e r s i a l i n f e r e n c e to the c o n c l u s i o n t h a t o n e h a d the f a c u l t y o f i n t u i t i o n . H e then a r g u e s t h a t w e d o " n o t possess the f a c u l t y of d i s t i n g u i s h i n g , b y s i m p l e c o n t e m p l a t i o n , b e t w e e n a n intuition a n d a cognition d e t e r m i n e d b y o t h e r s . " I f w e d i d h a v e s u c h a f a c u l t y , n o n e o f us w o u l d be u n s u r e as to w h e t h e r a p a r t i c u l a r c o g n i t i o n w a s o r w a s not a n intuition, for o u r c o n v i c t i o n s on the m a t t e r w o u l d b e i n f a l l i b l e ; n e i t h e r w o u l d t h e r e be a n y c o n t r o v e r s y a m o n g us as to the e x i s t e n c e o f this f a c u l t y . B u t in fact those w h o a s s u m e the e x i s t e n c e o f i n t u i t i o n s often find t h e m s e l v e s u n s u r e , a n d p r e s u m a b l y n o t a t a l l i n f a l l i b l e , in their i d e n t i f i c a t i o n of t h e m ; b y a n a l o g y , " e v e r y l a w y e r k n o w s h o w difficult it is for witnesses to d i s t i n g u i s h b e t w e e n w h a t t h e y h a v e seen a n d w h a t they h a v e i n f e r r e d . " A n d those w h o a s s u m e the e x i s t e n c e o f i n t u i t i o n s d i s c o v e r t h a t their c l a i m is m u c h c o n t e s t e d . T h u s - b y reductio ad absurdum - it follows t h a t w e d o n o t h a v e i n t u i t i o n s , t h a t is, d i r e c t a w a r e n e s s e s . 8 4

8 5

8 6

8 7

8 8

T h e a r g u m e n t is s c a r c e l y c o m p e l l i n g . I t is i n d e e d p l a u s i b l e to a s s u m e t h a t if w e c a n b e d i r e c t l y a w a r e o f c e r t a i n facts, t h e n a m o n g the facts o f w h i c h w e c a n b e d i r e c t l y a w a r e w i l l be facts consisting o f o u r b e i n g d i r e c t l y a w a r e o f s o m e fact. I t w o u l d b e n a i v e to a s s u m e t h a t s u c h a w a r e n e s s w o u l d f o l l o w the s i m p l e r u l e t h a t if S intuits F , then S also i n t u i t s the fact t h a t h e o r she intuits F . B u t t h a t s o m e (at least) o f the facts c o n s i s t i n g o f o n e ' s i n t u i t i n g s o m e fact a r e accessible to o n e ' s d i r e c t a w a r e n e s s is a p l a u s i b l e a s s u m p t i o n for those w h o h o l d t h a t t h e r e is d i r e c t a w a r e n e s s . B u t w h y a s s u m e t h a t if w e h a v e i n t u i t i o n s , w e s h a l l a l w a y s be c o n f i d e n t t h a t w e h a v e c o r r e c t l y identified t h e m ; a n d w h y a s s u m e 8 3

See C . S. Peirce, "Questions Concerning Certain Faculties Claimed for M a n , " in Collected Papers of Charles Sanders Peirce, ed. P. Weiss and A . Burke (8 vols., C a m b r i d g e , Mass., H a r v a r d Ibid., p. 1 3 6 . University Press, 1 9 3 1 - 5 8 ) , vol. v ( 1 9 3 4 ) . Ibid., p. 1 4 3 . Ibid., p. 1 3 9 . Ibid. Ibid., p. 1 3 8 . 8 4

8 5

8 6

8 7

8 8

The Vision: Let Reason be Your Guide in

Believing

99

t h a t o u r i d e n t i f i c a t i o n s w i l l a l w a y s b e c o r r e c t ? C o n s i d e r literal seeing: O n e c a n see a tree w i t h o u t b e i n g c o n f i d e n t t h a t o n e h a s d o n e so a n d w i t h o u t a l w a y s b e i n g c o r r e c t in o n e ' s b e l i e f t h a t o n e h a s d o n e so. L a w y e r s d o i n d e e d k n o w t h a t it is difficult for w i t n e s s e s to d i s t i n g u i s h w h a t they saw from w h a t they inferred; but most of t h e m do not d r a w the c o n c l u s i o n t h a t t h e r e is o n l y i n f e r r i n g , n o s e e i n g . A t the basis o f P e i r c e ' s a r g u m e n t is a c o n f u s i o n w h i c h h a s s p r e a d like a v i r u s t h r o u g h o u t c o n t e m p o r a r y p h i l o s o p h y - the c o n f u s i o n b e t w e e n the ontological issue o f w h e t h e r w e c a n h a v e d i r e c t a w a r e n e s s o f facts a n d the epislemological issue o f w h e t h e r beliefs to the effect t h a t s u c h - a n d - s u c h is a n e x a m p l e o f d i r e c t a w a r e n e s s a r e i n c o r r i g i b l e . W h y s h o u l d it not b e the c a s e t h a t t h o u g h w e h a v e d i r e c t a w a r e n e s s e s of c e r t a i n facts, o u r a t t e m p t to i d e n t i f y s u c h a c t s o f a w a r e n e s s is a fallible e n t e r p r i s e ? O f c o u r s e , the role in o n e ' s p h i l o s o p h y o f the p h e n o m e n o n o f d i r e c t a w a r e n e s s m a y w e l l b e c o m e p r o b l e m a t i c if o n e g r a n t s t h a t a t t e m p t s to p i c k o u t e p i s o d e s o f the p h e n o m e n o n a r e f a l l i b l e . I h a v e o b s e r v e d t h a t that is t r u e for L o c k e . B u t t h a t t h e n is t h e p o i n t to e m p h a s i z e . L o c k e ' s a d m i s s i o n t h a t t h e a t t e m p t to i d e n t i f y e p i s o d e s o f d i r e c t a w a r e n e s s is f a l l i b l e i n t r o d u c e s d e e p tensions i n t o his o v e r a l l p i c t u r e . B u t c o n t r a r y to P e i r c e ' s a r g u m e n t , t h a t a d m i s s i o n poses n o p r o b l e m s for the thesis itself that w e d o h a v e d i r e c t a w a r e n e s s o f c e r t a i n facts. P e i r c e , after c o n c l u d i n g to his o w n s a t i s f a c t i o n t h a t " i t is not self-evident t h a t w e h a v e s u c h a n i n t u i t i v e f a c u l t y , for it h a s j u s t b e e n s h o w n t h a t w e h a v e no i n t u i t i v e p o w e r o f d i s t i n g u i s h i n g a n i n t u i t i o n from a c o g n i t i o n d e t e r m i n e d b y o t h e r s , " a d d r e s s e s h i m s e l f to a n o t h e r possibility; n a m e l y , that " t h e e x i s t e n c e o r n o n - e x i s t e n c e o f this p o w e r [of i n t u i t i o n ] is to be d e t e r m i n e d u p o n e v i d e n c e . " H e c o n s i d e r s a n u m b e r o f cases w h i c h h a d b e e n c i t e d as e x a m p l e s o f i n t u i t i o n , a n d shows that in e a c h case o t h e r c o g n i t i o n s enter i n t o t h e " d e t e r m i n a t i o n " o f the c o g n i t i o n in q u e s t i o n . H i s o b s e r v a t i o n s s e e m to m e in the m a i n c o r r e c t . O n c e a g a i n , h o w e v e r , t h e y d o not tell a g a i n s t the e x i s t e n c e of direct awareness. 8 9

F o r o n e t h i n g , m a n y o f t h e c a s e s in w h i c h P e i r c e spies i n f e r e n c e a r e cases in w h i c h L o c k e w o u l d a l s o h a p p i l y s p y i n f e r e n c e . B u t s e c o n d l y a n d m o r e i m p o r t a n t l y , a s s e m b l i n g e v i d e n c e for the c o n c l u s i o n t h a t all c o g n i t i o n s a r e d e t e r m i n e d b y o t h e r c o g n i t i o n s - t h a t is, t h a t p r i o r c o g n i t i o n s e n t e r into the c a u s a l c o n d i t i o n s o f e v e r y c o g n i t i o n - is

Ibid.,

p. 1 4 4 .

IOO

Rationality

in everyday

life

i r r e l e v a n t to the issue. T h e p a r t i s a n o f d i r e c t a w a r e n e s s ( a n d o f i m m e d i a t e b e l i e f a n d assent) n e e d n o t d e n y s u c h c a u s a l c o n d i t i o n i n g ; h e o r she w o u l d , in fact, b e w e l l a d v i s e d n o t to d o so. T h e q u e s t i o n is not w h e t h e r the c a u s a l c o n d i t i o n s for the o c c u r r e n c e o f a w a r e n e s s e s a l w a y s i n c l u d e o t h e r states o f m i n d . T h e q u e s t i o n is w h e t h e r w e c a n o n l y b e a w a r e o f s o m e t h i n g by way oj'being a w a r e o f s o m e t h i n g else a n d in t u r n , o f t h a t s o m e t h i n g else b y w a y o f b e i n g a w a r e o f s o m e t h i n g else, etc. N o t h i n g P e i r c e s a y s c o n s t i t u t e s a n y r e a s o n w h a t s o e v e r for t h i n k i n g t h a t the a n s w e r to this l a t t e r q u e s t i o n s h o u l d b e Y e s . P e i r c e a n c o h e r e n t i s m is fully c o m p a t i b l e w i t h the e x i s t e n c e o f d i r e c t a w a r e n e s s a n d i m m e d i a t e belief. A t h i r d t y p e o f w r o n g m e a s u r e o f p r o b a b i l i t y , the f o u r t h in L o c k e ' s o w n listing, is allegiance to authority. I t is n o t e n t i r e l y c l e a r w h e t h e r L o c k e u n d e r s t o o d this too as a w o u n d i n g o f the m i n d , the w o u n d w o r k i n g in the w a y I h a v e j u s t d e s c r i b e d ; o r w h e t h e r it is a s t r a i g h t f o r w a r d v o l u n t a r y f a i l u r e , e i t h e r to a p p l y the p r i n c i p l e s o f e v i d e n c e a n d a p p r a i s a l , o r to a p p l y the p r i n c i p l e o f p r o p o r t i o n a l i t y . I n a n y c a s e , n o t h i n g so e f f e c t i v e l y stirs u p e l o q u e n c e in L o c k e a s this s u b j e c t o f assent to a u t h o r i t y : T h e fourth and last wrong measure of probability I shall take notice of, and which keeps in ignorance, or errour, more people than all the other together, is that which I have mentioned in the (ore-going chapter, I mean, the giving up our assent to the common received opinions, either of our friends, or party; neighbourhood, or country. H o w many men have no other ground for their tenets, than the supposed honesty, or learning, or number of those of the same profession? As if honest, or bookish men could not err; or truth were to be established by the vote of the multitude: yet this with most men serves the turn. T h e tenet has had the attestation of reverend antiquity, it comes to me with the passport of former ages, and therefore I am secure in the reception I give it: other men have been, and are of the same opinion, (for that is all is said,) and therefore it is reasonable for me to embrace it. A man m a y more justifiably throw up cross and pile for his opinions, than take them up by such measure. ( i v , x x , i y ) L o c k e cites o n e m o r e s o u r c e o f " w r o n g m e a s u r e s o f p r o b a b i l i t y , " a c t u a l l y the t h i r d in his o w n listing. T h i s is b y far the m o s t i n t e r e s t i n g a n d c o m p l e x o f the four. C o n s i d e r a t i o n o f w h a t h e s a y s w i l l p l u n g e us i n t o a t o p i c w h i c h thus far w e h a v e b r o a c h e d w i t h o u t e n t e r i n g - the t o p i c , n a m e l y , o f b e l i e f a n d the w i l l . T h e issue is f u n d a m e n t a l to L o c k e ' s e n t i r e r e c o m m e n d a t i o n . I f I ought to p r o p o r t i o n the l e v e l o f c o n f i d e n c e I p l a c e in a p r o p o s i t i o n to its p r o b a b i l i t y o n s a t i s f a c t o r y

The Vision: Let Reason be Your Guide in

Believing

e v i d e n c e , t h e n p r e s u m a b l y I c a n d o so. B u t can I ? I f so, h o w ?

101 9 0

H e r e is p a r t o f L o c k e ' s s t a t e m e n t o f his t h i r d s o u r c e o f " w r o n g measures of probability": Probabilities, which cross men's appetites, and prevailing passions, run the same fate. L e t never so much probability hang on one side of a covetous man's reasoning, and money on the other; and it is easy to foresee which will outweigh. E a r t h l y minds, like mud walls, resist the strongest batteries: and though, perhaps, sometimes the force of a clear argument m a y make some impression, yet they nevertheless stand firm, keep out the enemy truth, that would captivate, or disturb them. Tell a man, passionately in love, that he is jilted; bring a score of witnesses of the falsehood of his mistress, 'tis ten to one but three kind words of hers, shall invalidate all their testimonies . . . W h a t suits our wishes is forwardly believed, is, I suppose, what every one hath more than once experimented [experienced]: and though men cannot always openly gainsay, or resist the force of manifest probabilities, that make against them; yet yield they not to the argument. (iv,xx, 12) L o c k e is p o i n t i n g h e r e to s o m e defect o f will a n d b e h i n d t h a t , to s o m e defect o f m o t i v a t i o n ; c l o s e s c r u t i n y w i l l r e v e a l , h o w e v e r , t h a t a w o u n d i n g o f the b e l i e f - f o r m i n g f a c u l t i e s o f the m i n d is a l s o i n v o l v e d . W e find w i t h i n o u r s e l v e s n o t o n l y l o v e o f t r u t h b u t o t h e r l o v e s as w e l l l o v e o f g a i n , l o v e o f m e m b e r s o f the o p p o s i t e s e x , a n d so o n . T h e s e loves s o m e t i m e s m o t i v a t e us to u n d e r t a k e the a c t oCresisting b e l i e v i n g in a c c o r d w i t h w h a t a p p e a r s to b e s t r o n g e v i d e n c e . W e d i s c e r n t h a t to b e l i e v e in a c c o r d w i t h t h e a p p a r e n t l y s t r o n g e v i d e n c e w o u l d a m o u n t to a d m i t t i n g t h a t o u r l o v e o f g a i n o r p e r s o n w a s d i s a p p o i n t e d . B u t a c k n o w l e d g i n g d i s a p p o i n t e d l o v e is p a i n f u l . S o w e resist. W h y is r e s i s t a n c e in the p i c t u r e ? Is it not in o u r p o w e r freely to d e c i d e to w h a t to g i v e o u r a s s e n t a n d w i t h w h a t d e g r e e o f firmness? L e t us step b a c k a bit to g a i n a b r o a d e r v i e w o f the s i t u a t i o n . A s w e n o t e d e a r l i e r , L o c k e t h i n k s t h a t j u s t as t h e r e a r e f a c u l t i e s in us w h i c h p r o d u c e i n s i g h t , so too t h e r e a r e faculties w h i c h p r o d u c e assent a n d belief. H e a s s u m e s t h a t t h e r e is a f a c u l t y w h i c h p r o d u c e s a s s e n t A n excellent exposition of Locke's account of the power of the will is to be found in Part B of Schouls' Reasoned Freedom. It is worth quoting Schouls' summary: " A person avoids being incorporated into the mechanism of nature through the complex act that includes suspension of natural desires, examination of these desires and their potential consequences, contemplation of true good, judgment of the suspended desires in terms of the good contemplated, and submission to the outcome of that j u d g m e n t " (p. 1 4 5 ) . This is Locke's own summary: "This at least I think evident, that we find in ourselves a power to begin or forbear, continue or end several actions of our minds . . . barely by a thought or preference of the mind ordering, or as it were commanding the doing or not doing such or such a particular action. This power which the mind has, thus to order the consideration of any idea, or the forbearing to consider it . . . in any particular instance is that which we call the will" (n,xxi,5).

102

Rationality

in everyday

life

c o r r e s p o n d i n g to the " p e r c e p t i o n s " w h i c h c o n s t i t u t e k n o w l e d g e . A n d h e n o t e s the p r e s e n c e in us o f the f a c u l t y c a l l e d inference, w h o s e w o r k i n g s he d e s c r i b e s , in a p a s s a g e a l r e a d y q u o t e d , thus: " T o infer is n o t h i n g b u t b y v i r t u e o f o n e p r o p o s i t i o n l a i d d o w n as true, to d r a w in a n o t h e r as true, i.e., to see o r s u p p o s e s u c h a c o n n e x i o n o f the t w o i d e a s , o f the i n f e r r e d p r o p o s i t i o n " ( i v , x v i i , 4 ) . A s L o c k e i n d i c a t e s h e r e , o u r i n f e r e n c e m a y o r m a y not be g r o u n d e d o n " s e e i n g " t h a t the p r e m i s e s p r o v i d e e v i d e n t i a l s u p p o r t for the c o n c l u s i o n . I t is not c l e a r w h e t h e r L o c k e t h o u g h t t h a t w e h a v e a s s e n t - f o r m i n g faculties in a d d i t i o n to these. H e r e g u l a r l y cites t e s t i m o n y as s o m e t h i n g t h a t p r o d u c e s assent in us; a n d he often cites, as e x a m p l e s o f beliefs, g e n e r a l i z a t i o n s from e x p e r i e n c e . I t a p p e a r s , h o w e v e r , t h a t he t h o u g h t t h a t b e l i e v i n g s o m e t h i n g o n s a y s o p r o v e s , o n s c r u t i n y , to b e a c a s e o f i n f e r e n c e ( i v , x v , i ) . A n d it m a y w e l l b e t h a t h e t h o u g h t the s a m e for all cases o f assent w h i c h d o n o t a c c o m p a n y " p e r c e p t i o n . " I f so, t h e n it w a s his v i e w t h a t all assent, e x c e p t for t h a t w h i c h a c c o m p a n i e s i m m e d i a t e " p e r c e p t i o n , " is mediate - if w e d e f i n e " m e d i a t e a s s e n t " as assent p r o d u c e d b y the f a c u l t y o f i n f e r e n c e . B u t w h e t h e r o r n o t t h a t w a s his v i e w , w h a t is d i r e c t l y r e l e v a n t to o u r p u r p o s e s h e r e is L o c k e ' s a s s u m p t i o n t h a t o u r a s s e n t - f o r m i n g a n d b e l i e f - f o r m i n g faculties p r o d u c e n o t o n l y assent a n d b e l i e f in us b u t a l s o , s o m e t i m e s , the inclination to assent o r b e l i e v e w i t h o u t a c t u a l l y d o i n g so. I t is this i n c l i n a t i o n t h a t c a n b e resisted - s o m e t i m e s successfully. T h o u g h L o c k e h e l d t h a t o n l y r a r e l y a r e the c i r c u m s t a n c e s s u c h t h a t o n e c a n decide to believe, he c l e a r l y h e l d t h a t w e a r e c o m m o n l y in c i r c u m s t a n c e s in w h i c h w e c a n decide to withhold belief, o r decide to resist believing, o r decide to believe with a particular firmness. T h e s c o p e w h i c h L o c k e a s s i g n e d to the i n f l u e n c e o f will o n b e l i e f is m o s t e a s i l y g r a s p e d b y f o c u s i n g on the sorts o f cases in w h i c h c h o i c e a n d successful r e s i s t a n c e a r e not p o s s i b l e . W h a t L o c k e h i m s e l f s a y s , b y w a y o f g e n e r a l i z a t i o n , is t h a t " I t is not in o u r c h o i c e to t a k e w h i c h side w e p l e a s e , if m a n i f e s t o d d s a p p e a r o n e i t h e r . T h e g r e a t e r p r o b a b i l i t y , I t h i n k , in t h a t c a s e , w i l l d e t e r m i n e the assent: a n d a m a n c a n n o m o r e a v o i d a s s e n t i n g , or t a k i n g it to b e true, w h e r e h e p e r c e i v e s the g r e a t e r p r o b a b i l i t y , t h a n h e c a n a v o i d k n o w i n g it to b e true, w h e r e h e p e r c e i v e s the a g r e e m e n t o r d i s a g r e e m e n t o f a n y t w o i d e a s " ( i v , x x , 1 6 ) . I f o n e b e l i e v e s t h a t the p r o b a b i l i t y o f s o m e 91

9 1

T h e only ample discussion of these matters of which I am aware is J . A . Passmore, "Locke and the Ethics of Belief," in A . K e n n y (ed.), Rationalism, Empiricism, and Idealism (Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1 9 8 6 ) .

The Vision: Let Reason be Your Guide in Believing

103

p r o p o s i t i o n on e v i d e n c e w h i c h one takes to b e s a t i s f a c t o r y is - 5 , o r j u s t b a r e l y a b o v e t h a t , o r if o n e " p e r c e i v e s " t h a t the p r o b a b i l i t y o n w h a t o n e b e l i e v e s to b e s u c h e v i d e n c e is -5 a n d o n e d o e s n o t b e l i e v e t h a t it is s u b s t a n t i a l l y h i g h e r , t h e n p e r h a p s one h a s it in o n e ' s p o w e r to d e c i d e to b e l i e v e as w e l l a s to d e c i d e to refrain f r o m b e l i e v i n g (iv,xvi,o,; x x , 1 5 - - 1 6 ) . B u t w h e r e the p r o b a b i l i t y o n w h a t o n e b e l i e v e s to b e satisfactory e v i d e n c e is b e l i e v e d or " p e r c e i v e d " ( w i t h o u t c o u n t e r v a i l i n g belief) to b e h i g h , " P r o b a b i l i t y u p o n s u c h g r o u n d s c a r r i e s so m u c h e v i d e n c e w i t h it, t h a t it n a t u r a l l y d e t e r m i n e s the j u d g m e n t , a n d l e a v e s us as little l i b e r t y to b e l i e v e , or d i s b e l i e v e , as a d e m o n s t r a t i o n d o e s " ( i v , x v i , g ; cf. x v i i , i 6 ; x x , 1 5 ) . H o w e v e r , it is a l r e a d y c l e a r from L o c k e ' s d i s c u s s i o n o f " r e c e i v e d h y p o t h e s e s " t h a t this g e n e r a l i z a t i o n d o e s n o t f u l l y c a p t u r e his t h o u g h t ; its i n a d e q u a c y b e c o m e s e v e n c l e a r e r in his d i s c u s s i o n o f the role of p a s s i o n s in the f o r m a t i o n of belief, w h i c h w e s h a l l c o n s i d e r s h o r t l y . A " r a t i o n a l r e c o n s t r u c t i o n " o f his t h o u g h t w o u l d i n s t e a d look s o m e t h i n g like this: F i r s t , if one "perceives" s o m e p r o p o s i t i o n P a n d d o e s n o t believe t h a t o n e is not " p e r c e i v i n g " it, t h e n o n e c a n n o t refrain from b e l i e v i n g P . S e c o n d l y , if o n e " p e r c e i v e s " t h a t P is h i g h l y p r o b a b l e o n e v i d e n c e t h a t o n e believes is s a t i s f a c t o r y a n d o n e d o e s not believe t h a t P is not h i g h l y p r o b a b l e on t h a t e v i d e n c e , t h e n o n e c a n n o t refrain from b e l i e v i n g P . A n d t h i r d l y , if o n e believes t h a t o n e is " p e r c e i v i n g " P , w h e t h e r o r not o n e is, o r b e l i e v e s that o n e is " p e r c e i v i n g " t h a t P is h i g h l y p r o b a b l e o n e v i d e n c e w h i c h o n e b e l i e v e s is s a t i s f a c t o r y , w h e t h e r o r not one is, t h e n o n e c a n n o t refrain from believing P. I t is e s p e c i a l l y in his d i s c u s s i o n of his t h i r d t y p e o f w r o n g e s t i m a t e s o f p r o b a b i l i t y t h a t L o c k e m a k e s c l e a r t h a t e v e n if as a m a t t e r o f fact o n e h a s c l e a r l y in v i e w the l o g i c a l force o f o n e ' s e v i d e n c e for P , a n d e v e n if as a m a t t e r o f fact that e v i d e n c e is s a t i s f a c t o r y a n d s t r o n g l y s u p p o r t s P , n o n e t h e l e s s it m a y well be t h a t o n e d o e s n o t assent to P . I n m a n y s u c h s i t u a t i o n s o n e ' s belief-forming f a c u l t i e s m a y p r o d u c e in o n e a s t r o n g inclination to b e l i e v e P , so t h a t b e l i e v i n g P h a s to b e resisted; b u t r e s i s t a n c e is possible. T o u n d e r s t a n d h o w this c a n b e , w e m u s t o n c e a g a i n b r i n g i n t o the p i c t u r e the beliefs o n e h a s w h e n e n t e r i n g the s i t u a t i o n . I f a p e r s o n believes that she does not " p e r c e i v e " the r e l a t i o n of p r e m i s e s to c o n c l u s i o n , w h e t h e r or n o t in f a c t she d o e s , t h a t m a y i n h i b i t e i t h e r h e r " p e r c e p t i o n " of the r e l a t i o n o r the e v o c a t i o n o f the c o r r e s p o n d i n g a s s e n t (it is not clear w h i c h o f these o p t i o n s L o c k e

104

Rationality

in everyday

life

w o u l d c h o o s e ) , w i t h the result t h a t she a l s o d o e s n o t assent to the c o n c l u s i o n . S o a l s o , if a p e r s o n believes t h a t the e v i d e n c e is n o t s a t i s f a c t o r y , w h e t h e r o r n o t in fact it is, t h a t m a y w e l l i n h i b i t h e r assent to the c o n c l u s i o n . So that, I think, w e m a y conclude, that in propositions, where though the proofs in view are of most moment, yet there are sufficient grounds, to suspect that there is either fallacy in words, or certain proofs, as considerable, to be produced on the contrary side, there assent, suspense, or dissent, are often voluntary actions: but where the proofs are such as make it highly probable and there is not sufficient ground to suspect, that there is either fallacy of words, (which sober and serious considerations m a y discover,) nor equally valid proofs yet undiscovered latent on the other side, (which also the nature of the thing, may, in some cases, make plain to a considerate man,) there, I think, a man who has weighed them, can scarce refuse his assent to the side, on which the greater probability appears. (iv,xx, 15) A n d w h a t a c c o u n t s for the e m e r g e n c e a n d n o n - e m e r g e n c e o f beliefs to the effect t h a t o n e h a s o r h a s not a c q u i r e d s a t i s f a c t o r y e v i d e n c e , o r to t h e effect t h a t o n e h a s o r h a s not a p p r e h e n d e d the p r o b a b i l i t y o f the p r o p o s i t i o n o n the e v i d e n c e ? L o c k e n e v e r g i v e s a g e n e r a l a c c o u n t . B u t w h a t h e d o e s s u g g e s t is t h a t if o n e h a s s o m e l o v e o f s o m e t h i n g o t h e r t h a n t r u t h , t h a t m a y k e e p a l i v e in o n e , l o n g e r t h a n w o u l d o t h e r w i s e b e the c a s e , the b e l i e f t h a t the p r e s e n t e v i d e n c e is n o t s a t i s f a c t o r y o r t h a t its e v i d e n t i a l force is n o t fully a p p r e h e n d e d . T h u s a g a i n a w o u n d i n g o f the m i n d t a k e s p l a c e . W e n o w at last see w h y L o c k e insists so a d a m a n t l y o n " i n d i f f e r e n c e . " I n d i f f e r e n c e is e x a c t l y w h a t is n e e d e d to c u r e those w o u n d s o f the m i n d w h i c h h a v e b e e n inflicted o n it b y p a s s i o n . P r e s u m a b l y a w o u n d i n g m i g h t a l s o h a v e the o p p o s i t e effect: W e m i g h t b e l i e v e too quickly that w e h a v e acquired satisfactory evidence, or that we " p e r c e i v e " its e v i d e n t i a l f o r c e . T h e r e a r e p r e s u m a b l y w o u n d s o f g u l l i b i l i t y as w e l l as w o u n d s o f s k e p t i c i s m : a man hath a power to suspend and restrain [the understanding's] inquiries, and not permit a full and satisfactory examination, as far as the matter in question is capable, and will bear it to be made. Until that be done, there will be always these two ways left of evading the most apparent probabilities. First, that the arguments being (as for the most part they are) brought in words, there m a y be a fallacy latent in them: and the consequences being, perhaps, m a n y in train, they m a y be some of them incoherent. T h e r e be very few discourses, are so short, clear and consistent, to which most men m a y not, with satisfaction enough to themselves, raise this doubt; and from whose

The

Vision: Let Reason be Tour Guide in Believing

105

conviction they may not, without reproach of disingenuity or unreasonableness, set themselves free with the old reply . . . though I cannot answer, I will not yield. Secondly, manifest probabilities m a y be evaded, and the assent withheld upon this suggestion, that I know not yet all that m a y be said on the contrary side. A n d therefore though I be beaten, 'tis not necessary I should yield, not knowing w h a t forces there are in reserve behind. ( i v , x x , i 2 — 1 4 ) A s t r a t e g y for resisting u n w e l c o m e beliefs is n a t u r a l l y s u g g e s t e d b y these o b s e r v a t i o n s : K e e p s a y i n g to o n e s e l f t h a t p e r h a p s the e v i d e n c e p r e s e n t l y a v a i l a b l e is n o t s a t i s f a c t o r y , o r t h a t its e v i d e n t i a l force m a y n o t r e a l l y b e w h a t it p r e s e n t l y a p p e a r s to b e . T h i s saying to oneself w o n ' t w o r k a l w a y s , o r f o r e v e r ; b u t often it w i l l w o r k for a w h i l e . I t s h o u l d b e r e m a r k e d , f i n a l l y , t h a t e v e n w h e n a s s e n t to s o m e c o n c l u s i o n is c o m p e l l e d b y e v i d e n c e , a r o l e w i l l h a v e b e e n p l a y e d b y o n e ' s w i l l in the f o r m a t i o n o f o n e ' s assent. I n d e e d , e v e n k n o w l e d g e is in c e r t a i n w a y s a c o n s e q u e n c e o f w h a t w e w i l l ; it " i s n e i t h e r w h o l l y n e c e s s a r y n o r w h o l l y v o l u n t a r y " ( i v , x i i i , i ) . " I f it w e r e n o t s o , " s a y s L o c k e , " i g n o r a n c e , e r r o r , o r i n f i d e l i t y c o u l d not in a n y c a s e b e a fault" (iv,xx, 1 6 ) . T h e r e a r e t w o w a y s in w h i c h o u r k n o w l e d g e a n d o u r i g n o r a n c e a r e a c o n s e q u e n c e o f w h a t w e w i l l , w i t h t h e r e s u l t t h a t i g n o r a n c e is s o m e t i m e s b l a m a b l e . " H e t h a t h a s e y e s , if h e w i l l o p e n t h e m b y d a y , c a n n o t b u t see s o m e o b j e c t s , a n d p e r c e i v e a d i f f e r e n c e in t h e m " ( i v , x i i i , i ) . I n that w e h a v e n o c h o i c e . W h a t w e can d o is d e c i d e w h e t h e r o r not to l o o k a t s o m e t h i n g . " T h o u g h a m a n w i t h his e y e s o p e n in the l i g h t c a n n o t b u t see; y e t t h e r e b e c e r t a i n o b j e c t s , w h i c h h e m a y c h o o s e w h e t h e r h e w i l l t u r n his e y e s t o " ( i v , x i i i , i ) . T h u s s o m e o n e c a n b e b l a m e d for n o t k n o w i n g the s p e e d l i m i t in a c e r t a i n v i l l a g e . H e s h o u l d h a v e t a k e n n o t i c e o f the signs; if h e h a d , h e w o u l d have known. S e c o n d l y , s a y s L o c k e ( i v , x i i i , 2 ) , w e h a v e it in o u r p o w e r n o t o n l y to l o o k a t s o m e t h i n g b u t to l o o k c a r e f u l l y , not o n l y to listen, b u t to listen c a r e f u l l y ; a n d s o m e t i m e s a c u l p a b l e l a c k o f k n o w l e d g e is d u e n o t to f a i l u r e to l o o k o r listen b u t f a i l u r e to l o o k o r listen c a r e f u l l y . A p e r s o n m a y s o m e t i m e s b e b l a m e d for n o t k n o w i n g t h a t the last m o v e m e n t o f the s y m p h o n y w a s in r o n d o f o r m . H e s h o u l d h a v e l i s t e n e d m o r e c a r e f u l l y ; if h e h a d , he w o u l d h a v e k n o w n . O r a g a i n , " h e t h a t h a s g o t the i d e a o f n u m b e r s , " s a y s L o c k e , " a n d h a t h t a k e n the p a i n s to c o m p a r e o n e , t w o , a n d t h r e e , to s i x , c a n n o t c h o o s e b u t k n o w t h a t t h e y a r e e q u a l " ( i v , x i i i , 3 ) . W h a t h e can c h o o s e to d o o r n o t d o is t a k e t h e p a i n s to c o m p a r e t h e m .

io6

Rationality

in everyday

life

I n s h o r t , s a y s L o c k e , " a l l t h a t is v o l u n t a r y in o u r k n o w l e d g e , is t h e employing, o r w i t h h o l d i n g a n y o f o u r f a c u l t i e s f r o m this o r t h a t sort o f o b j e c t s , a n d a m o r e , o r less a c c u r a t e s u r v e y o f t h e m . B u t t h e y , b e i n g e m p l o y e d , o u r w i l l h a t h n o p o w e r to d e t e r m i n e the k n o w l e d g e o f the m i n d o n e w a y o r a n o t h e r ; t h a t is d o n e o n l y b y the o b j e c t s t h e m s e l v e s , as f a r as t h e y a r e c l e a r l y d i s c o v e r e d ' ( i v , x i i i , 2 ) . L a t e r he d r a w s o u t the a n a l o g y to assent: 1

As knowledge, is no more arbitrary than perception: so, I think, assent is no more in our power than knowledge. When the agreement of any two ideas appears to our minds whether immediately, or by the assistance of Reason, I can no more refuse to perceive, no more avoid knowing it, than I can avoid seeing those objects, which I turn my eyes to, and look on in daylight: A n d w h a t upon full examination I find the most probable, I cannot deny m y assent to. But though we cannot hinder our knowledge, where the agreement is once perceived; nor our assent, where the probability manifestly appears upon due consideration of all the measures of it: Y e t we can hinder both knowledge and assent, by stopping our enquiry, and not employing our faculties in the search of any truth. ( i v , x x , i 6 ) 92

I e n t e r e d this s o m e w h a t l e n g t h y d i s c u s s i o n o n " w r o n g m e a s u r e s o f p r o b a b i l i t y " b y a s k i n g w h e t h e r , on L o c k e ' s v i e w , o n e c o u l d b e m i s t a k e n in o n e ' s a p p r a i s a l o f p r o b a b i l i t i e s . W e first f o u n d h i m s a y i n g t h a t Reason itself c a n n o t m a k e m i s t a k e s . C o n f r o n t e d w i t h a b o d y o f e v i d e n c e for a p r o p o s i t i o n , R e a s o n m i g h t w e l l p r o d u c e no b e l i e f as to the p r o b a b i l i t y o f the p r o p o s i t i o n o n t h a t e v i d e n c e ; b u t it will not p r o d u c e a false belief. N o n e t h e l e s s , t h e r e c a n b e m i s t a k e n e s t i m a t e s o f s u c h p r o b a b i l i t y . W e w e n t o n to discuss the f o u r t y p e s w h i c h L o c k e singles o u t - o b s e r v i n g a l o n g the w a y t h e d e s t r u c t i v e effects o f his a n a l y s i s o n his v i s i o n as a w h o l e . T h e w a y to p u t the v a r i o u s p i e c e s o f L o c k e ' s v i e w t o g e t h e r is this: R e a s o n will not y i e l d m i s t a k e n beliefs a b o u t the p r o b a b i l i t y o f a p r o p o s i t i o n o n s p e c i f i e d e v i d e n c e . N o n e t h e l e s s , s o m e o t h e r f a c u l t y m a y p r o d u c e m i s t a k e n beliefs o n s u c h m a t t e r s . T h e effect o f i n c u l c a t e d p r i n c i p l e s is t h a t w e h a v e false beliefs a b o u t the e v i d e n c e , i n c l u d i n g a b o u t w h a t w e k n o w i m m e d i a t e l y . T h e effect of r e c e i v e d h y p o t h e s e s is t h a t w e h a v e false beliefs a b o u t the p r o b a b i l i t y o f p r o p o s i t i o n s o n e v i d e n c e . T h e effects o f t r u t h - i r r e l e v a n t 9 2

It appears to me that Leibniz, in the New Essays, was entirely in agreement with Locke on the power of the will with respect to belief. Beliefs, he says, "are inherently involuntary" (p. 5 2 0 ) ; "nevertheless we can bring it about indirectly that we believe what we want to believe" (P- 5 7 ) - H e then gives examples of the Lockian sort. Accordingly, "a man is not responsible for having this or that opinion at the present time, b u t . . . he is responsible for taking steps to have it or not have it later on. So that opinions are voluntary only in an indirect w a y " (p. 4 5 6 ) . 1

The Vision: Let Reason be Tour Guide in

Believing

p a s s i o n s is t h a t w e h a v e false beliefs a b o u t the q u a l i t y o f o u r e v i d e n c e a n d false beliefs (or n o beliefs) a b o u t the p r o b a b i l i t y o f a p r o p o s i t i o n on evidence. T h e s e a d m i s s i o n s force o n e to r a i s e a f u n d a m e n t a l q u e s t i o n a b o u t L o c k e ' s p r i n c i p l e o f p r o p o r t i o n a l i t y . D o i n g o u r best to fulfill o u r a l e t h i c o b l i g a t i o n r e q u i r e s , o n L o c k e ' s v i e w , p r o p o r t i o n i n g the l e v e l o f c o n f i d e n c e w e p l a c e in the p r o p o s i t i o n in q u e s t i o n to its p r o b a b i l i t y o n s a t i s f a c t o r y e v i d e n c e . T h a t is w h a t w e o u g h t to try to d o , w h e n s o m e p r o p o s i t i o n is o f sufficient " c o n c e r n m e n t " to us. B u t w e often fail in this a t t e m p t . W e b e l i e v e t h a t w h a t w e a r e t a k i n g as e v i d e n c e consists o f w h a t w e k n o w , w h e n it d o e s n ' t . W e b e l i e v e it is s a t i s f a c t o r y , w h e n it is not. W e b e l i e v e t h a t w e h a v e c o r r e c t l y d e t e r m i n e d the p r o b a b i l i t y o f the p r o p o s i t i o n o n o u r e v i d e n c e , w h e n w e h a v e g o t t e n it w r o n g s o m e h o w . A n d those f a i l i n g s r a i s e this q u e s t i o n : W h e n w e get o n e o f these d e t e r m i n a t i o n s w r o n g , w h a t is it t h a t w e o u g h t to d o b y w a y o f p r o p o r t i o n i n g assent? L o c k e a l m o s t a l w a y s talks in t h o r o u g h l y externalist f a s h i o n a b o u t the c r i t e r i a w e a r e to use in the g o v e r n a n c e o f o u r b e l i e f s . H e d o e s not s a y t h a t w e a r e to p r o p o r t i o n o u r l e v e l of c o n f i d e n c e in a p r o p o s i t i o n to w h a t w e believe to b e its p r o b a b i l i t y o n w h a t w e believe to b e s a t i s f a c t o r y e v i d e n c e c o n s i s t i n g o f w h a t w e believe o u r s e l v e s to k n o w . H e s a y s i n s t e a d t h a t w e a r e to p r o p o r t i o n o u r l e v e l o f c o n f i d e n c e in a p r o p o s i t i o n to its a c t u a l p r o b a b i l i t y o n a set o f propositions w h i c h are actually k n o w n a n d w h i c h a c t u a l l y constitute satisfactory e v i d e n c e . 93

9 4

B u t s u r e l y this is n o t c o r r e c t . S u p p o s e t h a t s o m e p r o p o s i t i o n P is o f s u c h " c o n c e r n m e n t " to m e t h a t I a m o b l i g a t e d to try to d o m y e p i s t e m i c best t o w a r d it. S u p p o s e further t h a t I t r y to a p p l y the method L o c k e proposes. A n d suppose that I e m e r g e believing that P h a s a p r o b a b i l i t y o f - 6 o n m y e v i d e n c e , this c o n s i s t i n g o f p r o p o s i t i o n s e a c h o f w h i c h I b e l i e v e m y s e l f to k n o w a n d the t o t a l i t y o f w h i c h I b e l i e v e to c o n s t i t u t e s a t i s f a c t o r y e v i d e n c e for P . A d d , if y o u w i l l , t h a t I h a v e reflected as c a r e f u l l y o n e a c h o f these p o i n t s as I t h i n k t h a t I s h o u l d h a v e ; m y beliefs h a v e not b e e n f o r m e d in w h a t I r e g a r d as 9:1

9 4

O n the distinction between internalist and externalist criteria for the presence of doxastic merits, see W m . Alston, "Internalism and Kxternalism in Epistemology," in Alston, Epistemic Justification: Essays in the Theory of Knowledge (Ithaca, Cornell University Press, 1 9 8 9 ) . Here is one exception, from his T h i r d Letter lor Toleration: "the equality that is here the question, depends not upon the truth of the opinion embraced; but on this, that the light and persuasion a man has at present, is the guide which he ought to follow, and which in his judgment of truth he cannot avoid to be governed b y " (Works v , 3 3 4 ) .

io8

Rationality

in everyday

life

mindless haste. B u t suppose that as a matter of fact I a m mistaken in one or the other of these beliefs. L o c k e thinks, implausibly so it seems to me, that a proposition will never phenomenologically a p p e a r to h a v e a certain probability on certain propositions w h e n it does not. But w e h a v e seen that L o c k e nonetheless admits the possibility of error at all three of these points. W h a t now ought I to do? W h a t a m I epistemically culpable for not doing? Suppose, in the first place, that I a m mistaken about the c h a r a c t e r of the evidence. Locke's answer is apparently that I ought to continue collecting evidence until it is in fact satisfactory; I a m doxastically culpable unless I do this. Suppose, alternatively, that I a m right about the c h a r a c t e r of the evidence but w r o n g about the probability. Locke's answer is that I ought to proportion m y level of confidence in the proposition to w h a t is in fact its probability on the evidence; if I do not do that, I a m doxastically guilty, doxastically culpable, a doxastic w r o n g d o e r . B u t surely both answers are mistaken. F o r suppose that I e m b r a c e d Locke's criterion. T h e n I would, a c c o r d i n g to the criterion, be doxastically guilty if I did not do w h a t I did not on careful reflection believe that I should do. A n d if I applied the criterion in a c c o r d a n c e with m y beliefs, I would be doxastically guilty for doing w h a t on careful reflection I believed that I should do. T h a t is one a p p r o a c h to the situation: from the side of where m y guilt would lie. B u t w e can also a p p r o a c h it from the side of guidance. I f I offer you a suggestion as to the best procedure for achieving a certain goal, if you accept it as such, and if the procedure comes in stages, then in trying to implement later stages you h a v e to g o by your beliefs as to the results of trying to implement earlier stages. W h a t else could you go b y ? S o whether w e a p p r o a c h a proposed rule for the determination of one's doxastic responsibilities from the side of responsibilities, or from the side of g u i d a n c e , w e get the same result: In one's attempt to follow later stages of the rule, one has to go by w h a t one believes to be the result of h a v i n g attempted to follow earlier stages. O n e can attach conditions to these beliefs - for example, that the beliefs be formed reflectively. B u t still, one must go b y w h a t one believes. 9 S

95

A final question. In formulating Locke's principle of proportionality, I have said nothing about believing the proposition in question on the basis of the evidence - or more broadly, about basing one's level of confidence on the evidence. I have not done so because Locke (with rare exceptions) does not do so. But is this another deficiency in his principle, as it stands? W h a t if 1 follow all the principles but then believe the proposition in question not on the evidence but on untested sayso? W o u l d that count as doing my best?

The Vision:

Let Reason be Tour Guide in Believing

109

O n e last question calls out for reflection: D o w e in fact h a v e the v o l u n t a r y control over belief and levels of confidence w h i c h Locke's principles presuppose? N o doubt w e can b y acts of will implement the first two principles of evidence and appraisal. O r rather, a n y doubts on this score will arise not from doubts as to whether w e h a v e it in our p o w e r to decide to collect evidence and to decide to determine its evidential force but from doubts as to the clarity of the notions of satisfactory evidence and conditional

probability. It is when

we

arrive at the principle of proportionality that doubts arise. Is it in our p o w e r to do w h a t the principle of proportionality presupposes that w e are able to do? W h a t does the principle actually presuppose? T o answer this question it will be useful to h a v e a t a x o n o m y distinguishing different types of control by the will of belief. In his article " T h e Deontological Conception of Epistemic J u s t i f i c a t i o n , "

96

W i l l i a m P. Alston constructs

exactly such a taxonomy. I propose b o r r o w i n g it. In constructing his t a x o n o m y , Alston explicitly considers not just belief but the three propositional attitudes of believing, rejecting, and withholding; in this respect his discussion, unlike most recent discussions on belief and the will, proves directly relevant to Locke's claims. His t a x o n o m y fails us, though, in not at all considering the relation of the will to levels of confidence. O n e preliminary matter must be considered before we look at Alston's distinctions and arguments. In the course of his discussion Alston announces and argues for a certain principle as follows: one has control over a given type of state only if one also has control over some field of incompatible alternatives. T o have control over believing that p is to have control over whether one believes that p or not, that is, over whether one believes that p or engenders instead some incompatible alternative. T h e power to choose A at will is the power to determine at will whether it shall be A or (some form of) not-A . . . If the sphere of my effective voluntary control does not extend both to A and to not-A, then it attaches to neither. I f I don't have the power to choose between A and not-A, then we

9 6

It m a y have been Locke's view that as a matter of psychological fact this could not be; if one follows the principles, then one just will, as a matter of psychological fact, base one's level ofconftdence on the evidence. But even if he did not hold this, it's not clear that Locke need have added this additional stipulation. F o r if in fact one's belief is in accord with the principle of proportionality, then w h a t difference does it make, for Locke's purposes, on what basis one holds the proposition in question? In Epistemic Justification: Essays in the Theory of Knowledge (Ithaca, Cornell University Press, - 8 9 ) , PP-i 1 5 - 5 2 . IO

I

Rationality

10

in everyday

life

are without sufficient reason to say that I did A at will, rather than just doing A , accompanied by a volition. 97

I

find

Alston's

formulations

here a m b i g u o u s as between

two

different principles: ( 1 ) T o be able to choose A at will, I must be able to choose A at will and be able to choose n o t - A at will. (2) T o be able to choose A at will, I must be able to choose at will whether A or n o t - A . T h e difference between these two principles is relevant to interpreting L o c k e , since, when it comes to belief, L o c k e a p p a r e n t l y held that, in some cases, w e h a v e the p o w e r specified in the latter but not that specified in the former. L o c k e apparently held that one is frequently able to choose at will to withhold believing P, thus able to choose at will whether one will believe P or not believe P; but one is (almost) never able to believe propositions at will, thus (almost) never able to choose at will to believe P and choose at will to withhold belief from P. T h o u g h some of Alston's formulations seem to me more apt as expressions of principle ( 1 ) and some more apt as expressions of principle ( 2 ) , the reason he offers for the principle would seem to justify only the weaker principle ( 2 ) , which L o c k e m a y h a v e assumed, and not the stronger principle ( 1 ) , which he clearly denies. Alston distinguishes

three modes of voluntary control: direct

control, long-range control, and indirect influence.

In turn, he

distinguishes two kinds of direct control: basic and non-basic. A n agent has direct control over some act or state when "the agent is able to carry out the intention 'right a w a y , ' in one uninterrupted intentional act, without h a v i n g to return to the attempt a n u m b e r of times after h a v i n g been occupied with other m a t t e r s . "

98

Agents have

basic (direct) control over some act or state if their doing it does not require their doing it by w a y of doing something else voluntarily; intentionally raising one's a r m and turning one's thought to the prospects of one's favorite soccer team, are examples. B y contrast, agents h a v e non-basic

(direct) control over some act or state if they

are able to do it only b y doing something else voluntarily. T u r n i n g on a light would be an example. W e h u m a n beings are able to do this only by flipping or turning or pressing a switch, or something of that sort. Alston argues that believing, rejecting, and withholding are rarely Ibid.,

pp. 1 2 0 , 1 2 3 .

9 8

Ibid.,

p. i 2 g .

The Vision:

Let Reason be Tour Guide in

Believing

111

if ever within the direct control of h u m a n agents - either within their basic direct control or within their non-basic direct control. H e notes that his " a r g u m e n t for this, if it can be called that, simply consists in asking you to consider whether you have a n y such p o w e r s . "

99

A s for

himself, he finds that he does not; and he very m u c h doubts that other people are different from him in this regard. F o r e x a m p l e , asks Alston, do I h a v e effective, direct, basic or non-basic "voluntary control over whether I do or do not believe that the tree has leaves on it when I see a tree with leaves on it just before me in b r o a d d a y l i g h t with m y eyes w o r k i n g p e r f e c t l y ? "

100

His answer is that "it is perfectly

clear that in this situation I h a v e no p o w e r at all to refrain from that belief." In other situations, one would not h a v e it in one's p o w e r to come to believe. But suppose that I h a v e a motive of a roughly L o c k i a n sort. S u p p o s e that I am firmly persuaded that if I a m not entitled to believe some proposition, I ought to give up believing it - then and there; and that I believe, in addition, that I am not entitled to this belief. C o u l d I then give it up? M i g h t it be that the reason w e cannot retract assent from an immediate perceptual belief in the sort of case Alston envisages is that w e lack an a d e q u a t e motive? Alston does

not

consider this possibility. It seems clear to me, however, that even if I had this persuasion and this belief, I would not be able to withhold belief from the proposition in question in the situation envisaged. A n d so, correspondingly, for cases of coming to believe. W e must not d r a w the conclusion that everyone in the sort of situation envisaged will ineluclably

believe that there is a leafy tree

before him or her. If for some reason one believes falsely that one is looking at a painting of a tree rather than at a tree, then, though one is in fact seeing a leafy tree, one will not believe that the tree before one has leaves on it. W h e t h e r or not the perceptual experience of seeing a tree produces in one the belief that there is a tree before one depends, a m o n g other things, on the beliefs one brings to the situation. B u t in the case envisaged, w h a t one comes to believe depends on one's sensory experience plus one's other beliefs; it does not depend on whether one decides to believe, or on whether one decides or does not decide to withhold belief. W h e n I see a tree while believing that I a m looking at a painting, I do not decide not to believe that I a m seeing a tree. T h e disposition to believe that there is a tree before me is simply not

M

Ibid., p. 1 2 2 .

1 0 0

Ibid.,

p. 1 2 3 .

I 12

Rationality

in everyday

life

activated. T h o u g h the requisite sensory experience is present, the belief that I a m looking at a painting functions to inhibit

the

activation of the disposition. L e t us take a m o m e n t to consider an e x a m p l e of the sort w h i c h occupied so m u c h of Locke's attention: Believing w h a t someone says on his or her sayso. S u p p o s e a m a n tells me that he has just seen a c a r accident on the corner a block a w a y .

U s u a l l y those w h o h a v e

discussed belief and the will would put the following question to this situation: Is it then in m y p o w e r to believe at will and also in m y p o w e r to not believe at will? B u t w e must divide the question. F o r w e h a v e seen that someone might hold that it is not in our p o w e r to believe at will, though it is in our p o w e r to refrain from believing. L e t it be noticed that w e do sometimes say, " I decided not to believe h i m . " ( T h o u g h w e also say, " I decided to believe him.") It seems to me clear that if I do believe him, that will never be because I decided to do so; and if I don't, that will never be because I decided not to. It is true that a good deal of deciding typically goes into such a situation; and perhaps it is this w h i c h leads us in ordinary speech to speak of deciding not to believe someone. I can decide to attend closely to the facial expressions of the reporter, to his agitation or lack thereof, to the fact that I heard nothing though I w a s outdoors a block a w a y , to the fact that e v e r y b o d y in view seems to be going about their ordinary business in their o r d i n a r y w a y , and so on. A l l this and more I c a n , by act of will, take note of. It m a y be that after initially believing the person and then doing such things I no longer believe him. But then \ find myself not believing him. I don't decide not to believe him. A n d now in general: I think it is as decisively clear as a n y t h i n g ever is in philosophy that when w e find ourselves believing something, w e cannot by act of will give up that belief; nor, when w e find ourselves not believing something, can w e b y act of will begin believing. S u c h actions are simply not within our p o w e r . Perhaps it will help to take note of two sorts of mental acts w h i c h are (in good measure) under the direct control of the will and w h i c h are so closely related to believing as to be easily confused with it. T h e r e is, for one thing, the phenomenon of admitting or not admitting that one believes or does not believe -

admitting to others, but

perhaps more importantly, to oneself. Often w e h u m a n beings find the phenomenon

of believing such-and-such, or of not believing

such-and-such, painful. S o w e determine not to a c k n o w l e d g e our situation -- not to a d m i t that w e do believe or not a d m i t that w e do not

The Vision: Let Reason be Tour Guide in Believing

1 1 3

believe. W h e n someone else assumes that w e believe, w e passionately repudiate the assumption. W e go out of our w a y to avoid acting and speaking as believers w o u l d normally act and speak. W h e n the belief comes to mind, w e immediately think of something else. A n d so forth. T h e w a y s of the heart are devious. V e r y m u c h - though perhaps not all - of w h a t goes into not admitting one's belief or disbelief is under the direct control of the will. Believing must also be distinguished from w h a t one might call accepting. P a r a d i g m a t i c examples of w h a t I h a v e in mind by accepting , o c c u r in religious revival meetings. T h e evangelist urges those in the audience w h o h a v e not "accepted J e s u s " to come forward and make their decision. S o m e do come forward; they speak of h a v i n g decided to accept J e s u s . A striking feature of conversion literature is that though the l a n g u a g e is sometimes that of being o v e r w h e l m e d , of resisting but then no longer being able to resist, at other times it is that of deciding. I suggest that these two w a y s of speaking fit two closely related, yet distinct phenomena: believing versus accepting. O n e finds oneself believing; one decides to accept. Deciding to accept some proposition consists, roughly, of deciding to say " Y e s " to that proposition and then as m u c h as possible letting that Y e s - s a y i n g play the role in one's emotional, motivational, and intellectual life that believing it w o u l d play. D e c i d i n g to accept is, if you will, deciding to e n g a g e in, and to let oneself be engaged in, a certain role - the role of believer. T h e r e need be nothing insincere or deceptive in such role-playing; a n y such connotation

w h i c h the

phrase "role-playing" carries must be discarded. M y o w n experience is that often it is difficult, and sometimes impossible, for me to determine whether m y stance t o w a r d a certain proposition is that of accepting or that of believing. T h e phenomenon I h a v e been calling accepting is different from that to w h i c h some philosophers h a v e called attention as important in science, and w h i c h is best called accepting-as.

A scientist might accept a

certain theory as a w o r k i n g hypothesis. Similarly, a general might accept the guess of one of his lieutenants concerning the enemy's d e p l o y m e n t offerees as h a v i n g the least calamitous consequences if it proves mistaken. In cases of accepting-as,

the phenomenon of p l a y i n g

the role of believer, w h i c h I h a v e identified with accepting, m a y be missing. T h e researcher might believe that the hypothesis is false and yet accept it as a w o r k i n g hypothesis - to see w h e r e it goes. Believing versus admitting one's belief. Believing versus accepting.

Rationality

in everyday

life

A c c e p t i n g versus accepting-as. T h e s e are subtle distinctions within a fascinating terrain. A whole field for investigation opens u p before us. But this is not the occasion to step into it. M y aim is not to explore the p h e n o m e n a but only to make the necessary distinctions. S o m e of w h a t goes into not admitting that one believes such-and-such is within one's direct v o l u n t a r y control. S o too accepting is within one's direct voluntary control, as is accepting-as. B u t believing

and

withholding are not. A n y rule or principle or method which presupposes that they are must be rejected as presupposing something false. But

w h a t about

Alston's category of long-range

control

over

propositional attitudes? Surely w e c a n often take steps designed to bring it about that w e shall wind up with some propositional attitude toward some proposition. T h a t is to say, some specific propositional attitude t o w a r d some specific proposition. I can read the encyclopedia with

the

aim of coming

to believe

some

proposition

or other

concerning the land area of Pakistan. O r , if I already h a v e a particular proposition

on

the matter in mind,

I can read

the

encyclopedia with the aim of taking up some propositional attitude or other toward that proposition — belief, disbelief, withholding. B u t given a specific proposition and a specific attitude, I c a n sometimes also take steps to bring it about that I h a v e that attitude toward that proposition. S o m e t h i n g said by Pascal is frequently cited in the literature as an example: If one wants to believe C a t h o l i c d o g m a but finds oneself not doing so, one thing which has a c h a n c e of securing one's desire is attendance at C a t h o l i c mass. O t h e r strategies might work as well -

for e x a m p l e , reading C a t h o l i c polemics against

O r t h o d o x y , Protestantism, other religions, and atheism, while not reading w h a t the other side has to say in response. But I agree with Alston's assessment of all this: T h e results are too unpredictable to g r o u n d obligations to believe, reject, and withhold. T h e reason one can h a v e an obligation to turn on the light, even though that is not within one's basic control, is that there is a stable and well-known causal connection between flipping the switch and the light going on. In this matter of taking steps to bring about a specific propositional attitude t o w a r d a specific proposition, there are rarely if ever such stable and wellknown causal connections.

In

Alston's words: It is very dubious that we have reliable long-range control over any of our beliefs, even in the most favorable cases, such as beliefs about religious and philosophical matters and about personal relationships. Sometimes people

The Vision:

Lei Reason be Tour Guide in Believing

115

succeed in getting themselves to believe (disbelieve) something. B u t I doubt that the success rate is substantial. T o my knowledge there are no statistics on this, but I would be very much surprised if attempts of this sort bore fruit in more than a very small proportion of the cases . . . T h u s a long-range control thesis does not provide much grounding for deontologism, even for the sorts of propositions people do sometimes try to get themselves to believe or disbelieve. M u c h less is there any such g r o u n d i n g for those propositions with respect to which people don't normally even try to manipulate their attitudes. 101

T h i s leaves us, lastly, with the c a t e g o r y of indirect v o l u n t a r y control over assent. U n d o u b t e d l y w e do often h a v e such control. T h o u g h I now h a v e no belief whatsoever as to the land area of Pakistan, it is within my p o w e r by act of will to do things w h i c h will result in m y h a v i n g a belief on the matter. A n d perhaps sometimes I ought to. T h u s an ethic of belief w h i c h assumes indirect v o l u n t a r y control over believing and withholding and nothing more will, so far forth, be acceptable; and only those ethics w h i c h assume such control and nothing more will be acceptable. W i t h this m a p in hand, let us consider whether w e h u m a n beings do in fact h a v e the powers of will necessary for a p p l y i n g Locke's principle of proportionality. Pretty clearly L o c k e ascribed to the will powers w h i c h , in the light of the foregoing, it does not have. His overall view seems to h a v e been that though deciding to believe is a rare event - in his first Letter Concerning

Toleration

he said that "to believe

this or that to be true does not depend upon our will" - nonetheless one can decide not to believe some proposition just so long as one does not j u d g e it to h a v e a rather high probability on w h a t one judges to be satisfactory evidence. T h a t view, in the light of the foregoing, is untenable. B u t our concern here is not to appraise the tenability of Locke's o w n expressed views as to the powers of the will, but rather, to appraise the tenability of his proposed doxastic practice in the light of the foregoing conclusions concerning h u m a n nature. A n d it is much less obvious that Locke's proposed practice presupposes powers of the will over belief w h i c h it does not h a v e than that he himself in the course of his discussion ascribed such powers to the will. Suppose that one has m a d e a suitably serious attempt to apply the principles of evidence and appraisal in a given case; and that the result is that one now believes that one has a satisfactory body of evidence concerning P, and that the probability of P on that evidence is high — say, -g. It w a s clearly Locke's view that one would then just ',;!••

"" Ibid.,

pp. 1 3 5 - 6 .

Rationality

n6

in everyday

life

find oneself believing P; no act of will is involved. I t w a s also his v i e w that if one doesn't believe the evidence is satisfactory, or if one doesn't believe that one has discerned the probability of the proposition on one's evidence, then one can resist w h a t e v e r inclinations one might h a v e to believe or disbelieve P. Perhaps now and then one can even, in such cases, decide to believe P. B u t these are cases in w h i c h one j u d g e s that one's attempt to a p p l y one of the earlier principles in

the

sequence of evidence, appraisal, and proportionality has not proved successful. A n d one is to m o v e on to a later principle only if one's serious attempt

to implement

the earlier principles has proved

successful, in one's j u d g m e n t . Incidentally, one point L o c k e leaves obscure is w h a t obligations w e have, if any, concerning belief for those cases of m a x i m a l concernment where we haven't yet, in our j u d g m e n t , successfully applied the first two principles. If it was his view that, in cases of m a x i m a l concernment, w e are to suspend

belief

until

such

time

as w e j u d g e

ourselves

successfully to h a v e applied the principles, then our discussion a b o v e leads us to d o u b t that this is possible. B u t his proposal does not require him to say this. B a c k , then, to our example: S u p p o s e one finds oneself believing P, in the situation described. W h a t , then, about the principle of propor­ tionality; how does it enter the picture? A p p a r e n t l y it was Locke's view that though belief is compelled in such a situation, some particular degree of firmness of belief is not compelled. F o r if that were also compelled, w e would need no third principle; everything that one could do would already h a v e been done b y a p p l y i n g the first two principles of evidence and appraisal. B u t this view is most implausible. T h e firmness with w h i c h w e believe things is no more under the direct control of the will than believing is. In particular: if, in the case described, I believe that Pis highly probable on satisfactory evidence, I shall also find myself believing P with considerable

firmness.

C o u l d L o c k e h a v e conceded this point and revised his proposal accordingly? Y e s , he could h a v e . T h e proposal w o u l d then be that in cases of m a x i m a l concernment w e are obligated to a p p l y the two principles of evidence and appraisal. Locke's proposal is not rendered incoherent b y removing from it the principle of proportionality. Y e t I j u d g e that L o c k e would be acutely u n h a p p y to remove it; in his various statements

of his

proposal

it is often

the

principle

of

proportionality w h i c h occupies the center of attention. O n e of his reasons for thinking the principle important w a s his conviction that

The Vision:

Let Reason be Tour Guide in Believing

117

social tranquility will be promoted if w e all follow the principle of proportionality; people will then no longer fight to the death for propositions whose probability is well short of m a x i m a l . S o far, then, w e h a v e found no decisive conflict between Locke's proposal, on

the one

hand, and the facts, on the other

hand,

concerning belief and the will. B u t now consider a case of the sort w h i c h fills the pages of H u m e and R e i d : a case of a belief being formed in one immediately and ineluctably in a situation in w h i c h evidence, of the sort L o c k e allows, for the truth of the proposition is weak. Suppose that in good daylight and with m y eyes working properly I see a leafy tree before me, and find myself believing immediately that there is a leafy tree before me. T h a t is to say, suppose that some process of belief-formation other than the process of believing on the basis of other beliefs produces this belief in me. S u p p o s e further that this case is, and

that

I j u d g e it to be,

a matter of m a x i m a l

concernment to me. A n d suppose lastly that on the evidence of the totality of facts which (on Locke's view) I directly "perceive" this proposition has low probability

and that I j u d g e it to h a v e low

probability. H u m e and R e i d relentlessly a r g u e that, as a matter of fact, the proposition that there is a leafy tree before me will h a v e very low probability on that evidence; I j u d g e them to be right about that. L o c k e tells us two things about this situation: that w e will, in such a case, just find ourselves disbelieving P; and that w e ought to disbelieve it with considerable

firmness.

B u t surely he is mistaken on

both

counts; H u m e and R e i d are right. O u r j u d g m e n t , that arguments from facts of direct awareness to the existence of external objects are weak arguments, has no effect whatsoever on the formation

of

immediate perceptual beliefs; such beliefs are formed in us ineluctably. A n d since w e cannot disbelieve them with a n y firmness whatsoever, it is not the case that w e ought to. But notice: W e h a v e still not turned u p a n y point at w h i c h Locke's proposal decisively conflicts with the facts concerning belief and the will.

It turns out that on this issue, L o c k e emerges triumphant

-

provided he surrenders the principle of proportionality! W h a t w e h a v e found instead is that L o c k e was mistaken in an assumption he m a d e about the dispositions

w h i c h form our beliefs. H e assumed that

one will ineluctably believe or disbelieve a proposition according as one judges it p r o b a b l e or i m p r o b a b l e on w h a t one j u d g e s to be satisfactory evidence consisting of facts of w h i c h one is directly a w a r e . It w a s the great merit of H u m e and R e i d , in the generation following

n8

Rationality

in everyday

life

L o c k e , to h a v e discerned that L o c k e was mistaken about this, to h a v e argued the point with power, and to h a v e pursued the implications of its acknowledgment. O u r perceptual beliefs, our inductive beliefs, our m e m o r y beliefs h a v e at best low probability on the facts of w h i c h w e are (on Locke's view) directly a w a r e . Discerning that serves neither to dislodge those beliefs from our mind nor to place us in a situation w h e r e w e can by direct act of will dislodge them. E v e n when w e h a v e the time, our nature often prevents us from doing that which L o c k e praises as doing our epistemic best.

II

A P P L I C A T I O N S

(a)

OF

T H E

V I S I O N

Religion

I remarked at the beginning of my exposition that the genesis of the Essay

was a resolution L o c k e formed after perplexities arose in a

discussion a m o n g some friends and himself "about the principles of morality and revealed religion." H a v i n g described the doxastic practice he recommends, L o c k e did not neglect to go back and indicate how it applied in these two areas; it w a s these areas w h i c h L o c k e a l w a y s regarded as properly of the greatest "concernment''''

for

every h u m a n being. S o let us consider these two applications. A n d let us begin with Locke's discussion of revealed religion; w h a t he says about the application of the proposed practice to this is both the presupposition of, and more a m p l e than, w h a t he says about its application to morality influential.'

not to mention h a v i n g been vastly more

02

In the first edition of the Essay,

L o c k e devoted one rather long

chapter to the topic of faith and reason. H o w e v e r , so vexed w a s he by the enthusiasts - people claiming private revelations from G o d without (to his mind) h a v i n g a n y good evidence thereof - that in the fourth edition he inserted an entire chapter devoted to these people w h o "flattered themselves with a persuasion of an immediate intercourse with the Deity, and frequent communications from the Divine Spirit" ( i v , x i x , 5 ) . T o the beliefs of these people, that they had received private revelations from G o d , L o c k e issued w h a t might be called the evidenlialist

challenge.

Religious

and

moral

matters

are

of

such

"concernment" to all of us w h o are intelligent adults that w e are all 1 0 2

T h e best extant discussion is Ashcraft, "Faith and K n o w l e d g e in Locke's Philosophy."

Applications

of the Vision

"9

obligated to try our best to get in touch with reality on these matters. A c c o r d i n g l y , unless these people proportion the firmness of their belief

to

probability on

satisfactory evidence,

they

are

acting

irresponsibly. Since L o c k e w a s convinced that the enthusiasts were not doing this, his evidentialist challenge became an objection.

H e had written his Letter Concerning

Toleration;

evidentialist though he

viewed enthusiasm as a social d a n g e r , he would not r e c o m m e n d the forcible suppression of such people. Instead he preached that they were violating their doxastic obligations.

Sometimes, of course,

inducing guilt feelings in people, or social disapproval in their neighbors, is as effective in suppressing their behavior as d r a g g i n g them before the law. T h e doxastic practice L o c k e w a s proposing could serve as effectively as an instrument of social p o w e r as those practices he w a s opposing! Locke's attack on the enthusiasts provides a good entrance into his reflections on faith and reason. H e did not d e n y - indeed he affirmed that G o d can and sometimes still does "enlighten men's minds in the apprehending of certain truths, or excite them to good actions by the immediate influence and assistance of the H o l y Spirit" ( i v , x i x , i 6 ) . ; " G o d . . . cannot be denied to be able to enlighten the understanding by a ray darted into the mind immediately from the fountain of lights" ( i v , x i x , 5 ) . B u t L o c k e w a s confident that in the case of the enthusiasts it w a s not G o d ' s enlightenment that accounted for their convictions but a disordered psyche, a " w a r m e d or overweening b r a i n " ( i v , x i x , 7 ) . T h e people susceptible to enthusiasm are those "in w h o m melancholy has mixed with devotion," along with

those

"whose conceit of themselves has raised them into an opinion of a greater familiarity with G o d , and a nearer admittance to his favor, than is afforded to others" ( i v , x i x , 5 ) . " T h e i r minds being

thus

prepared, w h a t e v e r groundless opinion comes to settle itself strongly upon their fancies, is an illumination from the Spirit of G o d , and presently of divine authority: and whatsoever odd action they find in themselves a strong inclination to do, that impulse is concluded to be a call or direction from heaven, and must be o b e y e d " ( i v , x i x , 6 ) . S o L o c k e charged the enthusiasts with irresponsibility. I f o n e is to believe responsibly that G o d revealed so-and-so on such-and-such an occasion, one's believing must be in accord with the "dictates of R e a s o n . " But is it clear that the enthusiasts w e r e violating Locke's principles? D i d not their religious experience supply them with the evidence required? L o c k e thought not. F o r when w e interpret their metaphors, w e see that to the question w h y they believe that G o d has spoken to

Rationality

120

in everyday

life

them, their answer is just that they believe it strongly. " I f they say they k n o w it to be true, because it is a revelation from G o d , the reason is good: but then it will be d e m a n d e d , how they know it to be a revelation from G o d . I f they say b y the light it brings with it, which shines bright in their minds, and they cannot resist; I beseech them to consider, whether this be a n y more than w h a t w e h a v e taken notice of already, viz., that it is a revelation because they strongly believe it to be true. F o r all the light they speak of is but a strong,

though

ungrounded persuasion of their minds that it is a truth" (iv,xix, 1 1 ) . In short, "their confidence is mere presumption: and this light, they are so dazzled with, is nothing, but an ignis fatuus

that leads them

continually round in this circle. It is a revelation, because they firmly believe it, and they believe it, because it is a revelation" ( i v , x i x , t o ) . Locke's analysis will leave even those believers sympathetic to his a p p r o a c h uneasy at a certain point. Is not G o d ' s p o w e r and freedom such that G o d might well reveal something to some person without providing to that person satisfactory evidence on w h i c h it is probable that G o d has revealed that? M i g h t G o d not simply effect in a person the firm conviction that G o d has revealed such-and-such to the person? But if w e agree that G o d could and might do this, and also agree with L o c k e that his proposed practice ought to be applied to all such cases, w e are then in the curious position of admitting that G o d m a y reveal something in the absence of a certain kind of evidence that G o d has done so, while yet resolving never in the absence of such evidence to believe that G o d has done so. Docs not following Locke's practice put us in risk of sometimes not believing w h a t G o d has revealed? T r u e , there is, in general, nothing paradoxical about a thesis w h i c h implies that there are states of affairs of a sort such that it is both causally possible that they occur and not causally possible that one be in a situation where one is permitted to believe that they occur. But

the case before

us seems special: W h y would

G o d reveal

something to us if G o d did not w a n t us to believe that G o d revealed it? A n d if G o d wants us to believe, are w e not at least permitted to believe? L o c k e never explicitly considers the matter. H e just

assumes

without a r g u m e n t that G o d would not reveal in an evidential void. " G o d , when he makes the prophet, does not u n m a k e the m a n , " says Locke:

He leaves all his faculties in their natural state, to enable him to j u d g e of his inspirations, whether they be of divine original or no. W h e n he illuminates

Applications

of the Vision

121

the mind with supernatural light, he does not extinguish that which is natural. If he would have us assent to the truth of any proposition, he either evidences that truth by the usual methods of natural reason, or else makes it known to be a truth, which he would have us assent to, by his authority, and convinces us that it is from him, by some marks which reason cannot be mistaken in. Reason must be our last judge and guide in everything. I do not mean, that we must consult reason, and examine whether a proposition revealed from God can be made out by natural principles, and if it cannot, that then we may reject it: but consult it we must, and by it examine, whether it be a revelation from God or not. ( i v , x i x , i 4 ) 103

L o c k e is confident that G o d will p l a y by the rules of evidence. T h e creating G r o u n d of our existence m a y indeed break through the crust of that existence to reveal things to us. B u t w e must insist that if It w a n t s us to believe that It has done so, It provide us with satisfactory evidence. L o c k e adds that our d e m a n d i n g of G o d that G o d authenticate God's revelation is something that G o d demands of us. L o c k e regards it as God's

will

that w e govern our assent

by the principle

of

proportionality in accord with the verdicts of R e a s o n . P r e s u m a b l y , then, G o d will oblige us, by offering us evidence that G o d has revealed so-and-so when G o d has. A n y revelation of G o d u n a c c o m ­ panied by evidence would be idle chatter on G o d ' s part, to w h i c h G o d does not require us to p a y attention. But w h y does L o c k e think a n y t h i n g at all has to be done about the enthusiasts? W h y not leave them alone, on the ground that religion is a matter of individual taste? Because the enthusiasts weren't leaving others alone. Civil w a r had been r a g i n g in E n g l a n d . E n g l a n d had been torn apart by religious strife; and in this strife, the enthusiasts 1 0 3

Leibniz was both more subtle and more traditional in his understanding of the relation between faith and Reason. Commenting on Locke's view, he says that " I f you take faith to be only what rests on rational grounds for belie), and separate it from the inward grace which immediately endows the mind with faith, everything you say, sir, is beyond dispute. F o r it must be acknowledged that many judgments are more evident than the ones which depend on these rational grounds. Some people have advanced further towards the latter than others have; and indeed plenty of people, far from having weighed up such reasons, have never known them and consequently do not even have what could count as grounds for probability. But the inward grace of the Holy Spirit makes up for this immediately and supernaturally, and it is this that creates what theologians strictly call 'divine faith.' G o d , it is true, never bestows this faith unless what he is making one believe is grounded in reason otherwise he would subvert our capacity to recognize truth, and open the door to enthusiasm - but it is not necessary that all w h o possess this divine faith should know those reasons, and still less that they should have them perpetually before their eyes. Otherwise none of the unsophisticated or of the feeble-minded - now at least - would have the true faith, and the most enlightened people might not have it when they most needed it, since no one can always remember his reasons for believing" (New Essays, p. 4 9 7 ) .

I

Rationality

22

in everyday

life

were participants. Enthusiasm is socially pernicious; that's w h y something has to be done about it. Convictions such as those the enthusiasts display have as their "constant concomitant" the arbitrary exercise of "an authority of dictating to others, and a forwardness to prescribe to their opinion." Dogmatism in religion has authoritarianism in society as its c o m p a n i o n . " H o w almost can it be otherwise," says L o c k e , "but that he should be r e a d y to impose on others' belief w h o has already imposed

on his o w n ? W h o c a n reasonably expect

arguments and conviction from him in dealing with others whose understanding is not accustomed to them in his dealing with himself" ( i v , x i x , 2 ) ? W e h a v e already c o m e across Locke's claim that failing to apply the Lockian practice, when one ought to, amounts to "imposing" on oneself; his claim now is that the person w h o imposes on himself is likely to impose on others as well. T o this it m a y be added that to act as the enthusiasts act is to violate one's dignity as a h u m a n being, and to do so in that very domain of life which ought especially to manifest our dignity - namely, in religion. " T o this c r y i n g up of faith in opposition to reason, w e m a y , I think, in good measure, ascribe those absurdities that fill almost all the religions w h i c h possess and divide mankind . . . religion, which should most distinguish us from beasts, and ought most peculiarly to elevate us as rational creatures a b o v e brutes, is that where in men often appear most irrational, and more senseless than beasts themselves" (iv,xviii, i t ) . And

the enthusiasts arc failing in their duty. F a i t h , says L o c k e , "is

nothing but a firm assent of the mind: which if it be regulated, as is our duty, cannot

be afforded

to a n y t h i n g but upon

good

reason"

( i v , x v i i , 2 4 ) . A n d to the objection that no one c a n follow the L o c k i a n practice for all of his beliefs, L o c k e replies, as w e h a v e seen, that everyone can and ought to do so for religious belief: "everyone has a concern in a future life, which he is bound to look after. T h i s engages his thoughts in religion; and here it mightily lies upon him

to

understand and reason right" (Conduct, §8; Works 1 1 , 3 4 2 ) . E v e r y b o d y in E n g l a n d has the time it takes on S u n d a y s and holidays

(Conduct,§8;

Works 1 1 , 3 4 2 ) ! For

L o c k e , the decisive consideration establishing that faith is

belief (opinion) rather than knowledge is that faith lacks the kind or g r o u n d of certitude requisite for knowledge. In his S e c o n d Letter to E d w a r d Stillingfleet, Bishop of Worcester, L o c k e says that

"the

certainty of faith, if y o u r lordship thinks fit to call it so, has nothing to

Applications

of the Vision

123

do with the certainty of knowledge. A n d to talk of the certainty of faith, seems all one to m e as to talk of the knowledge of believing - a w a y of speaking not easy to me to understand . . . F a i t h stands by itself, and upon grounds of its own; nor c a n be removed from them, and placed on those of knowledge. T h e i r grounds are so fa.£ from being the same, or h a v i n g a n y t h i n g c o m m o n , that w h e n it is brought to certainty, faith is destroyed; it is knowledge then, and faith no longer" (Works

111,146).

L o c k e is willing to speak of the "assurance of faith"; he regards the N e w T e s t a m e n t as calling for that (in, 2 7 4 - 5 ) . B u t the assurance of faith, he insists, is to be distinguished from knowledge: " W i t h w h a t assurance soever of believing, I assent to a n y article of faith, so that I steadfastly venture m y all upon it, it is still but believing. B r i n g it to certainty, and it ceases to be faith" (in, 1 4 6 - 7 ) . M o r e specifically, the "assurance" of faith, as L o c k e understands it, is the steadiness of faith; an assured faith m a y be as steady and u n w a v e r i n g as knowledge: "the full assurance of their faith as steadily determines their assent to the e m b r a c i n g of that truth, as if they actually knew it" (m, 2 8 1 ) . " | T ] h i s assurance of faith m a y a p p r o a c h v e r y near to certainty, and not come short ofit in a sure and steady influence on the m i n d " (in, 2 7 6 ) . W h a t L o c k e denies, however, is that faith either can or should be held with the firmness which characterizes or accompanies k n o w l e d g e .

104

Maximal

steadiness does not require m a x i m a l firmness: " B u t though bare belief a l w a y s includes some degrees of uncertainty, yet it does not therefore necessarily include a n y degree of w a v e r i n g ; the evidently strong probability m a y as steadily determine the m a n to assent to the truth, or m a k e him take the proposition for true, and act accordingly, as knowledge makes him see or be certain that it is true. A n d he that doth so, as to truths revealed in the scripture, will show his faith by his works; and has, for a u g h t I can see, all the faith necessary to a Christian, and required to salvation" (in, 2 9 9 ) .

1 0 5

1 0 4

T h o u g h he says, perplexingly, "I know not w h a t greater pledge a man can give of a full persuasion of the truth of anything, than his venturing his soul upon it, as he does, who sincerely embraces any religion, and receives it for true. But to what degree soever of assurance [persuasion?] his faith may rise, it still comes short of knowledge" (Third Letter for Toleration; Works v, 1 4 5 ) .

1 0 5

In his Fourth Letter for Toleration, Locke finds felicitious phrases for the two aspects of faith that he is distinguishing, namely "firm persuasion" and "full assurance." He furthermore suggests that the firmness of a person's belief will have behavioral manifestations: " M e n act by the strength of their persuasion, though they do not always place their persuasion and assent on that side on which, in reality, the strength of truth lies" (Works v , 5 6 4 ) . All of this raises an interesting question when combined with w h a t he says about martyrdom: " N o r is

Rationality

in everyday

life

T h e assumption underlying these points is that faith, in its very nature, is something different from knowledge. T h o u g h its assurance c a n and ought to be as high as that of (the beliefs which a c c o m p a n y or constitute) knowledge, and though its firmness m a y a p p r o a c h that of (those beliefs w h i c h a c c o m p a n y or constitute) knowledge, yet faith is not knowledge. L o c k e stands in that long line of Christian reflection w h i c h regards faith as a species of believing

on the basis of

revelation.

Specifically, faith is believing something on ( w h a t one takes to be) God's

revelation

of it.

And

this

is

inherently

different

from

the"perception" w h i c h L o c k e (officially) identifies with knowledge; "a definition of knowledge, w h i c h [is] one act of the mind, [does] not at all concern faith, w h i c h [is] another act of the mind quite distinct from it" (Second Letter to Stillingfleet; Works 1 1 1 , 2 8 2 ) . F o r ' ' f a i t h . .

.is

the assent to any proposition . . . upon the credit of the proposer, as coming from G o d in some e x t r a o r d i n a r y w a y of c o m m u n i c a t i o n " (iv,xviii,2). It is important to realize that L o c k e - once again in a c c o r d a n c e with the tradition

did not regard the holding of theistic beliefs in

general as a matter of faith. A three-fold distinction must be m a d e in h o w h u m a n beings hold beliefs about G o d . Sometimes they hold them as mere matters of opinion, on the basis of tradition or whatever. Sometimes they hold them as that special form of opinion w h i c h is faith.

A n d sometimes they know them - demonstratively, however, not

intuitively ( i v , i i i , 2 i ; i v , x ) .

1 0 6

1 0 6

T o establish and implement this last

there among the many absurd religions of the world, almost any one that does not lind votaries to lay down their lives for it: and if that be not firm persuasion and full assurance that is stronger than the love of life, and has force enough to make a man throw himself into the arms of death, it is hard to know what is firm persuasion and full assurance . . . The persuasion they have of the truth of their own religion, is visibly strong enough to make them venture themselves" (ibid., 5 6 3 - 4 ) . W a s it Locke's view that it is inappropriate to hold one's faith with so much firmness (confidence) thai one is willing to give one's life for it? Consider this passage: " I know not what greater pledge a man can give of a full persuasion of the truth of anything, than his venturing his soul upon it, as he does, who sincerely embraces any religion and receives it for true. But to what degree soever of assurance his faith may rise, it [faith?] still comes short of knowledge" (Third Letter for Toleration; Works v, 1 4 5 ) . In his own w a y , then, Locke follows the practice developing in his time of distinguishing between natural religion and revealed religion. W e must not suppose, however, that on his view, one must first come to a natural knowledge of G o d and then come to faith. In his Second Letter to Stillingfleet he says, for example: " I f your lordship means, that to suppose a divine revelation, it is necessary to know, that there is simply an intelligent being; this also I deny. For to suppose a divine revelation, it is not necessary that a man should know that there is such an intelligent being in the world: I say, know, i.e. from things that he does know, demonstratively deduce the proof of such a being: it is enough for the receiving divine revelation, to believe, that there is such a being, without having by demonstration attained to the knowledge that there is a G o d . . . if nobody can believe the Bible to be of divine

Applications

of the Vision

125

• conviction, L o c k e offers a version of the cosmological a r g u m e n t , concluding thus: "from the consideration of ourselves, and w h a t w e infallibly find in our o w n constitution, our R e a s o n leads us to the knowledge of this certain and evident truth, that there is an eternal, most powerful, and most knowing being; w h i c h , whether a n y one will please to call God, it matters not. T h e thing is evident, and from this idea duly considered, will easily be deduced all those other attributes, w h i c h w e ought to ascribe to this eternal being" ( i v , x , 6 ) . " T h e thing is evident," says L o c k e . I n another passage he says that " 'Tis as certain, that there is a G o d , as that the opposite angles, m a d e by the intersection of two straight lines, are equal" (i,iv, 1 6 ) , adding that " T h e r e was never a n y rational creature, that set himself sincerely to examine the truth of these propositions, that could fail to assent to them" (i,iv, 1 6 ) . L o c k e readily acknowledged that not all h u m a n beings h a v e set themselves sincerely to examine the a r g u m e n t in question. Y e t he found the suggestion implausible that a whole people might fail to h a v e knowledge of G o d ' s existence: "the visible marks of extraordinary wisdom and power, a p p e a r so plainly in all the works of the creation, that a rational creature, w h o will but seriously reflect on them, cannot miss the discovery of a Deity . . . it seems stranger to me, that a whole nation of men should be a n y w h e r e found so brutish, as to w a n t the notion of a G o d ; than they should be without a n y notion of numbers, or fire" (i,iv,q). O n c e again, then: F a i t h is a species of belief, not a species of F a i t h is the correlate of revelation. F a i t h consists of knowledge. believing things on the ground that they h a v e been revealed by G o d , rather than knowing them on the g r o u n d of some demonstration (the assumption being that it cannot be demonstrated that G o d has revealed 107

revelation, but he that clearly comprehends the whole deduction, and sees the evidence of the demonstration, wherein the existence of an intelligent being . . . is scientifically proved; there are, I fear, but few Christians among illiterate people, to look no farther" (Works 111,290-1). "" In his Second Vindication of the Reasonableness of Christianity, Locke says that " T o prevent this calumny, I, in more places than one, distinguished between faith, in a strict sense, as it is a bare assent to any proposition, and that which is called evangelical faith, in a larger sense of the word; which comprehends under it something more than a bare simple assent." T h e n , after citing some passages from Reasonableness, he adds: " B y these, and more, the like passages in my book, my meaning is so evident, that nobody, but an unmasker, would have said, that when I spoke of believing, as a bare speculative assent to any proposition, as true, I affirmed that was all that was required of a Christian for justification: though that in the strict sense of the word, is all that is done in believing." W h a t is needed for justification is "not a bare idle speculation, a bare notional persuasion of any truth whatsoever, floating in our brains; but an active principle of life, a faith working by love and obedience" (Works v i , 2 8 6 ) .

126

Rationality

in everyday

life

so-and-so). L e t us be clear that it is not the proposition that God has revealed P w h i c h is the object of> faith (unless one believes it to have been revealed that P has been revealed - see i v , x v i i i , 6 ) . R a t h e r it is P itself, the proposition one believes to h a v e been revealed by G o d , that is the object of faith. O n the other hand, one cannot identify faith by picking out propositions of a certain sort and then saying that faith is simply the a c c e p t a n c e of those propositions; for the very

same

proposition m a y be both known and taken on faith. (Not, however, simultaneously b y the same person. A person cannot simultaneously k n o w something and believe it on the basis of revelation; awareness will overwhelm f a i t h .

108

)

W e must distinguish two types of revelation. In original revelation an impression "is m a d e immediately by G o d , on the mind of" the person (iv,xviii,3).

109

Traditional

revelation, b y contrast, occurs when someone

communicates to another w h a t has been originally revealed to himself or herself or someone else. Faith, in response to this latter type of revelation, consists of accepting, as revealed by G o d , w h a t that person communicates as h a v i n g been (originally) revealed to s o m e o n e . '

10

W e can know intuitively that w h a t e v e r G o d reveals is true; w e can "perceive" it. " W h a t e v e r G o d hath revealed is certainly true; no d o u b t can be m a d e of it" ( i v , x v i i i , i o ) . L o c k e never considers the possibility that G o d might offer to us for our belief things w h i c h , though strictly speaking not true, nonetheless serve to guide us well on the paths of life. H e just takes it as necessarily true that if G o d reveals 1

P, then P is t r u e . " B u t that G o d did in fact reveal something on some '"" "But however it he called light and seeing; I suppose, it is at most but belief, and assurance: and the proposition taken for a revelation is not such, as they know, to be true, but take to be true. For where a proposition is known to be true, revelation is needless: and it is hard to conceive how there can be a revelation to any one of what he knows already. If therefore it be a proposition which they are persuaded but do not know, to be true, whatever they may call it, it is not seeing, but believing. F'or there are two ways, whereby truth comes into the mind, wholly distinct, so that one is not the other. W h a t I see I know to be so by the evidence of the thing itself: what I believe I take to be so upon the testimony of another" (Essay i v , x i x , i o ) . 1 0 8

1 1 0

In his paraphrases of St. Paul's epistles, Locke several times over says that Paul, for example, was a recipient of original revelation - Works v n , 3 0 - 1 , 3 4 , 4 3 2 . t h e "impression" of which Locke speaks in explaining original revelation is presumably the belief. But if the belief is produced immediately in one by G o d , then, so it would seem, one is not accepting it on the ground that it has been revealed by G o d . T h u s it appears that Locke's definition of "faith," when combined with his account of original revelation, yields the result that the believer's response to original revelation is not a case of faith.

" ' In A n Answer to R e m a r k s upon an Essay concerning H u m a n Understanding, Locke angrily remarks that "anyone who appears among Christians, m a y be well ashamed of his name, when he raises such a doubt as this, viz. whether an infinitely powerful and wise being be veracious or no; unless falsehood be in such reputation with this gentleman, that he concludes lying to be no mark of weakness and folly" (Works 1 1 1 , 1 8 7 ) . But of course the

Applications

of the Vision

127

occasion cannot be known; nor can it be known w h a t G o d revealed if G o d did reveal something. W e can only believe that an occurrence of revelation has occurred, and can only believe that w e h a v e correctly interpreted the content of some purported occurrence of revelation. That

God revealed

P can never be something known. S p e a k i n g of

Christianity, L o c k e says to one of his opponents that if you mean, in speaking of faith as knowledge, that the true religion may be known with the certainty of knowledge properly so called; I ask you farther, whether that true religion be to be known by the light of nature, or needed a divine revelation to discover it? If you say, as I suppose you will, the latter; then I ask whether the making out of that to be a divine revelation, depends not upon particular matters of fact, whereof you were no eye-witness but were done many ages before you were born? and if so, by what principles of science they can be known to any man now living." (A Third Letter for Toleration; Works v , 4 2 4 ) 1 1 2

It is because w e c a n never know that God has revealed P that our acceptance of P itself, on the ground that it has been revealed by G o d , is never knowledge (or the accompaniment of knowledge). "Whatsoever truth w e come to the clear discovery of, from the knowledge and contemplation of our o w n ideas, will a l w a y s be certainer for us, than those w h i c h are conveyed to us by traditional revelation. F o r the knowledge, w e have, that this revelation c a m e at first from G o d , can never be so sure, as the knowledge w e have from the clear and distinct perception of the agreement, or disagreement of our own ideas" 3

( i v , x v i i i , 4 ) . " W h a t Locke says here concerning traditional revelation, he meant for revelation in general. In deciding whether to accept P, on the ground of its h a v i n g been

i ] i

m

parent who gives the child advice which, though not "strictly speaking true," is nonetheless helpful, is not lying*. T h e passage continues: "we neither think that G o d requires, nor has given us faculties capable of knowing in this world several of those truths, which arc to be believed to salvation." In this passage, Locke speaks of the knowledge that G o d revealed something, as he does in two other passages in Essay iv,xviii,4~5: "our assurance can be no greater, than our knowledge is, that it is a revelation from G o d . " "Since the whole strength of the certainty depends upon our knowledge, that G o d revealed it . . ." Possibly these are just slips of the pen. I think it more likely, however, that they are to be read in the light of this comment in one of the letters to Stillingfleet: " I think it is possible to be certain upon the testimony of G o d . . . where I know that it is the testimony of G o d ; because in such a case, that testimony is capable not only to make me believe, but, i l l consider it right, to make me know the things to be so; and so I may be certain. For the veracity of God is as capable of making mc know a proposition to be true, as any other w a y of proof can be; and therefore I do not in such a case barely believe, but know such a proposition to be true, and attain certainty" (Works 1 1 1 , 2 8 1 ) . 1 think that we are to read this passage as if it continued thus: However, though anyone who knows that something is the testimony of God knows also that it is true, one can never know that something is the testimony of God.

Rationality

128

in everyday

life

revealed by G o d , w e must appraise the probability on satisfactory evidence of the proposition that God has revealed P. O n l y if this is more p r o b a b l e than not on such evidence are w e entitled to believe P itself— unless, of course, w e h a v e independent reason for accepting P. L o c k e makes clear that he is not insisting that w e need independent evidence in favor of P — in favor of the content of the purported revelation - to be justified in accepting it. Q u i t e to the contrary: T h e very genius of revelation is that, by this means, G o d can present to us for our belief things w h i c h the unaided use of our faculties has not entitled us to believe. W h a t is required is not satisfactory independent evidence in favor of P, but satisfactory evidence in favor of the proposition that God has revealed

P.

It should not be overlooked, however, that on Locke's view a good deal of the content of revelation lies within the reach of our unaided natural faculties. In The Reasonableness

of Christianity

he tries to show

that this is the case for Christian revelation, not only for w h a t it teaches us concerning our moral duties, but even for w h a t it teaches us concerning w h a t is required for salvation. T h e book, says L o c k e , was addressed mainly to d e i s t s ,

114

"designed . . . chiefly for those w h o were

not yet thoroughly, or firmly, Christians, proposing to work on those, w h o either wholly disbelieved, or doubted of the truth of the Christian religion" ( A V i n d i c a t i o n of the Reasonableness; Works v i , i 6 4 ) . His goal in writing it was to "convince . . . men of the mission of J e s u s Christ, make them . . . see the truth, simplicity, and reasonableness, of w h a t he himself taught, and required to be believed by his followers." If this were accomplished, one "need not d o u b t . . . such converts will not lay b y the scriptures, but b y a constant reading and study of them get all the light they can from this divine revelation, and nourish themselves up in the words of faith" (vi, The

164-5).

1 1 5

strategy L o c k e adopted for accomplishing his goal h a d two

parts: to display w h a t "natural reason" is capable of telling us to be 1 1 4

1 , 5

2

Second Vindication; Works vi, 1 8 8 - 9 , ^i~5"But when I had gone through the whole [of the gospels], and saw w h a t a plain, simple, reasonable thing Christianity was, suited to all conditions and capacities; and in the morality of it now, with divine authority, established into a legible law, so far surpassing all that philosophy and human reason had attained to, or could possibly make effectual to all degrees of mankind; I was flattered to think it might be of some use in the world; especially to those, who thought either that there was no need of revelation at all, or that the revelation of our Saviour required the belief of such articles for salvation which the settled notions, and their w a y of reasoning in some, and want of understanding in others, made impossible to them. U p o n these two topics the objections seemed to turn, which were with most assurance made by deists, against Christianity; but against Christianity misunderstood" (Works vi, 1 8 8 ) .

Applications

of the Vision

129

necessary for salvation, and to display w h a t the revelation found in the teachings of J e s u s does in fact tell us to be necessary for s a l v a t i o n .

116

( L o c k e seems never to have questioned that the gospels give us an accurate record of the teachings of J e s u s .

1 1 7

) T h e two, as L o c k e

presents them, coincide. O r rather, they almost coincide. T h e person w h o is acquainted with J e s u s must, for his salvation, not only believe and do that w h i c h "natural reason" is c a p a b l e of telling us is necessary for salvation; he must, in addition, believe that Jesus Messiah.

is the

T h e words "is c a p a b l e of telling us," used of natural reason,

are important. It w a s Locke's view that natural reason has never even approached principle

telling a n y b o d y the totality of that which it is capable in

of telling us - either concerning the full extent of our moral

1 1 6

Locke stales in the Reasonableness, and emphasizes repeatedly in the several Vindications, that he is discussing what Jesus (and the N e w Testament writers) teach as necessary for being a Christian; he is not discussing what Christians ought to believe. A s to the latter: they ought to believe whatever they, on reflection, believe that G o d has revealed. " T h o u g h all divine revelation requires the obedience of faith, yet every truth of inspired scriptures is not one of those that by the law of faith is required to be explicitly believed to justification . . . Those are fundamentals which it is not enough not to disbelieve; everyone is required actually to assent to them. But any other proposition contained in the Scripture, which G o d has not thus made a necessary part of the law of faith (without an actual assent to which, he will not allow anyone to be a believer) a man may be ignorant of without hazarding his Works v i , i 5 6 ) . Cf., in the various salvation by a delect in his faith" (Reasonableness; Vindications, Works vt, i 7 6 , 2 2 7 - 3 6 , 3 0 6 - 7 , 3 2 0 - 1 , 3 5 5 - 7 , 4 0 7 - 8 .

1 1 7

He holds, in fact, that they are infallible: "All that is contained in the inspired writings, is all of divine authority, must all be allowed for such, and received for divine and infallible truth, by every subject of Christ's kingdom, i.e. every Christian" ( W o r k s , v i , ^ 6 ) . F o r infallibility, see also ibid., 3 1 3 ; and Essay m , i x , 2 3 . A s suggested by the passage just quoted, it was because Locke viewed the Scripture writers as inspired by God that he viewed their writings as infallibly true. It is much less clear what he regarded as the connection between inspiration and revelation. It appears to me, however, that he regarded the content of any writing inspired by G o d as revealed by G o d . T h u s he seems to have regarded the N e w Testament throughout as the inspiredly infallible record of original revelation (i.e., revelation to the writer), with some of this inspiredly infallible record being, in turn, a report of traditional revelation (i.e., a report of revelation to someone other than the writer, e.g., to Jesus). Locke seems to assume that Christians do, or should, agree with him on this. A n d thus he draws the conclusion that Christians are obligated to believe all the claims of the N e w Testament writers - or rather, everything that they on reflection believe those writers to have claimed. T o do otherwise would be to dishonor G o d : " . . . the inspired writings of the holy scriptures. E v e r y part of it is [God's] word, and ought, every part of it, to be believed by every christian m a n " (Works v i , 3 5 1 ) . T h e N e w Testament is all "of divine authority, one part as much as another. A n d , in this sense, all the divine truths in the inspired writings are fundamental, and necessary to be believed" (vt, 3 4 9 ) . " A n d thus all the scripture of the N e w 'testament, given by divine inspiration, is matter of faith, and necessary to be believed by all Christians, to whom it is proposed" (vi, 3 2 1 ) . A s to its being the obligation of Christians to believe all that they, on serious reflection, believe that the N e w Testament writers claimed, rather than all that they did in fact claim, see especially A Second Vindication, in Works vi, 3 9 0 - 3 , where Locke's example of the general point is this: W h a t e v e r a Christian on serious reflection takes to be the import of Christ's words, "this is my body" and "this is my blood," that is what he ought to believe.

130

Rationality

in everyday

life

duties, or concerning w h a t is required for salvation. H e a d d e d that even if it had told someone these things, its nature is such that it would not

h a v e done

so with

the effectiveness

Messiah's w a y of telling us these t h i n g s .

that characterizes

the

118

L e t us return to the topic of faith. T h o u g h it is not the case that P must

be more

probable than

not,

on

satisfactory

independent

evidence, to entitle one to believe that God revealed P, nonetheless, the epistemic status of the content of a purported revelation, j u d g e d independently of any evidence that it has been revealed, does h a v e a bearing on the epistemic status of the proposition concerning the occurrence. I f a n y proposition (self-evidently) contradicts something of which one j u d g e s oneself to h a v e intuitive

(or demonstrative)

knowledge, one must reject the proposal that G o d has revealed that proposition. "Since no evidence of our faculties b y w h i c h w e receive such revelations can exceed, if equal, the certainty of our intuitive knowledge, we can never receive for a truth a n y t h i n g that is directly contrary to our clear and distinct knowledge . . . no proposition can be received for divine revelation, or obtain the assent due to all such, if it be contradictory to our clear intuitive knowledge, because this would be to subvert the principles and foundations

of all

knowledge,

evidence, and assent whatsoever" ( i v , x v i i i , 5 ) . W h a t , then, about the case in which, though the content of the purported revelation does not contradict w h a t one judges oneself to know, nonetheless it is improbable on evidence w h i c h one judges to be satisfactory? M o r e specifically, suppose that one judges the proposition that God has revealed P to be probable on satisfactory evidence, whereas '"'

This is the content: G o d , "by the light of reason, revealed to all mankind, who would make use ol that light, that he was good and merciful. T h e same spark of the divine nature and knowledge in man, which making him a man, showed him the law he was under, as a man; showed him also the w a y of atoning the merciful, kind, compassionate A u t h o r and Father of him and his being, when he had transgressed that law. He that made use of this candle of the Lord, so far as to lind what was his duly, could not miss to find also the w a y to reconciliation and forgiveness, when he had failed of his duty . . . T h e law is the eternal, immutable standard of right. A n d a part of that law is, that a man should forgive, not only his children, bul his enemies, upon their repentance, asking pardon, and amendment. A n d therefore he could not doubt that the author of this law, and G o d of patience and consolation, w h o is rich in mercy, would forgive his frail offspring, if they acknowledged their faults, disapproved the iniquity of their transgressions, begged his pardon, and resolved in earnest, for the future, to conform their actions to this rule, which they owned to be just and right. T h i s w a y of reconciliation, this hope of atonement, the light of nature revealed to them: and the revelation of the gospel, having said nothing to the contrary" (Reasonableness; Works vi, 1 3 3 ) . T h e "new covenant" simply adds to this "old covenant": "These two, faith and repentance, i.e. believing Jesus to be the Messiah, and a good life, are the indispensable conditions of the new covenant" (ibid., 1 0 5 ) .

Applications

of the Vision

one j u d g e s P itself to be i m p r o b a b l e on satisfactory independent evidence. Is one then somehow to w e i g h u p the probability of the proposition that God has revealed P against the improbability of P itself, and go with the stronger (remembering that to determine the former, one must consider both the evidence for the proposition that one is confronted with an occurrence of revelation, and the evidence for the proposition that one is correctly interpreting the content of that purported occurrence)? T h o u g h L o c k e is far from lucid on this matter, I think his a n s w e r is Y e s - as indeed, in his system, it should h a v e been. H e says that "since G o d in giving us the light of R e a s o n has not thereby tied u p his o w n hands from affording us, when he thinks fit, the light of revelation in a n y of those matters, wherein our natural faculties are able to give a probable determination, revelation, where G o d has been pleased to give it, must carry it, against the probable conjectures of R e a s o n " (iv,xviii,8; cf. i v , x v i i i , g ) . T h e r e is one more connection between content and presentation: O n e is not to believe P with a firmness in excess of that with which one In the case of faith, "our is entitled to believe that God has revealed P. assent can be rationally no higher than the evidence of its being a revelation, and that this is the m e a n i n g of the expressions it is delivered in. I f the evidence of its being a revelation, or that this is its true sense be only on p r o b a b l e proofs, our assent can reach no higher than an assurance or diffidence, arising from the more, or less a p p a r e n t probability of the proofs" (iv,xvi, 1 4 ) . 119

1 2 0

A n d w h a t , finally, is L o c k e willing to accept as evidence for the occurrence of revelation? T h e inner experience of the enthusiasts will not do. W h a t will? L o c k e gives the matter l a m e n t a b l y short shrift; nonetheless, his answer is clear: miracles. 1 1 9

A n d that, says Locke, is sufficient for salvation: "though bare belief always includes some degrees of uncertainly, yet it does not therefore necessarily include any degree of wavering; the evidently strong probability may as steadily determine the man to assent to the truth, or make him take the proposition for true, and act accordingly, as knowledge makes them see or be certain that it is true. A n d he that doth so, as to truths revealed in the scripture, will show his faith by his works; and has, for aught I can see, all the faith necessary to a Christian, and required to salvation" (Second R e p l y to the Bishop of Worcester; Works 111,299).

1 2 0

A n d as for biblical revelation, Locke insisted that there is no special "biblical hermencutic." He says to Stillingfleet that he reads "the holy scripture with a full assurance, that all it delivers is true: and though this be a submission to the writings of those inspired authors, which I neither have nor can have, for those of any other men; yet I use the same w a y to interpret to myself the sense of that book, thai I do of any other" (Works 1 1 1 , 3 4 1 ) . In the Preface to his paraphrases of the epistles of St. Paul, Locke spells out his interpretative principles. A very helpful discussion of the role of Locke's thought in the origins of modern biblical criticism is H . G . Reventlow, The Authority of the Bible and the Rise of the Modern World (Philadelphia, Fortress Press, 1 9 8 5 ) .

I

32

Rationality

in everyday

life

W e see the holy men of old, w h o h a d revelation from G o d , had something else besides that internal light of assurance in their o w n minds, to testify to them, that it was from G o d . T h e y were not left to their own persuasions alone, that those persuasions were from G o d ; but had outward signs to convince them of the author of those revelations. A n d when they were to convince others, they had a power given them to justify the truth of their commission from heaven; and by visible signs to assert the divine authority of the message they were sent with. ( i v , x i x , i 5 ) ' 21

Sprinkled a b o u t in Locke's writings are references to a n u m b e r of biblically reported m i r a c l e s ;

122

i n v a r i a b l y he takes it as obvious that

the miracle reported confirms that the person performing the miracle, or in one w a y or another the subject of the miracle, is the recipient of divine revelation. F o r example, " T h e evidence of our Savior's mission from heaven is so great, in the multitude of miracles he did before all sorts of people, that w h a t he delivered cannot but be received as the oracles of G o d , and unquestionable verity; for the miracles he did were so ordered by the divine providence and wisdom, that they never were, nor could be, denied by a n y of the enemies or opposers of Christianity" (Reasonableness;

Works

vi,i35).

T h i s view, traditional though it be, that miracles are evidence for divine revelation, bristles with problems. T o mention just one: H o w m u c h of w h a t a person believes has been divinely revealed to him is confirmed as h a v i n g been divinely revealed to him by the miraculous sign of which he is the recipient? C o r r e s p o n d i n g l y , how m u c h of w h a t a person claims to h a v e been divinely revealed to him is confirmed as having been divinely revealed to him by his performance of a miracle? T o these problems, L o c k e never addressed himself. Neither did he address with care the question H u m e raised: U n d e r w h a t circumstances, if a n y , are w e permitted to accept testimony to the effect

that a miracle has occurred? H e remarks that

"the

credibility and attestation of the report is all that is of moment, when miracles done by others in other places are the a r g u m e n t prevails"

( T h i r d L e t t e r for Toleration;

Works

v,524);

it is

that not

necessary that miracles a c c o m p a n y the present-day presentation of a report of revelation. B u t L o c k e w a s of the v i e w that the biblical reports of miracles are more than reliable: they are infallible.

Attestation

will accordingly h a v e to be unusual; in fact, it will h a v e to be evidence 1 2 1

1 2 2

Locke's discussion of the nature of miracles, which does not here concern us, is to be found in his posthumously published " A Discourse of Miracles." A p p a r e n t l y he believed that the occurrence of miracles continued into, at least, the early church; see his T h i r d Letter for Toleration; Works v,448ff.

Applications

of the Vision

!33

that these writings w e r e inspired by God. A n d that evidence will itself h a v e to consist of miracles performed b y these writers. T h u s L o c k e speaks of "an undoubted testimony that miracles w e r e done b y the first publishers of [the g o s p e l ] " (v, 4 4 3 ) ; and he says not only that the gospel is still a c c o m p a n i e d by this testimony, but that this is all that most readers of it h a v e ever had: "all those, w h o were not eye-witnesses of miracles done in their presence, it is plain had no other miracles than w e have; that is, upon report; and it is p r o b a b l e not so m a n y , nor so well attested as w e h a v e " ( v , 4 4 3 ) . Is L o c k e suggesting that it is probable, on extra-biblical

evidence,

that those w h o wrote the biblical books worked miracles; and is he suggesting that w e are to believe on this basis, and with a certain tempered level of confidence,

that they were inspired, and hence

infallible? I think not. Instead his thought appears to be that the relevant evidence for the inspired status of their writings is offered by the biblical writers in their books; in their books they report the miraculous evidence w h i c h confirms that they were recipients of revelation. O f course, that invites the question whether, say, Moses w a s the author of those books w h i c h report revelations received by Moses along with their miraculous confirmations - as indeed it invites the question

whether, if these books were written by Moses, he

correctly reported his experience. L o c k e , in one passage, himself recognizes the relevance of these questions:

the history of the deluge is conveyed to us by writings, which had their original from revelation: and yet nobody, I think, will say, he has as certain and clear a knowledge of the flood, as Noah that saw it; or that he himself would have had, had he then been alive, and seen it. For he has no greater an assurance than that of his senses, that it is writ in the book supposed writ by Moses inspired: But he has not so great an assurance, that Moses writ that book, as if he had seen Moses write it. So that the assurance of its being a revelation, is less still than the assurance of his senses. (iv,xviii,4) O n e final point: L o c k e mentions one circumstance in w h i c h it is, if not exactly permissible, nonetheless harmless, to believe that G o d has revealed something to one, even though one lacks the evidence of miracles; namely, the circumstance of the content of the purported personal revelation already h a v i n g been revealed in Scripture. I n that circumstance, one can be assured that, w h e t h e r or not one has received a revelation, the content of the purported revelation belongs to w h a t G o d has revealed (iv,xix, 1 6 ) !

134

Rationality (b)

in everyday

life

Morality

Locke's presentation of his thoughts on moral obligation is considerably more scattered than that of his thoughts on "revealed" and " n a t u r a l " religion. Nonetheless, the structure of his thought is relatively c l e a r . A n d as to the importance of the topic, he never w a v e r e d : "since our faculties are not fitted to penetrate into the internal fabric and real essences of bodies; but yet plainly discover to us the being of a G o d , and the knowledge of ourselves, enough to lead us into a full and clear discovery of our duty, and great concernment, it will become us, as rational creatures, to employ those faculties w e h a v e about w h a t they are most adapted to, and follow the direction of nature, where it seems to point us out the w a y . F o r 'tis rational to conclude, that our proper employment lies in those enquiries, and in that sort of knowledge, which is most suited to our natural capacities, and carries in it our greatest interest, i.e., the condition of our eternal estate. H e n c e I think I m a y conclude, that morality is the proper science, and business of mankind in general; ( w h o are both concerned, and fitted to search out their (iv,xii,ii). Summum Bonum)" 123

" A m o n g s t the simple ideas, which w e receive both from sensation and reflection, pain and pleasure are two very considerable ones," says L o c k e ( n , x x , i ) . H e goes on to say that things "are good or evil, only in reference to pleasure or pain. T h a t we call good, w h i c h is apt to cause or increase pleasure, or diminish pain in us; or else to procure, or preserve us the possession of a n y other good, or absence of any evil. A n d on the contrary, we n a m e that evil, w h i c h is apt to produce or increase a n y pain or diminish a n y pleasure in us; or else to procure us any evil, or deprive us of any good" ( n , x x , 2 ) . Locke's subsequent discussion makes clear that the words " p a i n " and "pleasure" are misleading as names for the phenomena he has in mind. H e is taking note of the fundamental fact that m u c h of our experience is "phenomenologically valorized" - some of w h a t w e experience, w e like; some, we dislike. T h a t this is different from the pleasure/pain contrast is easily seen by observing, for example, that persons sometimes like pain. L o c k e himself says that " B y pleasure and pain . . . I m

A n excellent discussion of Locke's ethical theory is J o h n C o l m a n , Locke's Moral Philosophy (Edinburgh, Edinburgh University Press, 1 9 8 3 ) . See also H a n s Aarsleff, " T h e State of Nature and the Nature of M a n in Locke," in J o h n W . Yolton (ed.), John Locke: Problems and Perspectives ( C a m b r i d g e , C a m b r i d g e University Press, 1 9 6 9 ) ; J . B. Schneewind, "Locke's Moral Philosophy," in Chappell, The Cambridge Companion to Locke; and chap. 8 of Ian Harris, The Mind of John Locke ( C a m b r i d g e , C a m b r i d g e University Press, 1 9 9 4 ) .

Applications

of the Vision

l

35

must all along be understood . . . to mean, not only bodily pain and pleasure, but whatsoever delight or uneasiness is felt b y us, whether arising from a n y grateful, or unacceptable sensation or reflection" ( n , x x , i 5 ) . T h o u g h commentators often speak of Locke's hedonism,

he

is better thought of as standing in the long classical tradition of eudaimonism.

H e himself, on a n u m b e r of occasions, uses "happiness"

to express w h a t he has in m i n d .

1 2 4

H a v i n g given his account of good and evil, L o c k e then takes note of w h a t he calls "uneasiness": the state of lacking something that one believes would be pleasant, when

that state itself is unpleasant

( n , x x , 6 ) . T h i s , he says, is the same as desire

(n,xxi,3i).

1 2 5

uneasiness, or desire, is w h a t causes the passions ( I I , X X , 3 - I 8 )

And and

determines the will (n,xxi,2o,- 3 9 ) - though, as L o c k e sees clearly, one may

desire something without choosing it, even when free to do so

(n,xxi.4o,46ff.). T h o u g h the concepts of good and evil enter into Locke's analysis of moral obligation, nonetheless the concept of moral obligation is under­ stood by him as fundamentally different from that of good. O b l i g a t i o n is w h a t is required by divine law. A law in general is a certain sort of rule for v o l u n t a r y action (n,xxviii,4 5 ) ; specifically, a rule for voluntary action is a l a w if someone w h o wills that the rule be followed and has the right to c o m m a n d that it be followed attaches sanctions and

punishments

to its observance and b r e a c h .

1 2 6

rewards

T h r e e sorts of

laws m a y be distinguished: " i . T h e divine law. 2 . T h e civil law. 3 . T h e law of opinion or reputation, if I m a y so call it. B y the relation they bear to the first of these, men j u d g e whether their actions are sins, or duties; by

the second, whether they be criminal, or innocent; and by the

third, whether they be virtues or vices" ( n , x x v i i i , 7 ) .

v

127

" Sec, for example, Essay i,iii,3; i,iii,5>; n . x x i , ^ ; n,xxi,6f,; Reasonableness; Works V M 4 9 . 125 "'t'he uneasiness a man finds in himself upon the absence of anything, whose present enjoyment carries the idea of delight with it, is that we call desire" (n,xx,(i). n,xviii,6; Essays on the Law of Nature, pp. ijji and 1 8 3 . In ii,xxviii,ia, Locke considers the objection that he is forgetting his own concept of a law when he says that social customs m a y have the status of law. His reply is interesting: " I f anyone shall imagine, that I have forgot my own notion of a law, when I make the law, whereby men j u d g e of virtue and vice to be nothing else, but the consent of private men, who have not authority enough to make a law: Especially wanting that, which is so necessary, and essential to a law, a power to enforce it: I think, I may say, that he, who imagines commendation and disgrace, not to be strong motives on men to accomodate themselves to the opinions and rules of those, with whom they converse seems little skilled in the nature, or history of mankind: the greatest part whereof he shall find to govern themselves chiefly, if not solely, by the law of fashion." W h a t then follows is an impressive discussion of the force of social approval and disapproval. 1 2 6

m

Rationality

136

in everyday

life

T h u s " w h a t d u t y is, cannot be understood without a law; nor a l a w be known, or supposed without a l a w m a k e r , or without r e w a r d and punishment" (i,iii, 1 2 ) . Specifically, d u t y is w h a t is required b y divine law. Locke's theory of moral obligation is a divine c o m m a n d theory though it is i m p o r t a n t to add that the c o m m a n d s are those of a necessarily loving G o d whose goal is the happiness of all his h u m a n creatures.

128

" T h a t G o d has given a rule w h e r e b y men should govern

themselves, I think there is n o b o d y so brutish as to d e n y , " says L o c k e . " H e has a right to do it, w e are his creatures: H e has goodness and wisdom to direct our actions to that which is best: and he has p o w e r to enforce it by r e w a r d s and punishments,

of infinite

weight

and

duration, in another life: for nobody can take us out of his hands. T h i s is the only true touchstone of moral rectitude" (u,xxviii,8). T h e sanctions attached to divine law are of course goods and evils, "pleasures" and "pains." A n d since divine law is the determinant of moral obligation, w e can call those goods and evils, moral goods and moral evils - without, however, identifying moral good with obligation.

129

" [ D i v i n e l a w ] is the only true touchstone of moral rectitude; and by c o m p a r i n g them to this law, it is, that men j u d g e of the

most

considerable moral good or evil of their actions; that is, whether as duties, or sins, they are like to procure them happiness, or misery, from the hands of the A l m i g h t y " (n,xxviii,8). "Morally

good and evil then, is only

the conformity or disagreement of our voluntary actions to some law, w h e r e b y good or evil is d r a w n on us, from the will and p o w e r of the l a w m a k e r ; w h i c h good and evil, pleasure or pain, attending our observance, or breach of the l a w , by the decree of the l a w m a k e r , is that w e call reward

and punishment"

(n,xxviii,5).

It m a y well be that sometimes the mere prospect of not doing w h a t 1 2 8

1 2 9

Kor a contemporary analogue, developed with a much more sophisticated attention to the nature of meaning than one iinds in Locke, see Robert M . A d a m s , The Virtue of Faith and Other Essays in Philosophical Iheology (Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1 9 8 7 ) , esp. the chapters entitled " A Modified Divine C o m m a n d 'theory of Ethical Wrongness" and "Divine C o m m a n d Metaethics Modified A g a i n . " " T h a t which has very much confounded men about the will and its determinations has been the confounding of the notion of moral rectitude and giving it the name of moral good. T h e pleasure that a man takes in any action or expects as a consequence of it is indeed a good in itself able and proper to move the will, but the moral rectitude of it considered barely in itself is not good or evil nor in any w a y moves the will but as pleasure and pain either accompanies the action itself or is looked on to be a consequence of it. W h i c h is evident from the punishments and rewards which G o d has annexed to moral rectitude or pravity as proper motives by the will which would be needless if moral rectitude were itself good and moral pravity evil." Quoted from Locke's C o m m o n p l a c e Book of 1 6 9 3 in C o l m a n , Locke's Moral Philosophy, pp. 4 8 - 9 .

Applications one recognizes

of the Vision

'37

to be one's duty stirs up in one

a

motivating

"uneasiness." O u r h u m a n condition, h o w e v e r , is such that that is b y no means a l w a y s the case; it is for that reason, then, that G o d has attached sanctions to G o d ' s law. B u t though the prospect of securing happiness or avoiding unhappiness is a l w a y s w h a t motivates us, it remains the case that w h a t determines our obligations is divine law, not utility: "if the source and origin of all this law is the care and preservation of oneself, virtue would seem to be not so m u c h man's duty as his convenience, nor will a n y t h i n g be good except w h a t is useful to him; and the observance of this law would be not so m u c h our duty a n d obligation, to w h i c h w e are bound by nature, as a privilege and an a d v a n t a g e , to w h i c h w e are led by e x p e d i e n c y . "

130

It seems clear that a law is a determinant of obligation only if the person laying d o w n the law has the right to c o m m a n d obedience of those to w h o m

the l a w applies; otherwise

the issuance

of

the

c o m m a n d is simply an exercise of power. In his early (unpublished) work Essays on the Law of Nature,

L o c k e repeatedly and emphatically

acknowledges the point; and argues that G o d has such a right. T o understand w h e n c e some "bond of law takes its origin," says L o c k e , "we must understand that no one can oblige or bind us to do anything, unless he has right and p o w e r over us; and indeed, when he c o m m a n d s w h a t he wishes should be done and w h a t should not be done, he only makes use of his right. H e n c e that bond derives from the lordship and c o m m a n d which a n y superior has over us and our actions, and in so far as w e are subject to another w e are so far under an obligation. But that bond constrains us to discharge our liability, and the liability is twofold: First, a liability to p a y dutiful obedience . . . S e c o n d l y , a liability to punishment, w h i c h arises from a failure to p a y dutiful o b e d i e n c e . "

131

T h a t G o d , in particular, has the right to

lay d o w n c o m m a n d s for our actions follows, says L o c k e , from the fact that w e are G o d ' s creatures. In the Essays

L o c k e states the point

brutally: "for w h o will deny that the clay is subject to the potter's will, and that a piece of pottery can be shattered by the same hand by which it has been formed?" (p. 1 5 5 ) . In the Second Treatise of Government he states it somewhat more delicately: "men being all the workmanship of one omnipotent, and infinitely wise maker; all the servants of one sovereign master, sent into the world by his order, and about his business; they are his property, whose w o r k m a n s h i p they are, m a d e to

1 3 0

Essays on the Law of Nature,

p. 1 8 1 .

1 3 1

Ibid.,

pp. 1 8 1 - 3 .

Rationality

i 8 3

in everyday

life

last during his, not one another's pleasure" (§6; Works

iv,34i).

T h e right to which L o c k e is here appealing appears to be the right to dispose of one's property as one wishes; w e are G o d ' s property. B u t h o w , in Locke's system, are w e to understand the status of such a right? Earlier in the Essays

L o c k e had remarked that "right is

g r o u n d e d in the fact that w e h a v e the free use of a thing, whereas l a w is w h a t enjoins or forbids the doing of a thing" (p. 1 1 1 ) . O n this understanding, for one to h a v e a right to d o so-and-so is for the relevant laws of obligation to permit one to do so-and-so. B u t obviously G o d ' s right to c o m m a n d obedience of us cannot be understood as consisting in G o d ' s being permitted to do so by the laws of obligation, if the

laws of obligation

are just G o d ' s laws. L o c k e offers

alternative analysis, h o w e v e r ;

132

no

and I fail to see w h a t alternative

analysis he could offer. T h e r e is, here, a deep fissure in Locke's theory. It is important to realize that the very same rule for action which occurs in divine law might also o c c u r in civil and social law; when that is the case, and the question is raised w h y the rule should be followed, one might reply by appealing to a n y one of the statuses that it has all of t h e m .

133

or to

F u r t h e r m o r e , people m a y disagree on the status of some

rule for action; one person m a y think it belongs to divine law; another, only to civil or social law. T o deny that a rule for action has the status of divine law is tantamount, on Locke's view, to denying that it specifies a 1

moral obligation; '"

those w h o deny that there are any divine laws

1:12

Sec, lor example, iv,xiii,3, where Locke just asserts lhal whoever has "the idea of an intelligent, hut frail and weak heing, made by and depending on another, who is eternal, omnipotent, perfectly wise and good, will as certainly know that man is to honour, fear and obey C o d , as that the sun shines when he sees it. f o r if he hath but the ideas of two such beings in his mind, and will turn his thoughts that w a y , and consider them, he will as certainly find that the inferior, finite, and dependent, is under an obligation to obey the supreme and infinite, as he is certain to find, that three, (bur, and seven, are less than fifteen, if he will consider, and compute those numbers." Perhaps so! But there is no w a y in which Locke can account for the fact here "perceived."

1 3 3

A n d it is because, if a rule for action is a law, there is always something (of one or the other of three sorts) which accounts for its being a law, that " 1 think, there cannot any one moral rule be proposed whereof a man may not justly demand a reason . . . should that most unshaken rule of morality, and foundation of all social virtue, That one should do as he would be done unto, be proposed to one, who never heard it before, but yet is of capacity to understand its meaning; might he not without any absurdity ask a reason why? A n d were not he that proposed it, bound to make out the truth and reasonableness of it to him? S o that the truth of all these moral rules, plainly depends upon some other antecedent to them, and from which they must be deduced" (i,iii,4). Locke regards this as a reason for concluding that moral laws are not innate in us. Cf. Essay i,iii,6: "the true ground of morality; which can only be the will and law of a G o d , who sees men in the dark, has in his hand rewards and punishments, and power enough to call to account the proudest offender."

Applications whatsoever

tacitly deny

that

of the Vision there are a n y moral

Nonetheless, something which is in fact a c k n o w l e d g e d by them as a law

T

39

obligations.

a divine l a w m a y still be

i.e., as either a civil or social l a w .

That men should keep their compacts, is certainly a great and undeniable rule in morality: But yet, if a Christian, who has the view of happiness and misery in another life, be asked why a man must keep his word, he will give this as a reason: Because God, who has the power of eternal life and death, requires it of us. But if an Hobbist be asked why; he will answer: Because the public requires it, and the Leviathan will punish you, if you do not. And if one of the old heathen philosophers had been asked, he would have answered: Because it was dishonest, below the dignity of a man, and opposite to virtue, the highest perfection of human nature, to do otherwise. Hence naturally flows the great variety of opinions, concerning moral rules, which are to be found amongst men, according to the different sorts of happiness, they have a prospect of, or propose to themselves . . . But yet I think it must be allowed, that several moral rules may receive, from mankind, a very general approbation, without either knowing, or admitting the true ground of morality; which can only be the will and law of a God. (i,iii,5 and 6 ) 1 3 5

T h a t there are civil and social laws is obvious. L o c k e took it as scarcely less obvious that there is divine law - "that l a w w h i c h G o d has set to the actions of men, whether promulgated to them b y the light of nature, or the voice of revelation" ( n , x x v i i i , 8 ) . Both reason and revelation tell us that w e h a v e obligations to G o d . A n d as to how, from the other side, w e come to believe that some rule for action is an obligation, i.e., that it is something G o d requires of us, Locke's answer is that w e come to believe this in m a n y w a y s : by believing our teachers on their sayso, by accepting revelation, and so on: I doubt not, but without being written on their hearts, many men, may, by the same way that they come to the knowledge of other things come to assent to several moral rules, and be convinced of their obligation. Others also may come to be of the same mind, from their education, company, and customs of their country; which, persuasion however got, will serve to set conscience on work, which is nothing else, but our own opinion or judgment of the moral rectitude or pravity of our own actions. (i,ii,8; cf. Essays, p. 1 2 9 ) 1 3 5

Cf. Reasonableness;

Works V I , I 4 4 : "Those just measures of right and wrong, which necessity

had anywhere introduced, the civil laws prescribed or philosophy recommended, stood on their true foundations.

T h e y were looked on as bonds of society, and conveniencies of

common life, and laudable practices. But where was it that their obligation was thoroughly known and allowed, and they received as precepts of a law; of the highest law, the law of nature? T h a t could not be, without

a clear knowledge

and acknowledgment

of the

law-maker, and the great rewards and punishments, for those that would, or would not obey him."

140

Rationality

in everyday

life

T h e interesting question, though, is whether w e can know — k n o w in Locke's strict sense of " k n o w " - that some rule for action is a moral obligation. C a n w e know, about some rule for action, that it is a l a w of G o d for us? Locke's a n s w e r is Y e s : W e can, in principle, arrive at a knowledge of m a n y , if not all, of our moral obligations. W e do not, indeed, come into the world knowing them; w h a t is innate in us is not the knowledge of moral obligations but the c a p a c i t y for c o m i n g to know moral obligations: " [ T ] h e goodness of G o d . . . hath furnished m a n with those faculties, w h i c h will serve for the sufficient discovery of all things requisite to the end of such a being" (i,iv, 1 2 ) . T h e faculties required include our c a p a c i t y for demonstration; moral obligations cannot be known intuitively. T h e y are not self-evident. " [ M j o r a l principles require reasoning and discourse and some exercise of the mind, to discover the certainty of their truth. T h e y lie not open as natural characters ingraven on the mind . . . these moral rules are c a p a b l e of demonstration: and therefore it is our o w n faults, if w e come not to a certain knowledge of them" ( i , i i i , i ) . 1;i6

L o c k e consistently used the expression " l a w of nature" to mean a l a w of moral obligation which can in principle be known by R e a s o n . A c c o r d i n g l y , summarizing his discussion of how authentic knowledge of moral obligation is attainable, he says that " T h e r e is a great deal of difference between an innate law, and a l a w of nature; between something imprinted on our minds in their very original, and something that w e being ignorant of m a y attain to the knowlege of, by the use and due application of our natural faculties. A n d I think they equally forsake the truth, w h o running into the contrary extremes, either affirm an innate law, or deny that there is a law, knowable by the light of nature; i.e., without the help of positive revelation" (i,iii, 1 3 ) . T o say that something is a law of nature, meaning by "law of nature" w h a t L o c k e means by it, is not to imply that e v e r y b o d y , or indeed, anybody, knows it to be a law of obligation. Locke's repeated references in the Second Treatise to laws of nature do not carry the implication that laws of nature are, by a consensus gentium, k n o w n to be laws of obligation. It is true that G o d ' s laws for our lives, to be genuine laws for us, must be promulgated - m a d e available to us b y R e a s o n or revelation. B u t w e m a y correctly believe of some rule for action that it is Cf. a passage already cited in another context: "Another reason that makes me doubt of any innate practical principles, is, that 1 think, there cannot any one moral rule be proposed, whereof a man m a y not justly demand a reason: which would be perfectly ridiculous and absurd if they were innate, or so much as self-evident" (i,iii,4; my italics).

Applications

of the Vision

141

a l a w of G o d without knowing that it is. Alternatively, w e m a y not believe that it is a l a w of any sort; or w e m a y believe that it is a l a w , but not a divine law, not a law of moral obligation. T h e existence of G o d , says L o c k e , "is so m a n y w a y s manifest, and the obedience w e o w e him, so congruous to the light of R e a s o n , that a great part of m a n k i n d give testimony to the l a w of nature: B u t yet I think it must be allowed, that several moral rules, m a y receive, from mankind, a v e r y general a p p r o b a t i o n , without either k n o w i n g , or admitting the true g r o u n d of morality; w h i c h can only be the will and l a w of a G o d , w h o sees men in the dark, has in his h a n d rewards and punishments, and p o w e r enough to call to account the proudest offender" (i,iii,6). T h o u g h he never doubted that some if not all moral obligations can in principle be demonstrated, and thereby known, L o c k e readily conceded that almost nothing had yet been done on this project; few of the requisite demonstrations had yet been offered. Possibly it is just "too hard a task for unassisted reason to establish morality, in all its parts, upon its true foundations, with a clear and convincing light" (Reasonableness; Works v i , 1 3 9 ) . O r perhaps the reason that "the knowledge of morality, by mere natural light . . . has but a slow progress" is not to be found in the fact that it is beyond the unaided ability of h u m a n beings to accomplish it as a whole, but is rather "to be found in men's necessities, passions, vices, and mistaken interests, which turn their thoughts another w a y . . . the designing leaders, as well as the following herd, find it not to their purpose to employ m u c h of their meditations this w a y " (vi, 1 4 0 ) . W h a t e v e r "the cause, it is plain in fact that h u m a n reason, unassisted, failed men in its great and proper business of morality. It never, from unquestionable principles, b y clear deductions, m a d e out an entire b o d y of the law of nature'''' (vi,i4o). 1 : 1 7

K

" O n e of the points Locke makes in his discussion of these issues in Reasonableness is that sometimes one's abilities arc such that one is able to construct a proof by following suggestions, but not able to construct that proof without having those suggestions. S o too, one m a y be able to follow a proof, without having been able, even with hints and suggestions, to construct it oneself. Either w a y , one is able, solely by the use of reason, to come to know the conclusion, namely, by following the demonstration; even though one is not able, without suggestions, or even with suggestions, to construct the proof oneself It was Locke's view that Scripture provides us with suggestions for how to construct a scientia of morality; he speculates that without those suggestions, it might have been impossible. W h e n Locke defines a "law of nature" as an obligation which can in principle be known by unaided Reason, I suspect that he does not have in mind anything at all about the conditions for discovering the relevant demonstrations; he means only to say that there exist (whether any human being has ever been aware of them or not) arguments for those laws of obligation which human beings are capable of "perceiving" to be demonstrative.

142

Rationality

in everyday

life

L o c k e himself began the project of constructing the desired scientia of moral obligation,

intending

it as the conclusion

of his

Essay;

eventually, h o w e v e r , he g a v e up and suppressed w h a t he had written, remarking, in a letter to his y o u n g friend W i l l i a m M o l y n e u x , that " I thought I saw that morality might be demonstratively m a d e out; yet whether I am able so to make it out, is another q u e s t i o n . "

138

This

passage has sometimes been interpreted as expressing uncertainty as to whether a scientia of morality with a n y significant amplitude really is possible. I think that reading it within the context of the letter as a whole makes clear that that is not h o w it should be interpreted; nor does a n y other passage in L o c k e , of which I a m a w a r e , w a r r a n t the conclusion that he had serious doubts on the matter. In the letter, he is simply expressing the doubt that he himself has the intellectual powers necessary for the task. I m m e d i a t e l y after the sentence quoted he says that " E v e r y o n e could not h a v e demonstrated w h a t M r . N e w t o n ' s book hath shown to be demonstrable." W e can glean, from various sources, evidence of Locke's intimations as to how the demonstration would h a v e to go. S t a r t i n g from intuitive knowledge of one's o w n existence, coupled perhaps with sensitive knowledge of the existence of material objects (and other persons?), it would proceed to offer a proof of the existence of a C r e a t o r of these entities. Proofs concerning the nature of G o d would then be offered, from which the conclusion would be d r a w n that G o d issues rules for the action of G o d ' s rational c r e a t u r e s ,

139

and that they h a v e the

obligation to obey those rules. F r o m the nature of G o d w e would then infer that these c o m m a n d s are for the happiness of G o d ' s c r e a t u r e s . '™

140

The Correspondence of John Locke, cd. E . S. I)c Beer, vol. iv (Oxford, Clarendon Press. 1 9 7 9 ) , V 5*4. * '5S»-

, M

1 , 0

Cf. this passage from M S Locke c 2 8 , p. i | j 2 , printed in Peter K i n g , The Life of John Locke (2 vols., London, Henry Colburn and Richard Bentley, 1 8 3 0 ) , vol. 11, p. 1 3 3 : "to establish morality therefore upon its proper basis and such foundations as m a y carry an obligation with them we must first prove a law which always supposes a law maker one thai has a superiority am) right to ordain and also a power to reward and punish according to the tenor of the law established by him. This Sovereign L a w M a k e r w h o has set rules and bounds to the actions of men is god their maker whose existence we have already proved. T h e next thing then to show is that there are certain rules, certain dictates which it is his will all men should conform their actions to, and that this will of his is sufficiently promulgated and made known to all mankind." T h e divine law, "in its true notion, is not so much the limitation as the direction of a free and intelligent agent to his proper interest, and prescribes no farther than is for the general good of those under that law" (Second Treatise, §57; Works i v , 3 7 o ) . Cf. M S f 4, fol. 1 4 5 , printed in K i n g , Life oj Locke, vol. 1, pp. 2 2 8 - 9 : G o d is "eternall and perfect in his own being"; "therefore all the exercise of that power must be in and upon his creatures, which cannot but be employed for their good and benefit as much as the order and perfection of the whole can allow to each individual in its particular rank and station."

Applications

of the Vision

143

W e w o u l d then go on to discuss the nature of h u m a n beings, and w h a t it is that gives h u m a n beings h a p p i n e s s ;

141

and w e w o u l d attempt,

rather early, to derive the principle that one should do as he would be done unto, since it is "the most unshaken rule of morality, and foundation of all social virtue" ( i , i i , 4 ) .

142

In short, a "rational ethics" would be

constructed by reflecting on w h a t a good G o d , w h o cares about the happiness of each of G o d ' s h u m a n creatures, would ask of them. In a striking anticipation of K a n t ' s opposition to utilitarian ethics, L o c k e holds that it will turn out that there are some duties such that it is impossible to be a h u m a n being and not h a v e those duties. In the Essays on the Law of Nature he remarks that " h u m a n nature must needs be c h a n g e d before this law can be either altered or annulled . . . this law does not depend on an unstable a n d c h a n g e a b l e will, but on the eternal order of things . . . A n d this is not because nature or G o d (as I should say more correctly) could not h a v e created m a n differently. R a t h e r , the cause is that, since m a n has been m a d e such as he is, equipped with reason and his other faculties and destined for this mode of life, there necessarily result from his inborn constitution some definite duties for him, which cannot be other than they are. In fact it seems to me to follow just as necessarily from the nature of m a n that, if he is a m a n , he is bound to love and worship G o d and also to fulfil other things a p p r o p r i a t e to the rational nature, as it follows from the nature of a triangle that, if it is a triangle, its three angles are equal to two right angles . . . natural law stands and falls together with the nature of m a n as it is at present" ( 1 9 9 2 0 1 ) .

m

Cf. O i l m a n ' s summary of the main elements of Locke's thought here: " I n Locke's theory, then, the will of C o d is the form of the law of nature; it makes the directives of morality to be laws binding mankind. H u m a n nature provides the necessary terminative element in the law of nature, for what G o d wills men to do is somehow incorporated in the w a y he has m a d e them. Locke's theory of moral obligation m a y be summed up thus: God's will is necessary and sufficient to place men under an obligation; the facts of human nature arc necessary and sufficient to delimit the obligations men are placed under" [Locke's Moral Philosophy, p. 4 2 ) . Various commentators (e.g., fully, in "Governing Conduct") argue that Locke was a voluntarist in his moral theory. I do not doubt that Locke thought G o d could have created human beings whose happiness was achieved somewhat differently from how ours is achieved - though Locke was impressed by the variety of the w a y s in which actual h u m a n beings do find their happiness (see esp. n , x x i , 5 4 - 5 , 6 5 ) . Nonetheless, it is clear that L o c k e thought it to be necessarily true that the rules for action which G o d lays down as laws to h u m a n beings are laws which promote human happiness. (He does not, with any consistency, state the goal any more precisely than that.) H e says that "the duties of [the divine] law, arising from the constitution of [ G o d ' s ] very nature, are of eternal obligation; nor can it be taken a w a y or dispensed with without changing the nature of things" [Reasonableness; Works vt, 1 1 2 ) ; and "that G o d himself cannot choose what is not good; the freedom of the almighty hinders not his being determined by w h a t is best" (n,xxi,49).

i 4 4

Rationality

in everyday

life

In three different places in Book i v of the Essay, L o c k e speaks of his vision of a scientia of moral obligation. O n e of those can serve as a sketch of the picture I h a v e d r a w n : T h e idea of a supreme being, infinite in power, goodness, and wisdom, whose workmanship we are, and on whom we depend; and the idea of ourselves, as understanding, rational beings, being such as are clear in us, would, I suppose, if duly considered, and pursued, afford such foundations of our duty and rules of action, as might place morality amongst the sciences capable of demonstration: wherein I doubt not, but from self-evident propositions, by necessary consequences, as incontestable as those in mathematics, the measures of right and wrong might be made out. (iv,iii, 18) T h e other two passages, however, give a v e r y different impression of how the scientia of moral obligation would be structured. O n e of them goes like this: This gave me the confidence to advance that conjecture . . . that morality is capable of demonstration, as well as mathematics. For the ideas that ethics are conversant about, being all real essences, and such as I imagine have a discoverable connexion and agreement one with another; so far as we can find their habitudes and relations, so far we shall be possessed of certain, real, and general truths: and I doubt not, but if a right method were taken, a great part of morality might be made out with that clearness, that could leave, to a considering man, no more reason to doubt, than he could have to doubt of the truth of propositions in mathematics, which have been demonstrated to him. (iv,xii,8)"" A s examples of propositions w h i c h will o c c u r in this projected scientia, L o c k e cites Where there is no property, there is no injustice, and No government allows absolute liberty (iv,iii, 1 8 ; perhaps, in i v , i v , 8 , he intends Murder deserves death as another e x a m p l e ) . This alternative description of the project of a scientia of moral obligation is obviously very different from the previous description. R a t h e r than constructing a long proof, m o v i n g from one's own existence, to G o d ' s existence, to G o d ' s nature, to our nature, to w h a t yields us happiness, thence to rules of obligation, one simply offers necessary, analytic and synthetic, truths pertaining to moral concepts - constructing demonstrations of those necessary truths w h e n e v e r one does not intuitively "perceive" them to be true. T h e analogue to pure 1 4 3

Cf. iv,iv,7: "moral knowledge is as capable of real certainty, as mathematics. For certainty being but the perception of the agreement, or disagreement of our ideas; and demonstration nothing but the perception of such agreement, by the intervention of other ideas, or mediums, our moral ideas, as well as mathematical, being archetypes themselves, and so adequate, and complete ideas, all the agreement, or disagreement, which we shall find in them, will produce real knowledge, as well as in mathematical figures."

Applications

of the Vision

H5

mathematics, as L o c k e understood that, is obvious. After all, says L o c k e , moral concepts are like m a t h e m a t i c a l ones in being "mixed modes"; being such, they are "combinations of several ideas, that the mind of man has arbitrarily put together, without reference to a n y archetypes . . . A c c o r d i n g l y , since the precise signification of the names of mixed modes, or w h i c h is all one, the real essence of each species, is to be known, they being not of nature's, but man's making, it is a great negligence and perverseness, to discourse of moral things with uncertainty and obscurity" ( m , x i , i 5 ) . I know of no place in w h i c h L o c k e explains the discrepency between these two w a y s of describing the project of a scientia

of

morality; so we are left to speculate. M y speculation is that L o c k e saw two different projects in the region: call them the theis tic project and the archetypal project.

T h e archetypal project is entirely hypothetical: I f

there were a situation in w h i c h there was no property, that would be a situation in w h i c h there was no injustice; if there were a situation of absolute liberty, that would be a situation in w h i c h there was no government; if some killing constituted m u r d e r , that killing would merit the death penalty. E x t r e m e l y interesting things might turn u p in this project, just as extremely interesting things turn up in pure mathematics. B u t from the a r c h e t y p a l project w e do not learn w h a t are in fact our moral obligations - that is, w h a t G o d does in fact require of us. T o learn that where there is no property, there is no injustice is not to learn w h a t G o d requires and forbids of us with respect to property - nor, indeed, is it to learn whether there is a n y property. T o learn that m u r d e r deserves death is not to learn w h a t sort of penalty G o d requires for killing a fellow h u m a n being

nor is it

to learn whether there h a v e ever been a n y killings which are murders. T h e full picture, then, is that the archetypal project is not only of interest in its o w n right but an indispensable ancillary to the more comprehensive theistic project. V a r i o u s abstract relations a m o n g moral concepts are m a p p e d out in the archetypal project; in the theistic project, those concepts are used and their inter-relationships appealed to in the course of establishing our obligations. A n d to show that some action is obligatory is perforce to m a k e clear a motivation for performing i t .

1 4 4

After being frustrated in his attempts in the late 1 6 8 0 s and early 1 6 9 0 s to construct a scientia of moral obligation - frustrated, apparently, in both the a r c h e t y p a l project and the theistic project

L o c k e seems

'** C o l m a n , Locke's Moral Philosophy, pp. 1 6 7 - 7 6 , offers a somewhat different speculation as to what Locke had in mind.

Rationality

i 6 4

in everyday

life

to h a v e desisted from such attempts during the last decade of his life and excused himself, to those w h o inquired, b y suggesting that the project lay beyond his a b i l i t i e s .

145

H e offered another excuse as well:

T h e existence of the Christian revelation has taken a w a y the urgency. R e s p o n d i n g to W i l l i a m M o l y n e u x ' request that he write a treatise on morals, L o c k e said that " D i d the world w a n t a rule, I confess there could be no w o r k so necessary, nor so c o m m e n d a b l e . B u t the Gospel contains so perfect a b o d y of ethics, that reason m a y be excused from that inquiry, since she m a y find man's d u t y clearer and easier in revelation than in herself."

146

A n y o n e w h o wishes his rules to pass for

authentic laws must show that either he builds his doctrine upon principles of reason, self-evident in themselves, and that he deduces all the parts of it from thence, by clear and evident demonstration; or must show his commission from heaven, that he comes with authority from God to deliver his will and commands to the world. In the former way nobody that I know before our Saviour's time, ever did or went about to give us a morality. It is true, there is a law of nature; but who is there that ever did, or undertook to give it us all entire, as a law; no more nor no less than what was contained in, and had the obligation of, that law? Whoever made out all the parts of it, put them together, and showed the world their obligation? Where was there any such code, that mankind might have recourse to as their unerring rule, before our Saviour's time? If there was not, it is plain there was need of one to give us such a morality; such a law, which might be the sure guide of those who had a desire to go right; and, if they had a mind, need not mistake their duty; but might be certain when they had performed, when failed, in it. Such a law of morality Jesus Christ hath given in the New Testament; but by the latter of these ways, by revelation, we have from him a full and sufficient rule for our direction, and conformable to that of reason. But the truth and obligation of its precepts have their force, and are put past doubt to us, by the evidence of his mission. (Reasonableness; Works vi, 1 4 2 - 3 ) Christian

philosophers

have

much

outdone

those w h o

came

"before our S a v i o u r ' s time" in the project of demonstrating "a true and complete morality" (Reasonableness;

Works v i , 1 4 0 ) . T h a t is to be

1 4 5

C o l m a n , ibid., pp. 1 6 9 70, remarks, correctly, I think, that " T h e r e are in fact two parts to Locke's envisaged demonstration of morality. T h e first concerns the existence of a moral law which imposes an obligation on all mankind. C a r r y i n g this through involves a proof of God's existence (sketched in the fourth book of the Essays and set out in detail at iv,x in the Essay), a proof that He does intend us to conform our actions to a law, and an analysis of the concept of obligation. Given the existence of the law, the second part of the demonstration is to make out its content, or determine beyond doubt the correct measures of right and wrong. Locke would consider the first of these parts to have been substantially completed in the Essay. It was this second to which his friend William Molyneux and others urged Locke to turn his hand."

1 4 6

The Correspondence of John Locke, ed. E . S. D e Beer, vol. v (Oxford, Clarenden Press, 1 9 7 9 ) , P- 5 9 5 ; # 2 0 5 9 .

Applications

of the Vision

147

explained by noticing that propositions and arguments w h i c h one did not oneself think of m a y be "seen" to be true or cogent when someone else mentions them. " A great m a n y things w h i c h w e h a v e been bred u p in the belief of from our cradles, and are notions g r o w n familiar, (and, as it were, natural to us under the Gospel,) w e take for unquestionable obvious truths, and easily demonstrable,

without

considering how long w e might h a v e been in doubt or ignorance of them h a d revelation been silent" Nonetheless, revelation

the amplitude

goes well

working with

the

of the

beyond

suggestions

(Reasonableness;

Works

b o d y of ethics

w h a t even

Christian

of Scripture,

vi, 1 4 5 ) .

presented

in

philosophers,

h a v e been

able

to

demonstrate. E v e n more important, in Locke's view, than the relative completeness of the ethic presented in the gospels is the fact that in this form of presentation it has proved m u c h more accessible to, and m u c h more persuasive for, the bulk of h u m a n k i n d than it would be if presented in the form of a demonstration. It is "a surer and shorter w a y to the apprehensions of the vulgar, and mass of mankind, that one manifestly sent from G o d , and c o m i n g with visible authority from him, should, as a K i n g and L a w m a k e r , tell them their duties, and require their obedience, than leave it to the long and sometimes intricate deductions of reason, to be m a d e out to them. S u c h strains of reasonings the greatest part of mankind h a v e neither leisure to weigh, nor, for w a n t of education and use, skill to j u d g e of" (Reasonableness;

Works v i , 1 3 9 ) .

" Y o u m a y as soon hope to h a v e all the d a y - l a b o u r e r s and tradesmen, the spinsters and d a i r y - m a i d s , perfect mathematicians, as to h a v e them perfect in ethics this w a y : hearing plain c o m m a n d s is the sure and only course to bring them to obedience and practice: the greatest part cannot know, and therefore they must believe" Works vi, 1 4 6 ) .

(Reasonableness;

1 4 7

"" A central thesis in C . B. MaePherson's interpretation of Locke's political theory (The Political Theory of Possessive Individualism [Oxford, Oxford University Press, paperback, 1 9 6 4 ] ) is that "Locke assumed in his own society a class differential in rationality which left the labouring class incapable of a fully rational life, i.e. incapable of ordering their lives by the law of nature or reason" (p. 2 3 2 ) . M a c P h e r s o n goes on to argue that Locke assumed a differential of natural rights corresponding to this differential of rationality. In support of his claim that Locke assumed a differential of rationality between the laboring class and the leisured property class, MacPherson cites those passages in which Locke says that the members of the laboring class barely have time to "raise their thoughts above" the demands of subsistence. M a c P h e r s o n then interprets the point of passages in Reasonableness, such as the one I have just quoted in the text above, as "that without supernatural sanctions the labouring class is incapable of following a rationalist ethic. H e only wants the sanctions made clearer. T h e simple articles he recommends are not moral rules, they are articles of faith. T h e y are to be believed. Belief in them is all that is necessary, for such belief converts

148

Rationality

in everyday

life

It goes without saying that few people h a v e found Locke's proposal for a true science of ethics plausible. His application to morality of the practice he proposed has in that w a y experienced a fate strikingly different from his application to revealed religion of the practice. T h o u g h in this latter area, too, w h a t w e h a v e from Locke's h a n d is more project than accomplishment,

nonetheless his

evidentialist

model for the relation of faith and reason has proved enormously compelling a m o n g the intelligentsia of the modern W e s t .

Ill

I M P L E M E N T A T I O N

OF

T H E

V I S I O N

A t the v e r y heart of Locke's model of the responsible believer was a preachment, an exhortation: W e ought so to discipline ourselves that, for those propositions of suflicient "concernment" to us, w e take R e a s o n as our guide. T h e " w e " here is E v e r y m a n : everyone w h o has the moral rules of the Gospel into binding commands . . . T h e greatest part of mankind, Locke concludes, cannot be left to the guidance ofthe law of nature or law of reason; they are not capable of d r a w i n g rules of conduct from it" (p. 2 2 5 ) . T h i s is a deep, albeit subtle, misinterpretation of Locke. T h e fact that Scripture attaches divine sanctions to the law of G o d is nothing peculiar to Scripture. Locke's view is that a rulr for action is a law specifying obligations jusl in case il is God's will for our lives and has divine sanctions attached. Such a law may be either a law of nature, or promulgated in Scripture, or believed on probabilistic evidence, or handed down by tradition, or all of these. Il is a law of nature if it can be demonstrated by "unaided" Reason. Further, Locke thinks that even the best philosophers have come far short of developing a complete science of morality by unaided Reason, let alone developing one which is widely intelligible and convincing. Scripture in its completeness and its persuasiveness is superior to what anyone has been able to achieve. T h u s Scripture is not just advantageous for the laboring class; it is advantageous for all human beings. Further, believing Scripture is itself to be done in accord with the dictates of Reason. But lastly, what about Locke's supposed assumption of a differential rationality and dilfcrential set of natural rights? Locke did indeed think that if one has no access to the moral law, one has no obligations and fewer natural rights; he thought that infants and small children and " m a d " persons were in that position. But there are carious modes of access to that law: demonstration, entitled belief which makes no appeal to Scripture, entitled belief which does make appeal to Scripture, riach of these makes use of Reason in its own w a y . A n d Locke thought that one or the other mode was available "even" to the members of the laboring class. W h a t they do not have time for is the following out of complicated demonstrations, and the pursuit of "natural philosophy." Further, nobody whatsoever has the time to conduct his or her understanding aright with respect to more than a fraction of his or her beliefs. In short, one cannot arrive at the conclusion that Locke regarded members of the laboring class as having fewer natural rights from the premises that M a c P h c r s o n appeals to. Infants and mad persons do; it's not at all clear that those w h o have to spend almost all their time working do. Perhaps I should add that I lind Locke's smug and arrogant attitude toward the laboring class thoroughly offensive. M y point has been that MacPherson's attempt to show that Locke grounds that attitude in his overall system fails.

Implementation

of the Vision

149

some m o d i c u m of R e a s o n and W i l l , everyone w h o is a sane, m a t u r e h u m a n being. Locke's philosophy w a s , b y inner intent, a

public

philosophy. His proposal w a s a proposal for the reform of the doxastic practices of all of us. L o c k e composed his book a c c o r d i n g l y .

148

A n essay he called it, not a

treatise; and he wrote in "the plain style," not the style of the learned. H e w a s convinced - as he makes a b u n d a n t l y clear - that all too often the j a r g o n of a c a d e m i a is the enemy "hindrance of true knowledge" (Essay,

of good

philosophy,

the

Epistle to the R e a d e r , p. 1 0

[ 1 6 - 1 7 ] ) . K n o w l e d g e "certainly had been very m u c h more a d v a n c e d in the world if the endeavours of ingenious and industrious men h a d not been m u c h c u m b r e d with the learned but frivolous use of uncouth, affected, or unintelligible terms, introduced into the science, and

there m a d e an art of, to that degree, that philosophy, w h i c h is,

nothing but the true knowledge of things, was thought unfit, or uncapable

to

be brought into

well-bred

company,

and

polite

conversation" (p. 1 0 [ 5 1 1 ] ) . A philosophy written in a style fit for well-bred c o m p a n y and polite conversation - that w a s Locke's goal. It w a s for "men of [his] o w n size" (p. 8 [ 2 1 ] ) . A c c o r d i n g l y , not only did he a d o p t the plain style; he allowed himself to be more diffuse than "men of large thoughts" will a p p r o v e of. T o men of his own size "perhaps it will not be unacceptable, that I h a v e taken some pains, to make plain and

familiar to

their

thoughts

some

truths, w h i c h

established

prejudice, or the abstractness of the ideas themselves, might render difficult" (p. 8 [ 2 2 - 2 5 ] ) . Ln short, says L o c k e , " m y a p p e a r i n g . . . in print, being on purpose to be as useful as I m a y , I think it necessary to make, w h a t I h a v e to say, as easy and intelligible to all sorts of readers as I can. A n d I had m u c h rather the speculative

and

quicksighted should complain of m y being in some parts tedious, than that anyone,

not accustomed

to abstract speculations,

or

prepossessed with different notions, should mistake, or not c o m p r e ­ hend m y m e a n i n g " (p. 9 [ 6 - 1 1 ] ) . But if L o c k e meant his philosophy for the educated leisured public, and if at the core of that philosophy w a s a p r e a c h m e n t , then he must h a v e j u d g e d something amiss in public life. W h a t w a s that? W e know 1 4 8

O n the motivations behind the style of the Essay, see "Intentions and Audience," in W o o d , The Politics of Locke's Philosophy. A n d on the style of the Essay, see Rosalie Colic, " T h e Essayist in his Essay," in J o h n W . Yolton (ed.), John Locke: Problems and Perspectives ( C a m b r i d g e , C a m b r i d g e University Press, 1 9 6 9 ) .

Rationality

15°

in everyday

life

the answer: People did not conduct their understandings in the right w a y - not in science, not in religion, not in politics, not in ethics, not even in practical affairs. In the opening of the small book w h i c h L o c k e published as a supplement to his Essay and which he called The Conduct of the Understanding,

he classifies under three headings the

principal "miscarriages that men are guilty of in reference to their R e a s o n " (§3; Works 1 1 , 3 2 5 ) . T o these three he shortly (§6) adds a fourth.

149

O n e of the c o m m o n miscarriages is shortsightedness.

W e tend to

"see but one side of the matter: our views are not extended to all that has a connection with it" (§3; 1 1 , 3 2 6 ) . " T h e faculty of reasoning seldom or never deceives those w h o trust to it, its consequences from w h a t it builds on are evident and certain, but that which it oftenest, if not only, misleads us in, is, that the principles from which w e conclude, the grounds upon w h i c h w e bottom our reasoning, are but a part; something is left out w h i c h should go into the reckoning to make it just and e x a c t " (§3; 1 1 , 3 2 6 - 7 ) .

In some people

this

shortsightedness is like a disease. " T h e y canton out to themselves a little Goshen in the intellectual world, where light shines, and, as they conclude, d a y blesses them; but the rest of that vast e x p a n s u m they give up to night and darkness, and so avoid coming near it" (§3;

u.327)-

A second miscarriage in the use of Reason is permitting passion

to

play a role in the conduct of one's understanding. W e h a v e met this miscarriage earlier, in our discussion of the wounds of the mind: Instead of cultivating "indifference" to everything but truth in the conduct of their understandings, people allow passions to play their distorting role. T h e y "put passion in the place of R e a s o n , and . . . neither use their o w n , nor hearken to other people's, R e a s o n a n y Later in the book, after discussing tile importance of practice and habituation, Locke introduces and discusses a rather long list of vices which hinder the ability and inclination to apply the practice which he is recommending - tossing in here and there mention of somevirtues necessary to the practice. " T h e r e are, he says, "several weaknesses and defects in the understanding, either from the natural temper of the mind, or ill habits taken up, which hinder it in its progress to knowledge. O f these there are as m a n y , possibly, to be found, if the mind were thoroughly studied, as there are diseases of the body, each whereof clogs and disables the understanding to some degree, and therefore deserves to be looked after and cured. I shall set down some few to excite men, especially those who make knowledge their business, to look into themselves and observe whether they do not indulge some weaknesses . . . in the management of their intellectual faculty, which is prejudicial to them in the search of truth (Conduct, § 1 2 ; Works 1 1 , 3 4 9 ) . 11

11

Implementation

of the Vision

farther than it suits their humor, interest, or p a r t y " (§3; 1 1 , 3 2 6 ) . A third miscarriage is also familiar: O u r education leads us to take as unquestionably true certain principles,

and to j u d g e the truth of

other things by reference to these - this in spite of the fact that they "are not self-evident, and very often not so m u c h as true" (§6; 1 1 , 3 3 3 ) • But

the first miscarriage w h i c h L o c k e cites is the one w h i c h has

been a constant presence throughout our discussion: the influence of tradition,

especially in the form of partisanship. I t is the miscarriage

"of those w h o seldom reason at all, but do and think according to the e x a m p l e of others, whether parents, neighbors, ministers, or w h o else they are pleased to h a v e an implicit faith in, for the saving of themselves the pains and trouble of thinking and examining for themselves" (§3; 1 1 , 3 2 6 ) . Earlier I called attention to the fact that between the medievals and Locke something happened which has proved of fateful significance for us in the modern West, and by now for the rest of the world: W h e r e a s tradition had once been regarded and treated as a repository of wisdom, L o c k e u n w a v e r i n g l y saw it as a source of error and vice. The

Essay

and the Conduct are an unrelenting attack on tradition.

T r a d i t i o n is u p against the wall. W o r d s are all too often the enemy of good philosophy (m,x; i v , i i i , 3 o ) . T r a d i t i o n is a l w a y s the enemy of doing our best. T o do our best, w e must liberate ourselves from the grip of unexamined tradition and allegiance to unquestioned authority, coolly assessing the tenability of every tradition and authority from outside all traditions and authorities. T h e counterpart to Locke's attack on tradition w a s his celebration of the sovereign individual who,

freed from distorting passion and principle, sits in j u d g m e n t on

tradition, "inquiring directly into the nature of the thing itself, without minding the opinions of others" (Conduct, § 3 5 ; Works 1 1 , 3 8 2 ) . In Locke's epistemological thought, as well as his political thought, the sovereign individual occupies center stage. W e would m a k e greater progress, he says, in the discovery of rational and contemplative knowledge, if we sought it in the fountain, in the consideration of things themselves; and made use rather of our own thoughts, than other men's to find it. For, I think, we may as rationally hope to see with other men's eyes, as to know by other men's understandings. So much as we ourselves consider and comprehend of truth and reason, so much we possess of real and true knowledge. The floating of other men's opinions in our brains makes us not one jot the more knowing,

Rationality

in everyday

life

though they h a p p e n to be true. W h a t in them was science, is in us but opiniatrety, whilst w e give up our assent only to reverend names, and do not, as they did, employ our own R e a s o n to understand those truths, which gave them reputation. (i,iv,23) L o c k e uses this same point to defend the thesis w h i c h he propounds in the Conduct that "there is no part wherein the understanding needs a more careful and w a r y conduct than in the use of books" (§24; 1 1 , 3 6 4 ) . Books, after all, are a m o n g the principal bearers of tradition. "Books and reading are looked upon to be the great helps of the understanding and instruments of k n o w l e d g e " (§24; 1 1 , 3 6 4 ) . T h e y may well be that. B u t if the reader believes w h a t the writer says on the writer's untested sayso, he will a l w a y s believe it in a w a y inferior to that of the writer. I f the writer knew, the reader merely believes. If the writer's belief was supported by strong evidence, that of the reader is supported by rather w e a k evidence. T h e mistake here is, that it is usually supposed that by reading, the author's knowledge is transferred into the reader's understanding; and so it is, but not by bare reading, but by reading and understanding what he writ. W h e r e b y I mean not barely comprehending what is affirmed or denied in each proposition . . . but to see and follow the train of his reasonings, observe the strength and clearness of their connection, and e x a m i n e upon what they bottom . . . K n o w i n g is seeing; and if it be so, it is madness to persuade ourselves that we do so by another man's eyes . . . Until we ourselves see it with our own eyes, and perceive it by our own understandings, we are as much in the dark, and as void of knowledge as before, let us believe any learned author as much as we will. Euclid and Archimedes are allowed to be knowing, and to have demonstrated what they say: and yet whoever shall read over their writings without perceiving the connection of their proofs, and seeing what they show, though he m a y understand all their words, yet he is not the more knowing. H e m a y believe, indeed, but does not know what they say. (Conduct, §24; 11,365; see also §§20, 24) L o c k e was not under the illusion, however, that his writings would by

themselves

accomplish

the goal of reforming how his

fellow

countrymen and w o m e n conducted their understandings; neither did he think that a bevy of similarly hortatory books would accomplish this goal. S u c h books can present rules for the direction of the mind, a c c o m p a n i e d by defenses of the rules and exhortations to follow the rules, along with advice concerning their application. B u t " N o b o d y is m a d e anything by hearing of rules, or laying them up in his m e m o r y . . . and you m a y as well hope to make a good painter or musician,

Implementation

of the Vision

153

extempore, b y a lecture and instruction in the arts of music and painting, as a coherent thinker, or a strict reasoner, by a set of rules, showing him wherein right reasoning consists" (Conduct, §4; 1 1 , 3 3 3 ) . L is practice,

Works

not the p r o p o u n d i n g and hearing of rules, that

generates right conduct: " A s it is in the body, so it is in the mind; practice makes it w h a t it is" (Conduct, §4; Works,

11,333).

accident, then, that Locke called his book The Conduct of the not Rules for the Direction

of the

u

1 S

n

o

Understanding,

Mind.

Would you have a man write or paint, dance or fence well, or perform any other manual operation dexterously and with ease, let him have never so much vigor and activity, suppleness and address, naturally, yet nobody expects this from him unless he has been used to it, and has employed time and pains in fashioning and forming his hand or outward parts to these motions. Just so it is in the mind: would you have a man reason well, you must use him to it betimes; exercise his mind in observing the connection of ideas, and following them in train. . . . we are born to be, if we please, rational creatures, but it is use and exercise only that makes us so. (Conduct, §6; 11,337) And

how do w e gain the practice required for the right conduct of

the understanding? B y education.

Referring to the four miscarriages

that w e h a v e noted L o c k e says that " T h e s e are the c o m m o n and most general miscarriages w h i c h I think men should avoid or rectify in a right conduct of their understandings, and should be particularly taken care of in education. T h e business whereof,

in respect of

knowledge, is not, as I think, to perfect a learner in all or any one of the sciences, but to give his mind that freedom, that disposition, and those habits that m a y enable him to attain any part of knowledge he shall a p p l y himself to, or stand in need of, in the future course of his life" (Conduct, § 1 2 ; 1 1 , 3 4 8 ) . I observed, in our discussion of Locke's wounds of the mind, that his recommendations for the cure of such w o u n d s seemed curiously bland compared

to their seriousness.

T h e r e is nothing

in

L o c k e like

Descartes's T h e r a p y of D o u b t . B u t now at last it becomes clear that we were looking in the w r o n g place. W e were expecting L o c k e to urge on us some therapeutic regimen. T h e r e is, indeed, a bit of that. But mainly the counterpart in L o c k e to Descartes's T h e r a p y of D o u b t is not a similar regimen for curing the mind's wounds, but an educational p r o g r a m inculcating the habits required for rightly conducting the understanding. Locke's Thoughts on Education

should be seen as the

counterpart to those passages in Descartes where Descartes outlines,

Rationality

54 recommends

and

in everyday

practices his T h e r a p y

life of D o u b t .

1 5 0

Descartes

proposed therapeutic medicine, L o c k e , preventative. T h e new educational practice is to be aimed at children, since adults w h o h a v e been mis-educated are usually too set in their w a y s for much to be done about them - another reason, perhaps, w h y L o c k e says so little, when discussing

the w o u n d s of the

mind,

concerning the cure for the wounds. M u c h better to prevent the wounds than try to cure them: the reason why they do not make use of better and surer principles, is because they cannot: But this inability proceeds not from want of natural parts . . . but for want of use and exercise. Few men are from their youth accustomed to strict reasoning, and to trace the dependence of any truth in a long train of consequences to its remote principles, and to observe its connection; and he that by frequent practice has not been used to this employment of his understanding, it is no more wonder that he should not, when he is grown into years, be able to bring his mind to it, than that he should not be on a sudden able to grave or design, dance on the ropes, or write a good hand, who has never practised either of them . . . What then! can grown men never be improved or enlarged in their understandings? I say not so; but this I think 1 may say, that it will not be done without industry and application, which will require more time and pains than grown men, settled in their course of life, will allow to it, and therefore very seldom is done. (Conduct, §6; ".335) J u s t as education in the right conduct of the understanding will focus especially on children, so, conversely, the education of children will focus mainly on such education. O t h e r habits must be acquired than those necessary for rightly conducting the understanding. B u t these latter arc fundamental: " D u e care being had to keep the body in strength and vigor, so that it m a y be able to obey and execute the orders of the mind; the next and principal business is, to set the mind right, that on all occasions it m a y be disposed to consent to nothing, but w h a t m a y be suitable to the dignity and excellency of a rational creature" (Some Thoughts, 3 1 ; Works v t n , 2 6 - 7 ) . " F o r [ R e a s o n ] , as the highest and most important faculty of our minds, deserves

the

" ° Locke's Some Thoughts Concerning Education has now been edited for the Clarendon Press Edition of his works by J o h n W . and J e a n S. Yolton (Oxford, 1 9 8 9 ) . In addition to the Yoltons' introduction to their critical edition, see the introduction by J a m e s L . Axtell to his critical edition, The Educational Writings of John Locke ( C a m b r i d g e , C a m b r i d g e University Press, 1 9 6 8 ) . T h e commentary on Some Thoughts by N a t h a n T a r c o v , Locke's Education for Liberty (Chicago, University of C h i c a g o Press, 1 9 8 4 ) , is also worth consulting. H o w e v e r , the best account of the relation between Locke's thoughts on education and his epistemology is now Peter Schouls' Reasoned Freedom, Part c.

Implementation

of the Vision

'55

greatest care and attention in cultivating it; the right i m p r o v e m e n t , and exercise of our R e a s o n , being the highest perfection, that a m a n c a n attain to in this life" (Some Thoughts, 1 2 2 ; Works

VIII,II8).

I h a v e contended that Locke's philosophy w a s , by inner intent a n d by mode of presentation, a public philosophy, calling people release themselves

from the grip of tradition and passion,

to

from

inculcated principles and shortsightedness, urging on them a p r o g r a m of self-mastery, and more importantly, of child education. T h o u g h he does not often emphasize the point, L o c k e realizes that this p u b l i c philosophy implies a social vision. A d e q u a t e inquiry w h i c h is at all extensive requires leisure; and within the space of leisure, it requires peace, humanity, and friendship.

W h a t , then, about those poor wretches,

of w h o m L o c k e spoke so smugly and coolly, whose entire lives must be spent in m a n u a l d r u d g e r y ? A r e they not to enjoy the social Utopia of peace, h u m a n i t y , and friendship? L o c k e thought that even they h a d sufficient time, on S u n d a y s and holidays, to reflect on elementary matters of morality and religion; so p r e s u m a b l y for them those d a y s are to be d a y s of peace, h u m a n i t y , and friendship. The point is that for all of us there are clearings in the thicket of our practical duties where w e can concern ourselves with truth alone. F o r some, those clearings are c r a m p e d ; for certain leisured members of society, they are expansive. B u t whether large or small, for life in those clearings peace, h u m a n i t y , and friendship are required: Since therefore it is unavoidable to the greatest part of men, if not all, to have several opinions, without certain and indubitable proofs of their truth; and it carries too great an imputation of ignorance, lightness, or folly, for men to quit and renounce their former tenets, presently upon the offer of an argument, which they cannot immediately answer, and show the insufficiency of it: it would, me thinks become all men to maintain peace, and the common offices of humanity, and friendship, in the diversity of opinions, since we cannot reasonably expect, that any one should readily and obsequiously quit his own opinion, and embrace ours with a blind resignation to an authority, which the understanding of man acknowledges not. For however it may often mistake, it can own no other guide but Reason, nor blindly submit to the will and dictates of another. (iv,xvi,4) 151

O u r expectations must be modest, h o w e v e r , even for a society w h i c h supports a sizeable g r o u p of leisured persons and creates the social conditions 1 5 1

necessary for satisfactory inquiry and reflection.

The

See also i v , x x , 4 , where Locke says that what is needed is "the liberty and opportunities of a fair enquiry."

Rationality

156

in everyday

life

ancient and medieval ideal of insight by R e a s o n into the essences of things must be renounced; "our faculties are not fitted to penetrate into the internal fabric and real essences of bodies." Instead

of

affording us insight into the reality surrounding us, R e a s o n mainly offers us the guidance of probability for our m a k i n g and doing in the midst of that reality. I think I m a y conclude, says L o c k e ,

"that

morality is the proper science, and business of mankind in general; ( w h o are both concerned, and fitted to search out their Bonum,)."

Summum

T h a t is w h a t holds for h u m a n i t y in general. A n d as for

leisured people:

"several arts, conversant about several parts of

nature, are the lot and private talent of particular men, for the c o m m o n use of h u m a n e life, and their own particular subsistence in this w o r l d . " It is to the " c o m m o n use of h u m a n e life," and Y e s , to the admiration of nature's C r e a t o r , that the new natural

philosophy

makes its principal contribution. " I readily agree" says L o c k e , that "the contemplation of [ G o d ' s ] works gives us occasion to admire, revere, and glorify their author: and if rightly directed, m a y be of greater benefit

to mankind,

than

the monuments

of e x e m p l a r y

c h a r i t y . " " A l l that I would s a y , " he adds, "is, that we should not be too forwardly possessed with the opinion, or expectation of knowledge, where it is not to be h a d " (iv,xii, 1 1 - 1 2 ) . O u r study of nature is not for the sake of contemplation. O u r study of nature is in the service of our praxis and our poiesis, of our doing and our making; its results seldom reach beyond probability. I close by noting a feature of Locke's writing which has perplexed a good m a n y of his readers. Several times over w e h a v e noted Locke's conviction, shared by the R o y a l Society g r o u p in general, that words as w e receive them are the enemy of good philosophy. "Students, being lost in the great wood of w o r d s , " do not know where they are. O n l y if w e put words aside and set before our mind's eye the very ideas themselves can we avoid "that perplexity, puddering, and confusion, which has so much

hindered

men's

progress in other

parts of

knowledge" (iv,iii,3o). W h a t is worst in words, if understanding is our goal, is figurative speech. F i g u r a t i v e speech has its place in discourse meant to give "pleasure and delight"; it is out of place, and worse than out of place obstructive — in discourse meant to inform or instruct:

Since wit and fancy finds easier entertainment in the world, than dry truth and real knowledge, figurative speeches, and allusion in language, will

Implementation

of the Vision

157

hardly be admitted, as an imperfection or abuse of it. I confess, in discourses, where we seek rather pleasure and delight, than information and improvement, such ornaments as are borrowed from them, can scarce pass for faults. But yet, if we would speak of things as they are, we must allow, that all the art of rhetoric, besides order and clearness, all the artificial and figurative application of words eloquence hath invented, are for nothing else but to insinuate wrong ideas, move the passions, and thereby mislead the judgment; and so indeed are perfect cheat: and therefore however laudable or allowable oratory may render them in harangues and popular addresses, they are certainly, in all discourses that pretend to inform or instruct, wholly to be avoided. (m,x,34) It is ironic that the rhetorical p o w e r of this h a r a n g u e by L o c k e against figurative speech should in good measure depend on its vivid metaphors: "dry truth," "insinuate w r o n g ideas," "move the passions," "perfect cheat." A n d in general, the persuasive p o w e r of Locke's writing depends heavily on his extraordinary gift for metaphor: "the white tablet of the m i n d , " "the state of nature," "the candle of the L o r d , " "cantoning a little Goshen for themselves in the intellectual w o r l d . " H o w are w e to explain the dissonance: harangues against m e t a p h o r by one of the greatest creators of m e t a p h o r in the English philosophical tradition? W a s L o c k e oblivious to the fact that he was using metaphors? H o w , then, to explain such extraordinary oblivi­ ousness? W a s his goal in writing to give pleasure and delight rather than inform and instruct? A n answer, of sorts, is to be found in Conduct of the Understanding,

§32:

T h o u g h philosophers must bring themselves to the point where they think without metaphor, they m a y nonetheless speak metaphorically: But it is one thing to think right, and another thing to know the right way to lay our thoughts before others with advantage and clearness, be they right or wrong. Well-chosen similes, metaphors, and allegories, with method and order, do this the best of anything, because being taken from objects already known, and familiar to the understanding, they are conceived as fast as spoken; and the correspondence being concluded, the thing they are brought to explain and eludicate is thought to be understood too. Thus fancy [i.e., imagination] passes for knowledge, and what is prettily said is mistaken for solid. I say not this to decry metaphor, or with design to take away that ornament of speech; my business here is not with rhetoricians and orators, but with philosophers and lovers of truth; to whom I would beg leave to give this one rule whereby to try whether, in the application of their thoughts to anything for the improvement of their knowledge, they do in truth comprehend the matter before them really such as it is in itself. The way to discover this is to observe whether, in the laying it before themselves or

i 8 5

Rationality

in everyday

life

others, they make use only of borrowed representations, and ideas foreign to the things, which are applied to it by w a y of accommodation, as bearing some proportion or imagined likeness to the subject under consideration. Figured and metaphorical expressions do well to illustrate more abstruse and unfamiliar ideas which the mind is not yet thoroughly accustomed to; but then they must be made use of to illustrate ideas that we already have, not to paint to us those which we yet have not. Such borrowed and allusive ideas m a y follow real and solid truth, to set it off w h e n found; but must by no means be set in its place, and taken for it. If all our search has yet reached no farther than simile and metaphor, we m a y assure ourselves we rather fancy than know, and have not yet penetrated into the inside and reality of the thing. (11,378) Locke's i m a g e of his o w n work, which he wishes us to share, is that first there w a s the non-pictorial thought, then there was the pictorial writing. T h e truth is that the thought itself is pictorial and metaphoric. T h e mind, says L o c k e , "perceives" agreements and disagreements a m o n g its ideas, those agreements and disagreements

themselves

being "luminous." T h e s e metaphors of perception and luminosity are deeper than a n y others in L o c k e . I h a v e m a d e no attempt in m y discussion to eliminate them. F o r the pictures are not decorative features of Locke's presentation of his thought but an indispensable feature of the thought itself. L o c k e thought in pictures and metaphors. W e all do. It w a s one of his gifts to h a v e done his thinking in pictures which proved fruitful for himself and compelling for others.

C H A P T E R

2

Hume's attack: why implementing Locke's practice is not always doing one's best

A s I proceeded d o w n the path of trying to discern w h a t Locke was getting at in his discussion concerning the g o v e r n a n c e of belief and to uncover his motives for trying to get at it, I h a v e offered, at various points, w h a t is perhaps more a "rational reconstruction" than an interpretation, strictly speaking. W h e n doing so, I h a v e often brought twentieth-century discussions of the same issues into the conversation. A n d every now and then I h a v e stopped to ask w h e t h e r some claim or assumption that L o c k e m a d e was true, often bringing contemporary discussions into the conversation at those points as well. Often, indeed, it was contemporary discussions which suggested the question. I h a v e considered, for e x a m p l e , whether w e h u m a n beings do in fact possess the powers of immediate awareness and of will w h i c h Locke's proposed method, or practice, presupposes. M y conclusion was that, on these matters, Locke's proposal holds u p better than a typical, late-twentieth-century, philosopher would initially h a v e supposed. H o w e v e r , m y central goal on this occasion is not so much to critique as to understand this central part of the culture of modernity. T h u s I h a v e said almost nothing, and will say nothing more, about Locke's overarching strategy of trying to cope with fractured tradition by escaping from all untested tradition and going to "the things themselves." I believe that such escape is impossible. B u t m a n y others have argued this point in recent years; on this occasion I will not add to w h a t they h a v e said. Before w e leave our g r a p p l i n g with L o c k e ' s thought I do wish, though, to appraise w h a t he says on one, absolutely central, issue. L o c k e claimed that trying one's best to get in touch with reality on some matter, and then

responding appropriately to the

results

thereof, requires trying to a p p l y his principles of evidence, appraisal, and proportionality. I wish to ask whether he w a s right about even the first step in his three-step procedure; along the w a y , some r

59

i6o

John

Locke and the ethics of

belief

considerations will arise pertaining to the other steps as well. It w a s H u m e w h o first saw the issues here with clarity, and w h o argued with great power that for m a n y facts of several different sorts, Locke's method does not give us our best access. H u m e went for the j u g u l a r ; T h o m a s R e i d joined him for the kill. S o I propose considering the most fully developed of H u m e ' s arguments on this score: his a r g u m e n t that while inductive inference, even at its best, is not a case of applying Locke's principles, it nonetheless provides us with our best access to a wide range of facts to w h i c h Locke's method, as it turns out, gives us no access at all. I shall then a d d to H u m e ' s a r g u m e n t some comments of m y o w n . T o the fourth edition of his Essay L o c k e added a chapter w h i c h he called " O f the Association of I d e a s . " H e h a d noticed that not only persons of too m u c h self-love, but "men of fair minds, and not given up to the overweening of self-flattery," also frequently display a w o u n d i n g of the mind. In " m a n y cases one with a m a z e m e n t hears the arguings, and is astonished at the obstinacy of a w o r t h y m a n , w h o yields not to the evidence of Reason, though laid before him as clear as d a y l i g h t " ( u , x x x i i i , 2 ) . T h i s m a y rightly be called "by so harsh a n a m e as madness, when it is considered, that opposition to R e a s o n deserves that n a m e " (n,xxxiii,4). L o c k e observes that the particular w o u n d he has in mind can rightly be ascribed to education and prejudice. B u t he has come to believe, he says, that to say this is not to get to "the bottom of the disease, nor [to show] distinctly enough w h e n c e it rises, or wherein it lies" ( u , x x x i i i , 3 ) . T h e cause is that ideas acquire a connection in the mind quite other than their intrinsic agreement and disagreement.

T h e y become

associated

by custom: "ideas

that

in

themselves are not at all of kin, come to be so united in some men's minds, that 'tis v e r y hard to separate them, they a l w a y s keep in c o m p a n y , and

the one

no sooner at a n y time comes into

the

understanding but its associate appears with it; and if they are more than two which are thus united, the whole g a n g a l w a y s inseparable show themselves together" ( n , x x x i i i , 5 ) . Locke's description of the injurious effects of custom on the mind rises to eloquence: T h a t which thus captivates their Reasons, and leads men of sincerity blindfold from common sense, will, when e x a m i n e d , be found to be what we are speaking of: some independent ideas, of no alliance to one another, are by education, custom, and the constant din of their party, so coupled in their minds, that they always a p p e a r there together, and they can no more

Hume's

attack

161

separate them in their thoughts, than if they were but one idea, and they operate as if they were so. This . . . is the foundation of the greatest, I had almost said, of all the errors in the world; or if it does not reach so far, it is at least the most dangerous one, since so far as it obtains, it hinders men from seeing and examining . . . This . . . confusion of two different ideas, which a customary connexion of them in their minds hath to them made in effect but one, fills their heads with false views, and their reasonings with false consequences. (n,xxxiii, 1 8 ; cf. Conduct, § 4 1 ) Confusing the association of ideas produced b y custom with the agreement and disagreement that they possess intrinsically is "a weakness to which all men are so liable," "a taint which so universally infects m a n k i n d , " and so m u c h sets "us a w r y in our actions, as well moral as natural, passions,

reasonings and notions

themselves"

(n,xxxiii,8) that extremely great care must be taken "in its prevention and c u r e " (n,xxxiii,4). W h a t H u m e showed in his frontal attack on the L o c k i a n vision w a s that the association of ideas, which L o c k e says w e must do our best to set off to the side as w e try to conduct our understanding aright, lies at the v e r y foundation of our practice of induction; and that this, in turn, is indispensable to h u m a n , and indeed animal, existence. H u m a n life rests at bottom not on R e a s o n in particular, nor insight in general, but on the association of ideas b y habit. H u m e h a d no substantial disagreements with L o c k e on the nature of knowledge and science (i.e., scientia).

T o see this, w e must begin with

an item of terminology. L o c k e grouped together all mental objects as ideas. H u m e called them all, instead, perceptions. B u t H u m e then went on to distinguish, a m o n g perceptions, those w h i c h he called impressions and those which he called ideas. W e shall not go w r o n g if we think of H u m e ' s ideas as our present-day concepts. F e w of us would n o w a d a y s accept H u m e ' s theory of concepts (taking his theory of ideas to be his theory of concepts). B u t w h a t w e would cite as examples of concepts are pretty m u c h w h a t H u m e cites as examples of ideas. N o w for the L o c k i a n i s m . T h e r e arc, says H u m e , various types of relations holding a m o n g ideas. " T h e s e relations m a y be divided into two classes: into such as depend entirely on the ideas, w h i c h w e c o m p a r e together, and such as m a y be changed without a n y c h a n g e in the ideas" ( T 6 9 ) . 1

1

In other w o r d s , some of these relations hold

I shall be quoting from the Selby-Bigge edition of Hume's Treatise oj Human Mature (Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1 9 5 1 repr.), and from P. H . Nidditch's revision of the third edition of the Selby-Bigge edition of Hume's An Enquiry Concerning Human Understanding. I shall abbreviate page references to these editions as T and E respectively.

John

162

Locke and the ethics of belief

necessarily; some, only contingently. T h o s e of the former sort "can be the objects of knowledge and certainty" ( T 7 0 ) . " A l l certainty arises," says H u m e , "from the comparison of ideas, and from the discovery of such relations as are unalterable, so long as the ideas continue the same" (T

7 9 ) . W h e n w e do h a v e knowledge of the

necessary relations a m o n g our ideas, it is because of the workings of "intuition" and "demonstration" ( 7 " 7 0 ) . H u m e thinks that necessary relations a m o n g ideas are all of one or the other of four fundamental types. A n d these four, he says, "are the foundation of science" ( T 7 3 ) . His view in the Treatise

is that only

algebra and arithmetic can "be esteemed a perfect and infallible science" ( 7 " 7 1 ) . H e explicitly argues that geometry does not qualify. C l e a r l y it is applied

geometry on w h i c h he has his eye. Perhaps he

himself eventually realized this; for in the later Enquiry Human

Understanding

Concerning

he cites geometry along with algebra and

arithmetic as a "science." It is worth quoting w h a t he says there: All the objects of human reason or enquiry may naturally be divided into two kinds, to wit, Relations of Ideas, and Mailers of Fact. O f the first kind are the sciences of Geometry, Algebra, and Arithmetic; and in short, every affirmation which is either intuitively or demonstratively certain. That the square of the hypotenuse is equal to the squares of the two sides, is a proposition which expresses a relation between these figures. That three times five is equal to the half of thirty, expresses a relation between these numbers. Propositions of this kind are discoverable by the mere operation of thought, without dependence on what is anywhere existent in the universe. Though there never were a circle or triangle in nature, the truths demonstrated by Euclid would for ever retain their certainty and evidence. (E 25) H u m e had little interest, h o w e v e r , in knowledge - less even than L o c k e . H a v i n g said that "all the objects of h u m a n reason or enquiry" are either (necessary) relations of ideas or (contingent) matters of fact, he rushes quickly from relations of ideas to matters of fact. A n d then, in turn, he quickly remarks that it is "a subject w o r t h y of curiosity, to enquire w h a t is the matter of that evidence w h i c h assures us of a n y real existence and matter of fact, beyond the present testimony of our senses, or the records of our m e m o r y " (E 2 5 ) . W h a t H u m e had in mind by "the present testimony of our senses" is, I think, w h a t in other passages he calls "impressions of sensation and reflection"; thus w h a t he proposes inquiring into is "the nature of that evidence w h i c h assures us of a n y real existence a n d matter of fact" beyond present and remembered subjective experience.

Hume's

attack

It is characteristic of h u m a n beings and animals, says H u m e , that upon perceiving an event of one type they believe that an event of some other type has occurred or is occurring or will occur. N o such belief-dispositions

are innate in us. Instead, w e h a v e an

disposition for the formation of such belief-dispositions. innate disposition-to-form-such-belief-dispositions experience,

to

produce different

specific

innate

A n d that

is activated, b y

belief-dispositions,

the

particular belief-dispositions produced depending on the p a r t i c u l a r experience activating that basic-disposition. In short, the presence in us of inductive belief dispositions is the consequence of learning, not of being innately e n d o w e d with such dispositions. W h a t sort of experience activates that innate disposition to form these belief-dispositions? O n l y one sort, says H u m e : the experience of a correlation of spatio-temporally contiguous events. T o put it roughly: It is one's experience of a regular correlation, between spatio-temporally contiguous events of type A and of type B , w h i c h produces in one the disposition, upon perceiving an event of type A , to believe that there is or w a s or will be also an event of type B . All belief of matter of fact or real existence is derived merely from some object, present to the memory or senses, and a customary conjunction between that and some other object. O r in other words; having found in many instances, that any two kinds of objects - flame and heat, snow and cold - have always been conjoined together; if flame or snow be presented anew to the senses, the mind is carried by custom to expect heat or cold, and to believe that such a quality does exist, and will discover itself upon a nearer approach. This belief is the necessary result of placing the mind in such circumstances. It is an operation of the soul, when we are so situated, as unavoidable as to feel the passion of love, when we receive benefits, or hatred, when we meet with injuries. (E 4 6 ) 2

T h o u g h in general the correlation between A - t y p e events and B - t y p e events must h a v e been experienced a n u m b e r of times before the belief-disposition is produced, H u m e grants that in certain cases just one such experience is sufficient. F u r t h e r m o r e , he thinks that in general the more often a correlation has been experienced, 2

the

Cf. 87: "'Tis therefore by E X P E R I E N C E only, that we can infer the existence of one object from that of another. T h e nature of experience is this. W e remember to have had frequent instances of the existence of one species of objects; and also remember, that the individuals of another species of objects have always attended them, and have existence in a regular order of contiguity and succession with regard to them. Thus we remember to have seen that species of object we call flame, and to have felt that species of sensation we call heat. W e likewise call to mind their constant conjunction in all past instances."

164

John

Locke and the ethics of

belief

stronger is "the impulse or tendency to the transition" ( T 1 3 0 ) ; and in turn, the stronger that impulse, the more firmly is the belief held when the belief-disposition is triggered ~ u p to, no doubt, some m a x i m a l firmness for such beliefs ( T 1 3 0 - 1 ) . W h a t happens if the correlation experienced is fairly

regular but not invariant? T h e n the belief-

disposition will be weaker, and the belief produced will be less firm, than they would h a v e been if the experienced correlation had been invariant. R o u g h l y speaking, the further from invariant the experienced correlation, the weaker the disposition and the less firm the belief. I f one has over and over experienced that nineteen out of every twenty ships which sail from a h a r b o r eventually return, then upon seeing another ship sail out of the h a r b o r , one will be quite strongly inclined to believe quite firmly that it will return ( 7 " 1 3 4 6 ° . ) . T h o u g h H u m e introduces various refinements into this general picture (cf. especially his discussion of "the probability of chances" and of "unphilosophical p r o b a b i l i t y " ) , a review of the psychological literature produced since his d a y would, of course, lead one to introduce m a n y more. Certain matters H u m e leaves obscure; for e x a m p l e , the role of belief in the formation of these belief-dispositions, and in their activation once

they h a v e been

formed. H u m e recognizes

that beliefs

are

sometimes components in the activating experience; but he offers no general theory on the matter, and does not speak consistently. O t h e r crucial matters simply escape his attention

for e x a m p l e , the fact that

an indefinite n u m b e r of distinct inductions are compatible with a n y given set of experiences. W h a t determines, then, which belief-disposition will get formed? A n d when various dispositions h a v e been formed, w h a t determines w h i c h will get activated on a given occasion? I think it can be said, however, that introducing into H u m e ' s account the necessary refinements, clarifications, and elaborations will not diminish the p o w e r of his attack on Locke's system. W e all do engage in the practice of induction. O n e c a n concede that point, without agreeing with H u m e that every disposition to believe the occurrence of some event w h i c h is activated b y experiencing the occurrence of another is produced in us by the observation of some regularity. O n e can hold that some such belief-dispositions are produced by something else in experience, even that some are innate. Neither need one accept H u m e ' s description of the nature of belief and the m a n n e r of its formation. It will be sufficient to grant that w e do engage in the practice of induction - that upon perceiving one event w e believe the occurrence of another even when w e discern no logically/ontologically

Hume's

165

attack

necessary relation between the two, and that sometimes the mechanisms for such belief-formation work as H u m e suggests. W h a t is it that H u m e wishes to say about this practice of induction? T h e conventional interpretation has been that he wishes to say that the beliefs produced b y the practice lack "justification"; and that, derivatively, the practice itself lacks "justification." I a n H a c k i n g , for e x a m p l e , in The Emergence

of Probability,

describes H u m e as holding

that " O u r expectations are formed by custom and habit, but lack 3

justification." A n d again, "expectation about the future is unjustified." Though

H a c k i n g is certainly

one

of our

most

clear-eyed

4

and

perceptive historians, he is not, indeed, a "professional" historian of modern philosophy. B u t m a n y "professional" historians h a v e spoken the same w a y . R i c h a r d Popkin, for example, says that it w a s H u m e ' s view of ordinary matter-of-fact beliefs that they dire groundless, h a v e no ground, are unfounded,

lack justification,

h a v e no

foundation.

5

W h a t is it that H a c k i n g , Popkin, and others h a v e had in mind when they h a v e said that, on H u m e ' s view, beliefs formed b y the practice of induction lack justification? T h a t is by no means clear. O n e course to take here would be to bring more interpreters into the discussion and then to explore various possibilities as to w h a t they might mean. B u t I see no w a y of interpreting w h a t might be meant which does not conflict with one or more of four fundamental facts about H u m e ' s thought. S o rather than considering various possibilities as to w h a t H u m e ' s interpreters might mean by "justification," let us take note of these fundamental facts. First, H u m e held that once an inductive belief-disposition has been produced in us, then, if the event w h i c h activates that disposition occurs, the corresponding belief follows automatically, without the working of volition. A n d not only are inductive beliefs not formed by the will; w e cannot by acts of will prevent their formation if the belief-disposition

has been formed and the activating event occurs.

All w e can do by act of will to get rid of the belief is c h a n g e the regularities in o u r experience. S e c o n d l y , H u m e points to a continuum of degrees of "evidence," offers his o w n d e m a r c a t i o n of different g a m u t s on the continuum, and places probabilities

and (causal)

proofs on the positive end of the continuum.

T h i r d l y , H u m e speaks of just inferences - that is, in c o n t e m p o r a r y :

4

' ( C a m b r i d g e , C a m b r i d g e University Press, 1 9 7 5 ) , p. 1 7 6 . Ibid., p. 1 8 1 . R i c h a r d Popkin, The High Road to Pyrrhonism (San Diego, Austin Hill Press,

5

PP-

l

57,i33, V
1980),

John English, of justified

Locke and the ethics of belief

inferences. " T h e only connexion or relation of

objects, w h i c h can lead us beyond the immediate impressions of our m e m o r y and senses, is that of cause and effect; and that because 'tis the only one, on which w e can found a just inference from one object to another" (T 8 9 ) . A n d again, " I shall allow, if you please, that the one proposition m a y justly be inferred from the other; I know, in fact, that it a l w a y s is inferred" (E 3 4 ) . It should also be noted that after reviewing various "kinds of probability," i.e., various manifestations of our practice of induction, H u m e says that these "are received by philosophers, and allowed to be reasonable foundations of belief and opinion" ( X 1 4 3 ) .

6

A n d fourthly, H u m e says that the practice of induction "informs us of existences and objects, w h i c h w e do not see or feel" (T

74; my

italics). E l a b o r a t i n g this point, he says in another place that " H e r e , then, is a kind of pre-established h a r m o n y between the course of nature and the succession of our ideas; and though the powers and forces, by which the former is governed, be wholly unknown to us; yet our thoughts and conceptions h a v e still, w e find, gone on in the same train with the other works of nature. C u s t o m is that principle, by w h i c h this correspondence has been effected; so necessary to the subsistence of our species, and the regulation of our conduct, in every circumstance and occurrence of h u m a n life" (E 5 4 - 5 ) . ' In short, H u m e regards m a n y of the beliefs practice of induction

as h a v i n g a certain

produced by our

(positive)

degree

of

"evidence," and m a n y of our inductive inferences as just and reasonable. A n d he thinks that m u c h of the time our inductive practice m a p s or mirrors w h a t transpires in nature itself. N o w w h a t e v e r m a y be meant in saying of H u m e that on his view our inductive practice and the 6

7

I take H u m e to be hinting, in these passages, at an account of justifiedly held belief quite different from anything Locke would have affirmed. T h e clearest expressions of this account that H u m e ever gives in his published works and they are quite unclear - are to be found in Book 1, Part IV, Section iv \ Of the modern philosophy] of the Treatise, and here and there in the Dialogues concerning Natural Religion, where he speaks of the "irregular inference." W h a t is clear, in spite of the unt larily, is that il is a "proper functioning" account. In calling it this, 1 mean both to allude to the fact that it is an immediate predecessor of Reid's account, and to indicate that Alvin Planlinga's "proper functioning" theory of warrant is the most recent, and far and a w a y the most sophisticated, manifestation of a line of thought adumbrated by Hume. See Plantinga, Warrant and Proper Function (Oxford, Oxford University Press, 1 9 9 3 ) . O n the surface reading of this passage, H u m e believed that natural objects possessed causal powers. A recent defense of the thesis that the surface reading is the correct reading is G a l e n Strawson, The Secret Connexion: Causation, Realism, and David Hume (Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1 9 8 9 ) . A vigorous defense of the "Old H u m e " against this " N e w H u m e " is Kenneth P. Winkler, " T h e N e w H u m e , " in the Philosophical Review 1 0 0 , 4 (October 1 9 9 1 ) .

Hume's

167

attack

beliefs produced thereby are unjustified, it is to say, at a m i n i m u m , that on his view there is something intrinsically w r o n g or deficient about that practice and about those beliefs. B u t in the light of the passages cited, I think w e must conclude that H u m e did not believe that unless, of course, one regards a belief's h a v i n g a degree of "evidence" less than the highest as a deficiency in it. W h a t , then, did H u m e wish to say about this practice and the beliefs it produces? Pretty clearly he had two closely connected main points in mind. H e insisted that the practice of induction is not a manifestation

of R e a s o n

but of that very different

dynamic

of

belief-formation which L o c k e called custom and w h i c h he w a r n e d us so firmly

against. A n d secondly, H u m e contended

that the L o c k i a n

practice gives us access to those facts to which induction gives us access only if w e make use of a premise which is the product not of R e a s o n or a n y other faculty of insight, but of habit or custom. In H u m e ' s rhetoric one senses nostalgia for Locke's vision; he wishes it were true. But in fact H u m e has broken with the L o c k i a n vision in a fundamental w a y .

8

Locke's principle of proportionality said that we ought to proportion the level of confidence w e place in a proposition to its probability on our evidence concerning it, w h e n that evidence attains the level of being satisfactory. T h e evidence

is to consist

of things that

we

intuitively or demonstratively "perceive" to be true; and it is R e a s o n , says L o c k e , w h i c h informs us as to the probability of a proposition on a body of evidence. H u m e posed a simple but profound question to this L o c k i a n vision: How

are w e to tell when the evidence is satisfactory - i.e., when it is a

reliable indicator of the truth or falsehood of the proposition? L e t us grant that it is R e a s o n which tells us w h a t degree of probability a proposition has on a given b o d y of evidence. W h a t tells us whether that evidence is satisfactory? H u m e argued, decisively in my j u d g m e n t , that within the L o c k i a n vision no acceptable answer to this question is 8

thus I hold thai H u m e is a skeptic concerning inductive inference, his particular form of skepticism consisting in his affirmation of the two theses concerning the limits of Reason formulated in the text above. A similar interpretation of H u m e as skeptic is developed in a (thus far) unpublished paper by Kenneth I'. Winkler, "Hume's Skepticism." There has been a great flowering of discussions of Hume's skepticism in recent years. T o cite only a few: Annette Baier, A Progress of Sentiments ( C a m b r i d g e , H a r v a r d University Press, 1 9 9 1 ) ; T . B e a u c h a m p and A . Rosenberg, Hume and the Problem of Causation (New Y o r k , Oxford University Press, 1 9 8 1 ) ; Robert J . Fogelin, "'The Tendency of Hume's Skepticism," in his Philosophical Interpretations ( N e w Y o r k , Oxford University Press, 1 9 9 2 ) ; and Barry Stroud, Hume (London, Routledge & K e g a n Paul, 1 9 7 7 ) .

John

Locke and the ethics of

belief

available. In particular, R e a s o n is not c a p a b l e of telling us when beliefs concerning present and remembered experience satisfactory evidence for some proposition concerning

constitute

(contingent)

facts w h i c h w e h a v e not experienced and are not experiencing. R e a s o n , H u m e assumes, is our faculty for apprehending necessary relations a m o n g propositions

(and a p p a r e n t l y for apprehending

necessary truths in general). L o c k e held essentially the same view. O f course, L o c k e also held that R e a s o n is our faculty for a p p r e h e n d i n g the probability of a proposition on a b o d y of evidence; but he regarded that relationship as a species of necessary relation. H u m e expresses no disagreement. S o suppose I hear a certain noise and infer that a motor vehicle is going by on the street in front of m y house. C a n I arrive at that conclusion, from that experience, by R e a s o n ? Certainly there is no necessary relation between that noise and a motor vehicle's going by, says H u m e . It is not a necessary property of this noise that it is m a d e by a motor vehicle going by, or that it is an accompaniment

of that.

The noise could

h a v e been

made

by

something else; indeed, it is logically/ontologically possible that it was not caused by a n y t h i n g at all. In short, there is here no "relation of ideas" susceptible of being intuited or demonstrated. 'Tis easy to observe, that in tracing this relation, the inference we draw from cause to effect, is not derived merely from a survey of these particular objects, and from such a penetration into their essences as may discover the dependence of the one upon the other. There is no object, which implies the existence of any other if we consider these objects in themselves, and never look beyond the ideas which we form of them. Such an inference would amount to knowledge, and would imply the absolute contradiction and impossibility of conceiving any thing different. ( T 8 6 - 7 ) W h a t , then, accounts for m y inference, if I do not, by R e a s o n , penetrate into the essence of this noise so as to be able to discern that it must h a v e been m a d e (or at least a c c o m p a n i e d ) by a motor vehicle going b y ? W e l l , remember w h a t w e h a v e already seen about the workings of our practice of induction: I t is because I h a v e often experienced a noise of this sort being m a d e by a motor vehicle going by that I now infer, upon hearing this particular noise, that a motor vehicle is going by. Perhaps, then, these present and remembered facts function for me as evidence; and perhaps m y R e a s o n tells me that this evidence logically supports the conclusion that p r o b a b l y a motor vehicle is going by. Perhaps, in turn, it is m y R e a s o n telling m e this that produces in me the belief that a motor vehicle is going b y .

Hume's

attack

169

W h a t , on this construal, would the a r g u m e n t look like? S o m e t h i n g like this: 1 . I h a v e noted in the past an invariant correlation between noises of a certain sort and a motor vehicle going by; 2 . T h e noise I a m presently hearing is of that sort; C . H e n c e it is highly probable that a motor vehicle is going by. B u t the a r g u m e n t as it stands is obviously not deductively valid, says H u m e ; the premises do not entail the conclusion. Since the correlations I h a p p e n to h a v e noticed m a y not be representative of reality in general, there is nothing impossible about the premises being true and the conclusion false. R e a s o n , w h i c h , to say it once again, is our faculty for a p p r e h e n d i n g necessary truths, does not enable us to conclude, just from these premises, that the conclusion is true. As to past experience, it can be allowed to give direct and certain information of those precise objects only, and that precise period of time, which fell under its cognizance: but w h y this experience should be extended to future times, and to other objects, which, for aught we know, m a y be only in a p p e a r a n c e similar; this is the main question on which I would insist. T h e bread, which I formerly eat, nourished me; that is, a body of such sensible qualities was, at that time, endued with such secret powers: but does it follow, that other bread must also nourish me at another time, and that like sensible qualities must always be attended with like secret powers? The consequence seems nowise necessary. A t least, it must be acknowledged that there is here a consequence d r a w n by the mind; that there is a certain step taken; a process of thought, and an inference, which wants to be explained . . . When a m a n says, I havefound, in all past instances, such sensible qualities conjoined with such secret powers: A n d when he says, Similar sensible qualities will always be conjoined with similar secret powers, he is not guilty of a tautology, nor are these propositions in any respect the same. Y o u say that the one proposition is an inference from the other. But you must confess that the inference is not intuitive; neither is it demonstrative: O f what nature is it then? (E 3 3 - 7 ) It is not difficult to see w h a t sort of premise must be added to the a r g u m e n t as it stands to make it deductively valid. I f w e a d d a premise to the effect that m y sample was and is representative, and thus, reliable - was representative of frequencies in reality up to this time, and, assuming the uniformity of the past with the present on these matters, remains representative — then w e h a v e a valid a r g u m e n t . H u m e , focusing on the latter of these two points, puts it like this: " I f reason determined us, it would proceed upon that principle, that instances, of which we have had no experience, must resemble those, of which we

John

Locke and the ethics of belief

have had experience, and that the course of nature continues always uniformly the same (T 8 9 ) . T h e entire a r g u m e n t would then look like this: 1 *.

I h a v e noted in the past an invariant correlation between noises of a certain sort and a motor vehicle going by.

2*.

M y sample of the correlation of events of these sorts was and is

3*.

T h e noise I a m presently hearing is of that sort.

C*.

H e n c e , it is highly p r o b a b l e that a motor vehicle is going by.

representative.

O u r project, to repeat, is to discover whether I a m or can be "determined by reason to make the transition" (7" 8 8 ) from hearing this noise to the conclusion that it is v e r y p r o b a b l e that a motor vehicle is going by. R e a s o n now tells me that the a r g u m e n t proposed is valid. A n d I know premise ( 1 * ) b y w a y of m e m o r y of past experience,

and premise

( 3 * ) by w a y of awareness of

present

experience (plus comparison with remembered experience). S o the question focuses on the cpistemological status of ( 2 * ) . Certainly this is not a necessary truth, knowable by intuition or demonstration.

H u m e docs not focus on the fact that it is not

necessary that my sample have been representative. H e focuses instead on the fact that there is no necessity about present and future nature being uniform with nature of the past - w h i c h implies, of course, no necessity

about such

nature being

uniform with already

observed

nature. " W e can at least conceive a c h a n g e in the course of nature; which sufficiently

proves, that such a c h a n g e is not

absolutely

impossible" ( T 8 9 ) .

M a y I not clearly and distinctly conceive that a body, falling from the clouds, and which, in all other respects, resembles snow, has yet the taste of salt or feeling of fire? Is (here any more intelligible proposition than to affirm, that all the trees will flourish in December and J a n u a r y , and decay in M a y and June? N o w w h a t e v e r is intelligible, and can be distinctly conceived, implies no contradiction, and can never be proved false by any demonstrative argument or abstract reasoning a priori. (E 3 5 )

B u t obviously premise ( 2 * ) is also not a simple report of present or remembered experience. Perhaps, then, it is itself a contingent truth inferred from remembered or past experience. B u t if so, then the v e r y questions w e h a v e posed concerning ( 1 ) now arise concerning ( 2 * ) . S a y s H u m e : " A c c o r d i n g to this account of things . . . probability is founded on the presumption of a resemblance betwixt those objects,

Hume's

attack

of w h i c h w e h a v e h a d experience, and those, of w h i c h w e h a v e h a d none; and therefore 'tis impossible this presumption can arise from probability. T h e same principle cannot be both the cause and effect of another" (T 9 0 ) .

9

H u m e ' s conclusion is that our actual practice of induction is not an exercise of R e a s o n , nor can the beliefs w h i c h the practice produces in us be arrived at by arguments w h i c h R e a s o n tells us are valid and whose premises are the deliverances of Reason, memory, and awareness. A l w a y s w e shall h a v e to a d d a premise which is the product not of R e a s o n , m e m o r y , or awareness but of sheer habit, mere custom. " R e a s o n can never show us the connexion of one object with another, though aided by experience, and the observation of their constant conjunction in all past instances" (7" 9 2 ) . " W h e n w e pass from the impression of one [object] to the idea or belief of another, w e are not determined by reason, but by custom or a principle of association"

(T97)-

10

M a n y readers of H u m e find something deeply counter-intuitive in his a r g u m e n t . A s w e a c c u m u l a t e more and more experience of nature and nature continues to prove uniform in its observed workings, does not Reason tell us that w e a r c more and more entitled to believe that nature throughout is uniform with respect to such workings, present 11

Cf. 3 7 f>: " F o r all inferences from experience suppose, as their foundation, that the future will resemble the past, and that similar powers will be conjoined with similar sensible qualities. If there be any suspicion that the course of nature may change, and that the past may be no rule for the future, all experience becomes useless, and can give rise to no inlcrcncc or conclusion. It is impossible, therefore, that any arguments from experience can prove this resemblance of the past to the future; since all these arguments arc founded on the supposition of that resemblance." By saying that the belief arises "without any new reasoning or conclusion," H u m e means that it "arises immediately." " O f this I can be certain," he says, "because I never am conscious of any such operation, and find nothing in the subject, on which it can be founded" (r 1 0 2 ) . T h e claim that custom is a mode of bclicf-fbrmatioti which operates immediately is then used by H u m e as an argument for his claim that as a matter of fact, the practice of induction is not an exercise of Reason: " T h e custom operates before we have time for reflexion. The objects seem so inseparable, that we interpose not a moment's delay in passing from the one to the other. But as this transition proceeds from experience, and not from any primate connexion betwixt the ideas, we must necessarily acknowledge, that experience may produce a belief and a judgment of causes and effects by a secret operation, and without being once thought of. This removes all pretext, if there yet remains any, for asserting that the mind is convinced by reasoning of that principle, that instances of which we have no experience, must necessarily resemble those, of which we have. For we here find, that the understanding or imagination can draw inferences from past experience, without reflecting on it; much more without forming any principle concerning it, or reasoning upon that principle" ( T 1 0 4 ) . He does not wish to deny, however, says H u m e , that "in other associations of objects, which arc more rare and unusual, [the mind] may assist the custom and transition of ideas by this reflexion. N a y we find in some cases, that the reflexion produces the belief without the custom; or more properly speaking, that the reflexion produces the custom in an oblique and artificial manner."

John

Locke and the ethics of

belief

and future nature uniform with past, and distant nature uniform with local? W h a t might H u m e say, in addition to w h a t he has already said, to get us to share his intuition on this matter? Perhaps something like this: W e can, of course, discover that a larger later sample correlations, call it Beta,

of

exhibits the same invariance (or relative

frequency) that our earlier smaller sample, call it Alpha,

exhibited.

A c c o r d i n g l y , if I later m a k e an inference to non-sampled events, I do not h a v e to be content with a d d i n g the premise that

relative

frequencies in sample Alpha are representative of relative frequencies in reality. I can instead add the premise that frequencies in sample Beta - a later and larger sample - are representative of frequencies in reality. B u t how do I know that that is true? T h e fact that frequencies in Alpha proved representative of frequencies in Beta

how does that

prove that frequencies in Beta are representative of frequencies in reality in general? O f course, I can collect a yet larger sample, I m a y discover that frequencies

in Beta

Gamma.

were representative

of

frequencies in Gamma. B u t suppose I infer to some event not included in Gamma. T h e n I shall h a v e to assume that frequencies in Gamma are representative of frequencies in reality. B y the very nature of the case, when I infer to the existence of some event beyond m y sample, but on the basis of m y sample, I must suppose that relative frequencies in the sample were and are representative of relative frequencies in reality without h a v i n g confirmed that they a r c . W e can confirm that one sample is representative of another sample. W h a t w e cannot do is confirm that our sample is representative of reality

without h a v i n g

sampled all the reality on the matter, in which case w e no longer make an inductive inference beyond our sample but just report remembered and present experience. Unless, of course, it was the case, and w e somehow knew it was the case, that there are insufficient unsampled cases to render our sample unrepresentative under even the worst scenario. But perhaps this w a y of looking at the matter is still too quick to be persuasive. S o let us arrive at H u m e ' s point b y looking a bit more deeply into probability and Locke's use thereof. A n d since H u m e casts the argument in terms of relative frequencies and the determination of objective statistical probabilities, let us do so as well. Begin by distinguishing concerning

a n u m b e r of closely related sorts of

relative

frequencies

and

probabilities.

propositions Suppose

the

candidate-preference of someone, call him Paul, in the 1 9 9 2 U S

Hume's

attack

173

presidential election had been a matter of such concernment to me that I w a s required to try to do m y best to get at the fact of the matter, w h i c h in this case is the (statistical) probability of the matter. A n d suppose that the only relevant thing I knew about Paul w a s that he w a s a registered M i c h i g a n voter. O n Locke's view, the first step in doing m y best in this case consists of forming a sample

which

constitutes satisfactory evidence as to Paul's preference. S o suppose I take a sample of registered M i c h i g a n voters, a sample w h i c h is reliable in its amplitude and representativeness

as to candidate-

preference in this population; and suppose that, in this sample, 5 5 percent prefer Clinton and 4 5 percent prefer Bush. Consider then the following propositions: 1 . T h e relative frequency, in this sample of registered M i c h i g a n voters, of those w h o prefer Clinton is - 5 5 . 2 . T h e probability on the evidence specified in ( 1 ) , that in r a n d o m l y selecting a m e m b e r of the sample one will select one w h o prefers Clinton, is - 5 5 . 3 . T h e probability on the evidence specified in ( 1 ) , that in r a n d o m l y selecting a member of the wider population of registered M i c h i g a n voters one will select one w h o prefers Clinton, is 5 5 . 4. E a c h m e m b e r of the sample is such that the probability on the evidence specified in ( 1 ) , that that m e m b e r prefers Clinton, is - 5 5 . 5 . E a c h m e m b e r of the wider population of registered M i c h i g a n voters is such that the probability on the evidence specified in ( 1 ) , that that m e m b e r prefers Clinton, is - 5 5 . 6. T h e objective statistical probability that, in r a n d o m l y selecting a member of the sample, one will select one w h o prefers Clinton, is - 5 5 . 7. T h e relative frequency in the wider population of those w h o prefer Clinton is - 5 5 . 8. T h e objective statistical probability, that in r a n d o m l y selecting a m e m b e r of the wider population one will select one w h o prefers Clinton, is - 5 5 . 9. E a c h m e m b e r of the wider population is such that the objective statistical probability that that m e m b e r prefers Clinton is 5 5 . 1 0 . T h e objective statistical probability that Paul prefers Clinton is • 5 5 (Paul being a m e m b e r of that wider population of registered M i c h i g a n voters). 11.

Paul prefers Clinton.

W e can agree that ( 1 ) entails (2) through ( 5 ) . I n d e e d , even if this

i74

John

Locke and the ethics of belief

sample were not sufficient in amplitude and representativeness, as I h a v e specified that it is, ( i ) would still entail (2) through ( 5 ) . I f a sample of registered M i c h i g a n voters yielded the relative frequency specified in ( 1 ) , then the c h a n c e on that evidence of selecting someone w h o prefers Clinton, in r a n d o m l y picking someone either from the sample or from the wider population, would be - 5 5 . But the evidence might be very skimpy or skewed; and if one knew or believed it w a s , one would be well advised not to do m u c h with ( 3 ) and ( 5 ) . Starting with (6) w e m o v e beyond claims as to w h a t is probable on this evidence to claims concerning objective statistical probability. In (6), however, w e h a v e not yet moved outside the circle of evidence, with the consequence that (6) is also entailed by ( 1 ) . Indeed, even if the sample were not reliable in its amplitude and representativeness, (6) would still be true for a sample which displayed the relative frequencies cited in ( 1 ) . But when with (7) w c do m o v e outside the circle of evidence, things are different. I f the sample is representative

that is to say, if the

relative frequencies in the sample m a t c h those in the population then, but only then, will (7) and (8) also be true. C o r r e s p o n d i n g l y m o v e from logic to epistemology

to

only if one is entitled to believe that

one's sample is representative is one entitled to believe (7) or (8) on the basis of one's sample. I h a v e argued that L o c k e saw this point; hence his insistence that, before a n y t h i n g else, one make sure that one's evidence is satisfactory. W h e n we come to (9) and ( 1 0 ) , yet a different consideration enters the picture. Propositions (9) and ( 1 0 ) are also statements of objective statistical probability. But whereas (8) speaks of the c h a n c e of picking out a Clinton-preferrer in r a n d o m l y selecting someone from the population of registered M i c h i g a n voters, (9) and ( 1 0 ) speak of the probability, for a given person, 0/ that person

preferring Clinton.

Proposition ( 1 0 ) actually picks out such a person, namely Paul, the person of concern in all this. Proposition (9) does not do that; instead it generalizes. It says that for a n y person you pick out from a m o n g registered M i c h i g a n voters, be it Paul or w h o e v e r , the probability that that person prefers Clinton is - 5 5 . But suppose that Paul

or anyone else from a m o n g the registered

M i c h i g a n voters - is a worker for the Bush c a m p a i g n in L a n s i n g . T h e proportion of Clinton-preferrers among workers for the Bush c a m p a i g n in L a n s i n g w a s surely very low - say, 1 0 percent. O n the other h a n d , Paul m a y h a v e been one of those workers for the Bush c a m p a i g n w h o

Hume's

attack

175

b e c a m e disillusioned with Bush - w e are to suppose that the poll w e are imagining took place just before the election.

T h e relative

frequency of Clinton-preferrers a m o n g registered M i c h i g a n voters w h o were workers for the Bush c a m p a i g n in L a n s i n g but b e c a m e disillusioned would no d o u b t h a v e been higher than 1 0 percent but still lower than 5 5 percent. T h e likelihood of Paul's preferring Clinton can be determined only by reference to the relative frequency of Clinton-preferrers in the intersection of all groupings to which Paul belongs w h i c h are relevant to his presidential preference. O n l y if one's sample is satisfactory in relevance (with respect to Paul) as well as satisfactory in representativeness will it be the case that ( 1 0 ) is true if ( 1 ) is. A n d correspondingly, one would be entitled to believe ( 1 0 ) only if one knew or was entitled to believe that one's sample was thus satisfactory, plus knowing or believing with entitlement that the evidence was sufficiently ample. T h e sample which I h a v e invited us to imagine is not good evidence for (9) and ( 1 0 ) . T o be entitled to believe either (9) or ( 1 0 ) , one needs to know m u c h more. I have

assumed

that L o c k e

also saw

this

point.

The point

has

destructive consequences for his position which he either overlooked or ignored, as I shall shortly point out. B u t his insistence that w e must look for evidence both pro and con should, I think, be seen as an a d u m b r a t i o n of the point." A t other points, L o c k e w a s less perceptive. First, he not only insisted that one's level of confidence in a proposition be proportioned to its probability on satisfactory evidence; he insisted, so far as I can tell, that if the probability on such evidence is a b o v e - 5 , then one should believe the proposition - or perhaps he just assumed that if one's level of confidence is a b o v e - 5 , then one will

believe. E i t h e r

w a y , surely this is not correct. I f the proposition that Paul prefers Clinton is just slightly more probable than not on some evidence, one would not automatically believe that proposition, nor do I see any reason to think that one should try to bring it about that one would believe it. T h e r e might be circumstances in w h i c h the best thing to do w o u l d be to bet on it; but that doesn't require believing it. One's level of confidence will and should be higher than that before one believes. Secondly, L o c k e was mistaken as to the w a y in which inductive " A useful discussion of many of the points rehearsed above is to be found on pp. 9 4 - l o g of L . J o n a t h a n Cohen's book, An Introduction to the Philosophy of Induction and Probability (Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1 9 8 9 ) .

176

John

Locke and the ethics of belief

evidence entitles one to some level of confidence in a proposition. A s L o c k e saw it, once one has collected evidence w h i c h is of a quality sufficient to bring it over the threshold level of reliability, one is then finished

with considerations of quality. O n e then concerns oneself

exclusively with the determination of relative frequencies in this satisfactory evidence. But surely this is not correct. Consider proposition ( 7 ) , that the relative frequency in the wider population of those w h o prefer Clinton is - 5 5 . O n the evidence, this has a probability of i-o; nothing could be more probable on that evidence. L o c k e instructs us then to believe this proposition with m a x i m a l firmness. But surely that would be a very stupid thing to do, because the evidence is not good enough for that. A n o t h e r e x a m p l e to make the same point: Suppose that in some run of A s which one samples, it turns out that all of them are Bs; the relative frequency of Bs a m o n g A s is 1 o. In m a n y cases it would be sheer folly to believe with m a x i m a l confidence that the probability that the next A will be a B is i-o. Y e t that is w h a t Locke's rule instructs one to do. O n l y if it was somehow a p p r o p r i a t e to h a v e m a x i m a l confidence that the sample is representative would that level of confidence in that proposition be a p p r o p r i a t e . O r imagine two samples of registered M i c h i g a n voters, S and S * , both of which are a b o v e the threshold level of reliability, but with S * much more a m p l e than S . I f it is correct to think of us as h a v i n g obligations to proportion levels of confidence, surely this difference is relevant to determining the entitled levels. Suppose, to be specific, that both S and S * show that 5 5 percent prefer Clinton, but that S is of 2 0 0 voters whereas S * is of 2 0 , 0 0 0 . Surely the latter entitles me to believe both (7) and (8) with more confidence than the former entitles me, that is, to believe with more confidence both that the relative frequency in the wider population

of those w h o prefer

Clinton is 5 5 percent, and that the probability is - 5 5 that in r a n d o m l y selecting a m e m b e r of the wider population, I shall select someone w h o prefers Clinton. S o too, if my concern is Paul's preference and I h a v e two samples,

both of w h i c h meet

the minimal

reliability

d e m a n d s for representativeness and r e l e v a n c e - a d e q u a c y , but one of which is m u c h more a m p l e than the other, m y confidence in the proposition that it is probable to such-and-such a degree that P a u l prefers Clinton is rightly greater if m y evidence is the more a m p l e sample. I n short, w e are not finished with considerations of quality of evidence once w e h a v e determined

that the quality is over the

threshold of reliability. T h e rule that our level of confidence in a

Hume's

attack

177

proposition is to be proportioned to its probability on satisfactory evidence gives radically mistaken advice. S o quality of evidence remains relevant. B u t reflection on phenomenon

the

of quality of evidence makes it clear that inductive

inference is far from fitting into Locke's vision in the w a y he thought it did. Locke's aim w a s to g r o u n d our beliefs on insight. A proposition might h a v e a high probability on fully reliable evidence and yet be false; thus the practice is not a g u a r a n t e e of truth. Ideally, though, the possibility of error will be confined to that point. I n our exposition of L o c k e w e found him conceding that it cannot be confined to that point; our attempts to identify episodes of direct awareness are also fallible. B u t now it is clear that insight is lacking at crucial junctures in the process as well. It's not just that our attempts to identify episodes of insight are fallible; at crucial junctures w e couldn't possibly h a v e insight. I f one arrives at the point w h e r e one "sees" w h a t are the relative frequencies in one's sample, then one is also in a position to "see" that (2) through (6) are true. But when one steps outside the circle of evidence, one goes beyond insight

u n a v o i d a b l y so. If one's sample is

representative, then (7) and (8) will be true if ( 1 ) is. F u r t h e r m o r e , if one knows (or believes with entitlement) that ( 1 ) is true, and also knows (or enlilledly

believes)

that the sample is representative,

then one is also in a

position to know (or believe with entitlement) (7) and ( 8 ) . But if one doesn't

know (or believe with entitlement)

that one's sample is

representative, one has no ground whatsoever for believing (7) or ( 8 ) . A n d now to c o m e back to H u m e : H u m e ' s central point was that one can never "see" that one's sample is representative. E v e n if polling studies show that samples of this sort h a v e a l w a y s , in the cases studied, been representative, that falls short of enabling one to "see" that this sample is representative. T h e point about relevance is also relevant here. Sometimes

some

scientific

(or homespun)

theory

assures one that in cases of the sort one is dealing with, no other factors are relevant than the ones of w h i c h one has already taken account. But often no such theory is available; and even when it is, w e once again run into the problem of our inability to "see" that nature is uniform. T h e theory itself will simply h a v e assumed that it is. T h a t all the factors w h i c h are relevant in this case have been taken into account is something one can never just "see." B u t only if they h a v e all been taken into account will it be the case that if ( 1 ) is true, (9) and ( 1 0 ) will be so also. A n d in the absence of knowing (or believing with

1 8 7

John

Locke and the ethics of

belief

entitlement) that they h a v e been, one is not entitled to m o v e , from one's knowledge (or entitled belief) of ( i ) , to (9) and ( 1 0 ) . W e c a n put the point like this: Induction cannot be grounded in direct awareness. I f w e confined ourselves to direct awareness, w e would never make inductive inferences. B u t , as L o c k e himself saw, w e h u m a n beings cannot live without m a k i n g such inferences. O u r situation consigns us to going out beyond w h a t direct awareness tells us has a probability of so-and-so on some b o d y of evidence. I f R e a s o n be understood as a faculty of direct awareness, our situation consigns us to going out beyond the reach of Reason. It w a s T h o m a s Reid's contribution to e x p a n d and systematize Hume's a r g u m e n t . N o philosopher in Reid's d a y succeeded

in showing

that

the existence

nor in ours - has

of material objects is

probable on evidence consisting exclusively of items of direct awareness which w e can see to be satisfactory as evidence. T h e use of Locke's practice, if w e require that we see that the evidence is satisfactory, will thus leave us with no beliefs about such objects. Y e t w e h u m a n beings have a very good mode of access to a great m a n y such facts: w e call it perception. S o too, one's m e m o r y puts one in touch with a large body of facts which Locke's method, when insight into the satisfactoriness of the evidence is required, is i n c a p a b l e of reaching. It has even been argued in recent years

cogently, in my judgment - that w e might

well have faculties and practices which give us better access to certain 12

facts about (iod than does the Lockian p r a c t i c e . T h e basic point is the same in all these cases: W e h u m a n beings are endowed with a variety of processes for immediate belief-formation

which give us more

reliable access to facts of various sorts than does the L o c k i a n evidentialist practice with its base consisting exclusively of beliefs evoked by episodes of direct awareness. A n d as to mediate

beliefs,

recent discussions in philosophy of science suggest that there are bodies of facts to which modes of mediate belief-formation other than that which L o c k e proposes are our best modes of access. I think one can see w h y L o c k e thought it self-evidently true that the best w a y to get in touch with those facts of w h i c h one cannot h a v e direct awareness is to start with facts of w h i c h one does h a v e direct awareness and then either construct deductive proofs or, where that proves impossible, follow the principles of evidence, appraisal, and 1 2

See especially Alvin Plantinga, "Reason and Belief in G o d , " in Plantinga and Wolterstorff (eds.), Faith and Rationality (Notre D a m e , University of Notre D a m e Press, 1 9 8 3 ) ; and William P. Alston, Perceiving God (Ithaca, Cornell University Press, 1 9 9 2 ) .

Hume's

attack

179

proportionality. W h a t could be a better w a y , more reliable and powerful, than this? Y e t L o c k e w a s mistaken, and surprisingly so: F o r v e r y m a n y facts, w e h a v e better modes of access than this - better both in the sense of less often putting us out of touch with reality and in the sense of more often putting us in touch with reality. But can w e be certain of this, someone is sure to ask. I f it is certainty w e insist on, w e are lost indeed. F o r w e can be mistaken even in our attempt to pick out acts of direct awareness - even in our attempt to pick out cases of certainty!

CHAPTER 3

Locke's originality

I

HOW DESCARTES'S

PROJECT

DIFFERED

J o h n L o c k e , after distinguishing sharply between knowledge, on the one h a n d , and belief (opinion, assent) on the other, proceeded to offer a general ethic for the g o v e r n a n c e of our belief. "Reason must be our last j u d g e and guide in everything," he said ( i v , x i x , i 4 ) . O r more illuminatingly: Assent, "if it be regulated, as is our duty, cannot be afforded to anything, but upon good reason . . . F o r he governs his assent right, and places it as he should, w h o in any case or matter whatsoever, believes or disbelieves, according as reason directs him" ( i v , x v i i , 2 4 ) . W e have seen that it is to all and only matters of m a x i m a l "concernment" that these ringing affirmations were meant to apply. T h a t there is a general ethic of belief, and that in this ethic Reason has a central role

once these convictions had been clearly formulated

and persuasively propounded by L o c k e , they b e c a m e prominent in the mentality of modernity. In that mentality, Locke's view as to the content of that ethic, and the proper role of R e a s o n therein, b e c a m e classic: F o r a n y proposition of m a x i m a l "concernment" w h i c h is not intuitively

or demonstratively

known

to

be true, Reason

is

to

determine the probability of the proposition on satisfactory evidence, and

we

are to place a level

of confidence

in

the

proposition

proportioned to w h a t R e a s o n tells us is that probability. M y thesis that L o c k e w a s the first great philosopher to propound this vision will strike m a n y readers as perversely implausible. Is it not just a v a r i a n t on Descartes's vision? W a s not Descartes's M e t h o d the direct ancestor of Locke's proposed practice? W a s not Descartes's Rulesfor

the Direction of the Mind the direct ancestor of Locke's Conduct of

the Understanding?

I propose now to consider this issue of priority; and

then, in the light of our analysis of Descartes's contribution, pinpoint more precisely than I h a v e thus far the character of Locke's originality. 180

How Descartes's

Project

Differed

181

T o prevent misunderstandings let me say emphatically here at the beginning, before w e set out, that of course there are important similarities between Descartes's M e t h o d and Locke's proposed practice. But neither Descartes's M e t h o d nor Locke's practice was a free-standing entity; the M e t h o d was part of a project, the practice, part of a proposal. A n d m y contention will be that when w e take Descartes's project

of "contemplation

of the truth," along with the rules he

proposed for that, and c o m p a r e those, in the one direction, with the medieval project of scientia,

and in the other direction, with Locke's

proposal for a reformation in our w a y of conducting our understandings, it then becomes clear that Descartes's project is m u c h more the continuation of the medieval project of scientia than the anticipation of Locke's proposal for governing the understanding. It should at once be added, however, that when w e consider the

propaedeutic

Descartes recommends for those w h o wish to engage in that traditional project of scientia,

and the results at which he himself arrived w h e n

pursuing the project, w e catch sight of distinctly modern features. A s to the results, L o c k e was speaking not only for himself but for others as well when he remarked, about Descartes, that " I must a l w a y s acknowledge to that justly-admired gentleman the great obligation of m y first deliverance from the unintelligible w a y of talking of the philosophy in use in the schools in his time" (First Letter to the Bishop of Worcester; Works 1 1 1 , 4 8 ) . Descartes is a bridge between an old world d y i n g and a new world aborning. T h e central point is this: Descartes never offered any general proposals for the g o v e r n a n c e of belief (opinion). Descartes w a s , of course, fully as a w a r e as L o c k e of the cultural crisis at the founding of modernity - namely the anxiety of h a v i n g to govern our belief in general, and settle our moral and religious quandaries in particular, when our once-unified tradition has fragmented into partisan quarrels. But the solution he proposed to that crisis - in so far as he did propose a solution - was that scienlia

be practiced on better grounds, with

better preparation, and more expansively, than was currently being done. E d m u n d Husserl, w h o also supposed that a cultural crisis of roughly that sort could be met by the more resolute pursuit of

scientia,

is our preeminent c o n t e m p o r a r y Cartesian. Descartes did indeed h a v e a "provisional moral code" for guiding his life so that he could w o r k productively in the "contemplation of the truth." B u t he never proposed this code for e v e r y b o d y ; and he never suggested that the code w a s based on "the deliverances of R e a s o n . " His true hope w a s

Locke's

originality

that eventually a science of ethics could be developed. T h e first m a x i m of the code w a s "to obey the laws and customs of m y country, holding constantly to the religion in which by G o d ' s grace I had been instructed from m y childhood, and g o v e r n i n g myself in all other matters according to the most moderate and least extreme opinions the opinions c o m m o n l y accepted in practice b y the most sensible of those with w h o m I should h a v e to live."' T h i s m a x i m would not h a v e appealed to Locke! F a r more prominent in Descartes's thought and writing than a n y such maxims was the Method, as he called it. B u t the M e t h o d was not for the g o v e r n a n c e of opinion but for the construction of scientia. Descartes took over intact the traditional medieval tripartite scheme of knowledge, faith, and opinion, offering no substantial innovation in how these are to be understood. His attention fell almost entirely on that species of knowledge which is scientia.

His project was to work at that.

Locke, by contrast, discarded the tripartite scheme by treating faith as a species of belief (opinion). T h e n , convinced that scientia could never come to much, he paid it little attention. H e offered no method for its construction. Instead he recommended the systematic pursuit by men of leisure of the new project which he called "natural philosophy." But natural philosophy, in his view, yields belief, not knowledge. It is not a form of scientia. Descartes entitled his Discourse, "Discourse on the method of rightly conducting

his reason

(saenliae)."

A l o n g the same line,

unpublished

Rules for

and searching the Direction

the

truth in

the

sciences

R u l e T h r e e of his earlier but of the Mind

reads as follows:

" C o n c e r n i n g objects proposed for study, w e ought to investigate w h a t we can clearly and evidently intuit or deduce with certainty, and not w h a t other people h a v e thought or w h a t we ourselves conjecture. F o r knowledge (scientia) can be attained in no other w a y " ( C S M 1 , 1 3 ) . A g a i n , the Meditations

open with the words, " S o m e years ago I was

struck by the large n u m b e r of falsehoods that I had accepted as true in my childhood, and by the highly doubtful nature of the whole edifice that I had subsequently

based on them.

I realized that it was

necessary, once in the course of m y life, to demolish

everything

completely and start again right from the foundations if I w a n t e d to

1

J . Cottingham, R . Stoothoff, and D . M u r d o c h (tr.), The Philosophical Writings oj Descartes (3 vols., C a m b r i d g e , C a m b r i d g e University Press, 1 9 8 5 [vols. 1 and 11], 1 9 9 1 [vol. in]), vol. 1, p. 1 2 2 . All my citations from Descartes will be from these translations; the references will henceforth be incorporated into the text.

How

Descartes's

Project

Differed

183

establish a n y t h i n g at all in the sciences (scientiae) that w a s stable and likely to last" ( C S M

1 1 , 1 2 ) . A n d in his late unpublished dialogue, The

Search for the Truth,

Descartes has his spokesman in the dialogue,

E u d o x u s , say at one point: " I confess that it would be dangerous for someone w h o does not know a ford to venture across it without a guide, and m a n y h a v e lost their lives in doing so. B u t you h a v e nothing

to fear if y o u follow

me. Indeed, just such fears h a v e

prevented most men of letters from acquiring a b o d y of knowledge w h i c h w a s firm and certain enough to deserve the n a m e 'science' (scientia)"

( C S M 1 1 , 4 0 8 ) . I suggest that Descartes, throughout his

career, had his eye on the construction of scientia. His M e t h o d w a s a method for the construction of that and that alone. W i t h a qualification to be mentioned later, Descartes took scientia to be w h a t the high medievals (and Aristotle) took it to be - and w h a t L o c k e still took it to be. T h e fundamental criterion is certitude: W h a t is truly scientia will h a v e certitude. " N o act of awareness (cognilio) that can be rendered doubtful seems fit to be called knowledge

(scientia)"

says Descartes in his reply to the second set of objections to the Meditations

(CSM

1 1 , 1 0 3 ) . In his discussion of R u l e T w o in Rules for

the

Direction of the Mind he says that "all knowledge (scientia) is certain and evident cognition" ( C S M 1 , 1 0 ) . A n d in his discussion of R u l e Threehe speaks of w h a t is desired as "so evident and certain as to be beyond dispute," "a knowledge of things with no means of being mistaken" (CSM

1 , 1 4 ) . T h r o u g h o u t his career, Descartes felt tension between

the ideal of scientia, on the one hand, and the actual science which he developed, on the other; sometimes he argued that the actual science really did fit the ideal, and sometimes he conceded that it did not and proposed an adaptation of the ideal. B u t he never surrendered the ideal; Descartes, on this issue, was a c o n s e r v a t i v e .

2

Descartes appears, throughout his career, to have thought of the (metaphysically)

certain as h a v i n g two marks. It is incorrigible: "no

means of being

mistaken."

A n d it is indubitable.

A

mode

of

apprehending a proposition is indubitable just in case a person, when apprehending the proposition in that mode, could never h a v e a good enough reason for doubting it - that is, could never believe another proposition in such a w a y that one then had a good reason for 2

F o r a detailed discussion which serves to confirm this judgment, see Daniel Garber, Descartes' Metaphysical Physics ( C h i c a g o , University of C h i c a g o Press, 1 9 9 2 ) . T h e central thrust of Garber's conclusions is expressed in this sentence from his Afterword: " T h o u g h he tried as hard as he could to break with his teachers, the very conception of Descartes' project shows the extent to which he could not" (p. 3 0 5 ) .

Locke's

184

originality

refraining from believing the original proposition.

3

(Shortly I shall

call this rational indubitability, to distinguish it from psychological indubitability.) Scientia is to be built up from apprehensions w h i c h are incorrigible and indubitable. A s to "the actions of the intellect by means of w h i c h w e are able to arrive at a knowledge of things with no fear of being mistaken: W e recognize only two: intuition and deduction" ( C S M 1 , 1 4 ) . T h i s is Descartes's claim in his early Rules.

I see no evidence that he ever

changed his mind on this; the only c h a n g e is that in his later writings he speaks of "the natural light" rather than of intuition.

Both

intuition and deduction are thought of as apprehension, apprehension of propositions. T h e w o r d intueri itself suggests apprehension. W h a t is it that characterizes those modes of apprehension

of

propositions in which intuition and deduction are at work -- thus, those modes fit to lay at the foundation of scientia? Indubitability and incorrigibility, of course. B u t is there anything phenomenological or quasi-phcnomenological

about the state? Y e s , indeed.

apprehend a proposition clearly work. :1

4

4

and distinctly,

When

we

then intuition is at

Intuition, says Descartes, is "the conception of a clear and

Cf. Harry G . Frankfurt, Demons, Dreamers, and Madmen (New Y o r k , Bobbs-Mcrrill, 1 9 7 0 ) , p. 2 7 ; and, especially, F d w i n Curlcy, "Certainly: Psychological, M o r a l , and Metaphysical" in Stephen Voss (ed.), Essays on the Philosophy and Science of Rend Descartes (New Y o r k and Oxford, Oxford t/niversity Press, 1 9 9 3 ) . The point on which my account of Descartes's (onccpl of metaphysical certainty differs most decisively from Curlcy's is that Curlcy's is entirely "internal," including 110 such objective phenomenon as incorrigibility. Il seems to me that the evidence is in favor of Descartes's having wanted to include that; and my conclusion, that that is pari of ihe concept, will be crucial lo my subsequent argument. For the rest, the main issue between me and (lurley in the accounts w c oiler is w h c t h e r ^ W enough reason for is ultimately reducible to psychologically compelling reason for. Is the appearance of normativity in the phrase "good reason" no more than an appearance? Curley's own view is that the supposition that it is no more than that is "a kind of naturalistic fallacy"; yet he concludes that that is how Descartes was thinking. I'm quite sure (hat Descartes did believe thai what constitutes^W reasons for us does depend, at bottom, on what the belief-forming faculties that G o d gave us compel us to believe. But my guess is that he would want to add to this something about properly functioning capacities, or about the capacities of a properly formed adult. T h a t would be where the normativity comes in. Accordingly, I shall stick with the phrase "good reason" and not follow C u r l c y in using only the notion of assent-compulsion in explicating Descartes's concept of metaphysical certainty. H a r r y Frankfurt's book, Demons, Dreamers, and Madmen, remains in my judgment much the best book on Descartes. From amidst the vast literature on Descartes, I shall pay it the particular honor of expressing agreement and disagreement. O n pp. 1 y^lf. of his book, Frankfurt suggests that Descartes in speaking of clear and distinct perception was not trying to pick out a certain phenomenology; rather, the concept of clear and distinct perception, says Frankfurt, just is the concept of entertaining a proposition in a w a y such that it is indubitable for one. T h o u g h this suggestion has some attractive features, it seems to me that certain texts are decisively against it. F'or example, when Descartes explains what he has in mind by clear and distinct perception in Principles 1 : 4 3 - 6 , he uses very phenomenological language. Here is

How

Descartes's

Project

Differed

185

attentive mind, w h i c h is so easy and distinct that there can be no room for doubt about w h a t w e are understanding. Alternatively, and this comes to the same thing, intuition is the indubitable conception of a clear and attentive mind which proceeds solely from the light of reason" ( C S M 1 , 1 4 ) . A s examples of propositions

w h i c h can be

intuited, Descartes says that "everyone can mentally intuit that he exists, that he is thinking, that a triangle is bounded by just three lines, and a sphere by a single surface, and the like." A n d for those w h o grant that there are such perceptions but doubt that a scientia built u p from them will come to very m u c h , Descartes adds: "Perceptions such as these are more numerous than most people realize, disdaining as they do to turn their minds to such simple matters" ( C S M 1 , 1 4 ) . Descartes's explanation of deduction in the Rules is parasitic on that of intuition: The self-evidence and certainty of intuition is required not only for apprehending single propositions, but also for any train of reasoning whatever. T a k e for example the inference that 2 plus 2 equals 3 plus 1; not only must we intuitively perceive that 2 plus 2 make 4, and that 3 plus 1 make 4, but also that the original proposition follows necessarily from the other two. T h e r e m a y be some doubt here about our reason for suggesting another mode of knowing in addition to intuition, viz., deduction, by which we mean the inference of something as following necessarily from some other propositions which are known with certainty. But this distinction had to be made, since very m a n y facts which are not self-evident are known with certainty, provided they are inferred from true and known principles through a continuous and uninterrupted movement of thought in which each individual proposition is clearly intuited . . . Hence we are distinguishing mental intuition from certain deduction on the grounds that we are a w a r e of a movement or a sort of sequence in the latter but not in the former, and also because immediate self-evidence is not required for deduction, as it is for intuition; deduction in a sense gets its certainty from memory. It follows that those propositions which are immediately inferred from first principles can be said to be known in one respect through intuition, and in another through deduction. But the first principles themselves are known only through intuition, and the remote conclusions only through deduction. ( C S M 1 , 1 4 - 1 5 ) W h a t Descartes called the M e t h o d , from the time of the

Discourse

o n w a r d s , consists then of rules for constructing scientia, that is to say, one example: " I call a perception 'clear' when it is present and accessible to the attentive mind" ( C S M i, 2 0 7 ) . Further, it seems to me that regarding the concepts as identical renders unintelligible the "so . . . that" of Rule O n e in the Discourse: "to include nothing more in m y judgment than w h a t presented itself to my mind so clearly and so distinctly that I had no occasion to doubt it" ( C S M 1 , 1 2 0 ) .

Locke's

originality

rules for arriving at a b o d y of propositions each of which has been intuited, or deduced from w h a t has been intuited. A typical medieval would p r o b a b l y h a v e found the second rule, the rule of analysis, a bit strange; but then, it's a good question h o w m u c h attention Descartes himself paid to R u l e s T w o through F o u r .

5

R u l e O n e , on the other

h a n d , follows from the very concept of scientia:

"never to accept

a n y t h i n g as true if I did not h a v e evident knowledge of its truth: that is, carefully to avoid precipitate conclusions and preconceptions, and to include nothing more in m y judgements than w h a t presented itself to m y mind so clearly and so distinctly that I had no occasion to doubt it" ( C S M i , i 2 o ) . The

6

faculty of intuition is at work in the clear and distinct

apprehension of propositions - so w e h a v e found Descartes insisting. But

are there not degrees of this, someone might ask - degrees of

clarity and distinctness of apprehension? Perhaps so, says Descartes. But

then w e can add this: A law pertaining to the working of the

h u m a n mind is that when our attention to a proposition attains a certain high degree of clarity and distinctness, then it is simply impossible to refrain from believing it. O v e r and over Descartes affirms this law: " m y nature is such that so long as I perceive something very clearly and distinctly I cannot but believe it to be true" ( C S M 1 1 , 4 8 ) . " A l l of us h a v e been so moulded b y nature that whenever we perceive something clearly, w e spontaneously give our assent to il and are quite unable to doubt its truth" ( C S M 1 , 2 0 7 ) . ' '' See Garlx'r, Descartes' Metaphysical Physic*, chap. a. '' T h e higli mcdicvals would have said dial scientia proper consists only of propositions deduced from propositions intuited, and does not include those intuited. T h o u g h in one place Descartes acknowledges this usage (Second Set of Replies; C S M 11,100), he himself does not, with any consistency, follow il. S o I have chosen to speak as if Descartes would also include, wilhin scientia, propositions inluiled. In his views (or assumptions) as to the sorts of propositions which are evident to one, Descartes differed from a high medieval like Aquinas. T h e y agreed that necessarily true propositions which arc self-cvidcnl/jcr .v* may be evident to a person; but Aquinas' category of "propositions evident to the senses" would be vigorously disputed by Descartes. O n the other hand, Descartes included among what is evident 10 a person various propositions concerning that person's stales of consciousness; to ihe best of my knowledge, A q u i n a s never takes note of these - though if he had, he surely would have agreed with Descartes that they too are evident to the person. 7

O n e of the most interesting affirmations of the L a w of Assent occurs in Descartes's reply to the Second .Set of Objections to the Meditations ( C S M 1 1 , 1 0 4 ) : "some of these perceptions are so transparently clear and at the same time so simple that we cannot ever think of them without believing them to be true. T h e fact that I exist so long as I am thinking, or that what is done cannot be undone, are examples of truths in respect of which we manifestly possess this kind of certainty. For we cannot doubt them unless we think of them; but we cannot think of them without at the same time believing they are true, as was supposed. Hence w e cannot doubt them without at the same time believing they are true; that is, w e can never doubt them."

How

Descartes's

Project

Differed

187

W h e n this l a w - let us call it the Law of Assent - when this l a w of the mind comes into operation, then our faculty of intuition is at work. T h e r e is, though, something profoundly implausible about the L a w of Assent w h i c h , so far as I know, Descartes never notices - and w h i c h almost all his commentators overlook

as well. T a k e

any

proposition which is self-evident to me. Descartes would describe the phenomenon

of a proposition's

being self-evident

to me as m y

apprehending it so clearly and distinctly that I cannot refrain from believing it. N o w let me consider the negation of that proposition. W h a t reason could there possibly be for supposing that I don't also apprehend this proposition

with full clarity and distinctness?

I

apprehend it so clearly and distinctly that I find myself compelled to 8

disbelieve it. T h u s the law in the region, if there is one, is not the law that w h e n e v e r w e apprehend something with a certain high degree of clarity and distinctness, w e are compelled to believe it, but rather that whenever w e thus apprehend it, we are compelled

to believe or

compelled to disbelieve it. In all that follows, so far as I can tell, Descartes could have m a d e the points he wants to make just as well if he had e m b r a c e d this alternative law of assent. ( T h a t is not true for all of his thought.)

H e r e , however, I shall not undertake to i m p r o v e on

Descartes; I shall expound his a r g u m e n t as he himself does, in terms of the L a w of A s s e n t .

9

R e p e a t e d l y Descartes makes clear that in scientia there is no room for appeal to tradition or authority. In this, too, he is at one with the medievals; as he is in w h a t he sees as the point, the benefit, of the pursuit of scientia: " h u m a n beings, whose most important part is the mind, should devote their main efforts to the search for wisdom, w h i c h is the true food of the m i n d " (Preface to the F r e n c h edition of The CSM

Principles:

1 , 1 8 0 ) . Descartes's innovations begin when he reflects on the

" T h e r e conies to light here a deep difference between Locke and Descartes. Locke thinks in terms of "seeing" a proposition to be true; that consists, on bis view, of "perceiving" that fact which makes the proposition true. Descartes does not think in terms of seeing a proposition to be true. Instead he thinks in terms just of'seeing" or "intuiting" propositions; and his claim is that, if one "intuits" a proposition with a certain high degree of clarity and distinctness, then one is compelled to believe it. From the very beginning, then, the question looms: C a n I be assured that if I am compelled to believe some proposition, it is true? T h e notion of having direct awareness of certain of the facts of reality is simply not part of Descartes's thought. T h u s I disagree with A a r o n , John Locke (Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1 9 7 1 ) , who says that "Locke's intuitionism on the subjective side is identical with that of Descartes" (p. 'z'Zi). 9

T h e response I have often been offered to the point I make in the paragraph above, and typically offered by those commentators w h o notice the difficulty, is that Descartes is working with the notion of clearly and distinctly apprehending that proposition P is true, rather than clearly and distinctly apprehending proposition P. But if that were the case, the demon would be helpless in the face of our clear and distinct apprehensions.

Locke's

originality

potential extent of scientia; no medieval h a d such g r a n d expectations concerning the potential scope of scientia:

a great deal of natural

science, philosophy, ethics, and beyond. A n d his innovations begin w h e n he reflects how best to prepare ourselves for practicing Descartes w a s , of course, well a c q u a i n t e d with the

0

sciential

scholastic

conviction that the best preparation is to sift through the textual tradition dialectically. W e must not, indeed, exaggerate the degree of consensus on this; already from the time of the via moderna, a good m a n y scholastics denied that this is the best w a y to prepare oneself for engaging in, say, physics. Nonetheless, nobody proposed, for scientia in general, that the reading of texts be abolished as a p r e p a r a t o r y discipline.

H o w e v e r , Descartes's reflections

had led

him to

the

conviction that w e do not a p p r o a c h the enterprise of distinguishing the certain from the uncertain - an enterprise which lies at the very foundation of the practice of scientia - with open minds. Quite to the contrary, we approach it with prejudgments, acquired from experience and social interchange, as to w h a t we arc certain of. These prejudgments are in good

measure mistaken; and they inhibit our ability

to

distinguish reliably the certain from the uncertain. S o how do we free ourselves from these mistaken praejudicia,

so as to be able to construct a

scientia of pure intuition and deduction

a body of certitude? It was

Descartes's answer to this question that m a d e the practice of scientia in his hands, in spite of all its continuities in concept and method with the mcdicvals, nonetheless something new. A l r e a d y in the early Rules Descartes says that " W e ought to read the writings of the ancients, for it is of great a d v a n t a g e to be able to make use of the labours of so m a n y men . . . B u t at the same time there is a considerable d a n g e r that if we study these works too closely traces of their errors will infect us and cling to us against our will and despite our precautions" ( C S M I , I 3 ) . In the late Principles

he says that "Since

we began life as infants, and m a d e various j u d g m e n t s concerning the things that can be perceived by the senses before w e had the full use of our reason, there are m a n y preconceived opinions (praejudicia)

that

keep us from knowledge of the truth" (i,i; C S M 1 , 1 9 3 ) . S o as w e prepare to engage in scientia,

w e need to be cured of the disease of

mistaken preconceptions as to the locus of certitude. In his reply to Gassendi's objections to the Meditations,

Descartes emphasized the

difficulty of the cure: 1 0

Also, I should add, in his recommendation that w e follow the rule of analysis as we attempt to arrive at propositions on which intuition can go to work.

How

Descartes's

Project

Differed

You say that you approve of my project for freeing my mind from preconceived opinions (praejudicia); and indeed no one can pretend that such a project should not be approved of. But you would have preferred me to have carried it out by making a "simple and brief statement" - that is, only in a perfunctory fashion. Is it really so easy to free ourselves from all the errors which we have soaked up since our infancy? Can we really be too careful in carrying out a project which everyone agrees should be performed? (CSM 11,241-2) T h e cure Descartes recommends is the T h e r a p y of D o u b t , to which I referred in the last section of C h a p t e r

1 . H e r e is one of his

well-known recommendations of it: In order to philosophize seriously and search out the truth about all the things that are capable of being known, we must first of all lay aside all our preconceived opinions, or at least we must take the greatest care not to put our trust in any ol the opinions accepted by us in the past until we have first scrutinized them afresh and confirmed their truth. Next, we must give our attention in an orderly way to the notions that we have within us, and we must judge to be true all and only those whose truth we clearly and distinctly recognize when we attend to them in this way. (Principles1,75; C S M 1,221) T h e l a n g u a g e Descartes uses in this passage suggests that the T h e r a p y of D o u b t is not the M e t h o d , but rather a therapeutic discipline to be undertaken before one can use the M e t h o d satisfactorily." (Cf. C S M 1 1 , 2 7 0 , last p a r a g r a p h ; and C S M 1 1 , 3 2 4 . ) In other passages Descartes speaks as if the T h e r a p y and the M e t h o d were identical (see especially C S M 1 1 , 4 0 7 ) . I j u d g e that a coherent interpretation requires that we treat them as distinct. T h e most decisive consideration is this: I f w e are

apprehending, say, certain mathematical propositions clearly

and distinctly, the M e t h o d tells us that w e are allowed to accept them, whereas (as w e shall see) the T h e r a p y instructs us to doubt them. The

history of Descartes-interpretation makes it a b u n d a n t l y clear

that Descartes invites being interpreted as holding that the goal of the Therapy is to free the mind from almost all assent

to v a c u u m it of

almost all belief. I f there were not that history, based on

that

a m b i g u i t y , I could at this point halt m y discussion of Descartes and move on. T h a t will not be possible. I shall have to argue that emptying the mind of almost all assent is not at all w h a t Descartes " T h o u g h 1 do not entirely agree with his understanding of the character and role of intellectual therapy in Descartes's thought, someone who has seen the importance of its role, especially in the Meditations, is Mike Marlics, "Doubt, Reason, and Cartesian T h e r a p y , " in Michael Hooker (ed.), Descartes: Critical and Interpretive Essays (Baltimore, J o h n s Hopkins Press, 1 9 7 8 ) , pp. 8 9 - 1 1 3 .

Locke's

originality

thinks necessary for practicing scientia

successfully; it is not

an

e n d e a v o r he ever recommended - if for no other reason than that he thought it had no c h a n c e whatsoever of succeeding. Indeed, I j u d g e the traditional interpretation to be so entrenched that I shall h a v e to go further yet and sketch the outlines, at least, of an alternative interpretation of w h a t Descartes understood the goal of the T h e r a p y to be. T h e r e is a hermeneutical issue w h i c h is unavoidable at this point. It would be easy to cite passages in which Descartes speaks about doubt with words whose "plain sense" does not fit m y interpretation of w h a t he has in mind by doubt. It is from that "plain sense" that others have developed their different understandings of Cartesian doubt. S o w h a t leads me to violate that "plain sense"? T w o considerations. I do not see how the "plain sense" interpretation can be fitted into an overall interpretation of Descartes which makes sense of his total project; and I propose that w e prefer an interpretation which does make sense of his total project to one which does not. Secondly, and m u c h more importantly,

I think

that w e ought

to follow

Descartes's

own

guidelines as to the interpretation of such passages. In his letters, and especially in his replies to the objections to the Meditations, repeatedly calls attention

Descartes

to certain general indications

he

has

planted in the text as to the nature of his project; he insists that these indications be treated as guidelines in interpreting his text. It turns out that following those guidelines often requires that we not go by the "plain sense of the text." Descartes regularly accuses his critics of ignoring the guidelines and

though he would not put it this w a y

of

going instead by the "plain sense." I propose that w e do follow Descartes's guidelines for the interpretation of his o w n texts; I think that il would be perverse not to do so, unless w e have some indication that the stated guidelines are self-serving or deceptive. O f course the trouble arises from the fact that though Descartes wishes his texts to be interpreted in a c c o r d a n c e with his guidelines, he himself seems to h a v e composed a good deal of them without h a v i n g those guidelines clearly in mind. I f he had composed all of them with the guidelines clearly in mind, the "plain sense" interpretation would not

so

regularly be in tension with the interpretation which follows the guidelines, forcing us to decide which is to be preferred. Descartes gives m a n y descriptions of the T h e r a p y of D o u b t , the goal of which is to liberate us from our obstructive praejudicia. one from the beginning of the Principles:

H e r e is

"It seems that the only w a y of

How

Descartes's

Project

Differed

freeing ourselves from these opinions is to make the effort, once in the course of our life, to doubt everything w h i c h w e find to contain even the smallest suspicion of uncertainty." T h e n , a d d i n g w h a t a l r e a d y his original readers thought to be overkill, he says: "Indeed, it will even prove useful, once w e h a v e doubted these things, to consider them as false, so that our discovery of w h a t is most certain and easy to know may

be all the clearer" ( C S M 1 , 1 9 3 ) . H e goes on to say that, as the

first step in the T h e r a p y of D o u b t , "our initial doubts will be about the existence of the objects of sense-perception and imagination. T h e first reason for such doubt is that from time to time w e h a v e c a u g h t out the senses when they were in error, and it is prudent never to place too m u c h trust in those w h o have deceived us even once. T h e second reason is that in our sleep w e regularly seem to h a v e

sensory

perception of, or to imagine, countless things which do not exist a n y w h e r e ; and if our doubts are on the scale just outlined, there seem to be no marks by means of w h i c h w e can with certainty distinguish being asleep from being a w a k e " ( C S M 1 , 1 9 3 - 4 ) . Yet,

in the Synopsis to the Meditations

Descartes says, about the

arguments offered in the Sixth Meditation for "the existence

of

material things," that "the great benefit of these arguments is not, in my

view, that they prove w h a t they establish

namely that there

really is a world, and that h u m a n beings have bodies and so on

since

no sane person has ever seriously doubted these things" ( C S M

11,11).

In his reply to Gassendi's objections to the Meditations

he repeats the

point: " H e n c e I point out in one passage that no sane person ever seriously doubts such things" ( C S M 1 1 , 2 4 3 ) . H e r e , then, is the question which every interpretation of Descartes must face rather than avoid: Descartes says that as the first step in the T h e r a p y of D o u b t , the therapy w e must undertake so as to become able to a p p l y the M e t h o d satisfactorily in the construction of scientia, we are to doubt the testimony of our senses that there is a material world. H e makes clear that he views himself as h a v i n g done this. Y e t he also asserts emphatically that no sane person has ever seriously doubted these things; obviously he takes himself to be a sane person. W h a t are w e to make of this? I submit that unless w e attribute the most appalling confusion to Descartes, w e must interpret him as h a v i n g two different things in mind by "doubt." W e can get at the same issue from a somewhat different angle. T o engage in the T h e r a p y of D o u b t , let us remind ourselves, "is to make the effort, once in the course of our life, to doubt everything w h i c h w e

Locke's

192

originality

find to contain even the smallest suspicion of uncertainty." I t consists of "rejecting everything in w h i c h I could discover the least occasion for doubt; for it is certain that principles w h i c h it was impossible to reject in this w a y , when one attentively considered them, are the clearest and most evident that the h u m a n mind can k n o w " ( C S M 1,183). B Meditations,

u

t

in his replies to the S e c o n d Set of Objections to the Descartes says that " I should like you to r e m e m b e r here

that, in matters w h i c h m a y be e m b r a c e d by the will, I m a d e a v e r y careful distinction between the conduct of life and the contemplation of the truth. A s far as the conduct of life is concerned, I a m very far from thinking that w e should assent only to w h a t is clearly perceived. O n the contrary, I do not think that w e should a l w a y s wait even for probable truths" ( C S M 1 1 , 1 0 6 ) . B u t of course w e cannot divide up propositions into two disjunct sets, those w h i c h in the conduct of life we decide whether or not to accept, and those w h i c h in the practice of scientia w e decide whether or not to accept. T h e very propositions which for the conduct of life w e must believe, for the contemplation of the truth, w e must doubt. Neither is it the case that doubting and not doubting such propositions can be performed sequentially; since while a person is engaged in the contemplation of truth, he or she is also engaged in the conduct of life. W h i l e doubting that there is a n y t h i n g solid, as part of his or her contemplation of truth, a person must believe that he or she is seated on something solid. The c o n d u c t of life is not something one leaves behind as one contemplates the truth. T h e conduct of life embraces one's contemplation of the truth. Perhaps if w e try to recover w h a t Descartes's experience would have been as he prepared to use the M e t h o d , w e can discern w h a t he has in mind. T o get going, he must sort out the certain from the uncertain. S o he asks himself: T h e s e beliefs of mine, based

on

perception and to the effect that there is this and that material object do these beliefs h a v e the requisite status of certitude? H e has reason to think that they do not. T h o u g h up to this time he m a y h a v e taken them as certain, that would h a v e been a false praejudicium;

reflection

shows that they are not indubitable. B u t d r a w i n g this conclusion does not remove these beliefs from Descartes's mind. H e still has them. It simply makes him d o u b t that these believings h a v e the status requisite for scientia. It makes him doubt that they are certain. It removes w h a t e v e r contrary praejudicium 1 2

he m a y h a v e h a d .

1 2

Frankfurt puts the point clearly, though I think that it does not have the determining role in his overall interpretation that it ought to have: "Descartes does not propose to make himself

How

Descartes's

Project Differed

193

I suggest that it is exactly this d o u b t w h i c h figures in the T h e r a p y . Cartesian d o u b t is indeed suspension of assent. B u t to " d o u b t " P, as part of the T h e r a p y of D o u b t , is not to suspend one's belief that P but rather to suspend one's belief that one's mode of a p p r e h e n d i n g P is satisfactory for scientia. It is to suspend one's belief (if one h a d it) that P is certain for one. Cartesian d o u b t is second-order doubt: m c t a - d o u b t . It is not doubting those beliefs that play a role in the conduct of life, nor is it doubting those beliefs that play a role in the practice

of

religion.

Neither is it suspending a n y second-order beliefs one might h a v e about the satisfactoriness of those beliefs for the conduct of life or for the practice of religion. Nonetheless, it does involve Cartesianly

doubting

all the believings that o c c u r in the conduct of life and in the practice of religion - doubting that they are satisfactory for scientia,

doubting

that they are the product of intuition a n d / o r deduction. T o say it again: " D o u b t i n g " a proposition, when e n g a g i n g in the T h e r a p y , is not withholding assent from it but withholding assent from the proposition that one's mode of entertaining it has the epistemic status needed for scientia: certainty, marked by indubitability and incorrigi­ bility. Descartes never gives up his belief that there is an external world; neither, contrary to the great majority of his interpreters, does he think that he or a n y o n e else should give it up. In fact he thinks that not h a v i n g that belief is a mark of insanity. T h e "greatest benefit" of "such extensive d o u b t , " says Descartes, "lies in freeing us from all our preconceived opinions (praejudicia),

and providing the easiest route by

which the mind m a y be led a w a y from the senses" (Synopsis of the Meditations; C S M 1 1 , 9 ) . T h i s is not to say, of course, that Descartes thinks that the beliefs w e presently h a v e are all O K . Quite to the contrary; he thinks that they are

riddled with error. B u t the task of dislodging those erroneous

beliefs is not assigned to the T h e r a p y of D o u b t . T h e task of dislodging into a tabula rasa, and the skepticism to which he commits himself is innocuously thin and undisruptive. Indeed it is inappropriate to describe it as skepticism at all. Consider the example of a mathematician who is, let us say, attempting to construct a system of arithmetic. If he has so far failed or neglected to establish that '2 + 2 — 4' is a theorem of his system, he will quite properly refuse to assume in his inquiry that the equation is true. T h i s is hardly a case of skepticism, and it would be inane to argue, as it has been argued occasionally against Descartes, that the mathematician's refusal is insincere or that his project is absurd because it is psychologically impossible for him to cease believing that 2 + 2 = 4. The mathematician continues, of course, to 'believe' the equation, but he does not accord it a place in the system he is developing because it has not yet passed the tests for inclusion. Within the context of his theoretical work in arithmetic, then, he docs not yet 'believe' that 2 + 2 = 4. W'hen he undertook his work he 'overthrew' all such beliefs in the limited sense that he decided not to take their theoretical credentials for granted" (Demons, Dreamers, and Madmen, pp. 1 6 - 1 7 ) .

Locke's

i94

originality

our mistaken scientific beliefs falls to the construction of a new and better science; the task of dislodging our mistaken

philosophical

beliefs falls to the construction of a new and better philosophy; and so on. In the Sixth M e d i t a t i o n , Descartes gives detailed

arguments

against our present understanding of the nature of the external world and in favor of an alternative understanding. B u t let us not live with the illusion that the T h e r a p y is easy and pleasant, says Descartes. It is in fact "an arduous undertaking, and a kind of laziness brings me back to normal life. I a m like a prisoner w h o is enjoying an i m a g i n a r y freedom while asleep; as he begins to suspect that he is asleep, he dreads being woken up, and goes along with the pleasant illusion as long as he can. In the same w a y , I happily slide back into my old opinions and dread being shaken out of them, for fear that my peaceful sleep m a y be followed by hard l a b o u r when I wake, and that I shall h a v e to toil not in the light, but amid the inextricable darkness of the problems I have now raised" (First Meditation; C S M 1 1 , 1 5 ) . Descartes hints, in that last clause, that the T h e r a p y is not only arduous but menacing in prospect. H e opens his Second Meditation on this theme of menace: " S o serious are the doubts into w h i c h I h a v e been thrown as a result of yesterday's meditation that I can neither put them out of m y mind nor see a n y w a y of resolving them. It feels as if I have fallen unexpectedly into a deep whirlpool w h i c h tumbles me around so that I can neither stand on the bottom nor swim up to the top" (Second Meditation; C S M 1 1 , 1 6 ) . P r o b a b l y no one likes to h a v e one's praejudicia,

concerning w h a t is

and isn't certain for one, disturbed; the T h e r a p y of D o u b t will a l w a y s be unpleasant. W h a t makes it menacing, though, is the radically skeptical grounds for doubt that occurred to Descartes. W e are to look around to see whether we can discover any grounds for doubting the certainty of one and another of our beliefs

or rather, of whole types

of belief. A p p a r e n t l y around 1 6 2 8 , after he had composed a good deal of the Rules and before he h a d composed the Discourse,

a truly radical

and menacing ground for doubt occurred to Descartes - perhaps suggested b y the currents of skepticism flowing in F r a n c e at that time. 1 3

13

M i g h t it be the case that w e are so constituted or influenced

I accept E . M . Curlcy's argumentation on this point, in the second chapter of his Descartes against the Skeptics (Cambridge, Mass., H a r v a r d University Press, 1 9 7 8 ) . It appears that what contributed to Descartes's new line of thought was not just the emergence of his conviction that it was possible for the phenomenology of self-evidence to be evoked by our "intuition" of falsehoods, but the emergence of his conviction that there are no limits on God's omnipotence: W h a t e v e r is false, G o d could have made true, and whatever is

How Descartes's

Project

Differed

'95

that the experience of a proposition's being self-evident to us, as that w a s traditionally characterized, is in fact (sometimes) evoked b y our "intuition" of falsehoods rather than of truths? W i t h just one crucial c h a n g e in the traditional characterization of that experience: T h e experience of self-evidence was often described as i n c l u d i n g j ^ t seeing that the proposition in question is true. T h a t has to go, to be replaced by the phenomenology of seeming to see that it is true. F o r if one actually sees that it's true, then it is true. I h a v e suggested

that in his understanding of scientia

and its

method, as well as in his insistence on the importance of practicing scientia, Descartes w a s perpetuating a long tradition. His innovations are located in the g r a n d expectations he h a d for the scope of

scientia,

and in the proposals he m a d e for how w e are to prepare ourselves for engaging in scientia. W h a t led to the latter innovations was Descartes's conviction that w e bring with us, to the practice of scientia,

inhibiting

and falsepraejudicia concerning w h a t is and isn't certain for us, due in part, as it turns out, to o u r failure to imagine the truly radical possibilities. L e t it be seen clearly that Descartes's conviction is not that the propositional contents of those believings of ours which w e , in a d v a n c e of practicing scientia, believe to be certain, are false.

Though

he did think that a good deal of w h a t is read in texts is false - the vision of a textual tradition whose deep content is an articulated unity was no longer alive in him

he regarded the beliefs that w e bring with us

from experience (and religion) as in great measure true. T h e false and debilitating praejudicia from which w e must be liberated arc second-order beliefs about the certainty of our believings. T h o u g h Descartes was c a r r y i n g on project of scientia,

the medieval

Aristotelian

n o b o d y in the medieval tradition had suggested

a n y t h i n g like Descartes's T h e r a p y of D o u b t as the appropriate preparation for e n g a g i n g in the project. Nonetheless,

the

points

Descartes has raised are not ones that a person in that tradition could dismiss out of h a n d . E v e n if one believes (as Descartes did not) that the textual tradition presents an articulate unified b o d y of truth, it must be conceded that in great measure it does not present that truth in the mode of knowledge but in the mode of opinion, and usually without a n y clear demarcation of the one from the other; accordingly, immersing oneself in those texts is indeed likely to inculcate in one true, G o d could have made false. But though this conviction is usually in the wings when Descartes sets forth his radical ground for doubt, it is not really essential to it; the evil genius might be doing its devilish work even though G o d was not thus omnipotent.

Locke's

io,6

originality

mistaken convictions as to w h a t one is certain of. A n d as to the status of "intuition": T h e possibility that the phenomenology of self-evidence be evoked b y falsehoods is something that has to be considered. W a s Descartes of the view that his contemporaries were peculiarly prone to those false inhibiting praejudicia?

W e l l , in Part I of the

Discourse he certainly makes clear his conviction that scientia in his day was in a state of severe crisis; and the wanderings he describes in that same part, as well as his o w n subsequent controversies, immersed him in the religious turmoil of E u r o p e . Nonetheless, T h e r a p y is meant to cure is a human disease.

the disease

the

Post-Reformation

E u r o p e and its academies m a y h a v e had an unusually severe case of the disease. B u t the disease is present in a n y o n e w h o has sensory experience and reads books; and it works its debilitating effects on a n y o n e w h o sets about trying to practice scientia. L e t me summarize the central points I h a v e been making: T h e M e t h o d does not tell us to dissent from everything which is not the result of intuition and deduction. W e cannot do that, says Descartes, nor should w e try. The M e t h o d is rather a method for the acquisition of apprehensions w h i c h are purely the p r o d u c t of intuition

and

deduction; it is a method for the building up of true scientia. B u t since mistaken prejudgments, as to which of one's apprehensions are certain for one, will get in the w a y of satisfactory practice of the M e t h o d , the T h e r a p y of D o u b t is to be undertaken so as to clear a w a y those confusions. T h e claim has often been m a d e that it is not clear in the

Meditations

whether Descartes m e a n t his therapeutic d o u b t to apply even to the clear and distinct apprehension of propositions.

14

Certainly to confused

apprehensions. B u t w h a t about o u r apprehensions of simple math­ ematical propositions which are so clear and distinct that w e cannot refrain from believing the propositions, and such that w e cannot be in a situation where, while thus a p p r e h e n d i n g those propositions, w e yet h a v e good

reason for doubting

them? Is there a n y reason for

Cartesianly d o u b t i n g that such apprehensions are good enough for

1 4

Bui see Descartes's recollection of his doubts, as found in the Fifth Meditation: "I can convince myself that I have a natural disposition to go wrong from time to time in matters which 1 think 1 perceived as evidently as can be" ( C S M 1 1 , 4 8 ) . T h i s certainly fits with what Descartes says near the end of the First Meditation, as he is bringing the process of doubting to its conclusion : "I . . . am finally compelled to admit that there is not one of my former beliefs about which a doubt may not properly be raised; and this is not a flippant or ill-considered conclusion, but is based on powerful and well thought-out reasons" ( C S M

How Descartes's sciential

A n d let it be noted

accomplished for

Project

Differed

197

that Cartesian doubt can only

be

reasons.

I f one were to h a v e a good reason for Cartesianly d o u b t i n g propositions thus a p p r e h e n d e d , it would h a v e to be a reason for refraining from believing that such apprehensions are incorrigible.

For

we are now past the point of dubitability. I f one apprehends a proposition clearly and distinctly, then one's situation couldn't be that of h a v i n g good reason to refrain from believing it. " W h a t e v e r is revealed to me b y the natural l i g h t . . . cannot in a n y w a y be open to doubt. T h i s is because there cannot be another faculty both as trustworthy as the natural light and also c a p a b l e of showing me that such things are not true" (Meditations

n

in; C S M 1 1 , 2 7 ) . " I the

c

a

s

e

°f

our clearest and most careful j u d g m e n t s . . . if such j u d g m e n t s w e r e false they could not be corrected by any clearer j u d g m e n t s or b y means of a n y other natural faculty" (Second Set of Replies; C S M 11, 1 0 2 - 3 ) . O f course, Descartes is assuming here that by the natural light w e can never intuit or demonstrate both a proposition and its contradictory. I f that could happen, then one could be in a situation where one both apprehended a proposition clearly and distinctly and had good reason to refrain from believing it (not, of course, to believe its c o n t r a d i c t o r y ) . Still, this question arises: M i g h t an apprehension w h i c h is rationally indubitable nonetheless be an apprehension of a proposition which is false? T h e scenario of the evil genius is designed to show that this could be, so far as one can tell at this point. (Descartes offers other, less arresting, scenarios for the same possibility.) I f it is logically possible that there be such an evil genius, then it is logically possible that the rationally indubitable be false. A n d as long as w e don't find it indubitable that such an evil genius is logically impossible, just so long is it also not

rationally indubitable

for us that

the

rationally

indubitable is incorrigible. A n d so, of course, not rationally indubitable that the rationally indubitable is certain. J u s t as w e are to imagine the demon as altering nothing in the p h e n o m e n a of rational dubitability/indubitability, so also w e are to imagine him as altering nothing in the p h e n o m e n a of psychological dubitability/indubitability. T h e L a w of Assent continues to operate. T h u s it is that Descartes exclaims in the T h i r d Meditation: "when I turn to the things themselves w h i c h I think I perceive very clearly, I a m so convinced by them that I spontaneously declare: let w h o e v e r c a n do so deceive me, he will never bring it about that I a m nothing,

Locke's

i 8 9

originality

so long as I continue to think I a m something; or make it true at some future time that I h a v e never existed, since it is not true that I exist; or bring it about that two and three added together are more or less than five, or a n y t h i n g of this kind in which I see a manifest contradiction" ( C S M 11,25). W h e t h e r or not the Meditations

are unclear as to how far Descartes

wishes to press the question of incorrigibility, Principles

1,5 is entirely

clear on the matter: H e wishes to press it for clear and distinct apprehensions w h i c h compel belief - thus for those apprehensions w h i c h are rationally and psychologically indubitable. H e wishes to press it, in short, for all apprehensions and believings. T h e fact that m y attention to a proposition is so clear and distinct that I cannot refrain from believing it and can h a v e no good reason for doubting it while

thus a p p r e h e n d i n g

it is a p p a r e n t l y compatible

with

the

falsehood of the proposition thus apprehended. W e can imagine a scenario a c c o r d i n g to which this is how things would be. H e n c e w e should

at this point

in our reflections

Cartesianly doubt

such

apprehensions; i.e., refrain from believing that those apprehensions are certain, refrain from believing that they are satisfactory for the construction of scientia. F o r certainly, remember, requires incorrigibility as well as indubitability. O u r doubt will also apply to other matters which we previously regarded as most certain even the demonstrations of mathematics and even the principles which we hitherto considered to be self-evident. O n e reason for this is that we have sometimes seen people make mistakes in such matters, and accept as most certain and self-evident things which seemed false to us. Secondly, and most importantly, we have been told that there is an omnipotent G o d w h o created us. N o w we do not know whether he m a y h a v e wished to make us beings of the sort w h o are a l w a y s deceived even in those matters which seem to us supremely evident; for such constant deception seems no less a possibility than the occasional deception which, as we have noticed on previous occasions, does occur. W e may of course suppose that our existence derives not from a supremely powerful G o d but either from ourselves or from some other source; but in that case, the less powerful we make the author of our coming into being, the more likely it will be that w e are so imperfect as to be deceived all the time. ( C S M 1, 1 9 4 ) ' 5

It is passages such as this which persuade me that Descartes's concept of certainty cannot be explicated entirely in terms of indubitability; incorrigibility is also necessary for certainty. For neither here nor anywhere else does Descartes suggest that he has reason to refrain from believing that clear and distinct apprehensions are indubitable; w h a t he suggests is that, at this stage in his reflections, he has reason to refrain from believing that they are incorrigible but hence, reason to refrain from believing that they are certain.

How Descartes's

Project

Differed

199

Descartes rightly says that the second possibility raised is more i m p o r t a n t than the first. W e do indeed make mistakes in w h a t w e take to be self-evident. B u t someone might insist that such mistakes can a l w a y s be explained as the result of our failure to take a c c u r a t e note of the

presence or absence

of the

phenomenology

of clarity and

distinctness. T h e second possibility is the truly serious one: S o far as one can tell at this point, it seems quite possible that there be something in our constitution, or some outside agent, bringing it about that w e experience the phenomenology

of intuition

and

deduction with respect to false propositions. But now the T h e r a p y of D o u b t , introduced as preparation for e n g a g i n g in the M e t h o d satisfactorily, threatens the M e t h o d itself—or strictly, the assumptions underlying the M e t h o d . F o r T h e M e t h o d tells us that if w e are a p p r e h e n d i n g a proposition so clearly and distinctly

that w e

cannot

refrain from

believing it,

and

more

importantly, so clearly and distinctly that w e couldn't h a v e a good reason for doubting it while thus apprehending it has psychological,

if our apprehension

but more importantly, rational indubitability - then it

can be regarded as satisfactory for scientia. T h e n our apprehension is to be taken as certain. B u t now w e h a v e discovered that we, at this point in our reflections, h a v e good reason to refrain from believing that this is correct. F o r even though such apprehensions be indubitable in both senses, w e h a v e good reason to refrain from believing that they are also incorrigible.

But if not incorrigible, then not certain. T h u s at

this point in the a r g u m e n t w e h a v e good reason to refrain from believing that following T h e M e t h o d will yield

scientia.

A n d if w e h a v e good reason to d o u b t that the M e t h o d yields scientia, then it doesn't yield scientia.

This shows, of course, h o w Descartes

understands the nature of scientia

shows that he is attaching a

qualification to the traditional Aristotelian medieval understanding ol scientia. N o t h i n g has been said to show that indubitability does not coincide with incorrigibility. F o r all w e know at this point,

a

systematic pursuit of indubitability might in fact yield believings w h i c h are a l w a y s true

hence fully certain. B u t we would still not

h a v e scientia. " T h e fact that an atheist can be 'clearly a w a r e that the 3 angles of a triangle are equal to 2 right angles' is something I do not dispute. But I maintain that this awareness (cognitio) of his is not true knowledge (scientia),

since no act of awareness (cognitio) that c a n be

rendered doubtful seems fit to be called knowledge (scientia) . . . A n d although this d o u b t m a y not occur to him, it c a n still c r o p up if

Locke's

200

originality

someone else raises the point or if he looks into the matter himself. S o he will never be free of this d o u b t until he acknowledges that G o d exists" ( C S M I I , I O I ) .

1 6

H o w are w e to proceed? W e l l , w e h a v e to o v e r c o m e this doubt that w e h a v e , concerning indubitable apprehensions, that they are true this reason-grounded refraining from believing that apprehensions so clear and distinct

that

they

are psychologically and

rationally

indubitable are also true. S u p p o s e that I h a v e a clear and distinct apprehension of some proposition; m y present situation is such that I h a v e a reason for doubting that, necessarily, that proposition is true. T h a t doubt inhibits belonging to scientia.

me from setting

that proposition

down

as

A n d even if it be the case that all clearly and

distinctly apprehended propositions are true, nonetheless, they still don't belong to scientia if I h a v e a reason-grounded doubt that they do. S o to overcome m y disability, and to make scientia itself a reality, this reason-grounded doubt must be removed. I h a v e to "be free of this d o u b t . " T h a t is w h a t Descartes proceeds to try to do

to remove

this doubt. H o w can that be done? Well, as w e all know, Descartes proposes to do so by a r g u i n g for the existence of an all-powerful, all-knowing, all-good G o d , and then inferring that G o d would see to it that w h a t e v e r w e apprehend clearly and distinctly is true. But all that w e can make use of in this a r g u m e n t is phenomena that the evil genius would not c h a n g e

if there were an evil genius. T h e evil genius would

not c h a n g e any of the facts about dubitability and indubitability. T h e L a w of Assent would still be operative: W e still find

ourselves

compelled to believe propositions w h i c h w e apprehend with a certain high degree of clarity and distinctness. A n d w e still find that no w a y of apprehending propositions

is more compelling

than clearly and

distinctly doing so. S o these are the p h e n o m e n a that we h a v e to make use of.

The demon m a y well h a v e attached these p h e n o m e n a

to

falsehoods; so we must b e w a r e of ever assuming, for some proposition w h i c h is clearly and distinctly a p p r e h e n d e d , that he has not done so in this case. A n d certainly w e must avoid assuming that he has not done so in a n y case. S o consider one of the propositions w h i c h Descartes introduces in 1 6

Cf. Descartes's tetter to Regius of M a y Q4, 1 6 4 0 . Distinguishing scientia from conviction, he says: " I distinguish the two as follows: there is conviction when there remains some reason which might lead us to doubt, but knowledge [scientia] is conviction based on a reason so strong that it can never be shaken by any stronger reason" ( C S M 1 1 1 , 1 4 7 ) .

How Descartes's

Project

Differed

201

the course of the argument: that the cause of an idea has at least as much formal

reality as the idea has objective reality. L e t us, for convenience' sake,

call this proposition P. I dare say that most of us do not find P compelling even when w e do clearly and distinctly apprehend it; but that, for our purposes, is neither here nor there. T h e question I must ask myself, as I contemplate whether or not to set P d o w n as part of the a r g u m e n t , is whether I find myself compelled to believe P w h e n I grasp it well. I f I do, then I set it d o w n . Suppose that I a m like Descartes and do find myself compelled to believe this; accordingly, I set it d o w n . B u t now somebody whispers in m y ear: " D o you find yourself compelled

to believe

this other proposition,

that if you

apprehend P so clearly and distinctly that you cannot doubt it, then P is true?" M y answer to this question, at this stage of the a r g u m e n t , is N o . B u t the fact that m y answer is N o , at this stage of the argument, is irrelevant. I suggest, in short, that Descartes's strategy for " r e m o v i n g the doubt" is to construct an argument which satisfies these two conditions: (1)

It has for its conclusion that a n y proposition apprehended so clearly and distinctly as to be rationally (and psychologically) indubitable is necessarily also true, i.e., incorrigible; and

(2) Its premises, and the proposition that the premises entail the conclusion, are apprehended so clearly and distinctly as to be rationally (and psychologically) indubitable. O n c e Descartes has freed us from d o u b t i n g the general thesis, that a n y proposition

apprehended so clearly and distinctly as to be

rationally and psychologically indubitable is true, then he has also freed us from doubting, concerning some particular proposition P w h i c h is apprehended so clearly and distinctly that it cannot be doubted, that P is true. S u p p o s i n g that an a r g u m e n t w h i c h satisfies these conditions can be found, its import remains to be clarified. B u t counter to the charges which have haunted Descartes's Meditations ever since their publication, there is nothing circular or question-begging either in the a r g u m e n t proper or in Descartes's strategy as a whole. W h e n one clearly and distinctly focuses on the a r g u m e n t presented, the conclusion

that

clarity and distinctness of apprehension insures truth of the proposition apprehended is both rationally and psychologically

indubitable:

Descartes claims to h a v e given an a r g u m e n t of that sort. His failure lies simply in the fact that his a r g u m e n t is not of that sort. It is not indubitable; it is not compelling; it does not satisfy the

second

Locke's

202

originality

condition a b o v e . A l m o s t no one has thought that it does, other than Descartes himself. Previously I sketched a scenario according to w h i c h w e could h a v e the phenomenology of clarity and distinctness (and compelled assent) with respect to falsehoods. It w a s the scenario of the powerful demon. U n d e r the scenario, w e are still compelled to believe propositions when w e apprehend them clearly and distinctly. B u t the scenario enabled us to doubt, both in general and for specific cases, w h e t h e r there is a n y necessary connection between indubitability and truth. Now,

with the a r g u m e n t before us, w e are in the position of not being

able to believe that scenario, or a n y other similar scenario; w e find ourselves compelled to believe that such scenarios are impossible. W e cannot believe that there can be such a demon and

psychologically compelled

for w e are rationally

to believe that there is an omni-

benevolent, omniscient, omnipotent G o d w h o exists necessarily; and that necessarily this G o d will prevent any such demon's doings. O n l y if there were no necessarily existing G o d of this sort would a demon of the sort imagined be possible. But no one can keep the a r g u m e n t in mind all the time. C a n one now once again refrain from accepting its conclusion

now once again

refrain from believing that, in general, clarity and distinctness of apprehension of a proposition (and compelled assent thereto) is a guarantee ol'its truth? N o , says Descartes

not if one remembers that

one did clearly and distinctly perceive the a r g u m e n t . Neither can one now d o u b t the truth of particular propositions which one remembers having demonstrated clearly and distinctly: " E v e n if I am no longer attending to the arguments which led me to j u d g e that this is true, as long as I r e m e m b e r that I clearly and distinctly perceived it, there are no counter-arguments which can be a d d u c e d to make me doubt it, but on the c o n t r a r y I h a v e true and certain knowledge of it. A n d I h a v e knowledge not just of this matter, but of all matters which I r e m e m b e r ever h a v i n g demonstrated, in geometry, and so on. F o r w h a t objections can now be raised?" ( C S M 1 1 , 4 8 ) . " 17

Cf. R e p l y to the Second Set of Objections to the Meditations, G S M 11,104: "But we forget the arguments in question and later remember simply the conclusions which were deduced from them. T h e question will now arise as to whether we possess the same firm and immutable conviction concerning these conclusions, when we simply recollect that they were previously deduced from quite evident principles (our ability to call them 'conclusions' presupposes such a recollection). M y reply is that the required certainty is indeed possessed by those whose knowledge of G o d enables them to understand that the intellectual faculty which he g a v e them cannot but tend towards the truth." T h u s G o d is also a guarantor of the veracity of memory. See also Descartes's letter to Regius of M a y 2 4 , 1 6 4 0 ; available in A n t h o n y K e n n y , Descartes: Philosophical Letters (Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1 9 7 0 ) pp. 7 3 - 4 .

How Descartes's

Project

Differed

203

I h a v e emphasized Descartes's introduction of the T h e r a p y of D o u b t as a strategy for getting rid of the mistaken praejudicia

that

hinder us in the practice of scientia. Pretty clearly, though, Descartes saw the T h e r a p y , w h e n combined with the Meditations

a r g u m e n t , as

serving another purpose as well; namely, the polemical purpose of beating the skeptic at his o w n g a m e . Descartes regards himself as h a v i n g brought his readers to the point w h e r e they can no longer doubt, either rationally or psychologically, the things that the skeptic says are questionable. M o r e than that, the Meditations

argument,

following on the radical practice of the Discipline, plays the constructive role of making it indubitable that the M e t h o d is satisfactory for the construction of scientia. foundations of scientia.

It is meant, in that w a y , to "establish" the ( O f course, the Meditations

a r g u m e n t itself is

meant to satisfy, formally, at least the first rule of the M e t h o d . ) It m a y be added that, in turn, Descartes saw the M e t h o d not only as the best strategy for building up scientia, but also as yielding a "critique" of those of our assent-forming faculties other than intuition and deduction. W e discover, for e x a m p l e , that perception informs us about reality only to a limited extent. W e must b e w a r e , though, of conceding to Descartes's a r g u m e n t more significance than it actually has. In the course of the early stages of the a r g u m e n t in the Meditations,

which culminates in the affirmation

of the principle that the phenomenology of clarity and distinctness (and of compulsion to believe) is a g u a r a n t e e of truth, Descartes observes that the cogilo ergo sum is impervious to the wiles of the evil genius. It is impossible that one should be compelled to believe this when it is false. The indubitable is here incorrigible. S u p p o s e that "there is a deceiver of supreme power and cunning w h o is deliberately and constantly deceiving me. In that case I too undoubtedly exist, if he is deceiving me; and let him deceive me as m u c h as he c a n , he will never bring it about that I am nothing so long as I think that I am something" ( C S M 1 1 , 1 7 ) . Descartes makes no

such claim

about later premises

in

the

a r g u m e n t . W h a t he claims is just that if one follows the a r g u m e n t as a whole, then ( A ) O n e is rationally and psychologically compelled to believe that necessarily w h a t e v e r one is thus compelled to believe is true. A n d if that claim w e r e correct, Descartes would h a v e accomplished exactly w h a t he w a n t e d to accomplish; namely, devise an a r g u m e n t

2C>4

Locke's

originality

which, for all w h o attend to the a r g u m e n t , removes the d o u b t that clear and distinct apprehensions of propositions are certain. Y o u and I w a n t to say, in response, that from ( A ) it does not follow that (B) Necessarily w h a t one is thus compelled to believe is true. T o get to (B) from ( A ) w e need a principle of elimination: Compelled-P Therefore, P. But Descartes's a r g u m e n t does nothing to entitle us to this principle. The truth, w e w a n t to say, is that ( A ) is compatible with ( C ) Sometimes w h a t one is thus compelled to believe is false.

18

T h u s you and I w a n t to say that Descartes's a r g u m e n t , if successful, would do no more than display "a d e m a n d of thought." O f all the commentators on Descartes, Frankfurt is the one w h o has seen most clearly this " K a n t i a n " import of the a r g u m e n t . Descartes's a r g u m e n t , he says, is an attempt to show that there are no good reasons for believing that reason is unreliable that the mistrust of reason is not supported by reason and that it is accordingly irrational. . . The point of Descartes's validation of reason is that if reason is properly employed - that is, if we give assent only to what we clearly and distinctly perceive — we are not led to doubt that reason is reliable. We are led, on the contrary, to assent to the propositions that God exists and that He guarantees the reliability of reason . . . no proposition entailing the unreliability of reason can be clearly and distinctly perceived.' 9

W h a t must be noted, however, is that y o u r and m y conviction that (B) does not follow from ( A ) , and that ( C ) is compatible with ( A ) , reflects the fact that we d o not find the a r g u m e n t compelling; correspondingly, our conviction that the a r g u m e n t , if successful, would merely display a " d e m a n d of thought," reflects the fact that you and I do not find the a r g u m e n t compelling. W e find ourselves entirely c a p a b l e , with the a r g u m e n t before us, of doubting

its

conclusion. B y contrast, if w e did find the a r g u m e n t compelling, w e would not believe that ( C ) is compatible with ( A ) . 1 8

It was my colleague at Calvin College, Del Ratzsch, w h o suggested to me the precise point made in this paragraph. " Demons, Dreamers, and Madmen, pp. 1 7 5 - 7 .

How Descartes's

Project

Differed

205

S o w e must not expect to find Descartes conceding

that his

a r g u m e n t is nothing but a d e m a n d of thought. H e w a s , indeed, looking for a d e m a n d of thought; that is w h a t he needed at this point in the a r g u m e n t . B u t h a v i n g , in his j u d g m e n t , found it, he naturally enough does not believe that it is merely a d e m a n d of thought. Nonetheless, there is a fascinating passage in the S e c o n d Set of Replies in w h i c h , amidst a lot of bluster, Descartes is quite clearly giving expression to some unease over the import of the argument: as soon as we think that we correctly perceive something, we are spontaneously convinced that it is true. Now if this conviction is so firm that it is impossible for us ever to have any reason for doubting what we are convinced of, then there are no further questions for us to ask: we have everything that we could reasonably want. What is it to us that someone may make out that the perception whose truth we are so firmly convinced of may appear false to God or an angel, so that it is, absolutely speaking, false? W h y should this alleged "absolute falsity" bother us, since we neither believe in it nor have even the smallest suspicion of it? . . . It is . . . no objection for someone to make out that such truths might appear false to God or to an angel. For the evident clarity of our perceptions does not allow us to listen to anyone who makes up this kind of story. ( C S M 1 1 , 1 0 3 - 4 ) M y contention throughout has been that Descartes's main concern was scientia,

or as he tends to call it in his later writings, "the

contemplation

of the truth." T h e M e t h o d is a method

for the

construction ofscientia. A n d w h a t I h a v e called the T h e r a p y of D o u b t is, first of all, a therapy lo be undertaken so that w e can practice the M e t h o d satisfactorily. W h e r e a s the center of Locke's concern was to give us rules for the regulation of opinio, Descartes, for opinio, gives us nothing more than a few limited, bland, and thoroughly conventional pieces of advice. It would a p p e a r , however, that this interpretation is in flagrant conflict with w h a t Descartes says in the Fourth Meditation. F o r there, in the context of inquiring how error in h u m a n belie! is compatible with the existence of an omnipotent, omniscient, benevolent G o d , he says that " I f . . . I simply refrain from m a k i n g a j u d g m e n t in cases where

I do

not

perceive

the

truth with sufficient

clarity and

distinctness, then it is clear that I a m b e h a v i n g correctly and a v o i d i n g error. B u t if in such cases I either affirm or deny, then I a m not using m y free will correctly" ( C S M 1 1 , 4 1 ) . H e adds: " F o r it is surely no imperfection in G o d that he has given me the freedom to assent or not to assent in those cases where he did not endow m y intellect w i t h a

Locke's

206

originality

clear and distinct perception; but it is undoubtedly an imperfection in me to misuse that freedom and m a k e j u d g e m e n t s about matters w h i c h I do not fully understand" ( C S M 1 1 , 4 2 ) . Descartes gives no indication here that these claims are restricted to scientia. H e appears to be claiming, in general, that if one assents to some proposition w h i c h one has not perceived with full clarity and distinctness, then one is misusing the faculties G o d has given one. But

if this w e r e in fact the right interpretation, Descartes would

regard himself and every other sane person as violating this fundamental h u m a n obligation. F o r , as w e h a v e seen, he thinks that every sane person believes various existential propositions about material bodies, even though these are not apprehended clearly and distinctly. S o I think that the proper interpretation requires that w e take with full seriousness the explanations and disclaimers that Descartes makes in his reply to the S e c o n d Set of Objections to the Meditations.

I have

already quoted part of the passage. L e t me now quote the whole of it: I should like you to remember here that, in matters which may be embraced by the will, 1 made a very careful distinction between the conduct of life and the contemplation of the truth. As far as the conduct of life is concerned, I am very far from thinking that we should assent only to what is clearly perceived. On the contrary, I do not think that we should always wait even for probable truths; from lime to time we will have to choose one of many alternatives about which we have no knowledge, and once we have made our choice, so long as no reasons against it can be produced, we must stick to it as firmly as if il had been chosen for transparently clear reasons. I explained this on p. 26 of the Discourse on the Method. For when we are dealing solely with the contemplation of the truth, surely no one has ever denied that we should refrain from giving assent to matters which we do not perceive with sufficient distinctness. Now in my Meditations I was dealing with the contemplation of the truth; the whole enterprise shows this to be the case, as well as my express declaration at the end of the First Meditation where 1 said that I could not possibly go too far in my distrustful attitude, since the task in hand involved not action but merely the acquisition of knowledge. ( C S M 1 1 , 1 0 6 ; see also Fourth Set of Replies; C S M 1 1 , 1 7 2 , and Fifth Set of Replies; C S M 11,243) W e should assent to P as satisfactory for scientia only if it is clearly and distinctly apprehended. B u t w h a t , you ask, about our actual assent to P? Believing that P is satisfactory for scientia is different from believing (assenting

to) P. F u r t h e r , it sometimes

turns out that the very

proposition, assent to w h i c h is indispensable for the conduct of life, is not apprehended in such a w a y that I a m entitled to inscribe it in the book of science. D o I then, or do I not, actually assent to P? Descartes

How

Descartes's

Project

Differed

207

says Y e s . (See, for example, C S M I I , I O 6 . ) Nonetheless, his observations on the matter are seldom

more

than incidental.

T h a t , on

my

interpretation, is no accident. Descartes is simply not m u c h interested in rules for regulating our actual assent to most propositions. H e is interested in acquiring a systematic and productive body of propositions each of which w e know to h a v e been either intuited or deduced from w h a t is intuited. O b v i o u s l y such propositions, w h e n found, will be assented to. B u t there are m a n y other belief-forming faculties than intuition and deduction. S o m e of these others lead us to assent to propositions w h i c h later w e intuit or deduce; some lead us to assent to propositions which w e never do and never can intuit or deduce. In all of that, Descartes had no fundamental interest. T h e r e is another theme

in the F o u r t h M e d i t a t i o n on

whose

compatibility with m y interpretation w e must reflect, the theme of the radical freedom of the will. A key component in m y overall interpretation has been m y claim that Descartes embraces w h a t I have called the L a w of Assent: If one clearly and distinctly apprehends a proposition, it is psychologically impossible to withhold one's assent from it; "our mind is of such a nature that it cannot help assenting to w h a t it clearly c o n c e i v e s . "

20

Is this not incompatible with Descartes's

claim that the will is no more limited in its freedom in h u m a n beings than in G o d ? F o r Descartes held, after all, that for a n y proposition whatsoever, G o d can make it either true or false. In a well-known passage from the Principles

of Philosophy,

Descartes

says that "we possess only two modes of thinking: the perception of the intellect

and the operation of the will"; and he asserted

-

implausibly in m y view - that assenting to a proposition is a species of willing: All the modes of thinking that we experience within ourselves can be brought under two general headings: perception, or the operation of the intellect, and volition, or the operation of the will. Sensory perception, imagination and pure understanding are simply various modes of perception; desire, aversion, assertion, denial and doubt are various modes of willing. (1,32; C S M 1,204) Descartes then held that in every case of belief, both the intellect and the will are involved. W e a p p r e h e n d the proposition with more or less clarity and distinctness; that is a mode of intellect. A n d w e assent to the proposition; that is a mode of volition. " M a k i n g a j u d g m e n t , " he says, "requires not only the intellect but also the will." Letter to Regius, M a y 2 4 , 1 6 4 0 , in K e n n y , Descartes: Philosophical

Letters, p. 7 3 .

208

Locke's

originality

In order to make a judgement, the intellect is of course required since, in the case of something which we do not in any way perceive, there is no judgment we can make. But the will is also required so that, once something is perceived in some manner, our assent may then be given. Now a judgement - some kind of judgement at least - can be made without the need for a complete and exhaustive perception of the thing in question; for we can assent to many things which we know only in a very obscure and confused manner. (Principles 1,34; C S M 1,204) C o n c e r n i n g these two fundamental modes of mind, Descartes held that though the h u m a n intellect is limited, in the sense that for every h u m a n being there are m a n y propositions w h i c h are simply beyond the scope of his or her consideration or the p o w e r of his or her grasp, the will is not similarly limited. " I cannot complain," he says, "that the will or freedom of choice which I received from G o d is not sufficiently extensive or perfect, since I know by experience that it is not restricted in any w a y " (Fourth Meditation; C S M 1 1 , 3 9 ) . T h e n he goes on to say: It is only the will, or freedom of choice which I experience within me to be so great that the idea of any greater faculty is beyond my grasp; so much so that it is above all in virtue of the will that I understand myself to bear in some way the image and likeness of God. For although God's will is incomparably greater than mine, both in virtue of the knowledge and power that accompany it and make it more firm and efficacious, and also in virtue of its object, in that it ranges over a greater number of items, nevertheless it does not seem any greater than mine when considered as will in the essential and strict sense. This is because the will simply consists in our ability to do or not do something (that is, to affirm or deny, to pursue or avoid), (fourth Meditation; C S M 11,40) W h a t is it that Descartes is saying here? Perhaps something like this: Suppose

that w e grant that

the object of intentions

and

undertakings is a l w a y s to bring it about that a certain proposition be made true. Intending to get my letter to the box before the m a i l m a n comes amounts to intending to bring about the truth of the proposition that I get my letter to the box before the m a i l m a n comes. N o w , Descartes believes that G o d has entertained and grasped vastly more propositions than any of us has. T h u s there are m a n y more propositions which can be the object of intentions and undertakings on G o d ' s part than on ours. T h e p o w e r of will is i n c o m p a r a b l y greater in G o d than in us "in virtue of its object, in that it ranges over a greater n u m b e r of items." S o also, there are m a n y propositions whose truth G o d knows how to bring a b o u t and has the p o w e r to bring about, but for w h i c h

How Descartes's

Project

Differed

209

w e lack either the one or the other, either the knowledge or the power. T h e p o w e r of will is i n c o m p a r a b l y greater in G o d than in us also "in virtue of the knowledge and power that a c c o m p a n y it and make it more firm and efficacious." T h u s G o d can successfully undertake m a n y things that w e cannot. I n these w a y s , G o d ' s will is undeniably, and i n c o m p a r a b l y , more powerful than ours, says Descartes. But these differences do not speak to w h a t the will is "in the essential and strict sense." T h e y speak to differences in knowledge and to differences in p o w e r of implementation. B y contrast, willing

as such involves neither

of these but consists simply in undertaking something;

the will

"consists in our ability to do or not do something." I m m e d i a t e l y , however, Descartes adds a crucial qualification, or explanation, to this last point; an explanation w h i c h makes clear that, for him, freedom of the will consists not of the liberty of indifference but in the liberty of spontaneity. T h i s is w h a t he adds: or rather, the will consists simply in the fact that when the intellect puts something forward for affirmation or denial or for pursuit or avoidance, our inclinations are such that we do not feel we are determined by any external force. In order to be free there is no need for me to be inclined both ways; on the contrary, the more I incline in one direction - either because I clearly understand that reasons of truth and goodness point that w a y , or because of a divinely produced disposition of my inmost thoughts - the freer is my choice. Neither divine grace nor natural knowledge ever diminishes freedom; on the contrary, they increase and strengthen it. But the indifference I feel when there is no reason pushing me in one direction rather than another is the lowest g r a d e of freedom; it is evidence not of any perfection of freedom, but rather of a defect in knowledge or a kind of negation. F o r if I always saw clearly what was true and good, I should never have to deliberate about the right j u d g e m e n t or choice; in that case, although I should be wholly free, it would be impossible for me ever to be in a state of indifference. (Fourth Meditation; C S M 11,40) Descartes's thought appears to be this: If there are sufficient causal conditions for the occurrence of some undertaking, but those sufficient causal conditions include no "external force," then the undertaking is free even though the person could not h a v e chosen otherwise. T h e application to the matter at h a n d of this understanding of freedom is this: Descartes's claim, that w e are all so constituted as to be compelled to assent to propositions that w e clearly and distinctly a p p r e h e n d , is not seen by him as incompatible with his claim that free will is involved in all cases of assent. F o r the compulsion is internal:

Locke's

210

originality

during these past few days I have been asking whether anything in the world exists, and I have realized that from the very fact of my raising this question it follows quite evidently that I exist. I could not but j u d g e that something which I understood so clearly was true; but this was not because I was compelled so to j u d g e by any external force, but because a great light in the intellect was followed by a great inclination in the will, and thus the spontaneity and freedom of my belief was all the greater in proportion to my lack of indifference. (Fourth Meditation; C S M 1 1 , 4 1 ) 2 1

T h e r e is one exception w h i c h Descartes himself introduced into the M e t h o d - an exception which he seems to h a v e regarded as minor in scope of application but major in import. R e p e a t e d l y Descartes emphasizes that not only is the M e t h o d not meant for the conduct of life; it is also not meant for religious faith: "when I asserted that 'we should assent only to w h a t w e clearly know' this w a s a l w a y s subject to the exception of 'matters w h i c h belong to faith and the conduct of life'" ( C S M 1 1 , 1 7 2 ) . W h e n it comes to faith, the rule is that w e are to accept w h a t is revealed by G o d : "if G o d happens to reveal to us something about himself or others which is beyond the natural reach of our mind

such as the mystery of the Incarnation or of the T r i n i t y

we will not refuse to believe it, despite the fact that w e do not clearly understand it" (Principles Our

1,25; C S M 1 , 2 0 1 ) .

natural perceptual faculties produce in us apprehensions of,

and assentings to, various propositions which we h a v e neither intuited nor

demonstrated. T h a t is quite acceptable, says Descartes. W h a t

must be kept in mind, however, is that none of those apprehensions are good enough for scientia; any praejudicia

we m a y have that these beliefs

are certain must be overcome by the T h e r a p y of D o u b t . F o r the most part, the same is true of religious faith. F a i t h simply involves a different apprehension and belief-forming process from the workings of those faculties of intuition and deduction which yield scientia.

W h a t that

process might be, Descartes tries briefly to explain in his reply to the A hit later Descartes adds: "this indifference does not merely apply to cases where the intellect is wholly ignorant, but extends in general to every case where the intellect docs not h a v e sufficiently clear knowledge at the time when the will deliberates" ( C S M 1 1 , 4 1 ) . C o m p a r e Principles 1,39: "the freedom which we experienced within us was nonetheless so great as to enable us to abstain from believing whatever was not quite certain or fully examined" ( C S M 1,206). A n d also from the Fourth Meditation: " F o r although probable conjectures may pull me in one direction, the mere knowledge that they are simply conjectures, and not certain and indubitable reasons, is itself quite enough to push my assent the other w a y . M y experience in the last few days confirms this: the mere fact that I found that all my previous beliefs were in some sense open to doubt was enough to turn my absolutely confident belief in their truth into the supposition thai they were wholly false" ( C S M 11,41).

How

Descartes's

Project

Second Set of Objections to the Meditations

Differed

21 I

( C S M 1 1 , 2 0 5 ) . It is indeed a

process rather than a faculty or mechanism. It consists of G o d directly p r o d u c i n g in us the firm conviction, concerning some proposition P, that G o d has revealed it; given our intuition that G o d cannot lie, that produces in us the belief that P . But

2 2

to limit the scope of the M e t h o d to the practice of scientia is

different from contending that, in the practice of scientia, there m a y be certain cases in w h i c h w e are to employ some other rule than the M e t h o d . B u t that is exactly w h a t Descartes contends. Specifically, if some item of the faith is intuited as contradicting some proposition which is entertained with the phenomenology of clarity and distinctness, and

compelled belief, w e should - or perhaps just shall - prefer the

item of faith. W e should or shall conclude that at this point the phenomenology of clarity and distinctness, and compelled belief, is deceptive, that there is a fluke in the workings of our faculties. W e find ourselves with the belief that G o d has revealed P; but w e apprehend clearly and distinctly, and a r e compelled to believe, both not-P, and that not-P contradicts P. In such a situation, our conviction that G o d has revealed P, plus our standing conviction that G o d cannot lie, should (or will) win out over our intuitions, leading us to believe P. H e n c e " a b o v e all else w e must impress on our m e m o r y the overriding rule that w h a t e v e r G o d has revealed to us must be accepted as more certain than a n y t h i n g else. A n d although the light of reason m a y , with the utmost clarity and evidence, a p p e a r to suggest something different, w e must still put o u r entire faith in divine authority rather than in our own j u d g m e n t " (Principles

1,76; C S M 1 , 2 2 1 ) .

A s I h a v e already suggested, the interpretation of Descartes w h i c h I h a v e presented is unconventional at several points; if that were not 2 2

" N o w although it is commonly said that faith concerns matters which arc obscure, this refers solely to the thing or subject-matter to which our faith relates; it does not imply that the formal reason which leads us to assent to matters of faith is obscure. O n the contrary, this formal reason consists in a certain inner light which comes from G o d , and when we arc supernaturally illumined by it we are confident that what is put forward for us to believe has been revealed by G o d himself. A n d it is quite impossible for him to lie; this is more certain than any natural light, and is often even more evident because of the fight of grace" (Reply to the Second Set of Objections to the Meditations; C S M 1 1 , 1 0 5 ) . Cf. Descartes's letter to Hyperaspistes of August 1 6 4 1 : "In the reply to the Second Objections I said 'enlightened by God, we trust that w h a t is proposed for our belief has been revealed by him': but there I was speaking not of human scientific knowledge, but of faith. A n d I did not assert that by the light of grace we clearly know the very mysteries of faith - though I would not deny that this too may happen — but only that we trust that they are to be believed. N o one w h o really has the Catholic faith can doubt or be surprised that it is most evident that w h a t G o d has revealed is to be believed and that the light of grace is to be preferred to the light of nature."

Locke's

2 I 2

originality

so, it could, for the purpose of illuminating the relation of Descartes to L o c k e , h a v e been very m u c h a b b r e v i a t e d . Nonetheless, I h a v e not tried to defend it against alternatives but h a v e contented myself with referring to supporting texts and pointing to its overall coherence. In conclusion, though, I wish to consider the alternative interpretation offered by B e r n a r d Williams on the central point of the nature of Cartesian d o u b t .

23

I choose W i l l i a m s as a good representative of a

fairly standard line of interpretation. O n m y interpretation, to Cartesianly doubt some proposition P is not to suspend one's assent to P but rather to suspend one's assent to the proposition that one's mode of apprehending P is satisfactory for the inclusion of P in scientia. T h u s I contend that, to understand Descartes, w e must distinguish between those passages in which b y "doubting" P he means no longer assenting

to P, and those in w h i c h

by

"doubting" P he means Cartesianly doubting P. Williams interprets Descartes as uniformly meaning the same thing by " d o u b t "

namely,

d o u b l i n g P is suspending one's assent to P. H e says that "the method of doubting everything until one reaches, if one c a n , something that cannot be doubted, is presented as a strategy, as a systematic w a y of achieving something which is Descartes' aim: this is to discover the truth"

(p. 3 5 ) . A n d then he continues: "the strategy is to aim for

certainty by rejecting the doubtful. T o reject the doubtful here means, of course, to suspend j u d g m e n t about it, or at most to treat it as false for the purposes of the a r g u m e n t " (p. 3 6 ) . Williams is fully a w a r e , however, of Descartes's L a w of Assent: I f w e clearly and distinctly a p p r e h e n d a proposition, w e cannot refrain from believing it. H e is also a w a r e of the passages in which Descartes insists that no sane person has ever "seriously d o u b t e d " that "there really is a world, and that h u m a n beings h a v e bodies and so on." S o how does Williams fit all this together, given that, in w h a t I h a v e called the Therapy of D o u b t , w e are to doubt that there really is a world and w e are to doubt propositions that w e clearly and distinctly apprehend? Williams' solution is to distinguish between two different modes of h a v i n g propositions in mind: I f w e h a v e a proposition clearly and distinctly in mind, w e cannot suspend assent to it, whereas if w e do not h a v e that same proposition thus in mind, w e can (provided a good enough reason is offered to us). A n d this is, indeed, an authentically

Bernard Williams, Descartes: The Project of Pure Inquiry (Harmondsworth, Penguin, 1986 repr.).

How Descartes's

Project

Differed

213

Cartesian point. T h i s is w h a t W i l l i a m s says: Descartes says in the Second Replies of the things about which we can be perfectly certain, "we cannot think of them without believing them to be true," and he there claims that we cannot doubt them without thinking of them. From those premisses it follows, as he correctly points out, that we cannot doubt them. Yet it seems that there is something which counts as doubting even those propositions, so it must be possible for such a proposition to be sufficiently "before the mind" for one to entertain a doubt about it, but not be so clearly in view that one's belief in it is activated. This is not a very deep or difficult problem. All that is required is some way of referring to or indicating a proposition or idea of this kind without bringing it clearly to mind. A standard way of doing that will lie in deploying a word or sentence which expresses that idea or proposition, without, however, concentrating closely on what that word or sentence expresses. One can, granted this, entertain a doubt about an irresistible proposition, but only by not thinking about it clearly. 24

N o w , in the first place, Williams does not formulate his distinction so that it applies directly to Descartes's a r g u m e n t . Descartes, r e m e m b e r , "doubts" all propositions about a physical world w h i c h w e take to h a v e been acquired by w a y of our senses, and does so with two b r o a d questions: W h y trust that which has even once deceived one? A n d , h o w does one know that one w a s not d r e a m i n g instead of sensing? T h i s w a y of dealing with the beliefs w e acquired by w a y of w h a t w e took to be perception is scarcely "deploying a w o r d or sentence w h i c h expresses that idea or proposition, without, however, concentrating closely on w h a t that w o r d or sentence expresses." But no matter. T h e crucial issue is this: Williams interprets Descartes as saying that by the T h e r a p y of D o u b t w e bring ourselves to the

point

where w e

really don't

believe

a n y of the

things

"doubted"; a state w h i c h , for m a n y propositions, c a n only

be

achieved, he says, by not h a v i n g the doubted proposition clearly in mind. O n W i l l i a m s ' interpretation, the mind is (almost entirely) emptied of assent b y the d o u b t Descartes recommends - v a c u u m e d clean. O n m y interpretation, b y contrast, the mind remains v e r y full, since Cartesianly doubting a proposition does not consist of w i t h d r a w i n g assent from that proposition. W h a t is to be said for m y interpretation on this point and against the W i l l i a m s style of interpretation? W e l l , there is, for one thing, the 2 4

"Descartes' Use of Skepticism," in Miles Burnyeat (ed.), The Skeptical Tradition (Berkeley and Los Angeles, University of California Press, 1 9 8 3 ) , pp. 3 4 5 - 6 .

Locke's

originality

inherent implausibility of anyone's really believing that by those broad swipes that Descartes uses, one can bring oneself to the point of believing almost nothing. T h e situation does not c h a n g e if one

dwells

on those broad swipes, as Descartes says w e should (Second Set of Replies, C S M n, 9 4 ; see also First M e d i t a t i o n , C S M 1 1 , 1 5 ) . W h a t the meditating which Descartes recommends might h a v e a c h a n c e of accomplishing - so it seems to me - is that for w h i c h Descartes on m y interpretation proposed it: freeing us u p from our praejudicia

as to

w h a t w e are certain of. Secondly, and more importantly, there is Descartes's insistence that practicing his T h e r a p y of D o u b t does nothing to disturb the beliefs

presupposed

in

the conduct of our lives.

In particular,

e v e r y b o d y a l w a y s believes that he or she has a body. W i l l i a m s interprets Descartes as meaning that one can switch in and out of believing that one has a body. T h a t is not w h a t Descartes says. But thirdly, and most importantly. T h e Williams style of interpre­ tation renders Descartes's strategy in the Meditations

fundamentally

confused. L e t us suppose, for the sake of the a r g u m e n t , that doubting P is a l w a y s to be understood as refraining from assenting to P. Descartes offers reasons for doubting P. A n d if I h a v e a good reason for doubting P, then obviously I a m not entitled to go ahead and believe P until that reason has been answered. N o w , it turns out that even when we h a v e not excluded the possibility of the demon, there are a few propositions of which w e can be certain that if they are apprehended clearly and distinctly, they are true. Indeed, we can be certain that if they are apprehended at all, they are true. T h e s e propositions of the cogito-sort can be seen without further ado to be not only indubitable but incorrigible. B u t most of the propositions which Descartes uses in the a r g u m e n t stretching from the Second to the F o u r t h Meditation are not of that sort. A b o u t them

Descartes

instructs us, on the Williams interpretation, to doubt them, no longer to believe them. H e n c e they are not available to us for use in a n y a r g u m e n t . W i l l i a m s replies: Y e s ; but when w e apprehend

them

clearly and distinctly, w e cannot refrain from believing them. B u t this is beside the point. I f one has good reason not to assent to P but finds that in certain circumstances one cannot avoid doing so, then surely the right thing to do is to avoid those circumstances as m u c h as possible, rather than getting oneself into those circumstances and concluding that in those circumstances one is entitled to assent to P. T h e problem is an old one in Descartes interpretation. Commentators

How Descartes's

Project

Differed

215

h a v e seen that the d o u b t w h i c h Descartes urges is almost totally comprehensive in its scope; only a few beliefs of the cogito-sort

escape.

B u t they h a v e also seen that w e need to h a v e more than such beliefs left over, after w e h a v e followed the instructions to doubt, if w e are to construct the Meditations

a r g u m e n t . T h u s a dilemma: E i t h e r one

grants the radical scope of the d o u b t that Descartes urges, and finds oneself without enough entitled assentings left over to construct the argument; or one reserves enough assentings for the construction of the argument, and limits the scope of the doubt Descartes recommends. T h e W i l l i a m s style of interpretation is an attempt to escape this dilemma; it says that one can both follow the radical instructions for d o u b t and h a v e sufficient propositions left over for the argument: In following the instructions, one thinks of propositions unclearly and indistinctly but yet sufficiently to d o u b t them; in constructing the a r g u m e n t , one thinks of them clearly and distinctly. B u t that proposal just overlooks the fact that the radical d o u b t leaves one without title to use, in the a r g u m e n t , the propositions one w a s instructed to doubt. O n e doesn't receive that title until the end of the a r g u m e n t , when the reason for the radical d o u b t has been answered and the instruction lifted. O n e can only escape the d i l e m m a by distinguishing doubling P from Cartesianly enough

doubting

P. Cartesian d o u b t leaves us with more than

propositions

to construct the argument; since, for most

propositions, it never enjoins us to give up our assent to them - only to give u p our assent to the proposition that our mode of believing them is certain. But let us look at the central piece of textual evidence w h i c h W i l l i a m s offers for his interpretation. F o u n d in the Seventh Set of Replies, it goes as follows: " S o long as w e attend to a truth w h i c h w e perceive very clearly, w e cannot d o u b t it. B u t when, as often happens, w e are not attending to a n y truth in this w a y , then even though w e r e m e m b e r that w e h a v e previously perceived m a n y things very clearly, nonetheless there will be nothing w h i c h w e m a y not justly d o u b t so long as w e do not know that w h a t e v e r w e clearly perceive is true" ( C S M 1 1 , 3 0 9 ) . It m a y be noticed that this passage is not explicitly incompatible with m y interpretation. O n m y interpretation, Descartes in the first sentence is saying that when w e clearly and distinctly attend to a proposition, w e cannot refrain from believing it. I n the second he says that so long as w e do not know that the phenomenology of clarity and

2l6

Locke's

originality

distinctness guarantees truth, there is no belief-state at all about w h i c h w e cannot d o u b t that it has the highest epistemic status certitude. B u t though the passage does not explicitly contradict m y interpretation, nonetheless the point it seems to be m a k i n g is the W i l l i a m s point. Let us consider the context in w h i c h the passage occurs. In the preceding p a r a g r a p h , Descartes is making exactly the point on which I h a v e grounded m y interpretation; namely, that his "metaphysical" doubt does not c h a n g e and is not meant to c h a n g e a n y t h i n g in practical life. In the passage he expressed his a n n o y a n c e that F a t h e r Bourdin would h a v e thought otherwise: I said at the end of the First Meditation that we may doubt all those things which we have not yet perceived with sufficient clarity, since our doubt is based on "powerful and well thought-out reasons." But I said this because at that point I was dealing merely with the kind of extreme doubt which, as I frequently stressed, is metaphysical and exaggerated and in no way to be transferred to practical life. It was doubt of this type to which I was referring when I said that everything that could give rise to the slightest suspicion should be regarded as a sound reason for doubt. But my friendly and ingenuous critic here puts forward as an example of the things that I said we could doubt "for powerful reasons" the question of whether there is an earth, or whether I have a body, and so on; the effect is that the reader, if he knows nothing of my "metaphysical" doubt and refers the doubt to practical life, may think that I am not of sound mind. ( C S M 1 1 , 3 0 8 - 9 ) W h a t then follows is the passage which Williams cites, and which I quoted a b o v e . T h e passage then continues as Ibllows: From the fact that at one point I said that there was nothing that we might not doubt namely in the First Meditation, in which I was supposing that I was not attending to anything that I clearly perceived - he draws the conclusion that I am unable to know anything certain, even in the following Meditations.This is to suggest that the reasons which may from time to time give us cause to doubt something are not legitimate or sound unless they prove that the same thing must be permanently in doubt. ( C S M 11,309) In the entire passage, then, Descartes makes these three points: (1)

" M e t a p h y s i c a l " or e x a g g e r a t e d doubt is not meant to c h a n g e a n y t h i n g at all in practical life.

(2) O n e c a n emerge from metaphysical

doubt.

Metaphysically

doubting some proposition is not a p e r m a n e n t condition, nor is it meant to be.

How Descartes's

Project

Differed

217

(3) W e m a n a g e to metaphysically doubt those propositions whose clear apprehension compels assent by recalling the fact that w e h a v e h a d the experience of clear apprehension, and then taking note of the fact that w e do not find ourselves compelled to believe that this coincides with incorrigibility. T h u s the passage as a whole is not just logically compatible with m y interpretation, but supports it: " m e t a p h y s i c a l " doubt does not alter those beliefs w h i c h are presupposed in practical life. Still, w h y does Descartes d r a w the contrast between attending "to a truth which w e perceive v e r y clearly" and remembering "that w e h a v e previously perceived

many

things

very

clearly"?

W e l l , on

my

interpretation, Cartesian (metaphysical) doubt does indeed involve a shift of focus. O n the one h a n d , there is the phenomenon of one's assent being compelled by one's clear and distinct apprehension of such a proposition as 2 + 2 = 4. O n the other hand, to e n g a g e in Cartesian doubt of that belief is to raise a question

about one's mode

of

apprehension of it, a question which requires recollection. It is to raise this question:

W a s one's

assent-compelling,

clear

and

distinct

apprehension of this proposition a guarantee of its truth? But of course one means this question generally: In general, is our assent-compelling, clear and distinct apprehension of propositions a g u a r a n t e e of their truth? T h o u g h I d o not contend that Descartes's w a y of pointing to this c h a n g e of focus is entirely lucid, it is also not entirely

infelicitous.

Cartesian doubt does involve the c h a n g e of focus to w h i c h Descartes here points: O n e remembers that one has had clear and distinct, assentcompelling apprehensions and then asks whether those are incorrigible. W h y doesn't

Descartes make the point more lucidly? I h a v e

contended that Descartes operates with a distinction between two types of doubt, and that recognizing this is fundamental to interpreting his thought. But when he tries to explain the distinction, he almost a l w a y s says that metaphysical doubt is an extreme, exaggerated, kind of doubt - that its scope is m u c h w i d e r than ordinary doubt. Y e t when someone d r a w s w h a t would seem to be the obvious implication, that in metaphysical d o u b t w e w i t h d r a w assent from all, or almost all, the things that we customarily assent to, even from the existence of a world, Descartes a l w a y s emphatically insists that that is not his meaning. It is true, of course, that w e are to Cartesianly doubt m a n y more propositions than w e are to ordinarily doubt. B u t to cite that as the difference is misleadingly off-target.

Locke's

2 18

originality

I suggest that w h a t w e witness in Descartes's writings is the struggle to get clear on w h a t exactly the project w a s to w h i c h he h a d committed

himself.

H e w a s , in

this respect,

like all

the great

philosophers. I n m y discussion I h a v e obliterated most signs of the struggle, instead offering, as it w e r e , a "rational reconstruction" of the Cartesian project. A n d then secondly, and more specifically, I suggest that at the heart of, or near the heart of, Descartes's struggle, was the struggle to get clear on the distinction between certainty as a (high) degree of truth-likelihood

and certainty as extremely firm assent.

T h e distinction w a s m a d e later in the century by the R o y a l Society g r o u p in E n g l a n d ; though even by them, not with sure-handedness. Descartes, though groping for the distinction, was even less far along the road of m a k i n g it with clarity than they were; there are passages in w h i c h one can see him shifting back and forth between the two senses. I f this speculation is correct, then pretty m u c h everything falls into place. M e t a p h y s i c a l l y doubting P is not suspending one's assent to P but w o n d e r i n g whether one's mode of believing P has the epistemic status of certainty - or more than w o n d e r i n g , h a v i n g reasons w h i c h lead one to suspend for the time being one's belief on the matter. U s u a l l y , however, one's assent to P continues throughout the process of Cartesianly doubting whether the truth-likelihood

of one's mode of

assent to P is that of certainty.

II

W H E R E I . O C K E WAS O R I G I N A L

Locke's originality inheres in a new vision, propounded with persuasive articulateness, ol w h a t we h u m a n beings are to do with doxa, opinion. O n e of the images haunting Western thought is the i m a g e of the divided line presented by Plato in the sixth book of the Republic. a line, says Plato, which has been divided into

two

Take

(unequal)

segments. L e t one segment represent the perceptible; the other, the intelligible. T h e n divide each of these segments in turn. O f that initial segment w h i c h represents the perceptible, let one part represent the appearances of perceptible things; the other, the perceptible things themselves. A n d of that initial segment which represents the intelligible, let one part represent things k n o w a b l e only b y inference from things known, perhaps with the assistance of perceptible illustrations; let the other part represent things k n o w a b l e immediately and without the assistance of illustrations. W e c a n then pair off modes of intellectual

Where Locke was

Original

219

apprehension with these different parts of the line and w h a t they represent. T h e r e will be imagining (eikasia)

and believing

(pistis)

corresponding to the two parts of the first segment, these together constituting opinion (doxa); and there will be thinking (dianoia)

and

knowing (episteme) corresponding to the two parts of the second segment. Plato's instruction, take a divided line and let its parts represent, opens with l a n g u a g e which is non-evaluative. H e does not say, let the lower part of the line represent. . . H e says simply, "take a line divided into two unequal parts, one to r e p r e s e n t . . ." B u t a n y o n e w h o has read this far in the Republic

knows Plato's assessment of doxa and episteme. A n d

by the time w e are instructed to pair off mental states or actions with the parts of the line and w h a t they symbolize, the evaluation has become fully explicit: "take, as corresponding to the four sections, these four states of mind: intelligence

for the highest, thinking

second, belief for the third, and for the last imagining.

for the

T h e s e you m a y

a r r a n g e as the terms in a proportion, assigning to each a degree of clearness and certainty corresponding to the measure in which their objects possess truth and reality" ( v i . 5 1 1 ; Cornford tr.). Episteme

is highest; doxa, in its two forms, is lowest. F o r episteme

occurs when we are in touch with w h a t is fully real: with the realm of the necessary, eternal, i m m u t a b l e . Plato postulated the presence in us h u m a n beings of a faculty which puts us in touch with necessity: the faculty of Reason. In the contemplation of the realm of the necessary by R e a s o n is to be found our deepest h u m a n happiness; and only in the realm of the necessary shall we find stable standards of excellence by which to measure our h u m a n lives and actions. In the

Timaeus

Plato argued that apprehension of the contingent can never be certain; only apprehension of the necessary can be that. Episteme

is

certain; doxa, uncertain. F o r Plato, the " m o r a l " was clear: W e must aim at theoria, that is, at contemplation of the realm of the eternal and necessary, retaining doxa only so m u c h as is u n a v o i d a b l e . T h i s complex of conviction and i m a g e r y , powerful though it has proved to be, w a s by no means all-conquering in the world ol antiquity. In its fundamentals it was shared by Aristotle, though Aristotle's articulation of it differed significantly from Plato's. B u t the Stoics accepted it only in part, and the skeptics saw it as fundamentally misguided. T h e skeptics, along with everyone else in antiquity, agreed that happiness, eudaimonia,

was the goal of h u m a n existence. B u t they

disputed the claim that happiness is to be found in the exercise of R e a s o n , understood

as awareness of the eternal and

necessary.

Locke's

220

originality

Happiness is to be found in quietude, ataraxia,

"an untroubled and

tranquil condition of soul," as Sextus E m p i r i c u s described i t .

25

One

feature of experience that especially perturbs people and prevents them from attaining quietude is "the contradictions in things," and doubts as to w h i c h alternative w e ought to accept (i.vi). Dogmatists, as Sextus calls them, are those w h o try to attain quietude by resolving these contradictions and settling these doubts. Skeptics regard that as futile. T h e y try instead to achieve quietude by suspension of j u d g m e n t , this being that "state of mental rest o w i n g to w h i c h w e neither deny nor affirm a n y thing" (i.iv). Skeptics do not, indeed, aim to suspend j u d g m e n t concerning every Specifically,

proposition

they do not aim

that crosses their

to suspend j u d g m e n t s

minds.

concerning

appearances. " T h o s e w h o say that 'the Sceptics abolish appearances,' or phenomena, seem to me," says Sextus, "to be u n a c q u a i n t e d with the statements of our School. F o r , as w e said a b o v e , w e do not overthrow the affective sense-impressions w h i c h induce our assent involuntarily; and these impressions are 'the a p p e a r a n c e s ' " (i.x). " N o one, I suppose, disputes that the underlying object has this or that a p p e a r a n c e ; the point in dispute is whether the object is in reality such as it appears to be" (i.xi). Beliefs about how things a p p e a r to us are ineliminable,

but also certain; quietude is not threatened b y

them. But for every proposition that comes one's w a y concerning w h a t lies beyond a p p e a r a n c e , the goal is to neither believe nor disbelieve: suspend judgment. Plato has been turned on his head. I f there is a n y t h i n g stable and certain in our mental life, it is our knowledge of h o w things a p p e a r to be, says the skeptic. W h a t is important, however, if w e wish to attain quietude, is not to dwell on w h a t w e are certain of but to regulate all the rest of our mental life - Platonic pistis, dianoia, and episteme are all lumped

together

as uncertain. T o regulate it with the goal

of

eliminating falsehood from our beliefs would be, however, to suffer anxiety, unease, lack of quietude. T h e elimination

of belief, and

disbelief, is the goal. T h e ancient skeptic proposed governing assent with the goal of eliminating assent to all propositions but those recording a p p e a r a n c e . It w a s the Platonic-Aristotelian option w h i c h a b o v e all shaped the Christian M i d d l e A g e s , sometimes in Stoicized form. O u r deepest h u m a n happiness lies in our contemplation of the realm of the eternal 2 5

Outlines of Pyrrhonism i.vi; tr. R. G . Bury in the L o e b Classical L i b r a r y (Cambridge, Mass., H a r v a r d University Press, 1 9 5 5 ) . All subsequent references will be to this volume.

Where Locke was

Original

221

and necessary; and within this, in our contemplation of the nature of G o d , G o d ' s nature being w h a t is highest in the realm of the eternal and necessary. It is b y the exercise of inlellectus and reason, together yielding scientia, that such contemplation is to be attained. F a i t h is an a d u m b r a t i o n of such contemplation. But

though

the

medievals

were at one

with

Plato in

their

understanding and estimate of episteme, the attitude of most, and in particular of A q u i n a s , toward doxa w a s v e r y different from that of Plato, akin rather to that of Aristotle. F o r at least with respect to that component of doxa which is one's intellectual inheritance, A q u i n a s by no

means

recommended

recommended

or practiced

turning

away.

and practiced working through one's

Instead

he

intellectual

inheritance by the practice of dialectic. Dialectical appropriation of one's

intellectual

tradition

is

unmistakably

inferior

to

scientia;

nonetheless, it is far from worthless. A t its best it even puts us in a position where w e can see how to go on to attain scientia.

Dialectic

stands in relation to the practice of scientia as the T h e r a p y of D o u b t stands to that practice in Descartes, and as the proper education of children stands, in Locke's thought,

to the doxastic practice he

recommends for matters of m a x i m a l "concernment." Beneath this structural similarity, though, there are deep differences of attitude toward the textual tradition. T h e r e is, in A q u i n a s , no alienation and estrangement from the two traditions which constituted his principal intellectual inheritance, the Christian and the ancient Greek. T h e relative indifference to tradition which characterized Descartes, and the sharp hostility

to tradition which

motivated

L o c k e , h a v e yet to put in their a p p e a r a n c e . Especially helpful here is the discussion by E d m u n d F . B y r n e in his book Probability A Study Probability,

in the Medieval 26

Presuppositions

of Post-Medieval

and

Opinion:

Theories

of

B y r n e deals especially with A q u i n a s ' thought in his

c o m m e n t a r y on Aristotle's Posterior

Analytics.

O p i n i o n , for A q u i n a s , is the believing of a proposition

without

being certain of it. A n d it was A q u i n a s ' view - or at least his dominant view - that one can be certain of a proposition only if it is necessarily true. T h u s if the proposition believed is contingent, the believing is perforce a matter of opinion. W h e n a proposition is entertained in the mode of opinion, whether it be itself necessary or contingent, A q u i n a s finds it often convenient to speak of the proposition as itself

( T h e H a g u e , Martinus Nijhoff, 1 9 6 8 ) .

opinion.

Locke's

222

originality

O b v i o u s l y this is a relational concept; a proposition w h i c h is an opinion for one person m a y not be that for another. T h o s e w h o wish to engage in the practice of scientia h a v e no choice but to begin from a situation w h i c h consists for the most part of opinion. W e try to m o v e from opinion, scientia,

w h i c h is where w e are, to

where w e hope to be. B u t all too obviously h u m a n beings

disagree in their opinions. S o w h a t are w e to do? T r y gaining at once that better land of science? N o t at all. T h e n stick with w h a t e v e r opinions w e ourselves h a p p e n to h a v e acquired? N o t that either. A q u i n a s ' own practice w a s to attend to the opinions of the wise, the learned. N a t u r a l l y some of those will be common opinions, shared by all, or almost all, normal adults. But if not, then one attends to "the best of w h a t the best men think," as B y r n e puts it (p. 9 7 ) . W h y that? Because

and this A q u i n a s never doubts - such opinions "cannot be

totally false but must be at least partly true" (p. 1 0 8 ) . A q u i n a s speaks of the opinions of the wise as probable.

S o in answer

to our question, " T o which opinions should w e attend?" he would be willing to say, " A t t e n d to those which are p r o b a b l e . " But w h a t does he mean in calling such opinions " p r o b a b l e " ? A s B y r n e describes A q u i n a s ' thought and speech, saying of some proposition .that it is " p r o b a b l e " "refers to the authority of those w h o accept the given opinion; and from this point of view 'probability' suggests

approbation

with regard to the proposition accepted and probity with regard to the authorities w h o accept it" (p. 1 8 8 ) . I

think

there is another,

inherently

more

plausible, w a y

of

construing the T h o m i s t i c texts 011 this matter. B y r n e takes the meaning of " p r o b a b l e " in A q u i n a s to be: opinion held by persons of probity. G i v e n this understanding of " p r o b a b l e , " one then justifies attending to such opinions by a d d i n g the premise that such opinions "cannot be totally false but must be at least partly t r u e . "

27

Perhaps, though, the

core meaning of the w o r d " p r o b a b l e " for A q u i n a s (strictly, of its L a t i n counterpart probabilis),

w a s likely to be true at least in part. I f so,

then it did not belong to the meaning of the w o r d " p r o b a b l e , " but was instead a substantive thesis of A q u i n a s , that the opinions of "persons of probity" are likely to be at least partly true. O n e a d v a n t a g e of interpreting A q u i n a s ' usage in this latter w a y is that it preserves his contrast between w h a t is probable

for a person and w h a t is certain, a

contrast blurred by Byrne's construal. 2 1

p. 1 0 8 ; Hacking, The Emergence of Probability 1 9 7 5 ) , follows Byrne in this interpretation.

( C a m b r i d g e , C a m b r i d g e University Press,

Where Locke was

Original

223

N o large issues h a n g on this disagreement over the meaning for A q u i n a s of "probable"; the substance of A q u i n a s ' thought can be expressed either w a y . L e t me, though, use m y o w n interpretation rather than Byrne's. O n this interpretation, w h a t has c h a n g e d when w e get to L o c k e is not the meaning of "probable"; both A q u i n a s and L o c k e think of the p r o b a b l e as that w h i c h is likely to be true, or likely to be true at least in part. W h a t has c h a n g e d is the criterion that w e are to use for determining w h a t is probable. A q u i n a s w a s of the view that w e are to go to the best opinions of the best persons; L o c k e , to the evidence of "the things themselves." But the opinions even of the wise are normally only in part true: witness the fact that even such opinions conflict. A p p e a l i n g to the opinions of the wise does not deliver us from the conflict of opinions because, in general, such an appeal does not reveal to us which parts of their opinions are true. S o , h a v i n g begun with probable opinions collected from the wise persons in our intellectual inheritance, w h a t do w e do next? W e e n g a g e in dialectical

reasoning,

noted, distinct from demonstration.

in argumentation - which is, be it " O n e must go deeper than mere

authority. T h e means of going deeper is dialectic" (Byrne, p. 1 4 0 ) . T h e goal of dialectic is to discover, without leaving the realm of opinion, what there is of truth in the various opinions of the wise. O n e does so by trying to discern w h a t is to be said in favor of each of the conflicting opinions. Likewise one d r a w s out the consequences of each opinion and tries to discern w h a t is to be said against it in the light of these consequences. A n d through it all one makes distinctions. T h e goal is to arrive at a sort of synthesis in which one incorporates w h a t e v e r there w a s of truth in the conflicting opinions with w h i c h one w a s dealing.

Dialectical disputation . . . takes as its very point of departure the question that is raised by opposite opinions. Each of the opposed opinions consti­ tutes one side of the dispute, and the disputation itself consists in the presentation and consideration of the arguments in favor of either side. The arguments thus presented in favor of one side or the other are "probable" . . . that is, probable inasmuch as they draw their conclusions from premisses which are probable. T h e propositions which serve as premisses are, in their turn, probable on the basis of widespread acceptance, or acceptance by some particular authority (whether an individual or a group), or, especially, acceptance by the opposition. In a certain sense, then, the whole purpose of the disputation is to build up the authoritative

224

Locke's

originality

probability of one side or the other - or, what is even more desirable, of both sides. Indeed, this very concern for the strength of opposite claims is, as it were, the essence of dialectical disputation. For, the purpose of disputation as such is not the determination of truth; this is the function of demonstration, which, if possible, follows upon the preparatory consideration of dialectic. T h e purpose of disputation is rather to present as well as humanly possible the reasons for adhering to either of the two opposite opinions. For . . . it is presupposed that no opinion can be totally devoid of truth, especially if it is in some way probable . . . Thus, disputational procedure implies a kind of dialectic even in the Hegelian sense. For, it is out of the very opposition of the opposing views that a new and more adequate statement of the truth - a synthesis, if you will - is sought. And from this point of view each particular opinion is but a stage in the growth of men's knowledge - not taken by itself but precisely insofar as it is opposed to another opinion. T o this extent, dialectical disputation implies intolerance of differing opinions. For, this very difference of opinion is itself an indication that there is a higher truth to be attained which will incorporate the relative merits of these lesser, more partial statements of truth. (Byrne, pp. 1 4 1 - 2 , 1 6 6 )

A q u i n a s saw clearly that dialectical reasoning remains within the sphere of opinion. T h e d r a w i n g of deductive inferences from opinion yields opinion. Y e t , sometimes e n g a g i n g in dialectical reasoning puts us within sight of something else; namely, the possibility of demonstration. T h i s is the true goal of dialectical reasoning, in the sense that this is w h a t one a l w a y s hopes for - to see h o w to get beyond the opinions of h u m a n beings to the nature of things. B y "demonstration one transcends the opinionative, the merely probable, and attains a certitude founded upon the necessary, that is, upon w h a t cannot be other than it is" (Byrne, p. 1 8 6 ) . Conversely, it w a s A q u i n a s ' view that "in this vale of tears," w h e r e "truth m a y be determined only by w a y of demonstration . . . one can arrive at demonstration only by w a y of the preparatory clash of opposing opinions" (pp. 1 6 5 6 ) . T h e contrast with Descartes and L o c k e could not be sharper. W h a t most impressed Descartes and L o c k e about the opinions of their fellow h u m a n beings was not that those of the wise contain a great deal of truth, but that, in general, they are riddled with error, with the consequence that our being reared in such a "climate of opinion" plants in us all sorts of harmful praejudicia.

T o practice

scientia

successfully, Descartes insisted, we must free ourselves from these praejudicia; w e do so not by working through our intellectual inheritance in dialectical fashion but only by submitting the whole of it to the

Where Locke was T h e r a p y of D o u b t .

2 8

Original

T o the things themselves, said L o c k e !

225 2 9

T h e full originality of Locke's vision c a n now be spied. In L o c k e there is almost no echo of the long contemplative tradition. T r u e knowledge, and hence true scientia, comes to v e r y little. A n d in a n y case, w h a t is k n o w n is not some realm of higher reality. It is simply the mind and its modifications. L o c k e w a s no more concerned than were the ancient skeptics to rise a b o v e doxa. Doxa is satisfactory for our life in the world; it is our G o d - g i v e n lot. B u t w e must regulate doxa. N o t 2 8

Contrast what Descartes says in his letter of August 1 6 3 8 to Hogclande: "I do not mean that one should neglect other people's discoveries when one encounters useful ones; but I do not think one should spend the greater part of one's time in collecting them. If a man were capable of finding the foundations of the sciences, he would be wrong to waste his life in finding scraps of knowledge hidden in the corners of libraries; and if he was no good for anything else but that, he would not be capable of choosing and ordering what he found" (in K e n n y , Descartes: Philosophical letters, p. 60).

2 9

In my discussion of A q u i n a s , as indeed in my discussion of Descartes, I have sharply distinguished the practice of scientia from the preliminary exercises that must be undertaken if we arc to engage successfully in that practice. Alasdair M a c l n t y r c , in the discussion of A q u i n a s in his recent work Whose Justice? Which Rationality? (Notre D a m e , University of Notre D a m e Press, 1 9 8 8 ) , obliterates the distinction. His own evident resistance to thinking of Reason as a faculty which yields insight, plus his equally evident admiration for A q u i n a s , lead him to see in A q u i n a s only dialectic, not scientia. M a c l n t y r c imagines someone objecting to his account in the following words: Surely "rational justification, according to both Aristotle and A q u i n a s , is a matter of deducibility from first principles, in the case of derived assertions, and of the self-evidentness as necessary truths of these same first principles. S o that your account of the rational justification of Aquinas' overall view is quite inconsistent with A q u i n a s ' own account of rational justification" (pp. 1 7 2 - 3 ) . M a c l n t y r e ' s answer to the objection goes as follows: "Rational justification within a perfected science is indeed a matter of demonstrating how derivative truths (bllow from the first truths of that particular science, in some types of case supplemented by additional premises; and the justification of the principles of a subordinate science by some higher-order enquiry will be similarly demonstrative. First principles themselves will be dialectically justifiable; their evidentness consists in their recognizability, in the light of such dialectic, as concerning w h a t is the case per se, w h a t attributes, for example, belong to the essential nature of what constitutes the fundamental subject matter of the science in question" (p. 1 7 3 ) . But this is to confuse scientia itself with the dialectical preparation for engaging in scientia. W h a t gives a first principle of a science its status of being certain for someone is simply that the person "sees" it to be true. T h e r e is no getting around Aquinas' repetitive references to insight. T h e fact that a principle is certain for someone, that someone "sees" it to be true, does not imply that it will hold up in every dialectical dispute; it implies only that if it does not hold up in some such argument, someone in the argument has somewhere made a mistake. N o r , conversely, does the fact that some thesis holds up in all dialectical arguments imply that it is certain for anyone. Scientia for A q u i n a s is not what survives the dialectical sifting of tradition but w h a t transcends all such sifting. A q u i n a s is no Hegelian born out of season. Byrne's summary, though flamboyant, is accurate: " T h o m a s suffers incurably from an epistemic nostalgia for the beatific vision, wherein man's cognitiona) limitations will be filled up with the plenitude of divine omniscience. A n y knowledge short of this, however solid in itself, is by comparison but a feeble preparation for the perfection that lies beyond. For, it is then that the opiniative, the probable, the conjectural, even that which is believed on faith, will give w a y to certain and total vision" (Probability and Opinion, p. 2 3 9 ) .

226

Locke's

originality

regulate it with the skeptic's goal of eliminating doxa so as to attain quietude; regulate it rather with the goal of eliminating falsehood. T h e w a y to do this is not to a p p r o p r i a t e our intellectual tradition in dialectical fashion. T r a d i t i o n , after all, is filled with error, since h u m a n beings h a v e for the most part not conducted their understand­ ings aright. W h e n some matter of high "concernment" is before us, opinion is to be regulated b y collecting satisfactory evidence for the proposition in question; and then believing it on the evidence and with a firmness proportioned to w h a t R e a s o n tells us is the probability of the proposition on that evidence. T h i s view, shared by Locke's R o y a l Society cohorts, but first given its articulate formulation by him, w a s historically novel, and extraordinarily persuasive. It b e c a m e a prominent component in the mentality of Western modernity. O f course, as I h a v e repeatedly emphasized, there were also continuities. L o c k e continued to hold that w e h u m a n beings h a v e direct insight into some of the facts of reality, R e a s o n being one of the faculties yielding such insight. This conviction w a s fundamental to his vision. O u r opinions are to be grounded on and governed by insight. The lure of certitude has not ceased to beckon. A n d secondly, L o c k e continued

the long eudaemonistic tradition; our goal as h u m a n

beings is happiness. T h e ultimate reason for pursuing truth and seeking to avoid error is happiness. R e g u l a t e d opinion will yield i m p r o v e m e n t in our living conditions, especially when it takes the form of the new natural philosophy; and it will acquaint us with the w a y s of obedience to G o d . S u c h obedience yields happiness. O n e does not, indeed, find L o c k e joining the ancient H e b r e w songwriters in praise of the inherent delight of obeying the T o r a h of J a h w e h . R a t h e r , G o d has instituted G o d ' s law for our c o m m u n a l happiness in this life, and will reward our obedience to that law with happiness in the next, no matter w h a t it m a y be that w e with our o w n particular c h a r a c t e r find happiness in: even if " w e suppose [ h u m a n ] relishes as different there as they are here, yet the m a n n a in heaven will suit every one's palate" ( u , x x i , 6 5 ) . T h e road to true happiness is the road w h i c h leads to a society whose members obey the law of G o d as they singly enjoy political liberty and jointly struggle to master nature. R e g u l a t e d opinion is indispensable to such happiness.

CHAPTER 4

Locke and the making of modern philosophy

L o c k e intended his epistemology as a solution to the crisis of the fracturing of the moral and religious tradition of E u r o p e at the beginnings of modernity. T h a t w a s not his only intent; but it w a s prominent. F u r t h e r m o r e , L o c k e , so I h a v e suggested, w a s the first of those w h o m w e now n u m b e r a m o n g the great philosophers of early modernity to address himself to this crisis, certainly the first to offer the sort of proposal that he did. H e described a new doxastic practice; and he argued that w e are all obligated to a p p l y this practice in all cases of m a x i m a l concernment - in particular, to matters of religion and morality. O n its negative side, the practice represents the radical rejection of unverified tradition. O n its positive side, the practice resembles

the

method

which

Descartes

and

his

high

medieval

forebears had recommended for the practice of scientia - with this important revision, that probabilistic inferences be allowed in addition to deductive. T h e s e conclusions, along with others which h a v e turned u p in the course of our discussion, invite a telling of the story of early modern philosophy quite different from that w h i c h has become traditional. I propose in this last chapter to point out where and w h y the main traditional story must be discarded, to indicate some of the outlines of an alternative, more accurate story, and to show how L o c k e fits into this alternative story. M y story will remain radically incomplete, however; and that in two w a y s . I shall speak only about Descartes, L o c k e , and H u m e ; I shall say nothing at all about the place of such other undeniably great and influential early modern philosophers as B a c o n , M a l e b r a n c h e , Spinoza, Leibniz, Hobbes, and Berkeley. A n d my story will concentrate only on the epistemological aspect of early modern philosophy. In that respect it wears a regrettably conventional a p p e a r a n c e . " R e g r e t ­ tably," I say; for m y o w n conviction is that ethical and social-political 227

John

228

Locke and the ethics of

belief

reflections occupied a far more prominent place in early modern philosophy than the traditional account acknowledges. Locke's place in m y story is prominent; but I shall not claim that L o c k e should be regarded as the father of early modern philosophy, or that he w a s the first truly modern philosopher, or that he w a s the first great modern philosopher, or a n y t h i n g else of the sort. I regard all such single-parent claims as misguided, for reasons that will become clear shortly. T h e full story of early modern philosophy requires the w e a v i n g together of a n u m b e r of distinct story lines. T h e most familiar story about the development w e now call "early modern philosophy" is the rationalist/empiricist/synthesist

story.

S o m e time before that story emerged, T h o m a s R e i d told a story about his predecessors under the rubric of " T h e W a y of I d e a s . " I shall not address myself directly to either of those stories; instead I shall address myself to Hegel's story, and to a certain v a r i a n t thereon. F o r not only has

Hegel's

story

proved

enormously

influential;

the

familiar

rationalist/empiricist/synthesist story should p r o b a b l y be seen as a (somewhat superficial) facet of Hegel's story. Hegel asked w h a t no one before him had asked: W h a t makes recent philosophy modern, rather than merely recent? O f course, the M i d d l e A g e s had already used the contrast between via moderna anliqua,

and via

a p p l y i n g it to music and philosophy, for example. B u t Hegel

had something different in mind. T h e society of recent times, Hegel believed,

w a s in its foundations

different from the society

that

preceded it. Its Spirit, its Geisl, was different. Between the society of recent times and that w h i c h preceded it - not ancient, of course, but medieval

there was a fundamental breach, m a k i n g present society not

just present but modern. T h e culture of this new society both expressed w h a t was new in this society and contributed to its formation. A n d philosophy is part of this new, distinctly modern, culture. H e n c e , modern philosophy. " T h e principle of the modern world is freedom of subjectivity," says Hegel, "the principle that all the essential factors present in the intellectual whole are now coming into their right in the course of their development."

1

"In this principle all externality or authority is

. . . superseded, for this is the principle, but also no more than the principle, of the freedom of spirit. It is the greatness of our time that this form, h o w e v e r little its self-understanding, still bears within it this

' Hegel's Philosophy of Right, tr. with notes by T. M . K n o x (Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1 9 5 2 ) , p. 286.

Locke and the making of modern

philosophy

229

[truth] that freedom - the peculiar possession of spirit - is acknowledged, that spirit is i n w a r d l y at home with itself [in sich bei sich ist] and has 2

this consciousness within it." J t i r g e n H a b e r m a s , in his discussion of Hegel's concept of modernity, suggests that "the term 'subjectivity' carried primarily four connotations [for H e g e l ] : (a) individualism:

in

the modern world, singularity particularized without limit can m a k e good its pretensions;

(b) the right to criticism:

the principle of the

modern world requires that w h a t a n y o n e is to recognize shall reveal itself to him as something entitled to recognition; (c) autonomy of action: our responsibility for w h a t w e do is a characteristic of modern times; (d) finally, idealistic philosophy

itself: Hegel considers it the work of

modern times that philosophy grasps the self-conscious (or self-knowing) Idea."

3

A s to origins: It was Hegel's conviction that this principle of subjectivity, w h i c h constitutes

"the greatness of our time," w a s

introduced into history by the Protestant Reformation: W e have already remarked upon the first manifestations of this principle, the principle of our own h u m a n thought, our own knowing, its activity, its right, its trust in itself. It is the principle of finding satisfaction in our own activity, reason, imagination, and so forth, of taking pleasure in our products and our work and deeming it permissible and justifiable to do so, indeed, regarding our own work as something in which we m a y and should essentially invest our interest. . . This validation of the subjective d o m a i n now needed a higher - indeed, the highest - confirmation in order to be completely legitimated and to become even the absolute duty. T o attain to this level it had to be grasped in its purest shape. T h e highest confirmation of this principle is the religious confirmation, when this principle of our own spirituality and our o w n autonomy is recognized in our relation with G o d and to G o d . . . 2

3

G . W . F. Hegel, Lectures on the. History of Philosophy: The Lectures of 1825-1826, vol. m, cd. R . F . Brown, tr. R . F. Brown, J . M . Stewart, and H . S. Harris (Berkeley, University of California Press, 1 9 9 0 ) , p. 2 5 7 . Cf. Hegel, Philosophy of Right, p. 84: " T h e right of the subject's particularity, his right to be satisfied, or in other words the right of subjective freedom, is the pivot and centre of the difference between antiquity and modern times. T h i s right in its infinity is given expression in Christianity and it has become the universal effective principle of a new form of civilization. Amongst the primary shapes which this right assumes are love, romanticism, the quest for the eternal salvation of the individual, etc.; next come moral convictions and conscience; and, finally, the other forms, some of which come into prominence in what follows as the principle of civil society and as moments in the constitution of the state, while others appear in the course of history, particularly the history of art, science, and philosophy." Cf. also p. 294: " T h e principle of the modern world requires that what anyone is to recognize shall reveal itself to him as something entitled to recognition." Jiirgen H a b e r m a s , The Philosophical Press, 1 9 8 7 ) , p. 1 7 .

Discourse of Modernity,

tr. F . L a w r e n c e ( C a m b r i d g e , Polity

John

23°

Locke and the ethics of

belief

This, then, is the great principle of [the R e f o r m a t i o n ] , that all externality disappears at the point of the absolute relationship to G o d . All selfestrangement, with its consequent dependence and servitude . . . disappears. This principle of subjectivity became a moment of religion itself and thereby attained to its absolute recognition . . . T h e principle of the Reformation . . . was the moment of spirit's being-withinself, of its being free, its coming to itself. T h a t is just w h a t freedom means: to relate oneself to oneself, in the determinate content. 4

T h i s interpretation of the Reformation, so it seems to me, is a tangle of insight and error. But rather than entering that beckoning side path, let me go on to observe that it follows from Hegel's interpretation o f modernity that w h a t makes philosophy

modern, as indeed w h a t

makes any cultural development modern, is that its theme is subjectivity; Hegel interprets modern culture as the culture of Protestantism. A n d though he regarded F r a n c i s B a c o n and J a c o b Boehme as important preparatory figures, "It is with Descartes that the philosophy of the modern period, o r abstract thinking, properly begins."

5

Now we come lor the first time to what is properly the philosophy of the modern world . . . Here, we may say, we are at home and, like the sailor after a long voyage, we can at last shout " L a n d h o . " Descartes made a fresh start in every respect. T h e thinking or philosophizing, the thought and the formation of reason in modern times, begins with him. T h e principle in this new era is thinking, the thinking that proceeds from itself. W e have exhibited this inwardness above all with respect to Christianity; it is preeminently the Protestant principle. T h e universal principle now is to hold fast to inwardness as such, to set dead externality and sheer authority aside and to look upon it as something not to be allowed. In accordance with this principle of inwardness it is now thinking, thinking on its own account, that is the purest pinnacle of this inwardness, the inmost core of inwardness - thinking is what now establishes itself on its own account. This period begins with Descartes. What is deemed valid or what has to be acknowledged is thinking freely on its own account, and this can happen only through my thinking freely within myself; only iti this w a y can it be authenticated for me. This means equally that this thinking is a universal occupation or principle for the world in general and for individuals. H u m a n beings must acknowledge and scrutinize in their own thoughts whatever is said to be normative, whatever in the world is said to be authoritative; what is to rank as established must h a v e authenticated itself by means of thought. 6

L e t us assume, for the moment,

that Hegel is right about

the

fundamental principle of modernity - that it is the principle of the 4

Hegel, Lectures on the History of Philosophy,

5

Ibid.,

p. 1 0 8 .

6

Ibid.,

pp. 1 3 1 - 2 .

vol. in, pp. 9 4 - 1 0 2 .

Locke and the making of modern

philosophy

231

freedom of subjectivity. T h e preceding discussion then compels the conclusion that, whereas L o c k e was certainly a modern philosopher, Descartes was not yet one. F o r Descartes understood the project to which he devoted his endeavors, the project of scientia, as a project for the intellectual elite, not as "a universal occupation or principle for the world in general

and

for individuals." It w a s L o c k e ,

not

Descartes, w h o insisted that all h u m a n beings whatsoever, provided just that they be sane adults, "must a c k n o w l e d g e and scrutinize in their own thoughts w h a t e v e r is said to be normative, w h a t e v e r in the world is said to be authoritative." It was L o c k e w h o insisted that, with

respect

to

anything

of m a x i m a l

concernment

to

anyone

whatsoever, " w h a t is to rank as established must h a v e authenticated itself by means of thought." It will be said that this is going by the letter of Hegel's analysis rather than the spirit. L e t it be conceded that Hegel was mistaken in attributing to Descartes the sort of universaJism that he does

-

because, let it be conceded, Hegel failed to discern that Descartes's lifelong project was to renew and practice scientia. Nonetheless, there is a momentous

difference between

Cartesian w a y of carrying

the medieval

out this c o m m o n

w a y and

the

project: W h e r e a s the

medievals regarded a dialectical appropriation of the textual tradition as the best preparation for the practice of scientia, Descartes argued that the best preparation requires closing one's books and engaging instead in the Therapy of D o u b t . In this difference, there is point to Hegel's comments. T h e r e is indeed this difference between Descartes and the medievals; the difference is important, and was seen as important by Descartes's contemporaries and successors. Descartes's closing of the books is something distinctly modern. Nonetheless, it is worth noting that in Descartes's reason for rejecting the dialectical appropriation of the textual tradition as preparation for the practice of scientia, there was nothing specific to modernity. T o practice scientia, one has to be able to discriminate between those propositions which are immediately certain for one and those w h i c h are not. W h a t impressed Descartes was that experience and reading fill us with mistaken praejudicia

as to

w h a t w e are certain of; and that even when we do reflect on the matter, w e pull back from the consideration of the truly radical possibilities. A c c o r d i n g l y , before doing anything else w e must liberate ourselves from these praejudicia

and these hesitations; Descartes w a s

persuaded that the best w a y to do so was to engage in his T h e r a p y of

2

3

John

2

Locke and the ethics of belief

D o u b t , and to do so in truly radical fashion. I submit that, in principle, a medieval philosopher could h a v e said exactly the same thing. N o "principle of subjectivity" w a s coming to expression in this reason. Neither w a s there a n y a c k n o w l e d g m e n t of the development I h a v e emphasized: the fracturing of the moral and religious tradition and the emergence of raging conflicts over biblical interpretation. T h e issue is simply this: W h e n reading texts which are not specimens of scientia, one is likely to a c q u i r e mistaken praejudicia

which inhibit

one's ability to discriminate the certain from the uncertain. Does that d a n g e r outweigh

the likely benefit of h a v i n g one's

imagination

stimulated into discerning new w a y s of a d v a n c i n g scientia? Descartes emphatically thought that it did. T h e mcdicvals thought that it did not. Therein lies the difference. But doesn't the core of Hegel's claim still remain intact, his claim that Descartes was the first to construct a philosophy in which freedom of subjectivity is central? T h e r e is room for doubt. O b v i o u s l y subjectivity occupies an important place in the overall a r g u m e n t and pattern of" thought of the Meditations;

and contrary to those w h o

suggest that Descartes himself didn't believe m u c h of the

Meditations,

it seems to me that Descartes believed all of it, and saw the arguments developed there as constituting an important link in his comprehensive project. Nonetheless, the suggestion that subjectivity was the organizing center of Descartes's philosophy goes much too far; in Descartes's work as a whole it occupies only a subsidiary, albeit important, place. Descartes's project, to say it once again, was the renewal and expansive practice of scientia, not the development of a philosophy of subjectivity. A n d as to content of his execution of that project, it was especially "first philosophy" and "natural philosophy" which occupied his attention. His largest and most mature book was Principles Philosophy.

T h e Meditations,

of

which are, of course, the locus classicus for

the Hegelian interpretation, were presented as meditations on first philosophy,

that is, on metaphysics - though in fact they are more than

that. It is w e w h o find Descartes's S e c o n d M e d i t a t i o n the most important, fascinating, and suggestive thing he ever wrote. T h e r e is no evidence that Descartes regarded it thus. O n l y when w e come to L o c k e does the self o c c u p y center stage. Locke

offers

interested

in

no

meditations

elaborating

on

first

philosophy;

neither

"principles of philosophy."

His

is

he

main

endeavor w a s an essay concerning h u m a n understanding. W h i c h e v e r w a y w e turn, if w e accept Hegel's account of w h a t makes philosophy

Locke and the making of modern

philosophy

233

modern, L o c k e proves to be the first great modern philosopher, not Descartes

though w h a t pushed the principle of freedom of subjectivity

to center stage in Locke's thought was not his Protestantism but his unwillingness simply to appeal to the texts, even the biblical texts, when at a standstill in answering questions about morality and revealed religion. In Charles T a y l o r ' s book on Hegel, titled simply Hegel, and in his later book, The Sources of the Self, one finds an interpretation of early modern philosophy w h i c h is both a variation on, and an elaboration of, Hegel's account: a variation, in that T a y l o r offers a different account of the origins of the centrality of subjectivity in modern philosophy, an elaboration, in that T a y l o r articulates in his o w n w a y 7

Hegel's notion oi freedom of subjectivity. T h o u g h it is the elaboration I mainly w a n t to consider, w e must begin with a w o r d about T a y l o r ' s alternative view as to origins. R a t h e r than adopting Hegel's thesis that the main source of modernity was the religious legitimation by Protestantism of freedom of subjectivity, T a y l o r adopts M a x W e b e r ' s alternative account of the origin of modernity - or at least, one important strand of that account. It w a s W e b e r ' s conviction that the essence of modernization is to be located

in two related

phenomena.

First, in

the emergence

of

differentiated spheres; specifically, in the emergence of the differentiated social spheres of economy and state, along with household, and in the emergence of the differentiated cultural spheres of science, art, and law and ethics. Secondly, in the spread of rationalized thought and action within these spheres. T h e fundamental d y n a m i c of our modern, capitalist economies is rationalization, W e b e r thought, just as the fundamental d y n a m i c of our modern, bureaucratic states is rational­ ization; so too, rationalization is w h a t accounts for the fundamental character of modern science, oriented as it is t o w a r d prediction, grounded as it is in sensory experience, intertwined as it is with technology. N o t only does the d y n a m i c of rationalization account for w h a t takes place within these differentiated social and cultural spheres; it accounts as well, W e b e r thought, for their emergence. His a r g u m e n t comes in three parts, only two of w h i c h are explicitly developed in his published work, and only the first of w h i c h is mentioned directly by Taylor. 7

Charles T a y l o r , Hegel ( C a m b r i d g e , C a m b r i d g e University Press, 1 9 7 5 ) ; and Charles T a y l o r , Sources of the Self ( C a m b r i d g e , Mass., H a r v a r d University Press, 1 9 8 9 ) .

John

234

Locke and the ethics of

belief

W e b e r regarded it as characteristic of "primitive" religions for the participants in those religions to think of the world as filled with magical and sacred powers — to think of the world as enchanted. A condition of the emergence of modern society and culture is the disappearance of such a view; modernity presupposes the disenchant­ ment, the Enlzauberung

(literally, de-magicalizing) of the w o r l d . T h e

world for a modern person is an inherently meaningless, indifferent terrain for action. T h e displacement of "primitive" religions by the world religions was the first large step along the road to this disenchantment; that step, by now far back in the mists of history, already represented the d y n a m i c of rationalization at work. F o r religions are attempts to find meaning in h u m a n existence; but the meanings proposed by the "primitive" religions a l w a y s found themselves without a satisfyingly "rational" account of suffering and injustice. T h e emergence of the world religions by no means represented the completion of disenchantment, however; the process continues to work

itself out

within

these religions,

the

d y n a m i c still

being

rationalization as the response to questions of theodicy. T h o u g h W e b e r apparently believed

that the d y n a m i c of

rationalization

operating within each world religion, as a sort of "internal logic," would eventually lead each of them to a d o p t a fully disenchanted view of the world, he clearly regarded the d y n a m i c as operating most powerfully in religions exhibiting that particular configuration of attitudes and convictions which one finds in J u d a i s m , Christianity, and

(presumably) Islam.

World

religions can be distinguished

along three

dimensions.

S o m e , the theocentric, sharply separate the divine from the world; others, the cosmocentric, locate the divine within the world. S o m e , the world-affirming, see the world as basically good; others, the world-rejecting, see the world as basically bad. A n d some proclaim the active, "ascetic" life as the road to salvation, whereas others proclaim the contemplative, "mystical" life as being that. W e b e r speculated that the pressures of rationalization toward a disenchanted view of the world would be felt most powerfully in religions w h i c h are theocentric, world-rejecting, and ascetic; he interpreted J u d a i s m and Christianity as exactly such religions. In J u d a i s m and Christianity there w a s , he thought, a powerful critique of actions performed simply out of habit or affect, and a powerful pressure toward the formation of a generalized ethic of principle - the corollary of w h i c h ,

Locke and the making of modern

philosophy

235

he thought, is that the world itself is viewed as devoid of meaning, spread before the agent simply as the objective terrain in and on w h i c h action obedient to G o d is to be performed. W e b e r regarded the lifestyle of the monks as the finest e x a m p l e in medieval times of this religious type; they were the virtuosi of the d a y . T h e i r lifestyle w a s the most methodical, that is, the most

rationalized.

A disenchanted view of the world is no more, however, than a necessary condition of the emergence of modernity. A n d w h a t especially intrigued W e b e r w a s this question: H o w could our capitalist economy, with its inherently "unbrotherly" modes of operation, h a v e emerged from the cradle of a religion whose ethic, though coupled with an increasingly disenchanted view of the world, w a s nonetheless an ethic of "brotherliness"? W h a t convictions were available for legitimating capitalist entrepreneurialism? W e all know W e b e r ' s answer: It w a s the English Puritans in particular, and the Calvinists in general, w h o first exhibited formation

the fully methodical, fully rationalized character-

of "inner-worldly

asceticism"

requisite

for

capitalist

entrepreneurship; and they legitimated their actions by extruding the ethic of brotherliness from the economic sphere and putting in its place "the Protestant ethic," as W e b e r called it, a c c o r d i n g to w h i c h the believer's capitalist entrepreneurship is legitimated by its being the calling (vocalio) given him by G o d , with success therein being a sign of his belonging to the c o m p a n y of G o d ' s elect.

8

T h e r e remains a crucial part of W e b e r ' s a r g u m e n t which was never fleshed out by him. T o act and think as w e do within our rationalized social and cultural spheres requires that w e view and treat the world as disenchanted; W e b e r offered an account of how that c a m e about. T o act and think as w e do in our capitalist economy requires that one 8

I disagree at this point with the otherwise superb reconstruction of Weber's thought b y j i i r g e n Habermas in The 7 heory of Communicative Action: Vol. I, Reason and the Rationalization of Society, tr. T . M c C a r t h y (Boston, Beacon Press, 1 9 8 4 ) , pp. 1 4 3 - 2 7 1 . H a b e r m a s interprets W e b e r as holding that the Puritans embodied the rationalized ethic of conviction belonging to the Christian worldview in their economic activity, thus transposing rationalization from the cultural into the social sphere. Weber's thought was decisively different. The rationalized ethic of conviction which is properly part of the Christian worldview is an ethic of "brotherliness." W h a t operates in the economic sphere is something quite other than "brotherliness." Hence the tensions between the two which W e b e r so emphatically emphasizes in his famous chapter "Religious Rejections of the World and their Directions." This interpretation confronted W e b e r with his famous puzzle: W h y would Christians ever have regarded such "unbrotherly" action as legitimate? His solution was to attribute to the Puritans, presumably in addition to their convictional ethic of "brotherliness," that very different ethic, if "ethic" it can properly be called, which he calls "the Protestant ethic," according to which G o d wants the elect to practice their "vocations" according to the laws of the relevant social sphere, whether or not such action is "brotherly."

John

236

Locke and the ethics of

belief

shelve the Christian ethic of "brotherliness" when acting as an economic agent and legitimate one's actions b y some other appeal; W e b e r offered an account of h o w that c a m e about. B u t w h a t leads to 9

the differentiation of these spheres? T o that question, W e b e r g a v e no answer. W e know enough about his style of thought, however, to know that if he had given an answer, the d y n a m i c of rationalization would h a v e figured prominently therein! T a y l o r accepts at least the disenchantment component in W e b e r ' s picture of the origins of modernity. R a t h e r than focusing on the modern economy, however, as W e b e r does, he focuses on the new science.

A n d rather than

emphasizing

the

tension a m o n g

the

differentiated spheres and the absence of m e a n i n g from all of them, as W e b e r does, he emphasizes that modern science depicts for us "a vision of things as devoid of intrinsic meaning, of the world as the locus of contingent correlations to be traced by observation, conforming to no a priori pattern." " I h a v e spoken of this vision of the world as 'disenchanted' using W e b e r ' s term," he says. H e goes on to suggest an alternative w o r d , the w o r d "objectified," "to cover this denial to the world of inherent meaning . . . T h e point of using this term is to mark the fact that for the modern view categories of meaning and purpose apply exclusively to the thought and actions of s u b j e c t s . "

10

T a y l o r goes beyond W e b e r in suggesting that an essential corollary to this modern picture of an objectified world is a new notion of the self as a self-defining

subject; "a disenchanted world is correlative to a

" T h e r e is one passage in Weber's chapter on "Religious Rejections of the World and their Directions" which contains a revealing hint, however: "an especially important fraction of all cases of prophetic and redemptory religions have lived not only in an acute but in a permanent state of tension in relation to the world and its o r d e r s . . . The more the religions have been true religions of salvation, the greater has this tension been . . . T h e tension has also been the greater, the more rational in principle the ethic has been, and the more il has been oriented lo inward sacred values as means of salvation . . . Indeed, the further the rationalization and sublimation of the external and internal possession o f - in the widest sense -- 'things worldly' has progressed, the stronger has the tension on the part of religion become, f o r the rationalization and the conscious sublimation of man's relations to the various spheres of values, externa] and internal, as well as religious and secular, have then pressed towards making conscious the internal and lawful autonomy of the individual spheres; thereby letting them drift into those tensions which remain hidden to the originally naive relation with the external world." H . H . Gcrth and C . W . Mills (eds. and trs.), From Max Weber: Essays in Sociology ( N e w Y o r k , Oxford University Press, 1 9 5 8 ) , p. 3 2 8 . The picture which comes through is the neo-Kantian picture, according to which there just are those "individual spheres" in the nature of things, with their "internal and lawful aulonomy," rationalization being the d y n a m i c which reveals those spheres and sets thought and action within them free from external domination, so that life within each can develop according to the "internal logic" of that sphere. 1 0

T a y l o r , Hegel, p. 9.

Locke and the making of modern self-defining s u b j e c t . "

11

philosophy

237

" [ T ] h e view of the subject that c a m e d o w n

from the dominant tradition of the ancients, w a s that m a n c a m e most fully to himself w h e n he w a s in touch with a cosmic order, and in touch with it in the w a y most suitable to it as an order of ideas, that is, by reason . . . N o w the shift that occurs in the seventeenth-century revolution is, inter alia, a shift to the modern notion of the self [as a self-defining s u b j e c t ] . " T a y l o r goes on to suggest "that one of the powerful attractions of this austere vision [of the world not as a locus of meaning, but rather of contingent, de facto correlations], long before it 'paid off' in technology . . . lies in the fact that the winning through to a self-defining identity w a s a c c o m p a n i e d by a sense of exhilaration and p o w e r , that the subject need no longer define his perfection or vice, his equilibrium or disharmony, in relation to an external order. W i t h the forging of this modern subjectivity there comes a new notion of freedom, and a newly central role attributed to freedom, which seems to h a v e proved itself definitive and irrevers­ ible."

12

W h e r e a s in his book Hegel, T a y l o r does little more to tie d o w n this interpretation of early modern philosophy to the actual historical figures

than to remark that it is this "notion w h i c h

Descartes's cogilo,"'

3

underlies

in the c h a p t e r "Locke's Punctual Self" from his

recent book The Sources of the Self, he elaborates w h a t he sees as Locke's contribution to the emergence of this modern notion of the self as self-defining subject, along the w a y explaining in more detail w h a t he has in mind by "self-defining." L e t me first state the core of his interpretation, using his o w n terminology; and then explain in more detail some of its parts, and offer m y critique. L o c k e , says T a y l o r , urged that w e h u m a n beings "objectify" and "disengage" ourselves from the actualities of self and world to such an extent as to take up w h a t m a y be described as the stance of a " p u n c t u a l " self. H e urged this both in the domain of action and in the domain of knowledge and belief, the point of the exercise being to gain mastery over one's self. Pervasive in L o c k e is the theme of control. In so far as one gains such control over one's self, one liberates oneself from the "objectified" actualities of self and w o r l d . T h u s correlative to the theme of control is that of freedom.

In urging all this, L o c k e

worked, says T a y l o r , with a "procedural" understanding of rationality. A s to w h a t led L o c k e to such views, T a y l o r emphasizes two things:

"

Ibid.,

p. 8.

1 2

Ibid.,

pp. 8 - 9 .

1 3

Ibid.,

p. 6.

John

238

Locke and the ethics of

belief

Locke's mechanistic picture of the world, and his rejection of the traditional belief that there is an "inherent bent to the truth or to the g o o d " in the h u m a n subject.'

4

T a y l o r is right to insist on the importance in L o c k e of the theme of self-mastery, and of its corollary, freedom; as he is right to insist on the importance of the theme of the self-discipline required by self-mastery and liberation.

T h e s e themes h a v e been prominent in m y

own

discussion - though I would insist that if w e are to understand L o c k e and not simply treat him as a Cartesian w e must recognize that for him proper education was at least as important as self-discipline for bringing about the right conduct of the understanding. T h e social dimensions

of Locke's thought

go

unacknowledged

Nevertheless, it is indubitable that governance

by

Taylor.

is a central theme in

Locke's epistemology. F o r the rest, however, T a y l o r ' s interpretation severely distorts Locke's thought,

the distortion

in great measure caused by the

all-too-characteristic, near-total neglect of Book iv of the Essay. L e t us begin

with T a y l o r ' s claim

that the tradition

before L o c k e

and

Descartes operated with a "substantive" view of rationality, whereas they operated

with

a "procedural." ( T a y l o r

adds that

almost

everyone after Descartes and Locke has followed them in adopting the procedural understanding of rationality, so that this, in his view, is one of the hallmarks of modern thought.) By the substantive view of rationality T a y l o r means the view that reason is a faculty for apprehending an objective order which includes norms for conviction and action. O n this view, the extent to which a person is rational is determined by the "substance" of his or her convictions. In so far as those convictions are out of accord (do not correspond) with the objective order, that person's reason has not been at work. T h a t person was and is not rational. A s one would surmise, Plato is T a y l o r ' s favorite e x a m p l e of someone w h o held this substantive view of rationality - though he attributes it to the ancients in general. T o see the good is to love it, Plato thought, and w h o e v e r loves it will e m b o d y it in his or her life; accordingly, not only does the substance of a person's convictions indicate to w h a t extent he or she is rational, but the substance of a person's actions do so as well. L e t me allow T a y l o r to state in his own words w h a t he has in mind by the "substantive" view of rationality:

1 4

T a y l o r , Sources of the Self

p. 1 6 4 .

Locke and the making of modern philosophy

239

R e a s o n is the capacity to see and understand . . . S o to be ruled by reason is to be ruled by the correct vision or understanding. T h e correct vision or understanding of ourselves is one which grasps the natural order . . . So reason can be understood as the perception of the natural or right order, and to be ruled by reason is to be ruled by a vision of this order. Plato offers what we can call a substantive conception of reason. Rationality is tied to the perception of order; and so to realize our capacity for reason is to see the order as it is. T h e correct vision is criterial. T h e r e is no w a y one could be ruled by reason and be mistaken or wrong about the order of reality. It makes no sense for Plato to imagine a perfectly rational person who would nevertheless have quite erroneous views about the order of things or the morally g o o d . ' O n c e reason is substantively defined, once a correct vision of the order is criterial to rationality, then our becoming rational ought not most perspicuously to be described as something that takes place in us, but rather better as our connecting up to the larger order in which we are placed. R e a s o n is our capacity to see being, illuminated reality. J u s t as the eye cannot exercise its function of seeing unless there is reality there and it is properly illuminated, so reason cannot realize its function until we are turned towards real being, illuminated by the G o o d . T h a t is w h y reason has to be understood substantively, and w h y the vision of the true order is criterial for rationality."' 5

W h a t , by contrast, is procedural rationality? T a y l o r ' s best description occurs in the context of his discussion of Descartes's

mechanistic

picture of the world and his b o d y / m i n d dualism. T h e s e , says T a y l o r , cannot "but result in a very different

notion of the

self-mastery

w r o u g h t by reason. This cannot mean w h a t it meant for Plato, that one's soul is ordered by the G o o d which presides over the cosmic order w h i c h one attends to and loves. F o r there is no such order . . . T h e Cartesian option is to see rationality, or the p o w e r of thought, as a capacity

we have

to construct orders which

meet

the

standards

d e m a n d e d by knowledge, or understanding, or certainty . . . I f w e follow this line, then the self-mastery of reason now must consist in this c a p a c i t y being the controlling element in our lives, and not the senses; self-mastery consists in our lives being shaped by the orders that our reasoning capacity constructs according to the appropriate standards."

17

" W h a t w e are called on to do is not to become contemplators of order, but rather to construct a picture of things following the canons of rational thinking . . . Rationality is a b o v e all a property of the process of thinking, not of the substantive content of t h o u g h t . "

18

If one were going to place m u c h weight on this distinction between substantive and procedural rationality, one would h a v e to clarify and 15

Ibid.,

pp. 1 2 1 - 2 .

1 6

Ibid.,

pp. 1 2 3 - 4 .

" Ibid.,

pp. 1 4 6 - 7 .

1 8

Ibid.,

p. 1 6 8 .

John

240

Locke and the ethics of belief

articulate it a good deal more than T a y l o r does. B u t even without such development I think w e can see clearly enough w h a t T a y l o r has in mind to enable us also to see that it is simply not true that L o c k e and Descartes adopted a procedural view of rationality. In the first place, the project of constructing something w h i c h one's reason tells one satisfies certain standards that one has set for oneselfthe phenomenon of one's reason telling one this seems to be w h a t T a y l o r means by " p r o c e d u r a l " rationality - w a s far from absent in the tradition. T a y l o r neglects it; but surely the traditional project of scientia w a s exactly such a project. T h e tradition by no means thought that reason had only to do with contemplation,

not at all with

construction. P r o b a b l y one should interpret Plato's remarks in Book vi of the Republic

as advice concerning how one is to attain to a vision

of the good rather than advice as to how one is to construct

scientia.

But by the time w e get to Aristotle the project of constructing scientia is clearly in view. W h a t must be added, though, is that the tradition would not be h a p p y with T a y l o r ' s sharp contrast between construction and contemplation.

By constructing scientia

one contemplates

the

order of necessity. O n the other hand, there is no hope whatsoever of understanding L o c k e unless one realizes that reason for him is as m u c h a faculty of apprehension as it was for the ancients, and that w h a t reason apprehends is by no means just that some belief or action satisfies some standard one has e m b r a c e d . Reason is that faculty w h e r e b y w e apprehend necessities in general. O v e r and over, as w e h a v e seen, L o c k e uses the word "perceive" to describe w h a t reason does. A n d he a d a m a n t l y refuses to admit that reason can go w r o n g

or even that a m o n g our

faculties there is any which can accurately mimic the phenomenology of reason. H e n c e it is as true for L o c k e as it was for Plato that failure to apprehend some item in the realm of necessity

whether or not that

failure is a c c o m p a n i e d by the beliej that one has apprehended some such item

is a failure of reason, of rationality. T h e content,

the

"substance," of one's thought is a mark of the degree of one's rationality. O f course, L o c k e was far from being a Platonist. Part of the difference lies in disagreement over the ontological status of that w h i c h reason apprehends. F o r Plato, w h a t one apprehends b y reason is mind-independent ideal. F o r L o c k e , w h a t one apprehends by reason is one's mind and its modifications, including its ideas. W i t h an eye on the ontological status of that w h i c h reason apprehends, one might say that Locke's picture of the self is that of the "claustrophobic" self.

Locke and the making of modern

philosophy

241

F u r t h e r m o r e , L o c k e h a d a different understanding of the nature of norms. C o u n t e r to T a y l o r ' s interpretation, L o c k e clearly held that norms are a m o n g w h a t reason apprehends. Locke's concept of a l a w of nature w a s that of a moral obligation apprehensible by reason. B u t L o c k e did not share Plato's conviction that the realm of necessity includes eternal, self-exemplifying virtues, and that all persons are of such a nature that for them to know these self-exemplifying virtues is to love and seek to imitate them. A s to the former point, morality is grounded in the c o m m a n d s of G o d . A s to the latter, L o c k e w a s Augustinian: O n e might by reason apprehend a law of nature without trying to obey it; between apprehension and intention comes will. T h e s e observations suggest that T a y l o r ' s substantive/procedural distinction lumps together a n u m b e r of distinct issues in such a w a y as to m a k e the disjunction

non-exhaustive.

L o c k e holds neither

a

substantive nor a procedural view of reason. Plato and L o c k e share the conviction that reason is a faculty of apprehension; they share w h a t might be called an apprehensive view of reason. T h e y disagree on w h a t it is that reason apprehends and w h a t w e are to do with its apprehensions. W h e n T a y l o r speaks of "substantive" reason, he has in mind the complex view that reason is a faculty for a p p r e h e n d i n g an objective order of necessity incorporating p a r a d i g m s for belief and action. I f w e are to understand w h a t divides L o c k e from Plato, the issue must be divided. T h e d e c a y of the conviction that we h u m a n beings have in us a faculty for apprehending necessary truths occurs after L o c k e ; from Plato to L o c k e , almost everyone in the Western philosophical tradition shared this conviction. W i t h o u t such a p p r e ­ hension, said L o c k e , w e would be w a n d e r i n g in darkness. Locke's innovation

(shared

with

his associates

in

the R o y a l

Society) is to be located in his view as to w h a t w e are to do with reason's deliverances. H e r e too, though, w e must step carefully. Locke's innovation was not in his insistence that w e should use reason's deliverances constructively - procedurally, if you will. A l l those w h o had recommended scientia had said the same. Locke's innovation lies in what

it was he thought

guidance. Scientia,

w e should

construct under

reason's

of course; L o c k e never rejected the project of

scientia. But he went on to suggest that when w e are obligated to do our best in the g o v e r n a n c e of beliefs,

then too w e are to listen to the

voice of R e a s o n . O f course, one's listening to the voice of R e a s o n and a p p l y i n g w h a t one hears it saying, in accord with the principle of

John

242

Locke and the ethics of belief

proportionality, might result in one's believing something false - since w h a t is highly probable, and thus permissible to believe, might nonetheless be false. T h u s w h a t T a y l o r notes comes about: the "substance" (content)

of one's beliefs is not a l w a y s by itself an

indicator of the extent to w h i c h one has been rational. T h e other main part of T a y l o r ' s interpretation is the claim that L o c k e w a s more radical than a n y o n e before him in the recommended scope of objectification, disengagement, and control - that L o c k e w a s as radical as a n y o n e could possibly be. " T h e subject of disengagement and rational control," says T a y l o r , "has become a familiar modern figure

. . . T h e key to this figure is that it gains control through

disengagement. Disengagement is a l w a y s correlative of an 'objectifi­ cation' . . . Objectifying a given domain involves depriving it of its normative force for u s . "

19

O n Locke's view, according to T a y l o r , "we

are to wrest the control of our thinking and outlook a w a y from passion or custom or authority and assume responsibility for it ourselves. Locke's theory generates and also reflects an ideal of independence and self-responsibility, a notion of reason as free from established customs and locally d o m i n a n t a u t h o r i t y . "

20

" T h e disen­

gagement both from the activities of thought and from our unreflecting desires and tastes allows us to see ourselves as objects of far-reaching reformation."

21

Indeed, so radical is Locke's proposal as to the proper

scope of objectification, disengagement, and control that only a self which is a mere "point" could act thus: " T h e subject w h o can take this kind of radical stance of disengagement to himself or herself with a view to remaking, is w h a t I w a n t to call the 'punctual' self. T o take this stance is to identify oneself with the p o w e r to objectify and remake, and by this act to distance oneself from all the particular features which are objects of potential c h a n g e . W h a t w e are essentially is none of the latter, but w h a t finds itself c a p a b l e of fixing them and working on them. T h i s is w h a t the i m a g e of the point is meant to convey."

22

Is it true that L o c k e r e c o m m e n d e d that w e each engage in so radical a critique and control of self as to assume that one is nothing but the p o w e r to engage in such radical critique and control? Certainly not. T a y l o r correctly observes that to engage in critique and control of everything about the self presupposes aligning oneself "against a n y view w h i c h sees us as naturally tending to or attuned to

19

Ibid.,

p. 1 6 0 .

2 0

Ibid., p. 1 6 7 .

2 1

Ibid.,

p. 1 7 1 .

2 2

Ibid.,

pp. 1 7 1 - 2 .

Locke and the making of modern

philosophy

243

the truth, whether it be of the ancient variety, that w e are q u a rational beings constitutionally disposed to recognize the rational order of things; or of the modern variety, that w e h a v e innate ideas, or an innate tendency to unfold our thought t o w a r d the t r u t h . "

23

It

requires that "Instead of being swept along to error b y the o r d i n a r y bent of our experience, w e stand back from it, w i t h d r a w from it, reconstrue it objectively, and then learn to d r a w defensible conclusions from i t . "

24

B u t L o c k e does not deny, in this sense, the presence of an

innate bent toward the truth in us. H e affirms in us the presence of R e a s o n . A n d never does he propose a critique of Reason; R e a s o n cannot go w r o n g . In turn, R e a s o n is for L o c k e just one of the faculties yielding insight. T h e r e is no significant difference between L o c k e and Plato on the presence in us of an innate bent t o w a r d the truth, or on w h e r e in us that bent is to be located. O r if there is a difference, L o c k e is not more radical, but less radical, than Plato. F o r Locke acknowledges insight into various contingent facts, whereas (perhaps) Plato did not. A n d as to the issue raised by T a y l o r of Locke's denial of innate ideas: L o c k e makes clear that though he denies innate ideas, he affirms innate powers.

T h e workings of our innate powers, coupled with the

i m p a c t of reality on us, account, he thought, for all our ideas. I f one wants to find in the seventeenth century a truly radical proposal for objectification, disengagement, and control, one w o u l d be well advised to look into the Calvinist movement. It w a s the Calvinists w h o insisted that w e are "fallen" in all dimensions of our existence

including our R e a s o n . W e are, in this sense, "totally

d e p r a v e d . " T h e y insisted, accordingly, that for g u i d a n c e in reform of self and world w e must look outside ourselves, to the W o r d of G o d . O f course, they did not insist that everything in all our thoughts and actions, cultural products and social constructions, is b a d . T h e y did not, in this sense, believe that "there is no health in us." R a t h e r , they held that only the W o r d of G o d provides us with a reliable criterion for sorting through w h a t is good and b a d . H e r e , then, there is a truly radical disengagement. But these same Calvinists would h a v e firmly rejected T a y l o r ' s conclusion that they were presupposing a purely punctual self. F o r they w o u l d h a v e insisted that those dimensions of one's person w h i c h one subjects to critique nevertheless belong to one's self. S o m u c h , indeed, do they belong to one's self that one confesses before G o d all that is sinful in

2 3

Ibid., p. 1 6 5 .

2 4

Ibid.,

p. 1 6 3 .

2 4 4

John

Locke and the ethics of

belief

them. T h e Calvinists did not make T a y l o r ' s (Hegelian?) m o v e of regarding as belonging to the self only w h a t is not subjected to critique, or only w h a t is essential

to the self. T h e y

made

P a u l i n e / A u g u s t i n i a n m o v e of confessing that the real self is afallen

the self.

T h e self they presupposed w a s not a punctual self but a self naked before the eyes of G o d . T a y l o r ' s claim, that fundamental to modern philosophy is the notion of the self-defining

subject as the corollary of W e b e r ' s

disenchanted w o r l d , and that Descartes and L o c k e represent the initial development of this idea, cannot be sustained. T h e notion of the subject as self-defining comes after Descartes and after L o c k e . A n d to repeat a point m a d e earlier: N o t even is it the case that the self is central in Descartes's thought; in Locke's thought, Yes, in Descartes's, No. F u n d a m e n t a l to W e b e r ' s interpretation of modernity is taking societies as one's basic entities, and then distinguishing within a given society various spheres of that society

various social spheres, and

various cultural spheres. M y o w n preference is for w h a t has come to be called the "world-system" interpretation, according to w h i c h w e discard society as our unit of analysis and work instead with economies, states, nations, and religious groupings as our units of analysis. W h a t characterizes the social world of modernity is the emergence of economies which do not coincide with, but o v e r l a p , distinct states; indeed, that there is in general a striking lack of coincidence a m o n g economies, states, nations, and religious groupings in the modern world. A r e a s of the world displaying deep economic linkages are nonetheless under the sovereignty of different states; and within these states there are distinct nationalities and distinct religions. Conversely, members of the same nation find themselves under the sovereignty of distinct states, as do members of the same religion. Part of w h a t makes modern philosophy modern is that it deals with philosophical questions raised by this new social order. Locke's letters concerning toleration addressed questions raised by the emergence in E n g l a n d of distinct religious groupings within a single polity; his treatises concerning civil government addressed fundamental questions raised by the new e c o n o m y and the new state. F u r t h e r m o r e , the placing of the self, and in particular, of the volitional self, on the a g e n d a of modern philosophy is to be seen as a natural response to the centrality of volition in this new social order. T h e g r a d u a l loss of ascriptivism in capitalist economies means that the social roles one

Locke and the making of modern

philosophy

245

p l a y s a r e m o r e a n d m o r e the c o n s e q u e n c e o f c h o i c e ( a l b e i t often c o n s t r a i n e d c h o i c e ) r a t h e r t h a n a s c r i p t i o n ; a n d the fact t h a t all a b o u t us a r e p e o p l e o f d i f f e r e n t r e l i g i o n s , o r o f n o r e l i g i o n , l e a d s v e r y m a n y m e m b e r s o f m o d e r n s o c i e t y to see t h e m s e l v e s as f a c e d w i t h the n e e d to choose. B u t m o d e r n i t y is m o r e t h a n a n e w f o r m o f s o c i a l o r d e r ; m o d e r n i t y is a l s o n e w forms o f c u l t u r e . S o m e o f t h a t c u l t u r e c a n b e seen as a r e s p o n s e , in o n e w a y o r a n o t h e r , to this n e w m o d e r n s o c i a l o r d e r ; s u c h c u l t u r e is t h e n d i s c e r n i b l y modern. J u s t a b o v e , I w a s a s s u m i n g t h a t to b e t r u e for s o m e o f the p h i l o s o p h i c a l c u l t u r e w h i c h h a s a r i s e n in the m o d e r n p e r i o d . B u t it w o u l d b e " m a t e r i a l i s t " folly to think t h a t c u l t u r e is e n t i r e l y to b e a c c o u n t e d for as r e s p o n s e to s o c i a l e v e n t s . C u l t u r e h a s its o w n d y n a m i c s . P a r t o f w h a t m a k e s c u l t u r e o f the m o d e r n p e r i o d v e r y d i f f e r e n t from w h a t p r e c e d e d it is, for e x a m p l e , t h a t o u r s c i e n c e , f o l l o w i n g in p a r t its o w n i n t e r n a l d y n a m i c s , is v e r y different. T h e philosophical career of Descartes w a s intimately i n t e r w o v e n w i t h the e m e r g e n c e of o u r n e w s c i e n c e . T h a t ' s w h a t m a k e s him a m o d e r n p h i l o s o p h e r . L e t us b e w a r e , t h o u g h , o f f o l l o w i n g W e b e r in t h i n k i n g o f these i n t r a - c u l t u r a l d e v e l o p m e n t s as s i m p l y the s l o w , e p i s o d i c w o r k i n g o u t o f the " l o g i c " o f the m a t t e r . D e s c a r t e s ' s d e e p , t h e o l o g i c a l l y g r o u n d e d , a n d e n o r m o u s l y i n f l u e n t i a l i n t u i t i o n t h a t s o m e t h i n g in n a t u r e is "conserved" m o t i o n , he t h o u g h t w a s t h a t a c a s e o f his d i s c e r n i n g the " l o g i c " o f the m a t t e r ? B u t m o r e i m p o r t a n t : M y c l a i m h a s b e e n t h a t the R e f o r m a t i o n p r o d u c e d a crisis in E u r o p e a n c u l t u r e ( a n d a c o r r e s p o n d i n g crisis in s o c i e t y ) . T h e w a y w h i c h E u r o p e a n h u m a n i t y h a d p a i n s t a k i n g l y d e v e l o p e d o f l i v i n g w i t h its t e x t u a l i n h e r i t a n c e w a s r i p p e d in s h r e d s . W e b e r a s s u m e s t h a t , l o o k i n g b a c k o v e r the s w e e p o f h i s t o r y from the s t a n d p o i n t o f m o d e r n i t y , w e c a n d i s c e r n a " l o g i c " in the p r o c e s s a n d c a n identify for e a c h s t a g e a v a n g u a r d o n w h o m the d y n a m i c s o f r a t i o n a l i z a t i o n w o r k e d m o s t p o w e r f u l l y . I n this w a y o f t h i n k i n g he w a s , o f c o u r s e , f o l l o w i n g H e g e l ; H e g e l r e g a r d e d P r o t e s t a n t i s m as the v a n g u a r d o f m o d e r n i t y . I t is n o w c l e a r , from o u r v a n t a g e - p o i n t four c e n t u r i e s l a t e r , t h a t it w a s not t h a t . P r o t e s t a n t i s m h a s not p r o v e d to b e the v a n g u a r d o f the future w i t h w h i c h e v e r y o n e else e v e n t u a l l y c a t c h e s u p ; n e i t h e r , pace the F r e n c h E n l i g h t e n m e n t t h i n k e r s , h a s s e c u l a r i s m p r o v e d to b e the v a n g u a r d w i t h w h i c h e v e r y o n e else e v e n t u a l l y c a t c h e s u p . T h e r e is n o v a n g u a r d ; the o t h e r s h a v e not c a u g h t u p , because they h a v e not followed. T h e Catholics r e m a i n , a n d the O r t h o d o x , a n d the M u s l i m s — a n d t h a t o n l y b e g i n s

John

246

Locke and the ethics of belief

the list. T h e R e f o r m a t i o n did not represent a w o r k i n g out of the logic of the situation, but a c a t a c l y s m . Locke's epistemology w a s addressed to that cataclysm. T h a t is w h a t makes it modern. T h e r e is more to modernity

than fractured moral and

religious

traditions;

other

philosophers h a v e addressed themselves to other phases of modernity. O t h e r things m a k e them modern. B u t this - along with his treatment of religious toleration and of civil authority - is w h a t makes L o c k e modern. A

final

word: Locke's proposal will not do. O u r problems with

traditions remain, however. T r a d i t i o n s are still a source of benightedness, chicanery, hostility, and oppression. A n d our moral, religious, and even theoretical traditions are even more fractured today than they were in Locke's d a y . In this situation, examining our traditions remains for m a n y of us a deep obligation, and for all of us together, a desperate need. B u t w e shall h a v e to a c k n o w l e d g e w h a t the thinkers of the Enlightenment would h a v e found appallingly unpalatable; namely, that examination of tradition can take place only in the context of unexamined tradition, and that in our examination, our convictions as to the facts are schooled by our traditions. T h e thinkers of the E n l i g h t e n m e n t hoped to bring about a rational consensus in place of fractured tradition. T h a t hope has failed. In m y j u d g m e n t it was bound to fail; it could not succeed. Y e t we must live together. It is to politics and not to epistemology that w e shall h a v e to look for an answer as to how to do that. "Liberal"

politics

has

fallen

on

bad d a y s recently.

But to

its

animating vision of a society in which persons of diverse traditions live together in justice and friendship, conversing with each other and slowly altering their traditions in response to their conversation - to that, there is no viable alternative.

Index

A a r o n , R. I., 2 8 , 1 8 7 Aarslclf, Hans, xx, 1 3 4 A d a m s , Robert M . , 1 3 6 Albert, Hans, 6 8 - 9 alethic obligation, explained, 6 3 - 6 Alston, William P., xvii-xix, 4 3 , 1 0 7 , 1 0 9 - 1 5 Aquinas, St. T h o m a s , 4 2 , 2 2 1 - 5 archetypal project, 1 4 5 Ashcraft, Richard, 1 0 , 1 1 8 association of ideas, in Locke and Hume, 160 1 assurance of faith, 1 2 3 Axtell, J . I . , 1 5 4 Ayers, Michael, xxi, 1 3 , 29, 4 3 , 5 4 , 88 Baier, Annette, 1 6 7 belief and the will, 109 1 7 Byrne, E d m u n d F . , 2 2 1 4 Cartesian doubt, 1 9 3 certainty, Locke's understanding of, 4 3 - 9 Chappcll, Vere, 14 Chisholm, Roderick, 4 9 - 5 0 , 6 2 - 3 Cohen, J o n a t h a n , 1 7 5 Colic, Rosalie, 1 4 9 Colmau, John, 1 3 4 , 1 4 3 , 146 Curley, Edwin, 184, 194 demonstrative knowledge, 5 7 - 9 Descartes, Rene, 3 9 , 4 2 , 96, 1 8 0 - 2 1 8 Downing, Lisa, 3 3 doxastic practice, xvii xix education, Locke on need for, 1 5 2 - 5 enthusiasts, 1 1 8 - 2 2 entitled belief, x v - x v i epistemic best, explained, 6 2 - 3 essence Locke on nominal essence, 34—6 Locke on real essence, 2 9 - 3 4 faith, Locke's view of nature of,

124-6,

Fogelin, Robert, 1 6 7 foundationalism, classical, x - x i Frankfurt, H a r r y G . , 1 8 4 , 1 8 4 - 5 , 204

'9

2 _

3>

G a r b e r , Daniel, 1 8 3 , 1 8 6 Gilbert, Sir Geoffrey, 8 2 G o l d m a n , Alvin, 4 9 Greenlee, Douglas, 1 5 Habcrmas, Juigcn, 229, 2 3 5 Hacking, Ian, 7 3 - 4 , 1 6 5 , 2 2 2 Harris, Ian, 1 3 4 Hegel, G . W . F . , 2 2 8 - 3 3 Hume, David, 1 1 7 , 1 5 9 79 Husserl, F,dmund, 1 8 1 ideas, what Locke meant by, 1 4 - 1 8 agreement and disagreement among, 18 m J a c k s o n , Reginald, 1 5 K a n t , I., xix Kierkegaard, Soren, 8 3 knowledge of real existence, Locke's doctrine of, 2 3 - t i L a u d a n , Laurens, 3 4 , 77 law of nature, 1 4 0 - 1 Leeuwen, H e n r y G . van, 4 5 , 8 2 Leibniz, G . , 1 9 , 40, 4 2 - 3 , 74, 1 0 6 , 1 2 1 Leites, E d m u n d , 4 Luther, M a r t i n , 6 - 7 M c C a n n , H u g h , 30, 3 1 M a c l n t y r e , Alasdair, 2 2 5 Mackie, J . L . , 3 0 - 1 , 3 5 M c M u l l i n , E r n a n , 3 6 , 77 MacPherson, C . B . , 1 4 7 - 8 Marlies, M i k e , 1 8 9 memory, Locke's account of, 5 1 - 4

247

Index

248 metaphor, Locke's view on, 1 5 6 - 8 miracles, 1 3 1 - 3 Montaigne, Michel de, 5 neo-Hegelian historiography, xv nominalism, Locke's, 1 7 - 1 8 obligation, Locke's account of,

135-40

Passmore, J . A . , xxi, [ 0 2 Peirce, C . S . , 9 7 - 1 0 0 Plantinga, A l v i n , xi-xii, 8 3 - 4 , 1 6 6 , 1 7 8 Plato, 2 1 9 , 2 2 0 Popkin, R i c h a r d , 6, 8, 1 6 5 Price, H . H . , 6 3 4 principle of appraisal, Locke's, 73—9 principle of evidence, Locke's, 6 7 - 3 principle of proportionality, Locke's, 7 9 - 8 3 propositions, Locke's understanding of, 1 8 - 2 1 rationality, xiii-xiv Ratzsch, Del, 204 real knowledge, Locke's doctrine of, 2 1 - 8 reason, Locke's understanding of the nature of, 8 7 90 Reformed epistemology, xi Reid, Thomas, xii, xix, 1 1 7 , 1 7 8 revelation, 1 2 6 - 8 Reventlow, H . G . , 1 3 1

R o r t y , R i c h a r d , ix satisfactory evidence, concept of, 6 9 - 7 1 Schneewind, J . B . , 1 3 4 Schouls, Peter, 6 3 , 84, 9 3 snentia, Locke on the scarcity of, 2 8 - 3 7 Sellars, Wilfred, 4 3 sensitive knowledge, 5 4 - 7 Shapiro, Barbara, 4 1 , 4 5 , 82 skeptics, 8, 2 1 9 - 2 0 Strawson, Galen, 1 6 6 Stroud, Barry, 1 6 7 Tarcov, N., 154 T a y l o r , Charles, 2 3 3 , 2 3 6 - 4 4 theistic project, 1 4 5 T h e r a p y of Doubt, in Descartes, 189—200 T u l l y , J a m e s , 4, 6 1 - 2 , 1 4 3 W e b e r , M a x , 84, 2 3 3 - 5 , 2 4 4 Wilkins, J o h n , 4 1 Williams, Bernard, 2 1 2 - 1 7 Winkler, K . P., 1 6 6 , 1 6 7 Wolterstorff, Nicholas, xi-xii W o o d , Neal, 3 , 8 5 , 1 4 9 Woolhousc, Robert, 2 9 wounds of the mind, 9 4 - 7 , 1 0 1 - 4 Yolion, J o h n , xxi, 1 5 , 1 5 4

C A M B R I D G E S T U D I E S IN R E L I G I O N AND C R I T I C A L T H O U G H T 1 . Feuerbach

and the Interpretation

of

Religion

Van A. Harvey 2 . John

Locke

and the Ethics

of

Belief

Nicholas Wolterstorff 3.

Religion

and Faction

in Hume's

Moral

Philosophy

Jennifer A. Herdt 4.

The

Priority

of Love:

Timothy P. Jackson

A Defense

of Christian

Charity